ARTIC LADY Machinery Operation

ARCTIC PRINCESS AND ARCTIC LADY
Machinery System Operation Manual
Issued Dec. 29. 2005

Introduction
General Safe Operation Illustrations

Although the ship is supplied with shipbuilder's plans and manufacturers The safety of the ship depends on the care and attention of all on board. Most All illustrations are referred to in the text and are located either in the text when
instruction books, there is no single handbook which gives guidance on safety precautions are a matter of common sense and good housekeeping and are sufficiently small or above the text on a separate page, so that both the text and
operating complete systems as installed on board, as distinct from individual detailed in the various manuals available on board. However, records show that illustration are accessible when the manual is laid face up.
items of machinery. even experienced operators sometimes neglect safety precautions through
over-familiarity and the following basic rules must be remembered at all times. Where flows are detailed in an illustration these are shown in colour. A key of all
The purpose of this manual is to fill some of the gaps and to provide the ships colours and line styles used in an illustration is provided on the illustration.
1. Never continue to operate any machine or equipment which appears to be
officers with additional information not otherwise available on board. It is potentially unsafe or dangerous and always report such a condition Details of colour coding used in the illustrations are given in the illustration
intended to be used in conjunction with the other plans and instruction books immediately. colour scheme.
already on board and in no way replaces or supersedes them. 2. Make a point of testing all safety equipment and devices regularly. Always
test safety trips before starting any equipment. Symbols given in the manual adhere to international standards and keys to the
Information pertinent to the operation of the vessel has been carefully collated in 3. Never ignore any unusual or suspicious circumstances, no matter how symbols used throughout the manual are given on the symbols pages.
relation to the systems of the vessel and is presented in two on board volumes trivial. Small symptoms often appear before a major failure occurs.
4. Never underestimate the fire hazard of petroleum products, especially fuel
consisting of CARGO OPERATING MANUAL and MACHINERY
oil vapour.
OPERATING MANUAL. 5. Never start a machine remotely from the control room without checking Notices
visually if the machine is able to operate satisfactorily. Auto standby The following notices occur throughout this manual :
The Cargo Operating Manual and the Machinery Operating Manual are machinery should be checked by observation during duty rounds.
designed to complement MARPOL 73/78, ISGOTT and Company Regulations. WARNING
In the design of equipment and machinery, devices are included to ensure that, as
far as possible, in the event of a fault occurring, whether on the part of the Warnings are given to draw readers attention to operations where
The vessel is constructed to comply with MARPOL 73/78. These regulations
equipment or the operator, the equipment concerned will cease to function DANGER TO LIFE OR LIMB MAY OCCUR.
can be found in the Consolidated Edition, 1991 and in the Amendments dated
without danger to personnel or damage to the machine. If these safety devices
1992, 1994 and 1995. CAUTION
are neglected, the operation of any machine is potentially dangerous.
Cautions are given to draw readers attention to operations where
Officers should familiarise themselves with the contents of the International
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT MAY OCCUR.
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships. Description
The concept of this Machinery Operating Manual is to provide information to (Note : Notes are given to draw readers attention to points of interest or to
Particular attention is drawn to Appendix IV of MARPOL 73/78, the form of technically competent ships officers, unfamiliar to the vessel, in a form that is supply supplementary information.)
Ballast Record Book. It is essential that a record of relevant ballast operations are readily comprehensible and thereby aiding their understanding and knowledge
kept in the Ballast Record Book and duly signed by the officer in charge. of the specific vessel. Special attention is drawn to emergency procedures and
fire fighting systems.
In many cases the best operating practice can only be learned by experience. If
any information in these manuals is believed to be inaccurate or incomplete, the The manual consists of a number of parts and sections which describe the
officer must use his professional judgment and other information available on systems and equipment fitted and their method of operation related to a
board to proceed. Any such errors or omissions or modifications to the ships schematic diagram where applicable.
installations, set points, equipment or approved deviation from published
operating procedures, must be reported immediately to Technical Operations The first part of the manual details the machinery commissioning procedures
Office. required to bring the vessel into varying states of readiness, from bringing the
vessel to a live condition through to securing plant for dry dock.
The second part details ships systems, providing a technical description, system
capacities and ratings, control and alarm settings and operating details.
The third part provides similar details for the vessel's main machinery control system.
The forth part gives operational emergency procedures for the use of essential
machinery.
The fifth part details the emergency fire fighting systems incorporated on the
vessel, providing information on their operation and system capacities.
Index - Machinery System Operation Manual
PART 1 : GENERAL 3.1 Steam Systems 3.6 Fuel Oil and Fuel Gas Service Systems
1.1 General Arrangement 3.1.1 Superheated Steam System 3.6.1 Fuel Oil Bunkering System
1.2 Tank Capacity Table 3.1.2 6.0 MPa Desuperheated Steam System 3.6.2 Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System
1.3 Principal Particulars of Hull 3.1.3 Auxiliary Steam System 3.6.3 Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Transfer System
1.4 Principal Particulars of Machinery 3.1.4 L.P.S.G. Steam System 3.6.4 Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
1.5 Machinery Arrangement 3.1.5 0.6 MPa Desuperheated Steam System 3.6.5 Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
1.6 Glossary of Symbols 3.1.6 Exhaust and Dump Steam System 3.6.6 Boil-off Gas System in Cargo Machinery Room
1.7 Ship Speed Power Curve Illustrations 3.6.7 Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Service System
Illustrations 3.1.1a Superheated Steam System Illustrations
1.5a Machinery Arrangement - Tank Top Plan 3.1.2a 6.0 MPa Desuperheated Steam System 3.6.1a Fuel Oil Viscosity - Temperature Graph
1.5b Machinery Arrangement - 3rd Flat Plan 3.1.3a Auxiliary Steam System 3.6.1b Fuel Oil Bunkering System
1.5c Machinery Arrangement - 2nd Flat Plan 3.1.4a L.P.S.G. Steam System 3.6.2a Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System
1.5d Machinery Arrangement - 1st Flat Plan 3.1.5a 0.6 MPa Desuperheated Steam System 3.6.3a Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Transfer System
1.5e Machinery Arrangement - Engine Casing Deck Plan 3.1.6a Exhaust and Dump Steam System 3.6.4a Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
1.5 f Machinery Arrangement - Engine Casing Deck Plan 3.6.5a Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
1.5g Machinery Arrangement - Elevation Plan 3.2 Condensate and Feed Water Systems 3.6.6a Boil Off Gas System in Cargo Machinery Room
3.2.1 Condensate Water System 3.6.7a Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Service System
PART 2: MACHINERY COMMISSIONING 3.2.2 Boiler Feed Water System
OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW 3.2.3 Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System 3.7 Lubricating Oil Systems
2.1 To Bring Vessel into Live Condition 3.2.4 L.P.S.G. Feed Water System 3.7.1 Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System
2.2 To Prepare Main Plant for Operation (Raising Steam) 3.2.5 Clean Drains System 3.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purification System
2.3 To Prepare Main Plant for Manoeuvring from In Port Condition 3.2.6 Contaminated Drains System 3.7.3 Lubricating Oil Filling and Transfer System
2.4 To Change Main Plant from Manoeuvring to Normal Conditions Illustrations 3.7.4 Stern Tube Lubricating Oil System
2.5 To Change Main Plant from Normal to Manoeuvring Conditions 3.2.1a Condensate Water System Illustrations
2.6 To Secure Plant at Finished with Engines 3.2.1b Deaerator 3.7.1a Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System
2.7 To Secure Plant for Dry Dock 3.2.2a Boiler Feed Water System 3.7.2a Lubricating Oil Purification System
3.2.3a Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System 3.7.3a Lubricating Oil Filling and Transfer System
PART 3: SHIPS SYSTEMS 3.2.4a L.P.S.G. Feed Water System 3.7.4a Stern Tube Lubricating Oil System
3.0 Heat Balance for Steam Turbine Plant 3.2.5a Clean Drains System
Illustrations 3.2.6a Contaminated Drains System 3.8 Engine Room Bilge Systems
3.0.1 100% MCR Operation - On Fuel Oil Burning 3.8.1 Engine Room Bilge System
3.0.2 100% MCR Operation - On Dual Fuel Burning 3.3 Compressed Air Systems 3.8.2 Bilge Separator
3.0.3 100% MCR Operation - On Gas Fuel Burning 3.3.1 Compressed Air System Illustrations
3.0.4 100% MCR Operation - On Fuel Oil Burning 3.3.2 Starting Air System 3.8.1a Engine Room Bilge System
(Under Cold Weather Condition) Illustrations 3.8.2a Bilge Separator
3.0.5 90% MCR Operation - On Fuel Oil Burning 3.3.1a Compressed Air System
(Under Auto Ballast Exchange) 3.3.2a Starting Air System 3.9 Sanitary and Fresh Water service Systems
3.0.6 Hotel Load 3.9.1 Domestic Fresh Water System
3.0.7 Loading 3.4 Fresh Water Cooling Systems 3.9.2 Sewage Treatment System
3.0.8 Unloading 3.4.1 Central Fresh Water Cooling System Illustrations
3.0.9 Full Dump by Main Condenser Illustrations 3.9.1a Domestic Fresh Water System
3.0.10 Full Dump by Auxiliary Condenser 3.4.1a Central Fresh Water Cooling System 3.9.2a Sewage Treatment System
3.5 Sea Water Systems 3.10 Accommodation Systems

3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating System 3.10.1 Provision Refrigerating System
3.5.2 Cooling Sea Water Service System 3.10.2 Air Conditioning System
Illustrations Illustrations
3.5.1a Sea Water Circulating System 3.10.1a Provision Refrigerating System
3.5.2a Cooling Sea Water Service System 3.10.2a Air Conditioning System
Index - Machinery System Operation Manual
PART 4: MAIN MACHINERY AND CONTROL PART 5: ELECTRIC POWER GENERATING SYSTEM PART 7: ENGINE ROOM BALLAST SYSTEM
4.1 Control Room 5.1 Turbo Generator 7.1 Engine Room Ballast System
4.1.1 Engine Control Room Overview 5.2 Diesel Generator 7.2 Ballast and Fuel Oil Valves Control System
Illustrations 5.3 Emergency Diesel Generator Illustrations
4.1.1a Engine Control Room Console 5.4 Power Distribution System 7.1a Engine Room Ballast System
5.4.1 Electrical Equipment 7.2a Ballast and Fuel Oil Valves Control System
4.2 Main Turbine 5.4.2 Main Switchboard and Generator Operation
4.2.1 Main Turbine Overview 5.4.3 Shore Power PART 8: INTEGRATED AUTOMATION SYSTEM
4.2.2 Main Turbine Operation 5.4.4 Main Alternators 8.1 IAS Overview
4.2.3 Main Turbine Control System 5.4.5 Emergency Alternator 8.2 IAS Operator Station Operations
4.2.4 Main Turbine Warming-up System 5.4.6 Preferential Tripping and Sequential Restarting 8.3 Screen Displays
Illustrations 5.4.7 24 Volt Battery and Uninterruptible Power Supply 8.4 Watch Call System
4.2.1a Main Turbine Overview Illustrations Illustrations
4.2.1b Main Turbine Gear Arrangement 5.1a Turbo Generator Overview 8.1a Integrated Automation System Overview
4.2.2a Main Turbine Operation 5.1b Turbo Generator Alternator 8.2a IAS Operator Station Panel
4.2.3a Main Turbine Remote Control System 5.1c Turbo Generator Steam and Exhaust Systems 8.2b Operation: Symbols and Views
4.2.3b Main Turbine Control System 5.1d Turbo Generator Lubrication and Control Oil Systems 8.3a Machinery Screen Display
5.2a Diesel Generator Overview 8.3b Power Management System Screen Display
4.3 Main Boiler 5.2b Diesel Generator Alternator 8.3c Gas Handling Screen Display
4.3.1 Main Boiler Overview 5.2c Diesel Generator Piping Systems 8.4a Watch Call Panels
4.3.2 Main Boiler Operation 5.2d Diesel Generator Starting Air System
4.3.3 Burner Characteristics 5.3a Emergency Diesel Generator Alternator PART 9: EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4.3.4 Boiler Control Systems 5.3b Emergency Diesel Generator Piping Systems 9.1 Flooding in the Engine Room
Illustrations 5.4a Power Distribution System 9.2 Steaming on One Boiler
4.3.1a Main Boiler Overview 5.4.7a 24 Volt Battery and Uninterruptible Power Supply 9.3 Solo Running of the Main Turbine
4.3.2a Main Boiler Mounting System 9.4 Steaming with One Forced Draft Fan
4.3.2b Combination Burner System PART 6: AUXILIARY MACHINERY 9.5 Emergency Steering
4.3.2c Boiler Pressure Rising Charts 6.1 Main Feed Water Pump 9.6 Fire in the Engine Room
4.3.2d Combustion Air, Seal Air and Flue Gas System 6.2 Distilling Plant Illustrations
4.3.3a Burner Characteristics 6.3 Incinerator 9.3a Emergency Operation of Main Turbines
4.3.3b Burner Assembly 6.4 Nitrogen Generator System
4.3.4a Boiler Gauge Board 6.5 Inert Gas Generator System Part 10: FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEMS
4.3.4b Automatic Combustion Control (ACC) Illustrations 10.1 Fire Fighting Systems
6.1a Main Feed Water Pump Sectional View 10.2 Fire Detection System
6.1b Main Feed Water Pump Turbine Sectional View 10.3 Engine Room Fire Fighting Systems
6.1c Main Feed Water Pump Trip System 10.3.1 Engine Room Fire Main System
6.2a No.1 Distilling Plant 10.3.2 Engine Room CO2 Fire Extinguishing System
6.2b No.2 Distilling Plant 10.3.3 Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System
6.2c Distilling Plant Systems 10.3.4 Engine Room Water Fog Fire Extinguishing System
6.3a Incinerator 10.3.5 Quick-Closing Valves and Fire Dampers System
6.4a Nitrogen Generator System Illustrations
6.5a Inert Gas Generator System 10.3.1a Engine Room Fire Main System
10.3.2a Engine Room CO2 Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.3a Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.4a Engine Room Water Fog Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.5a Quick-Closing Valves and Fire Dampers System
PART 1 : GENERAL
1.1 General Arrangement

1.2 Tank Capacity Table
1.3 Principal Particulars of Hull
1.4 Principal Particulars of Machinery
1.5 Machinery Arrangement
1.6 Glossary of Symbols
1.7 Ship Speed Power Curve
Illustrations
1.5a Machinery Arrangement - Tank Top Plan
1.5b Machinery Arrangement - 3rd Flat Plan
1.5c Machinery Arrangement - 2nd Flat Plan
1.5d Machinery Arrangement - 1st Flat Plan
1.5e Machinery Arrangement - Engine Casing Deck Plan
1.5 f Machinery Arrangement - Engine Casing Deck Plan
1.5g Machinery Arrangement - Elevation Plan
1.1 General Arrangement
1.1a General Arrangement
RADAR MAST (FOLDING TYPE)
AIR DRAUGHT LINE 53.0 m

AT HEAVY BALLAST CONDITION
COMP.BRI.DK
BRI.DK
AN.LT.
DECK 7
DECK 6
M.H.LT.
DECK 5
DECK 4
DECK 3
CARGO MACHINERY ROOM

DECK 2
NO. 4 TANK NO. 3 TANK NO. 2 TANK NO. 1 TANK
DECK 1 COMPRESSOR MOTOR ROOM
S.L.
UPPER DECK
AN.LT.
)
D STORE
K(S
COFF. (P&S)
.
FORWAR
(S OV
R.T
.
COFF.(P&S)
FF
TK .REN
CO
TO
UNDER DECK PASSAGE (P & S)
.S
L.O
L.O
ST.LT.
1ST FLAT (22.850m) UNDER DECK PASSAGE (P & S) FORWARD STORE FLAT (22.850m)
L N G
(S)
)(S
LKR
(S) (P)
ACC. TRUNK
. TK
. TK
I.G.G.GAS OIL TK(P)
(S (P)
.TK .TK
.TK .TK
(S)
AIN
SETT
SETT
2 F IST.W
NO.1 D.O.TK(S)
TK
F.W T.W
STEER.GEAR ROOM
CH
(C)
NO.2 D.O.TK(P)
IS
O.
.W
D
.TK
G/E D.O.SERV.TK(S)
F.O.
F.O.
NO .1 D
.2
R F.
NO
F.O
NO
NO
.1
LPHU
NO.2
NO.1
R'D
)
STEER. GEAR FLAT (16.550m) &S
BITT BITT BITT BITT
FO
SU
(P
BITT
2ND FLAT (15.650m) B.W.
K
LOW
.T
A.P.VOID
.B
ACC.TRUNK
)
W
&S
BITT
BITT BITT BITT BITT
T
&
(P
AF
ESCAPE TRUNK
FOR'D RUSTER
TK
.(S
RM
FF
E
SID
CO
PUMP
D
OI
L.W.L. L.W.L. 11.50m
.
F.O
TH
(S) K
K
K K K
.V
.(P
TK .T
.S.T
.S.T
.S.T
.T .T .T
BOW
F.P
OW .S
FF
. .S .S .S
.T
F.O RFL .B
CO
3RD FLAT (9.470m) .B .B .B
.S
E
W.B
W.B
W.B
W W W W
.
OV
.B.T
.B
.6 .4 .2 .1
NO K NO K NO K NO
W
(S) .T .T .T
.7
.5
.3
EMERG. FIRE
(P& 'D W
K
.8
.T .B .B .B
NO
NO
NO
PUMP SPACE
D
K
NO
OL W W W
.W.T
EH
ENGINE ROOM ER ER ER
R
S)
G
BIL
FO
L.FR
W W W
LO LO LO
OO
.3 .2 .1
.T.C
BOTTOM FLAT (3.800m)

NO NO NO SPEED LOG &
ST
B.W. TK ECHO SOUND. COMP.

SUMP
BOTTOM FLAT (2.500m)
L.O. B.W. (P) B.W.
B.L. B.L.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115
S/T L.O.SUMP TK L.O.DRAIN TK (S) SEP. BILGE OIL TK (S) ECHO SOUND.,
A.P. EL. MAG. LOG & F.P.
CLEAN DRAIN TK (P) SPEED LOG COMP.
F.O. DRAIN TK (S)
FR.SP. 800 FR.SP. 900 FR.SP. 5,000 FR.SP. 4,700 FR.SP. 5,300 FR.SP. 5,000 FR.SP. 4,700 FR.SP. 5,300 FR.SP. 5,000 FR.SP. 4,700 FR.SP. 5,300 FR.SP. 5,000 FR.SP. 3,200
15,200 45,000 1,800 44,700 45,000 45,000 45,300 6,400 19,200 6,400
E.C.FL. E.C.FL. E.C.FL. E.C.FL. S.L. E.C.FL.
B. C.FL.
CAPS. CAPS. B. ACCOMM. LADD. STOW. SP. CAPS.
UP
E.C.FL.
L.P.
RESCUE BOAT PILOT LADD.REEL
UPPER DECK
UP B. B. CAPS.
UP
COAMING
E.C.FL
COAMING
.
R) E.C.FL
DE .
UN
DN DN
.(
FF UP DN
L.O. & CO
HYD. OIL
STORE
B.
PAINT & HYD.PUMP

I.G.G. RM SOLVENT UNIT RM M.W.
STORE DECK DRY FIRE
STATION SUEZ CANAL HYD.
CHANG.RM RM
WORKER'S RM
C.P.
DECK WORK SHOP
V.
B.
HYD.
M.W.
.
P.S
SUEZ CANAL V.
WORKER'S LAV.
C.FL
. E.C.
FL.
DN B.
HYD.
NO. 4 TANK NO. 3 TANK NO. 2 TANK NO. 1 TANK

E.C.
ENG. M.W. FL
CHANG.RM D.S.R. .
.
SHIP'S
COFF
DECK
STORE LAUND.
ENGINE
OFF'S
CHANG.RM
CASING C.C. H.P.
NO.2 CARGO
DRY RM SWITCH
BOARD RM HYD.
WIND. B.
.
FL
C.
R.PLT R.H.
V.
E.C.FL.
UP L.R.
DN
(6P)
V.P. HYD.
HATCH DOME DOME DOME L.P. DOME M.W. T.B.
DN
LIFT L.P. D.S.R.
M.P.
L.P. STORE DAVIT
A.P. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 V.P. 85 90 V.P. 95 100 V.P. 105 D.S.R. D.S.R. D.S.R. 110 115
E.C.FL.
PIPE PASSAGE
E.C.T. F.P.
AIR COND.UNIT RM &
H. HYD. D.S.R.
REF.PROV.MACHI.RM V.T. WALK WAY F.W.R. WIND.
H.
L.C.
UP ELECT. CABLE PASSAGE
IN
L.C.
M.H. C.C. H.P. HA
.C
W
TO CE
G. A
ER . SP
UP NO.1 CARGO EM OW
SWITCH ST
BOARD RM HYD.
D.S.R. M.W.
INCINE.RM
COMM
GARBAGE STR E.C.T. LAV. H.
UP
V.
.
FL
E.C.
HYD.
COFF. B.
V. M.W. B.
C. FL.
BATH . E.
C.P. C.FL
DISP.
EMERG. HYD.
ER)
HOSP.
SWITCHBOARD M.W.
ND
F.
EMERG.GENE.RM
FF.(U ROOM
COF
CO
B.
CARGO MACHI.RM
)
ER & SPARE ANCHOR
ND
UP DN
DN
.(U UP UP STOW.SPACE DN
FF MOTOR RM E.C.FL
.
CO
COAMING
.
E.C.FL
UP
UP B. B. CAPS.
PILOT LADD. REEL
L.P.
E.C.FL.
CAPS. CAPS. B. CAPS. E.C.FL.
B. ACCOMM. LADD. STOW. SP. E.C.FL.
E.C.FL. E.C.FL. E.C.FL. E.C.FL. S.L. E.C.FL.
TUG TUG TUG TUG LOOKING AFT'D.

ABT.11,800 RADAR MAST (FOLDING TYPE)
AFT MOORING DECK 1ST FLAT

COFF.
AIR DRAUGHT LINE 53.0 m
AT HEAVY BALLAST CONDITION (d=9.8 m)
)
(P
K
.T
.B
TK
W
T
AF
OIL
E.C.FL
. )
(P)
(P
COFF.
.FL
. K
.GAS
L. E.C E.T COMP.BRI.DECK (CENT.)

.TK
COMPASS DECK
C.F I. G. G. ROOM ID
.S
D.O
F.O
I.G.G
.
.FL
E.C
.TK
UP
BRI.DECK
ST.W
.TK
T.W
.1 DI
DIS
NO
B.
.2
DECK 7
NO
B.
C.FL.
DECK 6
E.C.FL.
D.S.R. H. LABORATORY
HYD.M.W.
R.H.
HYD.M.W.
D.S.R.
DECK 5
ENGINE ROOM
UP DECK 4
D.S.R. BOG
STOR.DRUM PIPE HOOD
M.P.
A.P. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
DECK 3
F.W.R.
DN
DECK 2
ACE.
BOTT.RM
D.S.R.
E.C.FL.
HYD.M.W.
D.S.R.
OXY. DECK 1
C.FL.
BOTT.RM
B.
.TK
F.W
K
W.T
UPPER DECK (CENT.)

.2
STRAIGHT CAMBER 45/1000
abt.1,075
B.
.1 F.
NO
UPPER DECK (SIDE)

K
T.T
NO
.
.TK
D.O K
K
ET
R.TK
T.T
.TK
OV
G/E RV.T
UNDER UNDER
.S
ET
F.O
DECK DECK
.REN
SE
.STO
F.O
UP
.S
PASSAGE PASSAGE
.2
F.O
E.C
NO
L.O
.FL
L.O
UR
.
.1
COFF.
2ND DECK
NO
PH
C.F ENG. & ELECT.

)
L. E.C
(S
UL
.FL WORKSHOP
)
.
(S
WS
E.C.FL
.T
K
.
.T
D.O
LO
.B
W
)
K (S
T
DE.T
AF
SI
F.O.
COFF.
L.W.L. L.W.L.
.TK
W.B
K
R
WE
.T
LO
.S
.B
W
K
.S.T
W.B
B.L.
DOUBLE BOTTOM PIPE PASSAGE B.L.
VIEW OF BRIDGE FRONT & TANK SECTION

LC
1.2 Tank Capacity Table
Capacity
100% Full 100% Full 100% Full 98.5% Full
Cargo Tanks (preliminary) (S.G. = 0.470) Fuel Oil Tanks (S.G. = 0.950) Capacity Center of Gravity
(160) (163) (163) (163) Center of Gravity
Including Including Excluding Excluding
Position 100% Full Position 100% Full 90% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
Dome Dome Dome Dome
(m ) (m )
3 3 3 3 3 3
NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m ) (m ) (m ) (m ) AP G(m) KG (m) NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. F.O. (t) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4)
NO.1 Cargo Tank C 97.39 - 105.65 37,005.508 37,002.548 36,959.960 36,405.561 219.5 23.39 FORD F.O. Tank C 106 - 110 1,262.5 1,136.3 1,079 248.63 19.25 3,171
NO.2 Cargo Tank C 88.35 - 96.69 37,003.996 37,001.036 36,958.448 36,404.071 174.5 23.39 PORT F.O. Side Tank P 54 - 69 2,152.4 1,937.2 1,840 53.6 17.75 1,176
NO.3 Cargo Tank C 79.39 - 87.65 37,001.365 36,998.405 36,955.817 36,401.480 129.5 23.39 STBD F.O. Side Tank S 54 - 69 865.2 778.7 740 52.4 17.73 651
NO.4 Cargo Tank C 70.35 - 78.69 37,006.514 37,003.553 36,760.966 36,406.552 84.5 23.39 NO.1 F.O. Sett. Tank S 59 - 64 350.1 315.1 299 53.45 19.28 79
Total Capacity 145,617.664 NO.2 F.O. Sett. Tank S 54 - 59 333.9 300.5 285 49.04 19.03 79
SUM 4,964.1 4,467.8 4,243 5,156
Water Ballast Tanks (S.G. = 1.025) Capacity Center of Gravity F.O. Overflow Tank S 64 - 69 117.0 105.3 100 57.97 10.8 392
Position 100% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.) F.O. Drain Tank S 64 - 66 3.0 2.7 3 56.6 2.0 1
NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) S.W.(t) AP G (m) KG (m) (m4) Total Capacity 5,084.1 4,575.8 4,346 5,549
FOR'D W. Ballast Tank P 106 - 110 2,616.9 2,682 247.8 12.58 3,215
FOR'D W. Ballast Tank S 106 - 110 2,633.5 2,699 247.77 12.56 3,251
NO.1 W. Ballast Tank P 100 - 106 2,687.4 2,755 228.77 12.57 2,136 Low Sulpher Fuel Oil Tanks (S.G. = 0.95) Capacity Center of Gravity
NO.1 W. Ballast Tank S 100 - 106 2,687.4 2,755 228.77 12.57 2,136 Position 100% Full 90% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
NO.2 W. Ballast Tank P 94 - 100 3,251.0 3,332 196.42 9.05 1,914 NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) (m3) L.F.O. (t) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4)
NO.2 W. Ballast Tank S 94 - 100 3,251.0 3,332 196.42 9.05 1,914 STBD Low Sulphar F.O. Tank S 64 - 69 485.60 437.0 415 57.95 17.48 392
NO.3 W. Ballast Tank P 91 - 94 1,802.4 1,847 174.46 8.06 1,287
NO.3 W. Ballast Tank S 91 - 94 1,802.4 1,847 174.46 8.06 1,287 Total Capacity 485.60 437.0 415 392
NO.4 W. Ballast Tank P 85 - 91 3,668.7 3,760 151.99 7.95 2,576
NO.4 W. Ballast Tank S 85 - 91 3,668.7 3,760 151.99 7.95 2,576
NO.5 W. Ballast Tank P 82 - 85 1,835.3 1,881 129.5 7.94 1,288 Diesel Oil Tanks (S.G. = 0.920) Capacity Center of Gravity
NO.5 W. Ballast Tank S 82 - 85 1,835.3 1,881 129.5 7.94 1,288 Position 100% Full 90% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
NO.6 W. Ballast Tank P 76 - 82 3,624.3 3,715 107.11 8.03 2,574 NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) (m3) D.O. (t) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4)
NO.6 W. Ballast Tank S 76 - 82 3,624.3 3,715 107.11 8.03 2,574 PORT D.O.T. P 49 - 54 156.00 140.4 129 44.45 24.58 392
NO.7 W. Ballast Tank P 73 - 76 1,648.2 1,689 84.67 8.65 1,163 STBD D.O.T. S 49 - 54 101.50 91.4 84 44.45 24.54 115
NO.7 W. Ballast Tank S 73 - 76 1,648.2 1,689 84.67 8.65 1,163 G/E D.O. Service Tank S 49 - 54 54.60 *1 48.9 45 44.45 24.65 15
NO.8 W. Ballast Tank P 69 - 73 3,633.6 3,724 67.38 10.56 4,699 Total Capacity 312.10 280.7 258 522
NO.8 W. Ballast Tank S 69 - 73 3,633.6 3,724 67.38 10.56 4,699 * 1 : 89.6%FULL (OVERFLOW LEVEL)
NO.1 Lower W. Ballast Tank C 96 - 98 1,674.2 1,716 196.99 6.47 5,362
NO.2 Lower W. Ballast Tank C 87 - 89 1,674.3 1,716 152 6.47 5,362 I.G.G. Gas Oil Tank (S.G. = 0.870) Capacity Center of Gravity
NO.3 Lower W. Ballast Tank C 78 - 80 1,674.2 1,716 106.99 6.47 5,362 Position 100% Full 90% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
AFT W. Ballast Tank P 42 - 54 1,493.9 1,531 41.47 16.63 1,416 NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) (m3) G.O. (t) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4)
AFT W. Ballast Tank S 42 - 54 1,493.9 1,531 41.47 16.63 1,416 PORT I.G.G. GAS OIL T. P 45 - 49 124.80 112.3 98 40.4 24.58 314
Total Capacity 57,562.7 58,997 60,658
Total Capacity 124.80 112.3 98 314
Lubricating Oil Tanks (S.G. = 0.880) Capacity Center of Gravity
Position 100% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4) Fresh Water Tanks (S.G. = 1.000) Capacity Center of Gravity
L.O. Storage Tank S 45 - 48 56.1 39.95 24.62 47 Position 100% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
L.O. Renov. Tank S 42 - 45 56.1 37.25 24.62 47 NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) F.W. (t) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4)
L.O. Gravity Tank S 55 - 59 40.4 49.40 17.65 7 NO.1 Fresh W. Tank S 14 - 19 204.9 205 13.26 19.92 229
S/T L.O. Sump Tank C 27 - 29 4.8 23.30 3.00 1 NO.2 Fresh W. Tank S 9 - 14 164.2 164 9.28 19.99 134
L.O. Drain Tank C 39 - 41 3.9 34.10 3.15 1 NO.1 Distilled W. Tank P 14 - 19 204.9 205 13.26 19.92 229
L.O. Sump Tank C 36 - 43 57.4 33.80 2.69 49 NO.2 Distilled W. Tank P 9 - 14 164.2 164 9.28 19.99 134
Total Capacity 218.7 152 SUM 738.2 738 726
S/T Cool. F.W. Tank ATH 10.38 - 19 57.6 58 13.09 4.67 10
Other Tanks Capacity Center of Gravity Total Capacity 795.8 796 736
Position 100% Full 100% Full MT of I (Max. F.S.)
NO. Compartment Side FR. NO. (m3) AP G(m) KG (m) (m4)
Bilge Holding Tank S 54 - 64 240.9 51.86 7.48 528
Bilge Primary Section S 54 - 59 19.2 48.95 8.62 6
Deck Wash Tank P 54 - 69 446.2 54.27 7.44 1,226
Sep. Bilge Oil Tank S 55 - 59 15.1 49.40 1.25 1
Clean Drain Tank P 58 - 63 44.6 52.78 1.07 50
Total Capacity 766.0 1,811
1.3 Principal Particulars of Hull
1. GENERAL 4. DEADWEIGHT
Ships Name S.NO.2184ARCTIC PRINCESS S.NO.2185ARCTIC LADY Item Symbol Freeboard Draught Deadweight Displacement
Owner S.NO.2184JOINT GAS LTD. S.NO.2185JOINT GAS TWO LTD. (m) (m) (t) (t)
Classification S.NO.2184
Tropical Fresh water TF 10.058 12.841 87,644 121,664
DET NORSKE VERITAS
Fresh water F 10.314 12.585 84,803 118,823
+1A1 Tanker for Liquefied Gas NAUTICUS (New building),
PLUS-2, CSA-2, HMON-2, E0, F-AMC, ICS, OPP-F, COMF-V(1)C(2) Tropical T 10.314 12.585 87,774 121,794
Ship type 2G (-163, 500 kg/m3, 0.25 bar) Summer S 10.570 12.329 84,878 118,898
S.NO.2185 Winter W 10.826 12.073 82,000 116,020
DET NORSKE VERITAS 5. CAPACITY
+1A1 Tanker for Liquefied Gas NAUTICUS (New building),
Cargo Capacity Cargo tank including dome space
PLUS-2, CSA-2, HMON-2, E0, F-AMC, ICS, OPP-F, COMF-V(1)C(2)
(at cryogenic Temperature = -163) 100 % 148,005.542 m3
Ship type 2G (-163, 500 kg/m3, 0.25 bar)
Cargo tank excluding dome space 100 % 147,835.191 m3
BUREAU VERITAS (at cryogenic Temperature = -163) 98.5 % 145,617.664 m3
I+Hull+Mach Tank Capacity Water Ballast 100 % 57,564.7 m3
Liquefied Gas Carrier/LNG
Fresh Water (excluding ST.T.C.F.W.T.) 100 % 795.8 m3
Ship type 2G(-163, 500 kg/m3,0.25 bar)
Unrestricted navigation Fuel Oil (Including Low Sulphur F.O. tank, 100 % 5,449.7 m3
excluding F.O. Overflow tank and F.O. Drain ank)
+AUT-UMS
+VeriSTAR-Hull (40 years design fatigue life) Diesel Oil 100 % 312.1 m3
+SYS-IBS, MON-HULL, CLEAN-SEA, CONF-1, INWATARSURVEY with F-AMC I.G.G. Gas Oil 100 % 124.8 m3
equivalent DNV
6. SPEED
Registration Port IMO Number Call Letter
Trial max. S.NO.2184 20.89 KNOT
Hammerfest S.NO.21849271248 S.NO.2184LAGE 6
Service abt. 19.5 knots on the designed draught at 90% MCR of main engine with 20% sea margin
S.NO.21859284192 S.NO.2185LAGF 6
Date Keel Laying Launching Delivery
S.NO.2184 S.NO.2184 S.NO.2184
August 17th, 2004 Febrauary 4th, 2005 January 13th, 2006
S.NO.2185 S.NO.2185 S.NO.2185
November 29th, 2004 May 20th, 2005 April 15th, 2006 (preliminary)
2. PRINCIPAL DIMENSION
Length o.a. : abt.288.00 m p.p. : 274.00 m
Breadth m ld. : 49.00 m
Depth m ld. : 26.80 m
Design Draught mld. : 11.50 m ext. : 11.529 m
Summer Draught mld. : 12.30 m ext. : 12.329 m
Scantling Draught mld. : 12.30 m ext. : 12.329 m
Normal Ballast Draught mld. : 9.20 m ext. : 9.229 m
Heavy Ballast Draught mld. : 9.80 m ext. : 9.829 m
3. TONNAGE (International, 1969)
Gross Tonnage 121,597
Net Tonnage 36,480
Principal Particulars of Machinry
Abbreviation List 1. MAIN TURBINE

PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION
MCR MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS RATING TYPE & NUMBER Impulse, reaction, two cylinders, cross-compounded marine steam turbine
NR NORMAL RATING with articulated double reduction type gear
S.W. SEA WATER Kawasaki UA400 1 set
F.W. FRESH WATER SHAFT HORSEPOWER MCR : 27,600 kW 81.0 rpm
L.O. LUBRICATION OIL & REVOLUTION NCR : 24,840 kW 78.2 rpm
F.O. FUEL OIL ASTERN TURBINE: Operating conditions : For a period of 2 hours continuous runnning
G.S. GENERAL SERVICE at 70 % of the max. ahead revolution (56.7 rpm)
D. GEN. DIESEL GENERATOR Design torque : 80 % of the max. ahead torque
k Kg/cm2 gauge at 50 % of the max. ahead revolution (40.5 rpm)
MPa Mpa gauge STEAM CONDITIONS 5.68 MpaG 520 at Maneuvering valve inlet
kPa kPa gauge TURNING MOTOR Planetary gear type : 11 kW 1,800 rpm
bar bar gauge VACUUM 5.1 kPaA (722 mmHgV) at NCR
bara bar absolute 5.3 kPaA (720 mmHgV) at MCR
D.P. DELIVERY PRESSURE at sea water temperature 27
M.D. MOTOR DRIVEN REMARKS Main condenser : Scoop / pump cooling
H. HORIZONTAL MAKER KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD.
V. VERTICAL
G. GEAR
S. SCREW 2. MAIN BOILER
C. CENTRIFUGAL PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION
S.P. SELF PRIMING TYPE & NUMBER Two-drum, water tube marine boiler with dual fuel burners
P. PISTON Mitsubishi MB-4E-NS 2 sets
F.A. FREE AIR STEAM CONDITIONS AT
5.83 MPaG 525 at MCR
T.H. TOTAL HEAD SUPERHEATER OUTLET
B.P. BACK PRESSURE EVAPORATION Maximum : abt. 60,000 kg/h
S. & T. SHELL AND TUBE TYPE (Each set) MCR : abt. 53,500 kg/h
D.D. DIESEL DRIVEN DESUPERHEATER Internal type : abt. 38,500 kg/h
T. TURBO (Each set) Temperature : 350 at maximum steam flow
AIR HEATER Steam heating type
ECONOMIZER Extended surface type
AMBIENT ROOM TEMP. 45 at Forced draft fan suction
FEED WATER TEMP. 138 at Economizer inlet
MAKER MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD.
3. LOW PRESSURE STEAM GENERATOR

PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION
TYPE & NUMBER Horizontal, shell and tube steam heating type with drain cooler
1 set
STEAM CONDITION AT
0.6 MPaG saturated
GENERATOR OUTLET
EVAPORATION 5,000 kg/h
MAKER SASAKURA ENGINEERING CO., LTD.
4. SHAFTING 6. ELECTRIC GENERATING SET

PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION MAKER PARTICULARS No. TYPE CAPACIT NOTES
THRUST SHAFT Located on aft of the main reduction gear 1 set KHI MAIN TURBO TURBINE 2 6-stage impulse, Steam Conditions :
GENERATOR SET condensing turbine 5.68 MpaG 520
INTERMEDIATE 700 mm 5,650 mm in length 1 set JCFC with single reduction Exhaust Conditions :
SHAFT 700 mm 11,800 mm in length 1 set (Mitsubishi AT42CT-B) 6.7 kPaA (710 mmHgV)
PROPELLER SHAFT 920 mm 11,955 mm in length 1 set JCHC
MAKER MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD.
STERN TUBE BRG Fabricated steel welded construction with oil JAPAN MARKING GENERATOR 2 AC 6,600 V 3 phase, 60 Hz, 3,625 kVA
lubricating bearing of white metal facing TEC NO. totally enclosed, brushless (2,900 kW)
STERN TUBE Anti-Pollution type for aft seal (Lip type) BOLLFILTER marine type 1,800 rpm
SEALING Lip seal type for fwd seal (Blohm + Voss AG)
REMARKS 1) 10 years withdrawal of propeller shaft to be applied. MAKER TAIYO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
MAIN DIESEL DIESEL 1 Four cycle single acting 720 rpm
GENERATOR SET turbo-charged trunk piston type
MAKER STX CORPORATION

GENERATOR 1 AC 6,600 V 3 phase, 60 Hz, 3,625 kVA
5. PROPELLER totally enclosed, brushless marine type (2,900 kW)
PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION 720 rpm
TYPE, MATERIAL Solid wet-fit keyless type, of Nickel-Aluminium bronze MAKER TAIYO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
& NUMBER with a hydraulic nut 1 set EMERGENCY DIESEL 1 Radiator cooled type 1,800 rpm
DIAMETER 8,800 mm GENERATOR SET
PITCH 8,100 mm MAKER LINDENBERG - ANLAGEN GMBH
AREA 43 m3 GENERATOR 1 AC 450 V 3 phase, 60 Hz, 700 kVA
REMARKS totally enclosed, brushless marine type (560 kW)
1,800 rpm
MAKER MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. MAKER TAIYO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
7. PUMP (FRESH WATER HANDLING) 8. PUMP (SEA WATER HANDLING)

CAPACITY MOTOR CAPACITY MOTOR
PARTICULARS No. TYPE MAKER PARTICULARS No. TYPE 3
MAKER
3
m /h mTH kW rpm m /h mTH kW rpm
MAIN CONDENSATE 2 M.D.V.C. 100 85 45 1,800 SHINKO MAIN CIRCULATING 1 M.D.V.C. 8,500/3,000 132 300 SHINKO
PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. PUMP 3/6 INDUSTRIES, LTD.
DRAIN PUMP 3 M.D.V.C. 40 80 22 1,800 SHINKO AUX. CIRCULATING 1 M.D.V.C. 8,500/3,000 132 300 SHINKO
INDUSTRIES, LTD. PUMP 3/6 INDUSTRIES, LTD.
MAIN FEED WATER 2 T.D.H.C. 150 - SHINKO COOLING SEA WATER 2 M.D.V.C. 950 20 85 1,200 HAMWORTHY
PUMP 7.84 MPa.D.P. INDUSTRIES, LTD. PUMP KSE LTD.
AUX. FEED WATER 1 M.D.H.C. 75 320 3,600 SHINKO WATER BALLAST PUMP 3 M.D.V.C. 3,000 30 355 1,200 SHINKO
PUMP 7.84 MPa.D.P. INDUSTRIES, LTD. INDUSTRIES, LTD.
MAIN CONDENSER 2 M.D.H. 5.1 kPaA 30 900 SHINKO WATER SPRAY PUMP 1 M.D.V.C. 925 100 400 1,800 SHINKO
VACUUM PUMP Rotary (722 mmHgV) INDUSTRIES, LTD. INDUSTRIES, LTD.
CENTRAL COOLING 2 M.D.V.C. 900 25 90 1,200 HAMWORTHY FIRE, BILGE & G.S. PUMP 2 M.D.V.C. 170/265 100 1,800 HAMWORTHY
FRESH WATER PUMP KSE LTD. 100/60 KSE LTD.
CARGO MACH. ROOM 2 M.D.V.C. 80 20 7.5 3,600 HAMWORTHY FIRE PUMP 1 M.D.V.C. 170 100 88 1,800 HAMWORTHY
COOL. F.W.BOOST PUMP KSE LTD. KSE LTD.
OXYGEN SCAVENGING 1 M.D.H. 12 lit/h 0.4 1,800 KURITA WATER ENGINE ROOM 1 M.D.H.P. 10 40 3.5 1,800 HAMWORTHY
CHEMICAL PUMP Plunger. 0.98 MPaG INDUSTRIES, LTD. BILGE PUMP KSE LTD.
BOILER COMPOUND 2 M.D.H. 12 lit/h 0.75 1,800 KURITA WATER SEWAGE DISCHARGE 1 M.D.V.C. Makers standard TAIKO KIKAI
INJECTION PUMP Plunger. 8.43 MPaG INDUSTRIES, LTD. PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD.
FRESH WATER PUMP 2 M.D.V.C. 10 65 7.5 3,600 SHINKO DISTILLING PLANT 2 M.D.V.C. 90 50 21 3,600 HAMWORTHY
INDUSTRIES, LTD. COOLING S.W. PUMP KSE LTD.
FIRE FIGHTING 1 M.D.V.C. 5 110 7.5 3,600 SHINKO FIRE LINE 1 M.D.H.C. 2 100 4.6 1,800 HAMWORTHY
FRESH WATER PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. PRESSURIZING PUMP KSE LTD.
HOT WATER 2 M.D.H.C. 4 15 1.5 3,600 SHINKO BILGE SEPARATOR 1 M.D.H. Makers standard HAMWORTHY
CIRCULATING PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. SERVICE PUMP Snake KSE LTD.
W/H&CCR UNIT 1 M.D.V.C. 30 25 4.6 3,600 HAMWORTHY BLEED OFF PUMP 1 M.D.H.C. 35 100 35 3,600 HAMWORTHY
CLR F.W.BOOST PUMP KSE LTD. KSE LTD.
LPSG FEED WATER 2 M.D.H.C. 7 130 9 1,800 HAMWORTHY
PUMP KSE LTD.
F.W.TANK 1 M.D.H.C. 10 15 6.4 1,800 HAMWORTHY
RECIRCULATION PUMP KSE LTD.
DIST.W.TANK 1 M.D.H.C. 10 15 6.4 1,800 HAMWORTHY
RECIRCULATION PUMP KSE LTD.
COLD START 1 M.D.H.C. 5 18.5 3,600 SHINKO
FEED WATER PUMP 2.45 Mpa.D.P. INDUSTRIES, LTD.
DISTILLING PLANT 2 M.D.H.C. Maker's standard ALFA LAVAL K.K.
CONDENSATE PUMP
DISTILLING PLANT 2 M.D.H.C. Maker's standard ALFA LAVAL K.K.
DISTILLATE PUMP
9. PUMP (LUB. OIL AND FUEL HANDLING) 10. AIR COMPRESSOR AND AIR RECEIVER
CAPACITY MOTOR CAPACITY MOTOR
PARTICULARS No. TYPE 3
MAKER PARTICULARS No. TYPE 3
MAKER
m /hMpa. D.P. kWrpm m /hMpa. D.P. kWrpm
MAIN L.O. PUMP 1 M/T D.G. 210 0.39 - KAWASAKI HEAVY . AIR COMPRESSOR 3 M.D. Screw 350 F.A. 0.85 65 3,600 TAMROTOR MARINE
(at MCR) INDUSTRIES, LTD F.W. cooled COMPRESSORS AS
AUX. L.O. PUMP 2 M.D.V.C. 200 0.44 55 1,800 SHINKO D/G STARTING 1 M.D.V.P. 20 F.A. 2.45 6.4 1,200 SPERRE
(Submerged) INDUSTRIES, LTD. AIR COMPRESSOR Air Cooled INDUSTRI AS
STERN TUBE 2 M.D.H.G. 1 0.343 0.75 1,200 TAIKO KIKAI E/G STARTING 1 D.D.H.P. 9 F.A. 2.45 abt. 4 PS SPERRE
L.O. PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. AIR COMPRESSOR Air Cooled INDUSTRI AS
L.O. TRANS. & PURIFIER 2 M.D.H.G. 3.1 0.343 1.51,200 TAIKO KIKAI AIR COMPRESSOR FOR 2 M.D. Screw 229 F.A. 1.0 43 3,600 TAMROTOR MARINE
FEED PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. N2 GENERAOTR F.W. cooled COMPRESSORS AS
3
T/G L.O. PRIMING PUMP 2 M.D.H.G. Makers - MITSUBISHI HEAVY CONTROL AIR DRYER 2 Duplex 100N m / h NIHON SEIKI
Standard INDUSTRIES, LTD. adsorption Dew point -40 CO., LTD.
GEN. ENG. L.O. PRIMING PUMP 1 M.D.H.G. Makers - STX CORPORATION GENERAL SERVICE 1 Duplex 350N m3/ h NIHON SEIKI
Standard AIR DRYER adsorption Dew point -40 CO., LTD.
F.O. BURNING PUMP 2 M.D.H.S. 12 2.74 22 1,800 TAIKO KIKAI CONTROL AIR RECEIVER 1 Cylindrical 5 m3 0.85 HEMMI IRON WORKS
INDUSTRIES, LTD. CO., LTD.
3
COLD START F.O. 1 M.D.H.S. 2 2.74 7.5 1,800 TAIKO KIKAI GENERAL SERVICE 1 Cylindrical 5 m 0.85 HEMMI IRON WORKS
BURNING PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. AIR RECEIVER CO., LTD.
3
HEAVY F.O. 1 M.D.V.G. 50 0.343 18.5 1,200 TAIKO KIKAI D/G STARTING 1 Cylindrical 1 m 2.45 HEMMI IRON WORKS
TRANSFER PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. AIR RECEIVER CO., LTD.
3
D/G F.O. FEED PUMP 1 M.D.H.G. 2.4 0.98 3.7 1,200 TAIKO KIKAI E/G STARTING 1 Cylindrical 0.2 m 2.45 HEMMI IRON WORKS
INDUSTRIES, LTD. AIR RECEIVER CO., LTD.
DIESEL OIL 1 M.D.H.G. 5 0.343 2.2 1,200 TAIKO KIKAI NITROGEN BUFFER TANK 1 Cylindrical 10 m3 0.85 HEMMI IRON WORKS
TRANSFER PUMP INDUSTRIES, LTD. CO., LTD.
WASTE OIL 1 M.D.H. 5 0.441 3.7 1,200 TAIKO KIKAI
TRANSFER PUMP snake INDUSTRIES, LTD.
D.O. SHIFT PUMP 1 Air ope. 1.8 0.245 - - 11. FAN
plunger CAPACITY MOTOR
PARTICULARS No. TYPE MAKER
D.O. PURIFIER FEED PUMP 1 M.D.H.G. 1.3 0.1 1.5 1,200 TAIKO KIKAI m3/minmmAq kWrpm
INDUSTRIES, LTD. FORCED DRAFT FAN 2 M.D.H.C. 1,000/1,250/2,000 140/330/330 OSAKA BLOWER
500/750/500 900/1,200/1,200 MFG. CO., LTD.
ENGINE ROOM 4 M.D.V. 1,750 50 30 900 HI-PRES KOREA
SUPPLY FAN Axial CO., LTD.
ENGINE ROOM 2 M.D.V. 1,400 15 15 900 HI-PRES KOREA
EXHAUST FAN Axial CO., LTD.
PURIFIER ROOM 1 M.D.V. 100 40 1.5 1,800 HI-PRES KOREA
GLAND EXHAUST FAN 1 M.D.H.C. 7 300 3.7 1,800 KAWASAKI HEAVY
INDUSTRIES, LTD.
VENT DUCT 2 M.D.H.C. 50 150 4.6 3,600 HI-PRES KOREA
EXHAUST FAN CO., LTD.
BOILER FLAME EYE 2 M.D.H.C. 4 900 4.6 3,600 HI-PRES KOREA
SEAL AIR FAN CO., LTD.
EMERG. GEN. ROOM 1 M.D.H. 20 15 0.75 1,800 HI-PRES KOREA
W/S WELDING SPACE 1 M.D.H. 20 20 0.75 1,800 HI-PRES KOREA
12. MISCELLANEOUS MACHINERY 13. WORKSHOP MACHINERY

MOTOR MOTOR
PARTICULARS No. TYPE CAPACITY MAKER PARTICULARS No. TYPE CAPACITY MAKER
kWrpm kWrpm
DISTILLING PLANT 1 condens.cooled 60 T/D - ALFA LAVAL K.K. LATHE 1 M.D. C.D. : 2,000 mm 5.5 1,800 YANG IRON WORKS
Plate type (4 ppm) C.H. : 300 mm CO.,LTD.
DISTILLING PLANT 1 S.W. cooled 60 T/D - ALFA LAVAL K.K. MILLING MACHINE 1 M.D. Table size 1.5 1,800 MITSUHATA
Plate type (4 ppm) 820 mm 240 mm MACHINERY CO., LTD.
L.O. PURIFIER 2 M.D.C. 3.1 m3/h 4.6 3,600 WESTFALIA PEDESTAL DRILLING 1 M.D. Max dia. 2.2 1,800 KIWA IRON WORKS
Total discharge SEPARATOR K.K. MACHINE 55 mm LTD.
D.O. PURIFIER 1 M.D.C. 1,200 lit/h 4.6 3,600 WESTFALIA PEDESTAL GRINDER 1 M.D. Wheel dia. 1.5 1,800 HITACHI KOKI
SEPARATOR K.K. 2 wheels 305 mm CO., LTD.
BILGE SEPARATOR 1 5 m3/h HAMWORTHY GAS WELDER 1 Acetylene 3 - O2 UNITOR
(15 ppm) KSE LTD. 2 - C 2H2
EMULSION BREAKING BILGE 1 6 m3/day MARINFLOC AB ELECTRIC WELDER 1 NI WELDING
WATER CLEANING SYSTEM CORPORATION
INCINERATOR 1 Sludge & solid 2,093MJ/h 0.1 1,800 VOLCANO CO., LTD. VACUUM CLEANER 1 Bucket : 27 lit 2.2 3,600 AMANO
waste disposal (500 Mcal/h) 11 2,500 CORPORATION
CHLORINE/MINERAL 1 Injection type 1- Chlorine I.T.I. CO., LTD. KEY CUTTING MACHINE 1 M.D. 0.4 3,600 YANAI CO., LTD.
INJECTION UNIT 1- Mineral
1- Inhibitor ELECTRIC HOIST FOR 1 M.D. hoist 1 ton 1.5 1,800 FUTABA MFG.
BOILER WATER 1 3 conductivity 3 sample cooler DKK-TOA WORKSHOP CO., LTD.
ANALIZER 3 pH CORPORATION TOOL GRINDER 1 M.D. Wheel dia. 0.2 1,800 HITACHI KOKI
CHLORINATOR 1 Electrolyzer Injection rate THE NIPPON CORROSION 2 wheels 150 mm CO., LTD.
(0.3 ppm) ENGINEERING CO., LTD. BENCH DRILLING 1 M.D. Max dia. 0.75 1,800 ENSHU INDUSTRIAL
FERROUS ION 1 950 m3/h THE NIPPON CORROSION MACHINE 23 mm CO., LTD.
GENERATOR ENGINEERING CO., LTD. HYD. PRESS. & PIPE 1 Hydraulic 30 ton 0.75 1,800 APPLIED POWER
SEWAGE 1 60 persons TAIKO KIKAI BENDER JQAPAN, LTD.
TREATMENT UNIT . INDUSTRIES, LTD. HACK-SAWING 1 M.D. Stroke : 150mm 3.7 1,800 TSUNE SEIKI
UNIT COOLER FOR 1 Packaged 100 % capacity USIO REINETSU MACHINE Cutter : 200mm CO., LTD.
ENG.CONTROL ROOM CO., LTD.
UNIT COOLER FOR 2 Packaged 100 % capacity USIO REINETSU
SWITCHBOARD for each room CO., LTD.
UNIT COOLER FOR 1 Packaged USIO REINETSU
WORKSHOP CO., LTD.
UNIT COOLER FOR 1 Packaged USIO REINETSU
LABORATORY CO., LTD.
N2 GENERATOR 2 Membrane 60 Nm3/h SMIT GAS
SYSTEMS B.V.
14. HEAT EXCHANGER 15. TANK (LUB. OIL HANDLING)

CAPACITY
PARTICULARS No. TYPE CAPACITY REMARKS MAKER PARTICULARS No. 3 HEATING COIL REMARKS
m
MAIN CONDENSER 1 Vacuum type 5.3 kPaA KAWASAKI HEAVY L.O. SUMP TANK 1 Storage : abt. 50 Fitted around In double bottom
H.S. & T. S.W. 27 INDUSTRIES, LTD. Normal : 18 pump suction
AUX. CONDENSER 1 Atmos. type SETOUCHI KOGYO L.O. GRAVITY TANK 1 abt. 30 Hull construction
H.S. & T. S.W. 27 CO., LTD.
1ST STAGE FEED 1 H.S. & T. SASAKURA ENGINEERING L.O. STORAGE TANK 1 abt. 50 Hull construction
WATER HEATER CO., LTD.
DEAERATOR FEED 1 Direct contact Storage capacity SETOUCHI KOGYO L.O. RENOVATING TANK 1 abt. 50 Fitted Hull construction
WATER HEATER 22.5 m3 CO., LTD.
LPSG FEED WATER 1 H.S. & T. SASAKURA ENGINEERING STERN TUBE L.O. 1 1.5 In double bottom
HEATER CO., LTD. SUMP TANK
GLAND CONDENSER 1 H.S. & T. KAWASAKI HEAVY STERN TUBE L.O. 2
INDUSTRIES, LTD. HEADER TANK
CCS F.W. COOLER 2 Plate F.W. : 37 HISAKA WORKS, LTD. FWD SEAL CIRC. TANK 1 Makers
S.W. 32 standard
DRAIN COOLER 1 H.S. & T. SETOUCHI KOGYO AFT SEAL SETTLING 1 Makers
F.W. : 37 CO., LTD. standard
L.O. COOLER 2 Plate M/T MCR COND. HISAKA WORKS, LTD. GEN. ENGINE 1 4
F.W. : 37 L.O. STORAGE TANK
STERN TUBE L.O. 1 H.S. & T. 0.8 m3/h SETOUCHI KOGYO GEN. ENGINE 1 4 Fitted
COOLER F.W. : 37 CO., LTD. L.O. RENOVATING TANK
HOT WATER HEATER 1 Steam & 5 m3/h Electric heater DAIEI DENNETSU OIL SLUDGE TANK 1 0.4 Fitted
electric heating (20 to 80) 1 15 kW KOGYO CO., LTD.
BOILER FUEL OIL HEATER 2 Steam heating 12 m3/h Each 100% cap. AALBORG . CLEANING OIL TANK 1 0.2
(60 to 150) INDUSTRIES K.K
PURIFIER L.O. HEATER 2 Steam heating 3.1 m3/h AALBORG . L.O. DAILY TANK 1 0.2
(40 to 85) INDUSTRIES K.K
0.6 MPaG EXTERNAL 1 Water spray NIPPON KEYSTONE L.O. DRAIN TANK 1 3 In double bottom
DESUPERHEATER CORPORATION
16. TANK (FUEL OIL ,WASTE OIL HANDLING) 17. TANK (FRESH W. & BILGE HANDLING)
CAPACITY CAPACITY
PARTICULARS No. HEATING COIL REMARKS PARTICULARS No. HEATING COIL REMARKS
m3 m3
FORD F.O. TANK 1 abt. 1,200 Fitted Hull construction FRESH WATER TANK 2 Total abt. 250 Hull construction
F.O. SIDE TANK 2 Total abt. 3,600 Fitted Hull construction DISTILLED WATER TANK 2 Total abt. 200 Hull construction
LOW SULFUR 1 (abt. 400) Fitted Hull construction LPSG ATMOSPHERIC 1 2

F.O. TANK DRAIN TANK
F.O. SETTLING TANK 2 (abt. 500) Fitted Hull construction ATMOSPHERIC 1 6
DRAIN TANK
G.O. STORAGE TANK 2 Total abt. 250 Hull construction CCS F.W. 1 1
EXPANSION TANK
GEN. ENGINE 1 Hull construction FRESH WATER 1 2
G.O. SERVICE TANK PRESSURE TANK
E/G ENGINE 1 4 Hull construction FIRE FIGHT. F.W. 1 1.5
G.O. SERVICE TANK PRESSURE TANK
INCINERATOR 1 1 BOILER COMPOUND 1 0.15
D.O. SERVICE TANK TANK
F.O. OVERFLOW TANK 1 abt. 100 Fitted Hull construction OXYGEN SCAVENGING 1 0.15
CHEMICAL TANK
I.G.G. GAS OIL TANK 1 abt. 100 Hull construction BILGE HOLD TANK 1 abt. 100 Fitted Hull construction
WASTE OIL SETTLING 1 2 Fitted CLEAN DRAIN TANK 1 abt. 25 In double bottom
TANK
F.O. DRAIN TANK 1 2 Fitted In double bottom SEPARATED 1 Abt. 12 Fitted In double bottom
BILGE OIL TANK
LPSG DRAIN CHAMBER 1 0.13
1.5a Machinery Arrangement -Tank Top Plan
69
64
.C.
HS
59
HIG
.
T S.C
LAS
BAL
T
AN
T. OR
54
PL
DIS .C. F
S
FIRE LINE PRESS. PUMP
49
DN
WATER SPRAY PUMP SOLENOID V. BOARD
FOR BALLAST LINE
BLEED OFF PUMP
45 FIRE PUMP DIST. PLANT

COOL. S.W. PUMP
WATER BALLAST PUMP
DN
K
.T
.B
DN
W
.8
NO
UP
FIRE, BILGE & G.S. PUMP FIRE, BILGE & G.S. PUMP
W. BALLAST STRIP. EDUCTOR
UP
B.
UP
W.
DN
TK
B.
N
AI
DR
TK EAN
AIN CL
WATER BALLAST PUMP
DR
S.
MO
AT
DN MAIN CONDR MAIN COND.PUMP
UP
P.
COM
UP
LOG
DRAIN PUMP
DN
AG.
LC
AUX. L.O. PUMP
W. K
.&M
B. TK .T
MP MP
.SU
U
UND
.S
L.O
O
L.
O SO
.
S/T W
B.
AUX. L.O. PUMP
ECH
TK AUX.CIRC.PUMP
ESCAPE TRUNK OIL WATER BALLAST PUMP
GE
UP
S/T L.O. CLR . BIL
S/T L.O. PUMP SEP
UP
DN
19 MAIN L.O. PUMP
O W)
L.O. PURIF. FEED PUMP . (L
S.C
26 N
TK
AI
DR
29 L.
O.
LIFT SPACE
33 DN
.
W
LIFT.SPACE
UP
B.
36
WASTE OIL
TRANS. PUMP
BILGE SEP.UNIT
39 UP
AI
N
TK
DR
MAIN CIRC. PUMP O.
LPSG FEED W. PUMP F.
FERROUS ION GENERATOR
42 COOL. S.W. PUMP
45 AUTO BACK-WASH FILTER E/R BILGE PUMP DN
DN
CHLORINATOR
DN
49
EMULSION BREAKING
BILGE W. CLEAN. SYS.
UP
54
T.
EC
YS
IM AR
.
S.C
PR
.C.
GE
BIL
ST
HS
LLA
HIG
BA
59
TK K
LD .T
E HO W
.B
ILG .8
B NO
64
69
TANK TOP PLAN

1.5b Machinery Arrangement - 3rd Flat Plan
69
64
59
COFF.
54
49
45
(P)
TK
) DE
(P .SI
42 L .T
K F.O
AL
.B
TW
AF
39
T.
V.
36
1ST STAGE FEED W. HTR
AUX.CONDR
MAIN CONDR VACUUM PUMP
DIST.PLANT
33
DN
UP
29 GLAND CONDR
& EXH.FAN
UP
GREASE EXTRACTOR
UP DN
.
V.T
UP
L.P.TURB.
REDUCT.GEAR
UP
CENTRAL COOL.F.W.PUMP
DN DN
54
L
C
UP
FT
LI
ESCAPE TRUNK
19 REDUCT.GEAR
H.P.TURB. DN
22
24
.
V.T
DN
DN CCS F.W. CLR
LIFT SPACE
LIFT. SPACE EMERG.CONT.
UP PANEL
DN GAUGE PANEL
MANEUV. VALVE STAND
29 UP
DN
PURIFIER RM
UP
BLR F.O. HTR PURIF. L.O. HTR D.O.TRANS.PUMP UP H.F.O. TRANS. PUMP
33
L.O. CLR
F.O. BURN. PUMP L.O. PURIF. L.O. PURIF.
DRAIN INSPECT. SECT.
LPSG FEED W. HTR

F.O. STRAINER
COLD START OIL SLUDGE TK D.O. PURIF. D.O. PURIF.
F.O.BURN.PUMP FEED PUMP CLEAN. TABLE
DRAIN CLR
36 LPSG ATMOS.DRAIN TK
.
V.T
39 (S)
. TK
.BALL
AFT W
.TK
.TK
TT
TT
.SE
.SE
F.O
F.O
)
DER
.1
NO
.2
42 TK
.TK
NO
(UN
DE
.SI
F.O
TK
F.O
.1
UR
.)
NO DER
LOW FLOW
LPH
(UN
ER
SU
45
.OV
F.O
(S)
IDE TK
F.O.S
49
54 COFF.
59
64
3RD FLAT PLAN
69
1.5c Machinery Arrangement - 2nd Flat Plan
COFF.
39
36
33
29 UP
)
(P
TK
M
.R
T
.G I.G.G. BLOWER
AS
I. G (P)
LL
K
BA
UP
ET
ER
SID
AT
24 .
W
F.O
T
AF
19 ER
CK
LO SHELF I.G.GENERATOR
AL
IC
EM
CH TK
B.
14 SHOWER & EYE RINSING SPACE W.
SHELF .8
I.G.G.F.O. PUMP NO
V.T
. V.T.
K
.T
9
.W
MAIN DUMP VALVE UNIT

IST
CONT. PANEL SPARE MOTOR FOR CIRC. PUMP

K
SHIP SERV.AIR DRYER

.1 D
.T
NO.3 AIR COMP. NO.1 AIR COMP.

.W
AUX. FEED W. PUMP

NO
ST
CONT. AIR DRYER

DI
COLD START FD W. PUMP

.2
NO
GENE.SERV.AIR RECEIVER CONT. AIR RECEIVER
MAIN FD W.PUMP MAIN FD W.PUMP
UP
NO.2 AIR COMP.

UP
MAIN TURBO GENERATOR

DIST.W.TK RECIRC.PUMP MAIN FD W. PP CONT.PANEL
DN
UP
OXY.SCAV.CHEM.TK UNIT MAIN BLR
UP
BLR COMP. INJ. UNIT UP
MAIN TURBO GENERATOR
DN
G
T IN
UP UP RA
EG
UP BL
VA
L
19 29 42 RE
MO 49 54 64 69
24
33 36 39 59
TO
R
RM C
FT
LIFT SPACE
LI MO
WAY
STAIR FT
LI
ESCAPE TRUNK UP
NO. B9 VALVE STAND
CHROLINE / MINERAL INJECT. UNIT UP
UP
FIRE FIGHT. F.W. PRESS. TK
UP
MAIN BLR
UP LIFT SPACE
FIRE FIGHT. F.W. PUMP LIFT SPACE
BLR SPARE TUBE DN UP
TK
ITY
AV
GR
O.
L.O. DAIRY TK
L.
CARGO MACH. RM COOL.
F.W. PRESS. TK & PUMP UNIT SPARE MOTOR FOR F.D.FAN F.W. BOOST PUMP
UP
D/G START. AIR COMP.
F.W.TK RECIRC.PUMP D/G F.O. FEED PUMP
UP UP
MAIN DIESEL GENERATOR
UP
K
.T VACCUM TOILET SYS.
F.W SHELF SHELF L.P.S.G.
.2
NO
K
.T
F.W
D/G START.AIR RECEIV.

.1
NO
LOCAL WATER FOG SYS.

SHELF UP
SEWAGE TREAT.UNIT
SHELF
PURIF.RM EXH.FAN
9 . .
V.T V.T
SHELF SHELF
TOOL LOKERS
SHELF ORE SHELF
14 ENG. ST
TK
TK
T.
SHELF
T.
ET
ET
.S
.S
SHELF SHELF
19 SHELF SHELF SHELF
F.O
F.O
TK
.2
.1
.O.
NO
NO
RF
SPARE MOTOR SPACE
)
(S
PHU
TK
24 SHELF SHELF
AS
T
SUL
L
B AL
R
LOW
E
AT
W
T
AF
29 CABINETS
(S)
LIFT. SPACE
TK
33 DE
. SI
F.O
36 TK
B.
W.
39 NO
.8
42 COFF.
45
49
54 59 64 69 2ND FLAT PLAN
1.5d Machinery Arrangement - 1st Flat Plan
49 54 59 64
42
COFF.
TK
S OIL
N2 BUFF.TK
. GA
I.G.G
N2 GENE.
DN
M
.R
.G
I. G
COFF.
)
(P)
(P
)
(P
K
K
. TK
.T
I. G. DRYER
ET
LL
UP ID
.S
D. O
BA
F.O
ER
AT
W
T
AF
UP
K
I. G. REF. UNIT .T
W .B
.8
NO
. TK
T. W
. TK
DIS
.W
NO.1
IST
V.T V.T.
.2 D
NO
BNR CLEAN.TABLE
N2 AIR COMP.
OP
PACKAGE AIR COND.
SH
WORK BENCH
K
UP
OR
PACKAGE AIR COND.
WIRE NET
TRANS.FOR
T.
H/V TRANS.
EC
BOW THRUSTER
CABINET
LABORATORY
EL
UP
W/H & CCR UNIT COOL.
UP F.W. BOOST PUMP
HOT W.HTR
UP RM
TER RD
NO.2 MAIN BOILER
SHEL OA
HOT W.CIRC.PUMP FIRE No.2 GSP C HB
BOILER WATER IT
SAMPLING UNIT SW
IN No.2 H/V SWBD
MA
SINK .2
NO
DN
DN
STEAM AIR HTR No.2 LV SWBD
WIRE NET
TRANS.FOR
WINDOW
ENG.SERVICE
No.2 GSP
L
HOO
LIFT SPACE
19 24 49
29 36 42 54 59 64 69
C
PIPE
FT
LI
BOG
WA Y
STAIR DN
BLR GAUGE BOARD
No.1 GSP
M
ROO
DN
WINDOW
STEAM AIR HTR
NT.
DN DN
. CO
WIRE NET
M
ENG
T.R
LIFT SPACE
RM
OT
No.1 H/V SWBD
D
E.B
AR
BO
AC
CH
No.1 GSP
IT
SW
NO.1 MAIN BOILER No.1 LV SWBD
IN
UP FAN COIL UNIT
MA
DRINK.W.FOUNTAIN
.1
NO
UP
M
T.R
OT
PACKAGE AIR COND.

G/E L.O.STORAGE TK
Y.B
H/V TRANS.
OX
PACKAGE AIR COND.
EXH. FAN WB
BLR FLAME EYE SEAL AIR FAN G/E L.O.RENOV.TK TRANS.FOR
WC ENG.SERVICE
OIL MIST DETECT. SYS.
E/R TOILET
K
.T
TK
F.W
V.T V.T
.W.
.2
NO
.1 F
NO
TOOL BOORD
.TK
BASIN CABINET
RV
WORK BENCH
.SE
HYD.PRESS.
.O
K
COFF.
ED
V.T
.TK
.TK
.TK
G.S.P. G/
TT
NO
OR
TT
.SE
WORK BENCH
.RE
.ST
.SE
F.O
L.O
L.O
F.O
PIPE BENDER
.1
TK
NO
P
.2
HO
NO
KS
.O.
OR
.W
RF
G
EN
PHU
LATHE
PIPE RACK
SUL
(S)
19 STEEL PLATE RACK
LOW
TK
CURTAIN
O.
WELD.WORKBENCH PACKAGE AIR COND.
EXH.FAN
D.
AF
24 HATCH BENCH DRILL.MACH. DRILLING MACH.

T
W
AT
GAS WELDER VACUUM CLEANER HACK-SAWING MACHINE

ER
)
TK (S
BA
ELECT WELDER TIG WELDER

29 SIDE
F.O.
LL
LARGE GRINDER
.T
CLEAN.OIL TK
TOOL
K(
GRINDER
TK
S)
33 B.
W.
MILLING MACHINE .8
36 NO
COFF.
39
42
45 1ST FLAT PLAN
KEY CUTTING MACH.
49 54 59 64 69
1.5e Machinery Arrangement - Engine Casing Deck Plan
29 33 36 42
L.O. & HYD.OIL STORE

UP
49
I.G.DRYER
PAINT & SOLVENT STORE HYD.PUMP UNIT RM
M
.G.R
I.G DECK WORKSHOP
29 36 42 49 29 36 42
V.T. EXH. DAMPER V.T. V.T

.
V.T. V.T
. V.T.
SPARE TUBE FOR EXH. GAS ECO.
DECK STORE
EXH.GAS ECONOMIZER
EXH.GAS ECONOMIZER
RY
ATO
OR
LAB
DN
PROVISION STORE
UP
UP
SOOT BLOWER RELAY PANEL

UP
DN
UP
F.D.FAN
BOLTED PLATE
BOLTED PLATE
L
C
DEAERATOR
L
C DEAERAT.FD.W.HTR
CL
D
CE
HOO
PA
TS
F.D.FAN
PIPE
LIF
BOG
CCS F.W. EXP. TK
BOLTED PLATE
UP
DN
UP
DN
UP
A/C UNIT &

UP REF.PROV.MACH.RM
VENT DUCT
M
T.R
EXH.FAN UP
OT
DN
E.B
UP
AC
DN
UP
RM
E.
CIN
DN
IN
EXH.GAS ECONOMIZER
EXH.GAS ECONOMIZER
M
T.R
OT
Y.B
OX
INCINE.D.O.SERV.TK
GARBAGE STR
INCINERATOR
. V.T. V.T.
V.T. V.T V.T. V.T.
WASTE OIL SETT.TK
29 33 36 39 COFF. 42 29 33 36 39 42 29 33 36 39 42
E/G ENG. G.O.

)
E/G.AIR COMP. SERV. TK .DK
UPP
E/G .START AIR RESERV. DER
.(UN
COFF
DUCT
RM
RM TK
TK TH
EXH.
RM TH FRO
BD FRO T. &
W T. & OT
EMERG. GENE. ENG.
E.S OT 2B
2B CO
EN CO
G.G
MER
E
M RM HTR
NE.R FIRE DAMPER
.GE E/G LOCAL PANEL
ERG
EM
DUCT
SUC.
SUC. LOUVER
DECK2 PLAN
UPP.DECK PLAN DECK1 PLAN
ENGINE CASING DECK PLAN 1/2

1.5f Machinery Arrangement - Engine Casing Deck Plan
tons)
ENG.PARTS HAND.CRANE(5
REST POSIT.OF PROV.&
29 36 42 29 36 42 29 36 42
NO.4 VENT TRUNK NO.2 VENT TRUNK LOUVER LOUVER LOUVER
NO.4 E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN NO.2 E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN
AIR FILTER UNIT
BOLTED PLATE BOLTED PLATE
AIR FILTER UNIT
NO.4 E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN RM

NO.2 E/R EXH. VENT FAN
DN
BOLTED PLATE
DN
UP
NO.2 E/R EXH. VENT FAN RM
UP
DN
DEAERATOR
L
C L
C L
C
FUNNEL
UP
DN
BOLTED PLATE
DN
NO.1 E/R EXH. VENT FAN

AIR FILTER UNIT
AIR FILTER UNIT BOLTED PLATE BOLTED PLATE
NO.3 E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN NO.1 E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN
NO.3 VENT TRUNK NO.1 VENT TRUNK LOUVER LOUVER LOUVER
29 33 36 39 42 29 36 29 36
42 42
00
00
4,0
4,0
CH
ACH
EA
I.RE
I.R
MIN
MIN
REST POSIT.OF PROV.&

ENG.PARTS HAND.CRANE(10
tons)
DECK3 PLAN DECK4 PLAN
CASING TOP PLAN
ENGINE CASING DECK PLAN 2/2

1.5g Machinery Arrangement - Elevation Plan
COMP. BRI. DK
BRI. DK
3300
DECK7
3300
DECK6
3300
BOLTED PLATE BOLTED PLATE
DECK5
RM
N
FA
H.
EX
M
NR
E/R
RM
FA
3300
AN
YF
PPL
LY
SU
PP
E/R
SU
(P) AIR FILTER UNIT
E/R
DECK4
E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN E/R SUPPLY VENT FAN
(P&S)
3300
DECK3
3300
(P&S)
DEAERATOR
DECK2
(P&S)
3300
BOLTED PLATE
V.T.
DECK1
BOLTED PLATE F.D.FAN

EXH.GAS ECONOMIZER
4000
V.T.
LIFT TRUNK
(P&S)
UPP.DK
27875
(P)
26800
BLR GAUGE BOARD
(AT SHIP C.L.)

(S)
D
STEAM AIR HTR
OO
(P)
5025
EH
NO.1,2 SWITCHBOARD RM
PIP
G
BO
(P)
1ST FLAT
22850
Y
WA
MAIN BOILER
(P&S)
IR
STA
(P&S)
RAIL
W.T (S)
)
)
R (P
(S)
K(P
)
K
K(P
(S)
DIS F.W.T
TK
KE
.T
.1 D F.W.
OC
T.
NO NO.2
.W
LL
IST
.1
ICA
7200
NO
.2
EM
(P&S) (P&S)
NO
CH
(P&S)
ENT MAIN DUMP VALVE

(P&S)
(P&S) MAIN TURBO GENE.
(P)
BITT
2ND FLAT
15650
(P)
BITT
RAIL FOR M/T
AUX. CONDR
RAIL
(P&S)
6180
ACC. TRUNK
L.W.L. L.W.L.(11.7m)
ENT
(P&S)
(P)
ESCAPE TRUNK 3RD FLAT

(P) 9470
(P)
K
.W.T
(P&S)
(C)
L.FR
ENT
(S)
.COO
ST.T
WATER BALLAST PUMP

(P&S)
MAIN CIRC. PUMP
RAKE : 45/1000
6970
10
AUX. L.O. PUMP

ATMOS.DRAIN TK
B. W.
L.O.DRAIN TK (S)
607
S/T L.O. SUMP TK

BTM FLAT
3800
B.W. (P) F.O.DRAIN TK (S) B. W.

L.O.SUMP TK
2500
S.C.(S)
ECHO SOUND. &
B.L.
MAG.LOG COMP.
B. L.
13 16 19 22 26 29 33 36 39 42 45 49 54 59 64 69
0
A.P.
45000 (FR SP.900X50)
ELEVATION PLAN
ABBREVIATION GLOSSARY ABBREVIATION GLOSSARY ABBREVIATION GLOSSARY ABBREVIATION GLOSSARY
A Absolute DP Differential Pressure L/D Low Duty T.C.V. Temperature Control Valve
A/C Air Conditioner DSH Desuperheater L.O. Lubricating Oil T.H. Total Head
ACC Automatic Combustion Control ECR Engine Control Room L.P. Low Pressure T/C Turbo Charger
ACCOM. Accommodation E.F.P. Emergency Fire Pump LPSG Low Pressure Steam Generator T/G Turbo Generator
AHD Ahead ENG. Engine M Motor TK Tank
AST Astern E/R Engine Room M/B Main Boiler UV Ultraviolet
ATMOS. Atmosphere EXH. Exhaust MCR Maximum Continuous Rating V Vacuum or Vertical or Valve
AUX. Auxiliary EXT. External M.D. Motor Driven V.T. Vent Trunk
BD Board F.G. Fuel Gas MSB Main Switch Board W. Water or Working
BLR Boiler F.O. Fuel Oil M/T Main Turbine WB Wash Basin
BMS Burner Management System F.W. Fresh Water NOR Normal W.B. Water Ballast
BNR Burner FD.W. Feed Water NR Normal Rating WC Water Closet
BOG Boil Off Gas FWR Feed Water Regulator OVBD Overboard W/H Wheel-House
B.W. Bilge Well G Gauge or Gear P Pressure or Piston or Pump or Pipe W.O. Waste Oil
C Compound or Centrifugal G.O. Gas Oil P.C.V. Pressure Control Valve
CAP. Capacity G.S. General Service P.R.V. Pressure Reducing Valve
CCR Cargo Control Room G/E Generator Engine R/G Reduction Gear
CCS Central Cooling System GEN. Generator RM Room
CLR Cooler H High or Horizontal S Solenoid or Screw
CMR Cargo Machinery Room H.P. High Pressure S.C. Sea Chest
COFF. Cofferdam H/D High Duty S/T Stern Tube
COMPR Compressor HDR Header STBD Starboard

COND. Condition or Conditioner HFO Heavy Fuel Oil STBY Standby
COND.W. Condensate Water HTD Heated STC Steam Temperature Control

CONDR Condenser HTG Heating STD Standard
CONDS Condensate HTR Heater STG Stage
D.D. Diesel Driven HYD. Hydraulic or Hydrant STM Steam
D/G Diesel Generator IAS Integrated Automation System STR Store
DIST. Distilling or Distilled IGG Inert Gas Generator S.W. Sea Water
DK Deck IR Infrared SW Switch
D.O. Diesel Oil L Low or Level T Temperature or Turbine
D.P. Discharge Pressure LCL Local TBN Turbine

1.6
1.6 Glossary
Glossary of
of Symbols
Symbols
SYMBOLS FOR PIPE DIAGRAM IN MACHINERY PART (1/6) SYMBOLS FOR PIPE DIAGRAM IN MACHINERY PART (2/6)
Crossing Pipes, Not Connected Hopper Stop Valve Geared Valve
Crossing Pipes, Not Connected Hopper with Cover Stop Valve Screw Down Stop Check Valve
M
Electric Moter Operated
Crossing Pipes, Connected Air Vent Pipe Stop Valve Welded End
Screw Down Stop Check Valve
Joint , Flanged Air Pipe Head without Wire Net Three Way Valve Lift Check Valve
Joint , Welded Air Pipe Head with Wire Net M Electric Moter Operated Valve Swing Check Valve
Reducer Sounding Head with Wire Cap Hose Valve Butterfly Check Valve
Penetration, Water Tight Sounding Head

Pressure Reducing Valve Float Check Valve
Bulkhead Crossing with Self Closing Cock
Blank Flange Deck Filling Piece Safety or Relief Valve Diaphragm Valve
Spectacle Flange
"O" . . . Normal Open Deck Scupper Self Closing Valve Ball Valve
"C" . . . Normal Close
Orifice Deck Scupper with Plug Emergency Shut Off Valve Needle Valve
S
Flexible Pipe or Hose Boss Regulating Valve Solenoid Valve
Expansion Joint Boss with Plug Butterfly Valve Piston Valve
M
Electric Moter Operated
Open Bilge Driving Oil Line Diaphragm Operated Valve
Butterfly Valve
Hydraulically Operated Diaphragm Operated Valve

Hose Coupling Control Air Line
Butterfly Valve with Positioner
Bellmouth Capillary Tube Gate Valve Three Way Rotary Valve
M
Electric Moter Operated Self Contained
Sprinkler Electric Cable
Gate Valve Pressure Control Valve
Self Contained
Y-Type Strainer or Filter Tray or Coaming Float Type Flow Gauge
Temperature Control Valve
(With Handle) Mud Box Salinity Cell E Seal Pot with Ethylene Glycol
Wax Type
Rose Box Gauge Glass with Valve PS Pressure Switch
Temperature Control Valve
Air Vent Valve Separator Flat Glass Level Gauge DPS Differential Pressure Switch
Degassing Valve Pump Float Level Gauge TS Thermal Switch
Drain Trap with Filter Hand Pump LI Diaphragm Level Gauge FS Float Switch
Regulating and Stop Valve

Ejector or Eductor Local Indication LS Limit Switch
with Filter
Electric Current/Pneumatic
Cock Silencer Remote Indication I/P
Converter
Three Way Cock (L-Port) Steam Horn or Air Horn T Thermometer Transmitter
Three Way Cock (T-Port) Flame Arrester P Pressure Gauge For Trial Use
Four Way Cock Sea Chest C Compound Gauge
Cock with Lock Overboard Distance Piece V Vacuum Gauge
Self Closing Cock Rose Plate DP Differential Pressure Gauge
Fauset Bilge Hat L Level Indicator
Simlex Strainer or Filter Sight Glass in Line SI Salinometer
Duplex Strainer or Filter Sight Glass on Tank FS Flow Meter

AC Automatic Changeover FM Flow Monitoring PM Pressure Monitoring TA Temperature Alarm
AOS Automatic Open and Shut FR Flow Recording PR Pressure Recording TI Temperature Indication
AS Automatic Stop H High QA Quality Alarm TIC Temperature Control
ASLD Automatic Slow Down L Low QI Quality Indication TM Temperature Monitoring
ASS Automatic Start and Stop LA Level Alarm QM Quality Monitoring TR Temperature Recording
AST Automatic Stop LI Level Indication QR Quality Recording VA Viscosity Alarm
DPA Differential Pressure Alarm LIC Level Control RI Running Indication VI Viscosity Indication
DPI Differential Pressure Indication LM Level Monitoring RM Running Monitoring VIC Viscosity Control
DPM Differential Pressure Monitoring LR Level Recording RO Remote Operation VM Viscosity Monitoring
DPR Differential Pressure Recording MFA Malfunction Alarm SA Stop Alarm VR Viscosity Recording
ES Emergency Stop Operation OI Opening Indication SAH Salinity Alarm XA Miscellaneous Alarm
ESA Emergency Stop Alarm OIO Open Position Indication SI Salinity Indication XI Miscellaneous Indication
ESD Emergency Shut Down OIS Shut Position Indication SM Salinity Monitoring XM Miscellaneous Monitoring
FA Flow Alarm PA Pressure Alarm SR Salinity Recording XR Miscellaneous Recording
FI Flow Indication PI Pressure Indication
FIC Flow Control PIC Pressure Control

1.7 Ship Speed Power Curve
Ship Speed Power Curves

95
90
85
Propeller Rev. N (rpm)
(rpm
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Ship's Speed Vs (kn)
30,000
28,000 MCR
26,000
NOR 90% MCR
24,000
22,000
20,000
ut SHP(kw)
70% MCR
18,000
Output
Out
16,000
50% MCR
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Ship's Speed Vs(kn)
PART 2 : MACHINERY COMMISSIONING OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
2.1 To Bring Vessel into Live Condition

2.2 To Prepare Main Plant for Operation (Raising Steam)
2.3 To Prepare Main Plant for Manoeuvring from In Port Condition
2.4 To Change Main Plant from Manoeuvring to Normal Conditions
2.5 To Change Main Plant from Normal to Manoeuvring Conditions
2.6 To Secure Plant at Finished with Engines
2.7 To Secure Plant for Dry Dock
2.1 To Bring Vessel into Live Condition
Dead Ship Condition
Note : This procedure assumes

that the main turbine and Fill a boiler to 80mm below the normal wateer level 3.2.2
the main condenser are not by using the cold start feed water pump, with suction 4.3.2
No Shore Power Available from the distilled water tank.
readyily available.
Prepare the emergency generator for operation.
If necessary fill the emergency diesel generator fuel 5.3
Shore Power Available tank from drums. Fill the condensate system - drains tank, deaerator 3.2.1
Establish shore power. 5.4.3 and main condenser.
Start the emergency generator and supply the 5.3 With a burner in a boiler, supply diesel oil to the 4.3.2
emergency and main switchboards through the 5.4.5 burner using atomising air.
respective breakers.
Start the boileer forced draft fan.

With all required vents and drains open, being to
Supply main and emergency lighting throughtout flash up the boiler. Ensure that the furnace is
5.4.2 4.3.2
the vessel, together with necessary ventilation. adequately purged prior to ignition.
If the boiler has been shut down for a long period,
use a low fuel pressure to ensure heat and boiler
Put the generator air start system into operation. 3.3.2 pressure rise slowly. Start the ER vent fans.
Start up the main diesel generator and place in 5.4.4
parallel with emergency generator. The emergency
generator will automatically disconnect from the
switchboard.
Open the boiler stop valves to :
The superheated steam system. 3.1.1
Put the following into operation : cooling sea water 3.5.2 The 6.0MPa desuperheated steam system. 3.1.2
system, central fresh water cooling system, hydraulic 3.4.1 The auxiliary steam system. 3.1.3
power pack for the ship side valves. 7.2 The 0.6MPa desuperheated steam system.
The boiler starting valve.
Open interconnection valve 106VPB from 0.6MPa
external desuperheater. 3.1.5
Check all main turbine LO system lines are
Ensure all steam line drains are open. 3.2.5
satisfactory, with the LO cooler drain valves closed. 3.7.1
Ensure that the level in the main sump is correct. Open the valves to the heating coils of one FO
3.2.6
Start one auxilialy LO pump and allow the system to settling tank, placing the coil drains to the
circulate. contaminated drains system.
Check all sight glasses on bearings and gearing for
oil flow.
Ensure the LO gravity tank is overflowing.
Put the control air systems into operation. 3.3.1 Shut the superheater inlet pipe vent valves when 4.3.2
steam issues from it, at approximately 0.1MPa.
Open the steam inlet and drains to one fuel oil heater 3.1.5
and allow the fuel temperature to rise slowly.
Put the fire detection system into operation. 10.2
Next Page
2.12.1 To Bring Vessel into Live Condition
Previous Page
Having warmed through and drained the atomising

steam system, when boiler pressure reaches 1.5MPa, 3.1.3
Recirculate DO around the fuel rail until its 4.3.2 change the burner atomising to steam.
temperature reaches approximately 70C. Close the atomising air supply valve
025VPB or 035VPB.
Change the burner over to HFO and shut down the
diesel oil supply.
With the boiler superheater being circulated, and steam 4.3.2

being supplied to the feed pump and turbine generator,
all the boiler drains and vents can now be closed in.
As the steam pressure rises, use the cold start feed Continue to raise steam pressure, with fuel and air
water pump to maintain the boiler water level. 4.3.2 under the control of the IAS. Check each system is
With the boiler now being fired on HFO, the fuel now operational and gradually change over all control
pressure will require adjusting to maintain a steady systems to automatic and/or remote.
and safe pressure rise rate. Raise HFO temperature Ensure systems and components that have been used
steadily. are put back on standby condition or isolated e.g. cold
start feed water pump, emergency diesel generator etc.
Ensure that the IAS has taken the control of the boiler 4.3.4
Start the auxiliary circulating water pump to supply 3.5.1 out of the flashing ramp to the normal control mode.
the auxiliary condenser.
At 2MPa put one main feed pump into operation to 4.3.2 The boiler should now be providing normal steam
maintain the boiler level. pressure to the turbine generator / main feed pump /
The turbine exhaust will go the auxiliary condenser. 3.1.6 and fuel oil heating etc.
Unload and shut down the diesel generator. 5.4.2
Put the auxiliary condenser condensate and drain 3.2.1

pump system into operation. Start up all the remaining auxiliaries - refrigeration units
Raise steam on the LPSG and put the system in use, / air conditioning units / fans not in use / galley and
isolating the inter connection valve 106VPB with accommodation supplies etc.
external desuperheater.
(Note: If the vessel is in dry dock, or alongside a shore

installation, electrical power may be supplied through
At approximately 2.0MPa, warm through and start up a 5.1 the shore breaker.
turbine generator. However, this is normally used for dry dock purposes
The exhaust will dump to the auxiliary condenser. 3.1.6 when separate arrangements are made for cooling sea
Unload the diesel generator and parallel the turbine 5.4.4 water supplies to central cooling fresh water cooler. 3.5.2
generator with the diesel generator.
Vessel in Live Condition

2.1
One Boiler in Operation

and Auxiliary Plant Operational
Allow the fuel temperature to rise to approximately
At approximately 5MPa, open up the desuperheated 4.3.2
4.3.2 system main valve bypass valve. Allow the pressure to
90C. Purge the boiler furnace.
increase to that of the in-use boiler and float the boiler
When the purge sequence is completed, flash the
on-line by opening the main valve and closing the drains
boiler and adjust the air and fuel to the minimum for
and the bypass valve.
Open the vents on the superheater inlet pipe, 4.3.2 good combustion.
and the drains on the desuperheater and superheater,
on the non-operational boiler. (Note: The length of time the boiler has been out of
operation governs the amount of time to allow for
raising steam. The longer the unit has been off line,
the greater the number of flashes and soaks should Before opening the superheater valves, ensure the line 4.3.2
be allowed, before continuous firing.) drains to the in-use main feed pump and turbine
generator are open. When the superheated
Fill the boiler to approximately 80mm above the normal temperature approaches the in-use boiler, Slowly open
4.3.2 the superheater system stop valves.
operating level, using the main feed pump on the
auxiliary feed system, with suction and recirculation
from the dearator.
Ensure careful use of the filling valve and closely
monitor the deaerator and boiler water levels.
Slowly raise the steam pressure. At approximately
4.3.2
0.1MPa and with steam emitting from the superheater Close all drains and vents. 4.3.2
inlet pipe vent, close the vent valve. Ensure that the IAS has normal control of combustion
and level control, and the firing ramp has reset. The
plant is now operating with two boilers, one turbine
generator and one main feed pump, with exhausts and
Fit clean burner atomizers. dumps to the auxiliary condenser.
4.3.2
Commence circulating fuel oil through the main fuel rail
to raise the temperature.
Continue to raise the steam pressure, closing in the

various drains as required to maintain good drainage 4.3.2
without excessive water loss.
Ensure that all drains from the main condenser 3.5.1
sea water pipes are closed.
Start a main circulating water pump to the main
condenser, ensuring all valves on the system are open.
Start a forced draft fan. 4.3.2

Open atomising steam to the burners.
Supply steam to the air heater. Isolate the auxiliary feed line to normal condition and
4.3.4 4.3.2
Reset all boiler trips. line up the main feed line from the main feed pump.
Place the boiler controls on manual and local in the IAS. Maintain water level control on manual.
Start the stern tube and shaft seal LO system. 3.7.4
Next Page
Previous Page
Start the main turbine turning gear. 4.2.2
The plant is now operating with both boilers, all

exhaust dumps to the main condenser and both main
condensate and atmospheric drain systems in use.
Crack open the main turbine gland steam make-up 3.1.3
bypass valve and allow the turbine to warm through The main turbine has its vacuum raised with gland
slowly. steam in use.
The main turbine and stern tube LO systems are in use.
The main turbine is being turned with the turning gear.
Open the Central cooling fresh water cooling system 3.4.1

to a main turbine LO cooler.
Ensure all the exhaust and drain systems are

transferred from the auxiliary to the main condenser.
Open the gland steam make-up and spill inlet and 3.1.3
Isolate and shut down the auxiliary condenser.
outlet valves. Adjust the controller set steam pressure.
Start the gland condenser exhaust fan. Open the 3.1.6

warming through steam line valves to the main turbine. 3.1.1 Place all pumps in use to remote start and their
second pumps to standby conditions, with all required
valves open.
Open the suction / discharge / casing vent to one of 3.2.1

the main condensate pumps.
Fill the main condenser to a working level from a
distilled tank. Start the main condensate pump. When the auxiliary condenser has cooled down,
shut down the SW cooling system and stop the
auxiliary circulating water pump.
Start the one of main condenser vacuum pumps. 3.2.1

When the vacuum approaches 700mmHg, transfer
the turbine generator and other exhausts to the
main condenser.
Main Plant Ready For Operation
Two Boilers in Operation.

Main Condenser Vacuum Raised.
Main Turbine Turning Gear in Operation.
Open the bypass valve on main boiler's
superheated steam stop valves to the main Close the warming through steam line valves for main
turbine on both boilers. turbine. Open the main stop valve 003VPA, main boiler's
3.1.1
superheated steam stop valves and close the by-pass
valves of main boiler's superheated steam stop valves. 4.2.4
Open the astern guardian valve.
Prepare and run up the second turbine generator. 5.1
Place the second generator on the main switchboard
in parallel with the generator in use. 5.4.2
Slowly open the main turbine stop valve 003VPA 3.1.1

to the main turbine once the main steam line
Ensure that the diesel generator is on standby and
5.2 pressure is at normal.
ready to run, should it be required.
Once loading arms are confirmed as disconnected, 3.1.1

commence raising the main steam line pressure to the Advise the bridge that the main turbine will be
main turbine by slowly opening the main boiler's operated and confirm that the propellor area is clear.
superheated steam stop valves to the main turbine.
When the deck officer is available on the bridge, Reset the main turbine trip, ensuring that the control 4.2.3
4.2.3 oil pressure is correct for the manoeuvring system.
proceed with following test:
With the main turbine controls on manual-stop, Disengage the turning gear.
move the telegraph lever to all its points, and
prove the turbine remote control unit follows
and answers the bridge unit.
With the manoeuvring controls in manual mode, from

Check and inspect the steering gear systems, the ECR with some attendance at the turbine side,
ensuring the LO levels and hydraulic oil levels are operate the control to allow main steam into the
correct. turbine and rotate ahead and astern at 5 revolutions
As each unit is tested, check all movements of the per minute. DEC. for astern and INC. for ahead.
rams and rudder are satisfactory and as required. While the above is being undertaken, the main
Maintain contact with the bridge as these tests are turbine is checked to ensure it turns satisfactorily in
undertaken. both directions.
(Note: When steering gear tests are completed, to
prevent the pumps delivering in the same mode for
long periods and risk overheating the unit, ensure the
deck officer alters the rudder angle regularly to Next Page
overcome this.)
Previous Page
Using the controls in manual mode, repeat the ahead 4.2.2

and astern movements to warm through the turbine to
a superheat temperature approaching that of the boiler.
After the Turbine has been warmed through, turning in

4.2.2
the manual mode, place the controls in automatic
mode, and allow the engine to continue to warm through
by spinning manually (aheadastern abt.10rpm).
As required by international rules, ensure all the

information concerning the above being carried out
is recorded along with the times at which each section
is completed.
Ensure that if any burners are off, they are in place and
ready to be used.
Inform the bridge that the main engines are ready for use.
At standby, put the main turbine controls to 4.2.2

bridge control mode and monitor their response
as manoeuvring proceeds.
The Main Turbine is Now Ready to Put to Sea

2.4 To Change Main Plant from Manoeuvring to Normal Condition
Vessel Is Manoeuvring On Bridge Control
Bridge informs the ECR that the vessel is full away on

passage, and indicates as such by moving the
telegraph to full sea revolutions. Put the boiler firing controls to the required firing mode
in the IAS, whereby boil-off gas may be used in 4.3.4
conjunction with fuel oil if this is available.
Record the following:

Time
Main engine revolution counter reading
Confirm the automatic stop of the main turbine standby
Fuel oil counter reading
auxiliary LO pump and that all LO pressures remain
Fuel oil service tank levels
normal.
Diesel oil service tank level
Fuel and gas oil bunker tank levels
Gas flow meter reading
Pump the contents of the bilge tank overboard through 3.8.1

the oily water separator unit. Note that MARPOL
3.8.2
regulations apply.
Confirm that the astern guard valve is closed,
the main turbine drains are automatically closed and
the main feed water pump automatic recirculating
valve is closed.
Evaporators may be used to fill the fresh and the 6.2
distilled water tanks as long as the ship is in permitted
waters. Run up and use these units as required.
Allow the main engine revolutions to increase as per 4.2.3

the timed program, which will open the manoeuvring
valve a set amount over a period of time until it is
fully open. This will take approximately 40 minutes
from full ahead manoeuvring revolutions to full sea
revolutions. Change to BOG burning only if required or remain on
dual fuel burning.
Next Page
Previous Page
Remove one turbine generator from the main switchboard, 5.1

allow it to run light for a few minutes to cool down.
(Note: It is possible to test the turbine generator trips
while the unit is in this condition.)
Stop and isolate the off load turbine generator. Check 5.1
that the electric LO pump starts as the LO pressure
drops. Engage the turning gear when the turbine stops.
Ensure that the live steam make-up valves close,

the main turbine bleed steam valves open and the
changeover from pump to scoop as the main
turbine revolutions increase.
Check that the changeover of the LPSG heating steam,

from live to HP bleed, has occurred.
Confirm with the bridge that the boilers may be

sootblown and proceed as appropriate.
When full sea speed has been achieved, make final 3.0
adjustments to the plant to give optimum performance
at the required speed.
Refer to the heat balance diagrams.
The vessel is now at Normal conditions, on bridge

control.
Vessel Is Nav. Full On Bridge Control

The Vessel Is At Full Revolutions On Bridge Control
When the bridge notifies the engine room of end of

As the main turbine revolutions reduce, the operating passage, record the following:
Approximately 2 hours before manoeuvring 5.1 mode select switch will automatically change over to Time
operations are to commence, run up and parallel manoeuvring mode. Main engine revolution counter
the standby turbine generator. Fuel oil counter
(Note: Trips may be tested at this time. Fuel oil settling tank levels
When the unit is up to speed, parallel with the unit 5.4.4
Diesel oil service tank level
already on the main switchboard.) Fuel and diesel oil bunker tank levels
At manoeuvring rpm, the astern guardian valve Distilled and FW tanks levels
opens, the turbine drains open and the feed pump Gas meter reading
Approximately 1 hour before manoeuvring operations 4.2.2 recirculating valve opens.
are to commence, request the bridge to bring the
telegraph position to standby full ahead rpm gradually
on the telegraph vernier over 40 minutes. The main turbines are now ready for movements via
The revolutions will be at the full ahead. bridge control.
As the turbine rpm continues to fall, the main

condensate recirculation valve will open.
This allows condensate to return to the main The Plant Is Prepared For Manoeuvring
condenser hot well, ensuring a level is maintained for
As the main turbine rpm reduces, ensure that the
the condensate pumps.
following occurs:
As the bleed steam pressures reduce, ensure the
automatic valves close and the make-up valves
open as required.
Shut down the evaporators, unless only distilled water 6.2

is required to be procedured.
If the main boilers are on BOG burning only, change to
dual fuel burning on both.
2.6 To Secure Plant at Finished with Engines
The Vessel Is Manoeuvring On Bridge Control
When all movements of the main turbine are 3.1.1

Close the main turbine stop valve 003VPA from the
completed, the bridge will transfer the control of the
boilers and open the warming through steam line valves. 4.2.2
main turbines to the engine room and place the
telegraph at stop.
Engage and start the turning gear. 4.2.2

Although the telegraph is indicating stop, the turbine
controls are still on automatic, and as such the turbine
will turn on the auto-spin steam system.
This system allows the main turbine to rotate ahead 4.2.3
and astern at approximately 5 rpm, preventing the
turbine from sitting in one position for a prolonged Stop both steering gear motors.
period of time which may cause the rotor to sag.
The main turbine is now stopped and turning slowly

Switch off the auto-spin system and trip the turbine. 4.2.2
with warming steam on line.
Unless the turbine is to be shut down for repairs or
another specific reason, this is the condition the plant
is normally left in while awaiting port operations.
Push F/E button on Sub telegraph. 4.2.3
Ensure the boilers are firing on dual fuel if possible 4.3.2

when in port, thus preventing gas being vented to the
atmosphere.
Close the main boiler's superheated steam stop valves 3.1.1
to the main turbine and open the by-pass valve.
The Engine Room is now Ready for Cargo Operations

Vessel Is at Finished With Engines

And In a Live Condition
Put one boiler controls to manual and reduce the fuel 4.3.2
Start the auxiliary circulating Water pump to the 3.5.1 and air supply. alternatively, alter the ratio control
auxiliary condenser. within the IAS increasing the load on the boiler.
Take one of the turbine generators off load, allow it to
run light for a few minutes before stopping it. 5.1
Check that the LO pump starts as the turbine slows
down. Engage the turning gear when the turbine stops Allow the other boiler automatic controls to take more 4.3.2
Change all the exhaust dumps to the auxiliary 3.1.6
Close the steam inlet and exhaust valves. of the load. When the second boiler has taken the
condenser, isolating from the main condenser.
Close the gland steam make up and spill valves. entire load, the first boiler can be tripped.
Ensure that all the main feed pump gland seal water 3.2.1
and all other spray or cooling condensate water is Close the superheated and desuperheated steam
supplied from the drain pumps. master and intermediate valves. 3.1.1
Start up the diesel generator and place on the 5.2 Close the main feed valves, put the feed control
switchboard in parallel with the in-use turbine generator. 5.4.2 to manual. 4.3.2
Open the superheated vent valve, throttling to avoid
dropping the pressure too rapidly.
Stop the main condenser vacuum pump.
The main condenser vacuum will now fall.
Ensure the main boiler's superheated steam stop 3.1.1
valves by -pass valve and warming through steam line Isolate the fuel oil and steam valves at the burner rail. 3.1.3
valves are shut. Stop the FD fan and close the vanes. 4.3.2
When condenser vacuum drops to atmospheric pressure,
Shut off the steam to the air heater.
shut the gland steam make-up and spill valves to the
main turbine. Stop the gland steam exhaust fan.
Isolate and take off standby all the non-running pumps

and machinery. Allow the shut down boiler pressure to fall away, opening
Stop the in-use main condensate pump. 3.2.1 the drain valves of superheater and desuperheater when
Close the main condensate recirculating valve, to the pressure is approximately 0.1MPa. 4.2.2
prevent any water returning to the main condenser. Open the superheater inlet pipe vent valve when the
pressure is down to atmospheric.
Shut down the evaporators. 6.2
When the main condenser has cooled, the main

3.5.1 Stop the main turbine turning gear after approximately 6 hours. 4.2.2
circulating Water pump can be stopped and all valves
Shut down the purifiers. 3.7.2 Stop the main turbine LO pump. 3.7.1
closed.
Stop and isolate the stern tube seal LO systems. 3.7.4
Next Page
Previous Page
The plant now has one boiler operating and supplying

one turbine generator and one main feed water pump.
The exhaust system is diverted to the auxiliary
condenser. Trip the in-use boiler, allowing the main feed pump to 4.3.2
The main turbine is stopped, with all steam and oil run and use up the steam while maintaining the boiler
supplies shut down level.
Place all boiler controls to manual. 3.1.1 Stop the in-use cooling sea water pump and 3.5.2
the Central Cooling fresh water cooling pump. 3.4.1
When the main condenser has cooled, the main 3.5.1
circulating water pump can be stopped and all valves
closed. 3.2.2
Stop the in-use main feed pump and close all valves.
6.1
Unload the main diesel generator from the switchboard, 5.4.2

allow it to run light to cool down before stopping. 5.2
Shut off the steam supply to the in-use boiler fuel oil 3.1.4
Start the emergency diesel generator to supply the 5.3
heater. With the boiler shut down, there should be no more 3.2.2
lighting, ventilation, SW and central FW cooling
When the fuel temperature falls to approximately 90C, 3.6.4 drains returning to the atmospheric drain tank.
systems to cool down the main diesel generator and
open the fuel supply to the boiler fuel oil burning pump Shut the dearator outlet valve to the main feed pump
air compressors.
from the diesel oil service tank and close all valves suction.
from the heavy fuel oil service tanks. Shut the in use distilled tank outlet valve to the 3.2.1
Change the atomising steam supply over to atomising 3.3.1 make-up line.
air supply, from the general service air system, to the
in-use boiler. The main plant is now shut down.
As the boiler pressure falls, maintain the water level in 3.2.2
the boiler using the cold start feed water pump.
As diesel oil is used throughout the system, the HFO
will be replaced by the diesel oil. This will be required in Close the LO supply valves 253 / 254VPK for
3.3.1 stern tube aft seal at dry dock.
preparation for the flash-up cycle when no heat will
3.6.4
be available for the HFO. Allow the DO to flow through Allow the auxiliary circulating water pump to run until 3.5.1
both fuel heaters, and through the recirculation rail at the auxiliary condenser has cooled, then stop and
the burner manifolds on both boilers. isolate the pump.
When the dockyard has connected the electrical supply 5.4.5
to the shore breaker, the emergency generator can be
tripped from the emergency switchboard and the shore
Allow the diesel generator to take the entire Stop the refrigeration and air conditioning units and 3.4.1 supply breaker put on.
switchboard load and take the in-use turbine 5.4.2 wait for the shore cooling water supply before restarting.
generator off load. 5.1
Stop the turbine generator, close all steam/exhaust and
gland steam valves.
Stop the air compressors. 3.3.1
Engage the turning gear. The Plant is Now Secure in Dry Dock and On Shore Power
Stop the air dryers.
PART 3 : SHIPS SYSTEMS
3.0 Heat Balance for Steam Turbine Plant 3.3 Compressed Air Systems 3.7 Lubricating Oil Systems
Illustrations 3.3.1 Compressed Air System 3.7.1 Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System
3.0.1 100% MCR Operation - On Fuel Oil Burning 3.3.2 Starting Air System 3.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purification System
3.0.2 100% MCR Operation - On Dual Fuel Burning Illustrations 3.7.3 Lubricating Oil Filling and Transfer System
3.0.3 100% MCR Operation - On Gas Fuel Burning 3.3.1a Compressed Air System 3.7.4 Stern Tube Lubricating Oil System
3.0.4 100% MCR Operation - Under Cold Weather Condition 3.3.2a Starting Air System Illustrations
3.0.5 90% MCR Operation - Under Auto Ballast Exchange 3.7.1a Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System
3.0.6 Hotel Load 3.4 Fresh Water Cooling Systems 3.7.2a Lubricating Oil Purification System
3.0.7 Loading 3.4.1 Central Fresh Water Cooling System 3.7.3a Lubricating Oil Filling and Transfer System
3.0.8 Unloading Illustrations 3.7.4a Stern Tube Lubricating Oil System
3.0.9 Full Dump by Main Condenser 3.4.1a Central Fresh Water Cooling System
3.0.10 Full Dump by Auxiliary Condenser 3.8 Engine Room Bilge Systems
3.5 Sea Water Systems 3.8.1 Engine Room Bilge System
3.1 Steam Systems 3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating System 3.8.2 Bilge Separator
3.1.1 Superheated Steam System 3.5.2 Cooling Sea Water Service System Illustrations
3.1.2 6.0 Mpa Desuperheated Steam System Illustrations 3.8.1a Engine Room Bilge System
3.1.3 Auxiliary Steam System 3.5.1a Sea Water Circulating System 3.8.2a Bilge Separator
3.1.4 L.P.S.G. Steam System 3.5.2a Cooling Sea Water Service System
3.1.5 0.6 Mpa Desuperheated Steam System 3.9 Sanitary and Fresh Water service Systems
3.1.6 Exhaust and Dump Steam System 3.6 Fuel Oil and Fuel Gas Service Systems 3.9.1 Domestic Fresh Water System
Illustrations 3.6.1 Fuel Oil Bunkering System 3.9.2 Sewage Treatment System
3.1.1a Superheated Steam System 3.6.2 Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System Illustrations
3.1.2a 6.0 Mpa Desuperheated Steam System 3.6.3 Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Transfer System 3.9.1a Domestic Fresh Water System
3.1.3a Auxiliary Steam System 3.6.4 Boiler Fuel Oil Service System 3.9.2a Sewage Treatment System
3.1.4a L.P.S.G. Steam System 3.6.5 Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
3.1.5a 0.6 Mpa Desuperheated Steam System 3.6.6 Boil-off Gas Systems in Cargo Machinery Room
3.1.6a Exhaust and Dump Steam System 3.6.7 Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Service System 3.10 Accommodation Systems
Illustrations 3.10.1 Provision Refrigerating System
3.2 Condensate and Feed Water Systems 3.6.1a Fuel Oil Viscosity - Temperature Graph 3.10.2 Air Conditioning System
3.2.1 Condensate Water System 3.6.1b Fuel Oil Bunkering System Illustrations
3.2.2 Boiler Feed Water System 3.6.2a Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System 3.10.1a Provision Refrigerating System
3.2.3 Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System 3.6.3a Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Transfer System 3.10.2a Air Conditioning System
3.2.4 L.P.S.G. Feed Water System 3.6.4a Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
3.2.5 Clean Drains System 3.6.5a Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
3.2.6 Contaminated Drains System 3.6.6a Boil-off Gas Systems in Cargo Machinery Room
Illustrations 3.6.7a Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Service System
3.2.1a Condensate Water System
3.2.1b Deaerator
3.2.2a Boiler Feed Water System
3.2.3a Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System
3.2.4a L.P.S.G. Feed Water System
3.2.5a Clean Drains System
3.2.6a Contaminated Drains System
106,850 kg/H 103,250 kg/H 96,690 kg/H 0 kg/H DESIGN CONDITION
290 kg/H MAIN TURBINE
950 kg/H A A A A
3,600 kg/H
6,560 kg/H
0 kg/H
96,690 kg/H
LOSSES SHAFT HORSEPOWER 27,600 kW
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
SHAFT REVOLUTION 81.0 RPM
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
107,800 kg/H STEAM PRESSURE 5.68 MPaG
950 kg/H
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.83MPaG STEAM TEMPERATURE 520
MAIN 5.68MPaG
525 5.68MPaG 5.68MPaG MAIN MAIN H.P. ASTERN S.W. TEMP.
5.33 KPaA
520 L.P.TURB. CONDR PRESS. AT 27
520 FD.P.T. 520 T/G T/G TURB. TURB.
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
ECO. M M M STEAM PRESSURE 5.83 MPaG
3,510 kg/H
0 kg/H
6,510 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
STEAM TEMPERATURE 525
0.49MPaG234
MAIN BOILER
FEED W. TEMPERATURE 139.2
0 kg/H
8,410 kg/H
5,120 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
BOILER EFFICIENCY (HCV/LCV) 88.593.7 %
0 kg/H
CALORIFIC VALUE FUEL OIL 43.0440.67 MJ/kg
0.129 MPaA
10,320 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
107,800 kg/H
N.BOG -
530 kg/H 1,810 kg/H 1,810 kg/H
139.2
BURNER ATOMIZ. F.V.G. -

1.69MPaG363
0 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL 8,005 kg/H
N.BOG -
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 6,510 kg/H F.V.G. -
EXH.MAIN SPILL V. MAIN DUMP V. F.O. CONSUMPTION RATE 290.0 g/kW/H

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR DIST.W.PRODUCT 60 T/DAY
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
6,510 kg/H
75,860 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
L.P.S.G. LOAD 1,360 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
6,800 kg/H 3,290 kg/H TOTAL GENERATOR LOAD 1,490 kW
5,120 kg/H 7,270 kg/H

0 kg/H
0 kg/H
1,280 kg/H
154.5 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
3,050 kg/H
430 kg/H
0 kg/H A 0 kg/H MAIN CONDR.
720mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
DEAERATOR 99,720 kg/H 99,720 kg/H 82,370 kg/H 82,370 kg/H
0.25 MPa
138 100.4 54.8 52.2 49.9 DIST. 33.1
107,800 kg/H
139.2 1ST STG. PLANT SYMBOLS ;
12,390 kg/H
430 kg/H
62.7
90
FD.W.HTR
1,280 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
x SAT. AUXILIARY STEAM
1,360 kg/H 12,.390 kg/H 3,050 kg/H
94.0 0 kg/H BLEED STEAM
1,360 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
1,280 kg/H
2,500 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
510 kg/H 510 kg/H FEED or CONDENSATE
BLR F.O.HTR L.P.S.G. 17,350 kg/H
63.2
610 kg/H 610 kg/H ATMOS. DRAIN
F.O.SETT.TK & SIDE TK
110 kg/H 110 kg/H DRAIN TK
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
10 kg/H 10 kg/H AUX. CONDR.
TRACING STM DIST.W.TK
MAKE-UP V. GENERATOR
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
15,870 kg/H
1,480 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H GAS VENT. 0 kg/H 3.0.1 Heat Balance Diagram
BOG W-UP HTR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
FORCING VAPORIZER Normal Sea Going Operation
ATMOS DRAIN TK 100% MCR On Fuel Oil Burning
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
0 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-2
960 kg/H A A A A
3,630 kg/H
7,250 kg/H
0 kg/H
96,600 kg/H
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
1,460 kg/H
5.83MPaG284
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
MAIN 5.68MPaG
5.33 KPaA
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,540 kg/H
0 kg/H
7,200 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.49MPaG234
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
8,570 kg/H
5,220 kg/H
500 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.130MPaA
10,400 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
108,940 kg/H
N.BOG 53.6548.31 MJ/kg

550 kg/H 1,540 kg/H 1,540 kg/H
139.2

1.70MPaG363
N.BOG 3,466 kg/H
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 7,200 kg/H F.V.G. -
EXH.MAIN SPILL V. MAIN DUMP V.

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
7,200 kg/H
75,800 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
L.P.S.G. LOAD 930 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
5,220 kg/H 7,350 kg/H

500 kg/H
0 kg/H
990 kg/H
190
154.5 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
3,050 kg/H
430 kg/H
720mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138 100.3 54.8 54.8 49.8 DIST. 33.1
108,940kg/H
12,570 kg/H
430 kg/H
62.8
90
FD.W.HTR
990 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
1,050 kg/H 12,570 kg/H 3,050 kg/H
1,050 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
990 kg/H
2,500 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
63.4
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
16,050 kg/H
1,510 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
500 kg/H 500 kg/H GAS VENT. 500 kg/H
BOG W-UP HTR 3.0.2 Heat Balance Diagram
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
ATMOS DRAIN TK 100% MCR On Dual Fuel Burning
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
500 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-3
970 kg/H A A A A
3,640 kg/H
7,460 kg/H
0 kg/H
96,290 kg/H
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
1,960 kg/H
2,940 kg/H
5.83MPaG287
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
MAIN 5.68MPaG
5.33 KPaA
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,550 kg/H
0 kg/H
7,410 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.50MPaG234
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
8,740 kg/H
5,280 kg/H
1,970 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
CALORIFIC VALUE FUEL OIL -
0.130MPaA
10,470 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
110,330 kg/H
N.BOG 53.6548.31 MJ/kg

270 kg/H 970 kg/H 970 kg/H
139.1
BURNER ATOMIZ. F.V.G. 54.4349.13 MJ/kg

1.70MPaG363
0 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL -
N.BOG 3,466 kg/H
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 7,410 kg/H F.V.G. 3,305 kg/H

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
7,410 kg/H
75,820 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
5,280 kg/H 7,420 kg/H

1,980 kg/H
10 kg/H
700 kg/H
190
154.5 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
3,050 kg/H
430 kg/H
720mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138 100.3 55.1 52.6 49.8 DIST. 33.1
110,340 kg/H
12,700 kg/H
430 kg/H
63.1
90
FD.W.HTR
700 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
750 kg/H 12,700 kg/H 3,050 kg/H
750 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
700 kg/H
2,500 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
64.6
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
16,180 kg/H
1,240 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
730 kg/H 730 kg/H GAS VENT. 1,980 kg/H 3.0.3 Heat Balance Diagram
BOG W-UP HTR
1,250 kg/H 1,250 kg/H
DRAIN TK
ATMOS DRAIN TK 100% MCR On Gas Fuel Burning
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
1,980 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-4
980 kg/H A A A A
3,670 kg/H
7,030 kg/H
0 kg/H
97,990 kg/H
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
2,790 kg/H
3,770 kg/H
5.83MPaG290
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
525 5.68MPaG MAIN 5.68MPaG MAIN MAIN H.P. ASTERN S.W. TEMP.
520 L.P.TURB. CONDR PRESS. AT 27 5.33 KPaA
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,570 kg/H
0 kg/H
6,980 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.49MPaG234
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
8,840 kg/H
5,310 kg/H
2,790 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.128MPaA
10,390 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
112,460 kg/H
N.BOG -
530 kg/H 3,230 kg/H 3,230 kg/H
139.1

1.69MPaG363
N.BOG -
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 6,980 kg/H F.V.G. -

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
6,980 kg/H
75,240 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
7,110kg/H 3,490 kg/H TOTAL GENERATOR LOAD 1,620 kW
5,310kg/H 7,470 kg/H

2,830 kg/H
40 kg/H
2,700 kg/H
190
154.3 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
3,050 kg/H
430 kg/H
720mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138 100.1 55.3 52.8 49.9 DIST. 33.1
112,500 kg/H
12,650 kg/H
430 kg/H
63.2
90
FD.W.HTR
2,700 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
2,880 kg/H 12,650 kg/H 3,050 kg/H
2,880 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
2,700 kg/H
2,500 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
64.5
1,230 kg/H 1,230 kg/H ATMOS. DRAIN
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
970 kg/H
16,130 kg/H
1,510 kg/H
970 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
BOG W-UP HTR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
2,830 kg/H 2,830 kg/H (Under Cold Weather Condition)
DECK USE
2,830 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-19
910 kg/H A A A A
3,500 kg/H
10,080 kg/H
0 kg/H
86,010 kg/H
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
910 kg/H
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,410 kg/H
0 kg/H
10,030 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.44MPaG233
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
8,230 kg/H
4,830 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.116MPaA
9,270 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
101,500 kg/H
N.BOG -
530 kg/H 1,770 kg/H 1,770 kg/H
139.2

1.56MPaG358
N.BOG -
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 10,030 kg/H F.V.G. -

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
10,030 kg/H
67,450 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
4,830 kg/H 6,260 kg/H

0 kg/H
0 kg/H
1,240 kg/H
150.7 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
3,010 kg/H
430 kg/H
722mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138
97.7 55.4 52.6 50.6 DIST. 32.7
101,500 kg/H
11,090 kg/H
430 kg/H
62.0
90
FD.W.HTR
1,240 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
1,320 kg/H 11,090 kg/H 3,010 kg/H
1,320 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
1,240 kg/H
2,500 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
62.5
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
14,530 kg/H
1,440 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
BOG W-UP HTR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
(Under Auto Ballast Exchang)
DECK USE
0 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-20
10,690 kg/H 7,200 kg/H 500 kg/H 500 kg/H 0 kg/H DESIGN CONDITION
0 kg/H MAIN TURBINE
350 kg/H A A A A
3,490 kg/H
6,700 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
LOSSES SHAFT HORSEPOWER -
WARM-UP
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
SHAFT REVOLUTION -
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
2,220 kg/H
2,570 kg/H
5.83MPaG286
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,400 kg/H
0 kg/H
6,650 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
780 kg/H
0 kg/H
2,220 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
13,260 kg/H
N.BOG -
560 kg/H 0 kg/H
141.9
780 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL 901 kg/H

N.BOG -
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
1,020 kg/H 7,670 kg/H F.V.G. -

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR DIST.W.PRODUCT -
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
7,670 kg/H
1,000 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
1,880 kg/H 0 kg/H TOTAL GENERATOR LOAD 1,260 kW
780 kg/H 0 kg/H

0 kg/H
0 kg/H
880 kg/H
140.0 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
140 kg/H
20,000 kg/H A 0 kg/H MAIN CONDR.
0 kg/H
731mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138 44.0 36.6 28.8 27.5 DIST. 27.5
13,260 kg/H
780 kg/H
140 kg/H
37.6
90
FD.W.HTR
880 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
820 kg/H 0 kg/H 0 kg/H
780 kg/H BLEED STEAM

820 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
880 kg/H
0 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
40.2
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
140 kg/H
910 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
BOG W-UP HTR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
FORCING VAPORIZER Hotel Load
ATMOS DRAIN TK
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
0 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-16
20,260 kg/H 16,980 kg/H 8,740 kg/H 500 kg/H 0 kg/H DESIGN CONDITION
0 kg/H MAIN TURBINE
420 kg/H A A A A
3,280 kg/H
8,240 kg/H
8,240 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
WARM-UP
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
SHAFT REVOLUTION -
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
50 kg/H
3,650 kg/H
4,070 kg/H
5.83MPaG292
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
460 5.68MPaG MAIN 5.68MPaG MAIN 5.68MPaG MAIN H.P. ASTERN S.W. TEMP.
455 FD.P.T. 455 T/G 455 T/G TURB. TURB.
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,190 kg/H
0 kg/H
8,190 kg/H
0 kg/H
8,190 kg/H
500 kg/H
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
1,380 kg/H
0 kg/H
3,650 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
24,330 kg/H
N.BOG -
560 kg/H 0 kg/H
141.0
2,160 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL 1,713 kg/H

N.BOG -
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 8,190 kg/H F.V.G. -

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
16,380 kg/H
1,000 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
3,470 kg/H 780 kg/H TOTAL GENERATOR LOAD 3,600 kW
1,380 kg/H 0 kg/H

0 kg/H
0 kg/H
930 kg/H
140.0 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
190 kg/H
0 kg/H
729mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138 42.4 35.3 29.4 28.6 DIST. 28.6
24,330 kg/H
1,380 kg/H
190 kg/H
36.3
90
FD.W.HTR
930 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
1,380 kg/H BLEED STEAM

880 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
930 kg/H
0 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
41.7
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
190 kg/H
980 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
BOG W-UP HTR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
FORCING VAPORIZER Loading
ATMOS DRAIN TK
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
0 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-14
26,330 kg/H 23,060 kg/H 11,780 kg/H 500 kg/H 0 kg/H DESIGN CONDITION
0 kg/H MAIN TURBINE
470 kg/H A A A A
3,270 kg/H
11,280 kg/H
11,280 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
WARM-UP
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
SHAFT REVOLUTION -
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
50 kg/H
5,270 kg/H
5,740 kg/H
5.82MPaG295
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
470 5.68MPaG MAIN 5.68MPaG MAIN 5.68MPaG MAIN H.P. ASTERN S.W. TEMP.
465 FD.P.T. 465 T/G 465 T/G TURB. TURB.
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,180 kg/H
0 kg/H
11,230 kg/H
0 kg/H
11,230 kg/H
500 kg/H
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
1,730 kg/H
0 kg/H
5,270 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
32,070 kg/H
N.BOG -
560 kg/H 0 kg/H
140.4
3,740 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL 2,245 kg/H

N.BOG -
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 11,230 kg/H F.V.G. -

0 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
22,460 kg/H
1,000 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
1,730 kg/H 0 kg/H

0 kg/H
0 kg/H
970 kg/H
140.0 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
0 kg/H
190 kg/H
0 kg/H
728mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
DEAERATOR 26,410kg/H 26,410 kg/H 25,190 kg/H 25,190 kg/H
0.25 MPa
138 41.2 34.5 29.9 29.4 DIST. 29.4
32,070 kg/H
1,730 kg/H
190 kg/H
35.5
90
FD.W.HTR
970 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.

920 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
970 kg/H
0 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
1,220 kg/H
BLR F.O.HTR L.P.S.G.
41.4
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
190 kg/H
1,030 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
BOG W-UP HTR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
FORCING VAPORIZER Unloading
ATMOS DRAIN TK
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
0 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-15
0 kg/H MAIN TURBINE
780 kg/H A A A A
3,500 kg/H
6,770 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
WARM-UP
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
SHAFT REVOLUTION -
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
69,970 kg/H
70,750 kg/H
5.26MPaG350
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,410 kg/H
0 kg/H
6,720 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
500 kg/H
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
3,210 kg/H
510 kg/H
13,200 kg/H
56,260 kg/H
500 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
81,520 kg/H
N.BOG 53.6548.31 MJ/kg

560 kg/H 0 kg/H
139.2
11,860 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL 672 kg/H

N.BOG 3,852 kg/H
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 6,720 kg/H F.V.G. -

63,780 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
63,780 kg/H
6,720 kg/H
1,000 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
3,210 kg/H 0 kg/H

560 kg/H
50 kg/H
780 kg/H
190
140.0 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
7,520 kg/H
140 kg/H
0 kg/H
712mmHg
GLAND
CONDR.
0.25 MPa
138 42.4 38.2 37.1 36.8 DIST. 36.8
81,570 kg/H
3,210 kg/H
140 kg/H
39.2
90
FD.W.HTR
780 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.

800 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
780 kg/H
0 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
46.6
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
140 kg/H
1,340 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 0 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
FORCING VAPORIZER Full Dump by Main Condenser
ATMOS DRAIN TK
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
560 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-17
0 kg/H MAIN TURBINE
780 kg/H A A A A
3,500 kg/H
10,300 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
GLAND LEAK
SHAFT REVOLUTION -
90 kg/H
50 kg/H
0 kg/H
66,620 kg/H
67,400 kg/H
5.32MPaG348
6/0.6MPaG P.R.V.
6/1.0MPaG P.R.V.
5.68MPaG
520 L.P.TURB. CONDR PRESS. AT 27 -
S.A.H.
MAIN BOILER
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
GLAND SEAL
3,410 kg/H
0 kg/H
10,250 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
MAIN BOILER
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
3,220 kg/H
510 kg/H
10,470 kg/H
55,640 kg/H
0 kg/H
(HIGH/LOW)
81,200 kg/H
N.BOG 53.6548.31 MJ/kg

560 kg/H 0 kg/H
139.2
9,120 kg/H CONSUMPTION FUEL OIL 672 kg/H

N.BOG 3,852 kg/H
1.0 / 0.35 MPaG P.R.V.
0 kg/H 10,250 kg/H F.V.G. -

63,190 kg/H OTHERS
DESUPERHTR
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
0 kg/H
63,190 kg/H
10,250 kg/H
0.27MPaG P.R.V.
3,220 kg/H 0 kg/H

560 kg/H
50 kg/H
790 kg/H
190
140.0 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
7,550 kg/H
140 kg/H
0 kg/H
GLAND
CONDR.
DEAERATOR 71,150 kg/H 71,150 kg/H 0 kg/H 0 kg/H
0.25 MPa
138 75.0 71.4 70.1 DIST.
81,250 kg/H
3,220 kg/H
140 kg/H
61.0
90
FD.W.HTR
790 kg/H
SUPERHTD STEAM
0.6MPaG L.P.S.G.
800 kg/H 3,220 kg/H 0 kg/H
0 kg/H BLEED STEAM

800 kg/H
FD.W.HTR
EXHAUST STEAM
790 kg/H
0 kg/H
DRAIN CLR
70.1
PURIF.L.O.HTR PUMP
20 kg/H 20 kg/H
HOT W. HTR
100 kg/H
3,360 kg/H
1,340 kg/H
100 kg/H
ACCOMODATION 73,440 kg/H
0.3MPaG P.R.V.
DRAIN CLR 75.0
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DRAIN TK
FORCING VAPORIZER Full Dump by Auxiliary Condenser
ATMOS DRAIN TK
0 kg/H 0 kg/H
DECK USE
560 kg/H
1218485 MA1-ZB01-18
3.1.1 Superheated Steam System
Boiler Details Procedure for Putting the Superheated Steam System into Service
Maker : Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Ltd The procedure for bringing the superheated steam system into operation is described
It is important when bringing any steam system into service to slowly raise the
No. of sets : 2 sets in detail in section 4.3.2 Main Boiler Operation and the procedure for warming up
temperature of the pipes, valves and joints. Heating the various parts of the system
Model : MB-4E-NS of main turbine is referred to section 4.2.4 Main Turbine Warming-up System.
too quickly can lead to thermal distortion and damage to joints and packing.
Type : Two drum water tube natural circulation
Maximum evaporation : 60,000kg/h The main feed water pump in stand-by should be warmed up to prepare for
The system must be carefully drained of any water during this warming process to
Normal evaporation : 53,500kg/h at 100% MCR automatic changeover of the pumps. The warming up valves fitted around motor
prevent steam hammer or water hammer taking place. Mechanical damage can be
Steam condition : 5.83 MPa x 525C at superheated steam steam stop valves 021 and 023VPA should be opened anytime and the the stand-by
caused to the surrounding materials. For this reason any water is to be removed
Safety valve settings : Drum 7.65 MPa and 7.60 Mpa pump turbine is run at revolution 300 to 700rpm.
Superheat outlet 6.45 Mpa from the system before the pressure and temperature are increased.
The pressure must be increased gradually to allow expansion of the components to

All the steam requirements for the vessel are generated in the two main boilers. Controls
take place at a rate that will not lead to material failure. Any sudden increase in
Steam from the steam drum passes to the primary superheater section through an
pressure can send shock waves throughout the system which are very likely to cause The warm-up steam shut-off valve for main turbine is automatic closed by any of
orifice where the pressure drop is measured and converted to a signal for steam flow,
damage. following signals at auto mode.
which serves as a function of the boiler control system.
High supply steam pressure (1.96MPa)
The superheated steam system has been arranged to allow each section to be High shaft revolution (0.17rpm)
The steam flows through the primary section of the superheater and then to the
warmed though, drained and pressurized at a controlled rate. The boiler main Turning stop (less than 0.1rpm of shaft revolution)
secondary superheater section. Taking steam from the primary superheater and
superheat stop valves and the intermediate valves have drains and warming through Black out
leading it through the temperature control desuperheater, situated in the water drum
bypass valves. In principle the section or sections of line to be put into service
regulates the outlet temperature of the superheated steam. A control valve regulates
should have all drains along the line open when shutting down the system and The auxiliary diesel generator engine will automatically start when the inlet main
the outlet from the desuperheater to the secondary superheater depending on the
should be found in the same condition prior to commencing warming through. With steam pressure of generator turbine goes down (4.9MPa).
outlet temperature of the steam leaving the boiler. To ensure that there is always a
the section main stop valve closed the bypass valve should be gradually, partially
flow through the secondary superheater, a line fitted with an orifice bypasses the
opened. This admits a controlled quantity of steam at low pressure to enter the
temperature control desuperheater and the control valve. The temperature control
system. The expansion of the steam across the valve requires some of its internal Alarms
valve also has a bypass orifice.
energy to be used thus lowering its temperature.
The main turbine main stop valves 001 and 002VPA interconnect both boilers, where Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
As the steam pressure builds and the water is driven from the system the drains can
a common line supplies the main turbine. A similar arrangement with two main stop (Main boiler superheater outlet steam)
be closed in. Similar actions should be taken with the machinery being put into
valves, 011 and 012VPA, interconnects both boilers to a ring main line with isolating PT 502 Pressure PAH 6.3 MPa
service so that the steam system and the machinery are being drained and gradually
valves 013, 025, 026 and 027VPA supplying turbine generators and boiler feed pump PT 502 PAL 5.3 MPa
warmed though.
turbines. These circuits are designed to supply the auxiliary machinery from either
boiler giving greater flexibility. Warming through bypass valves are provided at all TS 471 Temperature ESD 550
The time taken and the rate of increase of the pressure in the system are dependant
the principal stop valves. TR 511 TA H 540
upon the length of the system, the materials and types of jointing and the machinery
being prepared. Where temperature and pressure gauges are fitted the increase can TR 511 TA L 480
Steam from the superheater outlet is led to the internal desuperheater, situated in the
be monitored and controlled. Great care must be taken, safety being the governing
steam drum via valve 141B, from where it is distributed to the various desuperheated (Main turbine inlet superheated steam)
factor.
steam services via valves 145B. PT 081 Pressure PAL 5.2 MPa
When sufficient drainage and warming through has taken place the system should PT 074 ASLD 5.0 MPa
Services Supplied from the Superheated Steam System
be at a similar pressure and temperature as the steam supply with the drains closed
The following machinery is operated from the superheated steam system : in to allow sufficient flow to keep the system clear of water and the bypass valve TR 075/101 Temperature ASLD / TAH
fully opened. The main section stop valve can now be carefully opened giving due 5 3 0
Main turbine (Main feed pump turbine inlet superheated steam)
consideration to the pressure and temperature increase that may take place. With the
Main generator turbines PT 574 Pressure PAL 5.2 MPa
Main feed water pump turbines stop valve fully open the drains and bypass valves can now be closed. The drain
Desuperheated steam system valves should be closed when the system is in use with a steam flow demand.
3.1.1a Superheated
3.1.1a Superheated Steam
Steam System
System
OIO OIS RO RO OIS OIO

AOS AOS
556 556 556 556 556 556
FOR MASTER
M 025VPA M
NO.2 MAIN 65 65 NO.1 MAIN
FD.W.P.T. 023VPA 021VPA FD.W.P.T. 1ST STG
PM
P P P
65
65
221
PAL PAH PM 15 15 AST
502 502 502 (4) 024VPA (4) (4) 022VPA (4) 272 P
PM PAL 027VPA 026VPA PM PAL
G 574 574 574 574
ESD
P 471
(3) TS 100
T NO.2 MAIN
122B 121B
015VPA
GEN.TURB.
125
(2) NO.2 MAIN BLR
37B
(2)
145B (4) 1ST STG
TM PM DESUPERHTD STM 013VPA
511 511 511 501 50B PM
( SEE 3.1.2 a ) P 221
G 49B 125 AST
272 P (3)
P
74B
73B
141B (4)
100 NO.1 MAIN

142B TAH TM
144B
143B
135B 134B 107 107 014VPA
GEN.TURB.
132B (3)
79B 136B
71B STM FLOW
20 (3) 77B
FM T PM
525 087
78B
200
P
130B
(3)
(3)
FOR STC AST.
L.P.TURBINE T
138B 131B
TURB.
(4) (3)
012VPA 137B 76B
(3) TM
72B 125 104 TAH TM
PM 109 109
002VPA
085
T FOR H.P.TURB.
SOLE RUNNING OIO
P 027
250 P
ASD OIS
075 027
ASD PAL PM
PM 074 081 081 TAH XA
001VPA 125 083
P 101 027
TM OI
76B AOS
(3) 101 021
(4) 011VPA 137B 72B PM
(3) 131B
H.P.TURBINE 082 P
AHD V.
138B OI
AFTER HP 1ST STG 021
(2) FOR STC
AST V. AST GUARD.V.
T
130B XC
79B
T 001 (5)
200
20 PC
FOR MASTER 089
77B WARM-UP V.
71B 78B 003VPA 250
74B 135B 134B
132B (3)
141B 136B
(2) 73B (3) 063VPA
37B STM FLOW
25
FM WARM-UP V.
142B 50B
144B 525
143B 49B 061VPA
PAL PAH PM G 034VPA 25
502 502 502 P 062VPA
G
(3) DESUPERHTD STM
064VPA
PM ( SEE 3.1.2 a )
150
P 501 145B 065VPA
(3) NOTE
122B
121B NO.1 MAIN BLR (2) TO ATMOSPHERE
BLR DESUPERHTD STM (3) TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
( SEE 3.1.2a )
(3) (4) TO ATMOS DRAIN TK
TS T
TAH TAL TM ESD (5) TO MAIN CONDR
511 511 511 471
3.1.2 6.0 MPa Desuperheated Steam System
Internal Desuperheaters Main Boiler Soot Blow Alarms

Superheated steam from the outlet of each boiler is led to an internal The soot blow steam isolating valves 051 / 053VPA should be closed and the
desuperheater fitted in the steam drum of each boiler. Superheated steam is led to manual drain valves 057 / 060VPA should be opened at soot blower not using Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
the internal desuperheater through valve 141B, which then allows a heat condition. TR 512 BLR desuperheated steam TA H 400
exchange to take place between the superheated steam entering the desuperheater outlet temperature
a) Close manual drain valves 057 / 060VPA.
and the saturated steam / water within the steam drum. Consequently the heat b) Open soot blow steam isolating valves 051 / 053VPA.
given up by the previously superheated steam is recovered and no loss of energy c) Select control mode (Both BLR or No.1 BLR or No.2 BLR). PS 533 BLR soot blow steam PAL 4.0 MPa
should result. The desuperheated steam exits the internal desuperheater and is led d) Start sequence pressure
to the desuperheated steam system through a primary and a secondary stop Sequence start : Soot blow of boiler and economizer (Soot blow abnormal)
valves 145B and 031 and 032VPA. Both boilers feed a common range from which Economizer start : Soot blow of only economizer
the steam is branched away to the auxiliary services. e) Following operation will be carried out automatically.
Open soot blow steam shut-off valve 284B.
Close drain piston valve 285B after warming-up (timer)
Start soot blowing.
Systems Supplied from the Main Desuperheated Steam System After the soot blowing is finished, the steam shut-off valve 284B
Boiler soot blower system is closed and the drain piston valve 285B is opened.
Main dump steam system
Main turbine emergency steaming connection
Main Turbine Emergency Operation
Auxiliary steam system through reducing valves
(See 9.3 Solo Running of Main Turbine)
One (1) long retractable soot blower for boiler superheater, two (2) rotary soot
HP Turbine Sole Running
blowers for boiler bank tube and four (4) rotary soot blowers for economizer are
provided as per one (1) boiler. If failure occurs in the LP turbine or associated gearing, the HP turbine can be
operated singly at reduced power by ordinal superheated steam. In this case, the
One (1) main dump valve 036VPA is provided for dump steam treatment. The HP turbine exhaust is connected directly to the LP turbine exhaust casing using
main dump valve is pressure reducing valve with integrated cooling system. The the emergency piping.
dump steam is reduced pressure by throttling of cage type plug and pressure
reducing unit (multi-tube perforated diffuser package) furnished with silencer, When the damage has been to the LP turbine and the ship is to be operated on the
and then spray water is injected from four (4) spray nozzles. HP turbine only, then no astern power will be available.
(See 3.1.6 Exhaust and Dump Steam System)
The boiler desuperheated steam is supplied for auxiliary steam system via LP Turbine Sole Running
6.0/1.0MPa PRV 040VPA and / or 6.0 /0.6MPa PRV 043VPA. If failure occurs in the HP turbine or associated gearing, the LP turbine can be
(See 3.1.3 Auxiliary Steam System or 3.1.5 0.6MPa Desuperheated Steam System) operated singly at reduced power by internal desuperheated steam. In this case,
the desuperheated steam is connected to the crossover pipe using the emergency
piping.
System Starting (See 4.3.2 Main Boiler Operation)
When the ship is to be operated on the LP turbine only, the steam chest pressure
a) Open all drain valves on desuperheated steam lines.
of the LP turbine must not exceed 0.32MPa.
b) Slowly open stop valves 031 / 032VPA for both internal desuperheaters.
c) After the lines are pressurized and drained, close the line drain valves.
Astern running will be carried out by opening the astern manoeuvring valve at
d) When the desuperheated line pressure equals boiler pressure, fully open
the engine side.
the stop valves 031 / 032VPA.
3.1.2a 6.0
3.1.2a 6.0MPa
MPaDesuperheated
Desuperheated Steam
Steam System
System
NOTE
PM
PS
535 P (2) TO ATMOSPHERE
060VPA (3) TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
15
FOR BLR WASHING
(4) TO ATMOS DRAIN TK
286B SOOT BLOWER STM HDR
15
059VPA
15 50 50
15
50
50
50
50
(2) AOS
OIO OIS
50
284B
285B 534 534
50
50
TO ECO. SOOT BLOWER
L.P.TURBINE ASTERN TURB.
50
PM TAH
NO.2 MAIN BLR P 503 512 TM
TM 104
512 PM
085
T
141B 145B T 053VPA
B D
125 032VPA 125
P
C FOR H.P.TURB.
142B SOLE RUNNING
144B 143B 048VPA
049VPA
E A
(3)
SUPERHTD STM F
H.P.TURBINE
71B
(3)
150
125
6/0.6 MPa P.R.V.
SW PIC
807 P
044VPA
150
71B 034VPA TO 0.6 MPA AUX.STM LINE
042VPA 043VPA ( SEE 3.1.5a )
SUPERHTD STM
(4)
150
PM TAH
100
P 503 512
6/1.0 MPa P.R.V.
150
TM PIC
512 806 P
SW
141B 145B T
031VPA 045VPA
125 125 200 150 100 100
TO 1.0 MPA AUX.STM LINE
142B 039VPA 040VPA 041VPA ( SEE 3.1.3a )
144B 143B 046VPA 051VPA
047VPA
NO.1 MAIN BLR MAIN DUMP V.

(3)
036VPA
FROM A.C.C.
50
036JPA
150 150
(3) TO MAIN OR AUX. CONDR
035VPA ( SEE 3.1.6a )
TO ECO. SOOT BLOWER COOL.W.
PM
PS
535
P
(4)
50
50
285B
50
OIO OIS
15 284B AOS
50
50
50
50
(2) 534 534

286B
15 15 50 50
FOR BLR WASHING
056VPA
15 SOOT BLOWER STM HDR
057VPA
3.1.3 Auxiliary Steam System
Steam Ranges Boiler Atomizing Medium

The 1.0MPa range steam is supplied through 1.0 / 0.35MPa pressure reducing
Five reduced pressure steam ranges are provided at a 1.0MPa, 0.6MPa, 0.35MPa, valve 012VPB when neither the 2nd nor the cascade bleed steam is available. When the boiler atomizing medium is changed from air to steam, it should be done
0.27MPa and 0.09MPaA. These are supplied from boiler internal desuperheaters, at boiler stop condition.
main turbine bleeders and main feed pump turbine exhaust. The 0.35MPa steam is supplied to main boiler steam air heaters.
a) Close compressed air root valves 144 / 145VPE.
The 0.27MPa range is supplied from the 0.35MPa range through control valve b) Close compressed air supply valves 025 / 035VPB.
The 1.0MPa range is supplied from either the 1st bleed steam on the HP turbine
052VPB and from the main feed water pump turbine exhaust steam. c) Open drain traps and valves
while the 1st bleed steam is available or the boiler internal desuperheater steam (See 3.1.6 Exhaust & Dump Steam System) - Atomizing steam header drain 022 / 027ZPD.
through reducing valve 040VPA and it supplies to the following services : - Drain separator drain 023 / 028ZPD.
The primary steam feed for this system comes from the feed water pump turbine
1) Main boiler burner atomizing, purging and cooling steam - Atomizing steam escape valves 026 / 036VPB.
exhausts. During normal plant operations, one of the two turbine feed pumps is
2) Main boiler smothering (for wind box) always operating. These turbines both exhaust joins the 0.27MPa range. d) Slowly open atomizing steam supply valves 021 / 031VPB.
3) L.P.S.G. heating steam
4) Make up for 2nd bleed line via pressure reducing valve The 0.27MPa steam is supplied to following services.
Operation when the 043VPA is used as 6.0/1.0MPa PRV
1) Deaerating feed water heater (Deaerator)
a) The L.P.S.G. steam supplies to 0.6MPa desuperheated steam system via
The 1st bleed steam is bled from the main turbine at the fifth stage of the HP 2) Main turbine and generator turbine(s) gland packing steam
isolating valve 106VPB.
turbine. The bleed valve 001VPB opens automatically by a signal from the 3) Distilling plants via pressure reducing valve 072VPB
b) Close the 0.6MPa steam supply valve 044VPA.
pressure switch located at the bleed off point. The normal bleed steam pressure of
c) Switch controller for 043VPA to 1.0MPa pressure controller on IAS.
1.55MPa joins the 1.0MPa range supply system also supplied by the boiler On occasions it is possible for the supply of steam to exceed the demand. Excess d) Slowly open the isolating valve 045VPA between 1.0MPa and 0.6MPa
internal desuperheaters through 6.0 / 1.0MPa pressure reducing valve 040VPA. pressure from the system is dumped to the main condenser by a controller with a steam.
The bleed valve opens at a pressure of over 1.1MPa and closes at under 1.1MPa. set point of over 0.27MPa. If the main condenser is shut down, the excess pressure e) Close the inlet and outlet valves of 040VPA, and maintain the 040VPA.
can be diverted to the auxiliary condenser. Exhaust steam spill valve 052VPC
If failure occurs on the 6.0 / 1.0MPa reducing valve 040VPA, the 6.0 / 0.6MPa dumps excess steam to the condensers with valve 055VPC directing the steam to (Note : Above operation shall be done step by step. Drainage to be done in such a
reducing valve 043VPA can be employed as 6.0 / 1.0MPa reducing valve by the main condenser or valve 056VPC directing steam to the atmospheric auxiliary way that no water remains in the pipe lines. When only one boiler is used,
switching of controller on IAS. In the case, the L.P.S.G. steam is supplied to condenser. appropriate valves are to be operated.)
0.6MPa desuperheated steam system through isolating valve 106VPB cross CAUTION
connected between L.P.S.G. steam line and external desuperheated steam line.
Do not open both the dump to the main condenser and the dump to the
auxiliary condenser at the same time if the main condenser is under normal
The 0.6MPa pressure range is supplied from the boiler desuperheated steam
vacuum. Doing so will cause a sudden loss of vacuum within the main
through reducing valve 043VPA and it is supplied to 0.6MPa external desuperheater.
condenser and subsequent trip of the main turbine.
(See 3.1.5 0.6MPa Desuperheated Steam System)
The 0.09MPaA range is fed from the 3rd bleed steam through non-return valve
The 0.6MPa desuperheated steam will be supplied to L.P.S.G. steam system via
082VPB for the distilling plant feed water heating while the 3rd bleed steam is
isolating valve 106VPB when no L.P.S.G. system is available.
available and when the bleed supply is insufficient for system demand, the system
can make up it steam supply from the 0.27MPa range through make-up reducing
The 0.35MPa range is fed from three separate sources. These are :
valve 072VPB. The 3rd bleed steam is supplied for the 1st stage feed water heater
1) 2nd bleed through swing type non-return valve 081VPB when the main turbine is operated
2) Cascade bleed under the appropriate load. However, when the main turbine load is lower than the
3) 1.0 / 0.35MPa make-up reducing valve 012VPB pressure to open the swing valve 081VPB, the heating steam is not supplied to the
1st stage feed water heater, but it is heated only drain from the steam air heaters.
The 2nd bleed steam is bled from the HP/LP crossover pipe. The bleed valve
041VPB opens automatically by a signal from the pressure switch located at the
bleed off point. The normal bleed steam pressure of 0.44MPa joins the 0.35MPa System Starting
range supply system. The bleed valve opens at a pressure of over 0.35MPa and a) Ensure all supply steam lines are drained and warmed.
closes at under 0.35MPa. b) Always use by-pass lines around pressure reducing valves for
warming-through purposes. After the line has been warmed sufficiently,
The cascade bleed steam is branched from the 1st bleed at the outlet of main open the reducing valve outlet stop valve, slowly open the inlet valve and
turbine. The cascade bleed valve 002VPB is automatically opened when the 2nd close the bypass valve.
bleed valve is not opened at normal plant mode. c) Ensure control air is available.
3.1.3 Auxiliary Steam System
Controls
Following relief valves are provided to protect over pressurization.
1st bleed steam line : 2.0 Mpa 005VPB
0.6MPa steam line : 0.70 MPa 107VPB
0.27MPa steam line : 0.33 MPa On deaerator
The 1st, cascade and 2nd bleed steams are served through electric motor operated
check valves 001/002/041VPB. These valves are opened manually with the
operators confirmation after open request on IAS, and are closed automatically.
1st bleed valve

Open request : Over 1.05MPa of 1st bleed pressure
Automatic close : Under 1.0MPa of 1st bleed pressure
Cascade bleed valve
Open request : Plant mode is normal and 2nd bleed valve is
not opened.
Automatic close : Plant mode is maneuvering or 2nd bleed valve
is opened + 10sec. Timer
2nd bleed valve
Open request : Over 0.35MPa of 1st bleed pressure
Automatic close : Under 0.3MPa of 1st bleed pressure
The L.P.S.G. heating steam control valve 007VPB maintains the L.P.S.G. shell
pressure (0.6MPa).
Alarm
Sensor Tag No. Function Set point

PT 504 Main boiler burner atomizing PAL 0.35 MPa
PS 473 steam ESD 0.30 MPa
PT 802 0.27MPa steam PA H 3 0 0 k P a
PT 842 Deaerator shell PA L 2 0 0 k P a
PT 088 Main turbine packing PA H 49 kPa

PT 088 steam PA L 4.9 kPa
PT 223 Generator turbine PA L 3 kPa

packing steam
3.1.3a Auxiliary
3.1.3a AuxiliarySteam
SteamSystem
System
SET AT (2)
100 0.33MPaG
NOTE:
268B
T (2) TO ATMOSPHERE NO.2 MAIN GEN.TURB.
S.A.H. TM TM P
513
(3) GENE.SERV.AIR
T 814 PM PAL
250
(4) TO ATMOS. DRAIN TK P 223 223
PM
TO GLAND
269B
842
(5) TO MAIN CONDR
056VPB
PAL
PC
NO.2 MAIN BLR DEAERATOR 842
223
25
SMOTHERING STM 036VPB
255B 253B 188B 25
F.O.
256B 254B 255B 253B

F.O. 25 25
256B 254B 255B 253B
F.O.
200 200 063VPB
FROM FEED W.PUMP TURB. 25
256B (4) (5)
254B
( SEE 3.1.6a )
NO.1 MAIN GEN.TURB.
035VPB
(5) PM PAL
25
100
065VPB P
244B 244B 244B
FROM ACC (3) TO GLAND 223 223
209B 209B 209B
40 40 40 PC
(4) PAH
223
032VPB 226B
031VPB 802
250
25 PM
PM PAL ESD P
PS (4) 802
40
504 504 473 033VPB
TO DIST. PLANT
G P TO ACC
100
055VPB
062VPB
025VPB
25
G P TO ACC PIC C (5)
25 801 074VPB
100
200
PM PAL ESD FROM ACC (3) PIC
504 504
PS 473 40 801
PIC
803 (5)
075VPB 064VPB
40 40 150 200 200
(4)
226B
022VPB 021VPB 071VPB 072VPB 073VPB 082VPB
209B 209B 209B 25 0.09MPaA P.C.V.
(4)
244B 244B 244B 023VPB PC PC PAL PAH
088 088 088 088
MAKE-UP V. PM L.P.TURBINE
3RD BLEED
100
250
PM
P
40
088
086
T24 T25
200
F.O.
256B 254B
TO GLAND T
256B 255B 253B
254B
F.O. 25 25 TM
C 105
256B 255B 253B
254B
F.O. (5)
25
PACK.STM RESERV.
081VPB
255B 253B (4) 300
SMOTHERING STM 25 026VPB 054VPB
150
188B (5)
NO.1 MAIN BLR T27 032VPD 031VPD
(5) (5)
100 250 250 T28 SPILL V.
P
268B
053VPB 052VPB 051VPB
T P
PIC
0.27 MPA P.C.V.
H.P.TURBINE
809
S.A.H. TM PM
1ST BLEED
513
019VPB (4) OIS OIO RO
AOS
085
0.6 MPA P.C.V. 026 026 026 M TM P
150 200
269B 103
2ND BLEED
LOW PRESS. 125 125 041VPB
T PM
T
300
084
STM GEN. 008VPB 007VPB 006VPB P
100 014VPB
(4)
250
100 TM
AOS
RO OIO OIS
PIC 104 025 025 025
009VPB
804
PIC 015VPB M
807 P 125 125
TO 0.6 MPA 011VPB 012VPB 013VPB
250 002VPB
(STEAM SIDE)
108VPB
150 DESUPHTD STM LINE 1.0 / 0.35 MPA P.R.V.
054VPC
( SEE 3.1.5a )
(4)
042VPA 043VPA 044VPA
150
150
6/0.6 MPA P.R.V.

(2) 1ST STAGE
125 TO MAIN OR AUX. CONDR
PIC
80
( SEE 3.1.6a ) RO OIO OIS
806 P SET AT AOS
024 024 024
FD.W.HTR
2.0 MPA 051VPC 052VPC 053VPC
045VPA EXH.STM SPILL V.
003VPB 005VPB (4) M
BLR DESUPERHTD STM 150 125
( SEE 3.1.2a )
039VPA 040VPA 041VPA 001VPB
6/1.0 MPA P.R.V.
(4)
3.1.4 L.P.S.G. Steam System
Low Pressure Steam Generator (L.P.S.G.)
6) Bilge hold tank Alarms
Maker : Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd.
The bilge hold tank can be heated up as required.
No. of sets : 1 set
(Ex. Emulsion breaking bilge water cleaning system use) Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
Type : Shell and tube steam heating with drain cooler
At heating, the bilge water temperature is controlled to
Maximum evaporation : 5,000 kg/h PT 810 L.P.S.G. shell pressure PA L 0 . 4 5 M P a
below 55 by the self contained type temperature control
Steam condition : 0.6 MPaG saturated (165
valve 169VPB, and take care the water temperature to
Safety valve settings : 0.65 MPa and 0.67 Mpa
prevent damage of tank inside painting.
The L.P.S.G. steam system is provided for oil heating services which A interconnection between L.P.S.G. steam system and 0.6MPa
are likely contaminated to segregate completely from the other clean desuperheated steam system is provided for mutual back-up. The
steam systems but for cabin use of small consumers. back-up steam is supplied via isolating valve 106VPB.
The heating steam for the L.P.S.G. is supplied from 1.0MPa range The L.P.S.G. steam can be supplied to 0.6MPa desuperheated steam
through 0.6MPa pressure control valve 007VPB which is regulated by system when the boiler desuperheated steam is not available to the
the shell pressure in the L.P.S.G. 0.6MPa desuperheated steam system due to malfunction of 6.0 /
0.6MPa pressure reducing valve 043VPA or alternative use for 6.0
The L.P.S.G. steam is supplied to following services.
/1.0MPa pressure reducing valve 040VPA discussed in 3.1.3 "Auxiliary
1) Oil tank heating and steam trace heating. Steam System".
2) Fuel oil heaters and purifier L.O. heaters.
3) Hot water heater When the L.P.S.G. shutting down, the 0.6MPa desuperheated steam is
4) Main boiler burner tip cleaning carrier. supplied to L.P.S.G. steam system. In the case, the all heating drains are
5) Hose connections. corrected in the atmospheric drain tank but the L.P.S.G .atmospheric
6) Main air conditioner and accommodation through 0.3MPa
drain tank as mentioned below. The desuperheated steam is also
reducing valve 192VPB
supplied to boiler FO heater at plant-up condition.
Temperature control valves are provided as follows.
1) Boiler FO heater Operation & Controls
Master valve 163VPB and slave valve 165VPB are provided
for viscosity/temperature control of boiler FO. System Starting
The valves are controlled by IAS.
a) The L.P.S.G. plant-up is started after 1.0MPa auxiliary steam
2) Purifier LO heater supply is available.
Temperature control valve is provided for each purifier LO b) See 3.2.4 L.P.S.G. Feed Water System for the L.P.S.G.
heater No.1: 173VPB, No.2 : 175VPB. plant-up procedure.
The valves are controlled by each local controller.
0.6MPa Auxiliary Steam Use for L.P.S.G. Steam System
3) Hot water heater
The water temperature is controlled to 80 by steam a) Ensure the L.P.S.G. steam outlet valve 121VPB is closed.
heater and/or electric heater. b) The drain from L.P.S.G. steam system to be led to atmospheric
The self contained type temperature control valve is drain tank. (See 3.2.6 Contaminated Drain System)
provided for steam heater. Change spectacle flange provided on drain inspection tank
outlet line from close to open.
4) FO settling tank
Open stop valve for atmospheric drain tank 159VPD, and
The FO temperature is controlled to 55 by the
close stop valve for L.P.S.G. atmospheric drain tank
temperature control valve provided for each FO settling
158VPD.
tank No.1: 142VPB, No.2: 152VPB.
c) Open the isolating valve 106VPB between L.P.S.G. steam
The valves are controlled by each local controller.
system and 0.6MPa desuperheated steam system.
5) Waste oil settling tank
The FO temperature is controlled to 8090 by the self
contained type temperature control valve 183VPB.
3.1.4a L.P.S.G.
3.1.4a L.P.S.G.Steam
Steam System
System
140VPB
40
TO MAIN AIR COND.HUMIDIFIER 13 (5)
323VPB
23 & ACCOMMO.USE
137VPB 139VPB
65 40
321VPB
(2)
21
SET AT 136VPB 138VPB
0.33 MPA
15 40
185VPB 194VPB
15 40 313VPB
P 197VPB (3RD FL-P)
40
25
50
50
15 184VPB 182VPB
15 15 50
50
F.O.SIDE TK (P)
183VPB
0.3 MPA P.C.V.
186VPB 15
(INCINE.RM) (HIGH) (DIST.PLANT) (BALLAST)
65
40 (5)
50
WASTE OIL SETT.TK
S.C. S.C. S.C.
181VPB
15 15 40 40 HOT W.HTR
322VPB (BOTTOM FL-P)

BNR TIP CLEAN.CARRIER 22
125VPB
15
190VPB 123VPB
50 100
TO FWD F.O TK
122VPB 120VPB
100
BILGE HOLD TK
160VPB
FROM IAS 25
80
163VPB
173VPB
40
TC
161VPB 162VPB 164VPB 172VPB (3)
50 50 912 25 25 25
306VPB 303VPB
6 3 L.O.
15
304VPB NO.1 PURIF.L.O.HTR 168VPB 170VPB
50
25
4
15
305VPB 169VPB
5 165VPB 179VPB
171VPB 25 25
175VPB
FROM IAS 166VPB 50 TC
174VPB 134VPB
913 25 25 25
NO.1 BLR F.O.HTR AROUND SUC.PIPE

L.O.
80
NO.2 PURIF.L.O.HTR
25
15
15
L.O.SUMP TK
15
BOILER F.O. 40
100
167VPB 132VPB 133VPB 135VPB

301VPB 147VPB OIL SLUDGE TK
15
1
NO.2 BLR F.O.HTR
40
40
302VPB (PURIF.RM)
2
65
40 153VPB 151VPB 143VPB 141VPB
F.O.DRAIN TK SEP.BILGE OIL TK F.O.OVERFLOW TK
100 TO/FM 0.6 MPA DESUPERHTR STM LINE 124VPB
25 25 15
NOR. CLOSE
( SEE 3.1.5a )
154VPB 144VPB
(BOTTOM FL-S)
S.C. S.C. S.C.
PAL 311VPB
100
810 11
(2) (2) (LOW) (HIGH) (BALLAST)
15
15
40
40
40
40
40
40
PM
810 P SET AT SET AT TIC TIC
312VPB
717 716 12
0.65 MPA 0.67 MPA
65
130VPB
NOTE: 177VPB 158VPB 157VPB 156VPB 155VPB 146VPB 145VPB
40
178VPB
121VPB (2) TO ATMOSPHERE
127VPB 129VPB
(3) TO CLEAN DRAIN TK 65 40
(4) TO ATMOS DRAIN TK
LOW PRESS. (5) TO DRAIN INSPEC.TK 40 128VPB
STM GENERATOR (5)

1 23
TO F.O. LINE TRACING STM
L.O.RENOV.TK G/E L.O. RENOV.TK LOW SULPHER F.O.TK NO.2 F.O.SETT.TK NO.1 F.O.SETT.TK F.O.SIDE TK (S)
3.1.5 0.6 MPa Desuperheated Steam System
0.6 MPa Exterbal Desuperheater

Maker : Nippon Keystone Corporation Steam for followings is supplied through the stop valve 105VPB
No. of sets : 1 set Port side manifold deck heating and general service
Type : Water Spray Injection Port side manifold deck heater for worker 's cage
Maximum evaporation : 13,000 kg/h Port side under deck passageway heaters
Steam condition : 0.6 MPaG 300 190 Port side upper deck general service
An external desuperheater is provided after the 6.0 / 0.6MPa reducing

valve 043VPA where the steam temperature is reduced to 190C before General Procedure for Putting the Systems into Operation
supplying the auxiliary services. It is important when bringing any steam system into service to slowly
raise the temperature of the pipes, valves and joints. Heating the
Feed water is taken from either the main or auxiliary feed lines, reduced various parts of the system too quickly can lead to thermal distortion
in pressure at valve 054VPF before being passed to the desuperheater. and damage to joints and packing. The system must be carefully
drained of any water during this warming process to prevent steam
The feed water is injected directly into the steam pipe reducing the hammer or water hammer taking place.
temperature of the steam before it is directed to the auxiliary system.
Mechanical damage can be caused to the surrounding materials. For
The desuperheater system is fitted with a recirculation orifice after the this reason any water is to be removed from the system before the
pressure reducing valve but before the desuperheater. This ensures that pressure and temperature are increased. The pressure must be increased
during times of low spray water demand, there is no pressure build up gradually to allow expansion of the components to take place at a rate
in the pipework after the pressure reducing valve which could damage that will not lead to material failure. Any sudden increase in pressure
the equipment. can send shock waves throughout the system which are very likely to
cause damage.
The 0.6MPa desuperheated steam is supplied for the following services.
1) Gas compressors, gas heaters and vaporizers in cargo machinery

room. Deck Service
2) Inert gas generator. a) Open isolating valve 103 / 104 / 105 / 114VPB after drainage by
manual drain valve 110 / 117/ 118 / 119VPB.
3) Measure for frigid climate conditions
b) Before navigation in cold weather, the steam for cold weather is
Deck heating and general service steam for aft mooring deck are supplied and drainage should be completed.
supplied through the stop valve 114VPB. Also, where the steam is not supplied, the steam line exposed to
Tracing steam for flying passage and cargo vent risers and cold weather should be completely drained to prevent freezing.
general service steam for flying passage, each cargo tank dome
top and air capstans are supplied through the stop valve 104VPB.
Alarms
Following steam is supplied through the stop valve 103VPB, and
also this line supplies heating steam to cargo machinery in cargo Sensor Alarm No Function Set point
machinery room.
PT 808 0.6MPa desuperheater PAL 0.45 MPa
Forward mooring deck heating and general service outlet pressure
Bow thruster and forward pump room general service
Starboard side manifold deck heating and general service TR 813 0.6MPa desuperheater TAH 220
Starboard side manifold deck heater for worker 's cage TR 813 outlet temperature TAL 170
Starboard side under deck passageway heaters
Cargo machinery room heaters
Starboard side upper deck general service
3.1.5a 0.6
3.1.5a 0.6 MPa
MPa Desuperheated
Desuperheated Steam
Steam System
System
TO MOORING DECK TO FLYING PASS.
119VPB 117VPB
15 15
(P) TO AIR CAPSTAN
INERT GAS 114VPB 104VPB
GENERATOR
(3) (3) 15
(S) TO AIR CAPSTAN
P P
T
40
65
50
IG DRYER STM HTR
105VPB
65
UNDER DK PASSAGE (P)
PAL
G818-16 P P 118VPB
103VPB
65 65 80 80 150 TO CARGO MACH.RM &
UNDER DK PASSAGE (S)
110VPB
106VPB
(4) TO/FM LPSG STEAM SYSTEM 100
( SEE 3.1.4a ) NOR. CLOSE
(3)
150
PM
808
TAL PAL
PIC 813 808 P
807
SET AT (2) TAH
0.7 MPA TIC 813
6/0.6 MPA P.R.V. I/P 811 TM
043VPA P 813
107VPB 109VPB
042VPA 108VPB 101VPB
T
150
044VPA 102VPB
0.6 MPA DESUPERHTR
150
PIC (4)
806 SET AT
(2)
2.0 MPA NOTE:
6/1.0 MPA P.R.V.
040VPA (2) TO ATMOSPHERE
045VPA P
(3) TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
BLR DESUPERHTD STM TO 1.0 MPA STM LINE (4) TO ATMOS DRAIN TK
( SEE 3.1.2a ) ( SEE 3.1.3a )
039VPA 041VPA
3.1.6 Exhaust and Dump Steam System
Exhaust Steam Systems Dump Steam System Treated BOG Quantity

Exhaust steam from the generator turbines is led to the main condenser through (See 4.3.4Boiler Control Systems)
BOG quantity on design boil off rate : 3,852 kg/h
the electric motor driven valves 001 / 002VPC. When the main condenser is not An automatic steam dumping system is provided to treat the excess steam
available, the exhaust can be led to the auxiliary condenser via valves 021 / generated by the main boilers when burning the designed rate boil-off gas.
022VPC. High Boiler Pressure
Steam from the boiler internal desuperheaters is dumped to the main condenser
The main dump valve is controlled from the integrated automation system (IAS).
Exhaust steam from the main feed pump turbines is led to the 0.27MPa auxiliary under normal conditions, but alternatively it may also be dumped to the auxiliary
The valve will open when the boiler pressure exceeds its normal set point. It
steam system. (See 3.1.3 Auxiliary Steam System) condenser, by opening valve 038VPC and closing valve 037VPC, should the
provides stability during periods of fluctuation where the burners are reduced to
In the event of over pressurization, steam is normally dumped to the main main condenser be unavailable.
minimum flow, such as during manoeuvring. The dump will control any excess
condenser through pressure control valve 052VPC and stop valve 055VPC. When
steam pressure generated during these periods.
the main condenser is not available, the steam can be led to the auxiliary Main dump valve 036VPA is controlled by dump order signal from ACC via a
condenser via stop valve 056VPC. Steam Dump Controller. It reduces the steam pressure to 0.15MPa and the
temperature to 130 by injecting spray water directly into the steam flow to
CAUTION High Tank Pressure
eliminate the effects of superheated steam impinging on either the main
Do not open both the exhaust to the main condenser and the exhaust to the
condenser or the auxiliary condenser. The spray water is supplied from either the If the demand of steam is not enough to consume the entire boil-off gas from the
auxiliary condenser at the same time if the main condenser is under normal
main condensate pump when operating the main condenser or the drain pump(s) cargo tanks, the firing rate of the gas burners will be increased accordingly and
vacuum. Doing so will cause a sudden loss of vacuum within the main
when operating the auxiliary condenser into the steam at the main dump valve any excess steam will be dumped to the main condenser. The amount of steam
condenser and subsequent trip of the main turbine.
outlet dumped will depend on the position of the main turbine manoeuvring valves and
Gland steam, exhausting from the main turbine, generator turbines and main the cargo tank pressure. The dump signal from the cargo tank pressure is
Two spray water control valves of different flow capacity are provided, which inhibited when burning fuel oil only.
feed pump turbines is led to the gland condenser. The condensate in the gland
control the dump steam temperature at the outlet of main dump valve. The small
condenser is then led to the atmospheric drain tank. (See 3.2.5 Clean Drain
valve 168VPF opens first and the large valve 171VPF follows when much excess
System)
steam is generated.. Controls
The IAS will send a Dump Permitted signal to the ACC if the following
Generator Turbine Exhaust Valve A further cooling spray is provided at the dump steam inlet to the main
conditions are fulfilled :
condenser to cool the inlet cowl and help prevent mechanical stresses being
In case the exhaust valve 001 or 002VPC will be opened after main condenser
created in the condenser shell. Dump steam pressure below 400 10kPa
vacuum-built up, the valves are operated as follows :
Main condenser vacuum above -80 5Pa (600mmHg
Ensure the operation and control of gland steam supply for generator The spray water to the cowl is served from the condensate system, through an air Main condenser SW outlet temperature below 705C
turbine. operating piston valve which is operated automatically in conjunction with the Dump steam valve 037VPC to main condenser open or valve 038VPC to
Open the by-pass valve 009 or 010VPC. dump system operation. auxiliary condenser open
Open the exhaust valve 001 or 002VPC at local. Auxiliary condenser shell pressure below 150 10kPa
Close the by-pass valve 009 or 010VPC. An orifice plate with appropriate hole size is provided at dump exhaust inlet of
auxiliary condenser to maintain similar dump conditions to the main condenser When all the above conditions are met, the IAS sends an Excess BOG Dump
When the auxiliary condenser will be operated, water may be supplied to the operation. Order and a Dump Permitted signal to the ACC.
exhaust valves 001 or 002VPC to protect the seat ring of valve according to
following procedure. The line between main dump valve and stop valve 037 and 036VPC is protected The IAS will then receive the control signal sent to the main dump control valve
against overpressure by relief valves of a half capacity each 033 and 034VPC, set 036VPA. This signal is then used to open the spray valves 168 and 171VPA in
Supply the water from lower plug.
at 0.5 MPa. parallel with the main dump control valve 036VPA. If the temperature after the
Stop the water supply after confirming the overflow from upper plug.
desuperheater reaches the set point of 130C, the signal from the temperature
Main and auxiliary condensers can treat the dump steam from main boilers and controller will override the ACC signal and control the desuperheater water
Main Feed Water Pump Turbine Exhaust Valve exhaust steam from generator turbine when burning the designed rate boil-off spray valves.
gas during port hotel load condition.
The main feed water pump turbine exhaust valves 041 / 042VPC should be
The water spray piston valve for main condenser dump steam inlet cowl is
opened after removing drain accumulating in the exhaust pipeline completely by
opened by main dump valve 036VPA open order and the dump steam valve
the drain valves 043 / 044VPC. Treated Steam Quantity
037VPC open signal.
(See 3.0 Heat Balance for Steam Turbine Plant)
The open signal of main feed water pump turbine exhaust valve 041 / 042VPC is
Main condenser : 71.5 ton/h
interlocked for main feed water pump starting.
Auxiliary condenser : 73.5 ton/h
(See 3.2.2Boiler Feed Water System)
3.1.6 Exhaust and Dump Steam System
Alarms

PS 060 Main condenser vacuum ESD -40 kPa
PT 076 ASLD -67 kPa
PT 151/822 PAL / Dump stop
-80 kPa
PT 829 Auxiliary condenser shell PA H 1 3 0 k P a
PT 829/822 PAHH / Dump stop
150 kPa
PS 215 Generator turbine exhaust ESD +50 kPa
PS 222 PA H -55 kPa
Steam Inlet
330
PS 566 Main feed pump turbine ESD 0.42 MPa
PS 575 exhaust PA H 0 . 3 7 M P a
(Dump steam at main dump valve outlet)

PT 828 Pressure PA H 2 5 0 k P a
PT 828/822 PAHH / Dump stop
400 kPa
TR 825 Temperature TA H 160
Water Inlet
60
Steam Outlet
135
3.1.6a Exhaust
3.1.6a Exhaust and
and Dump
Dump Steam
Steam System
System
TO ATMOSPHERE
TO ATMOSPHERE 500
SET AT
0.33 MPA OIO OIS
AOS
035 035 C AUX.STM 65
XC
822
FROM MAIN CONDS.PUMP 10
P PAL
ASD 034VPC 033VPC
( SEE 3.2.1a ) 076 065VPB
842
PAL
PM
842 151 SET AT
PM ESD AC NO.2 MAIN 0.5 MPA
DEAERATOR 151 060 V 615 10
TURBO GEN.
150
150
FROM ACC
037VPC
OIO 036VPA
826
LS T
250
800
500 BLR DESUPERHTD STM
250
008VPC P PAH ESD

( SEE 3.1.2a )
MAIN CONDR 222 215 038VPC
800
OIO MAIN DUMP V.
800 OIS OIO RO LS TM TIC
827 825 824
821 821 821
100 65
TO M/T & T/G GLAND STM L.P. TURB. 002VPC TAH
( SEE 3.1.3a ) 825
200 200
M 350 168VPF
H/S
022VPC SPRAY W.
25
TM
010VPC ( SEE 3.2.1a )
PM C
108 828

FROM ACC
TOP PAH
828
200
200
PAHH
AUX.STM 65 828 171VPF
H.P. TURB.
044VPC 043VPC
10
OIO OIO
569 569
50
GLAND LEAK RESERV. 064VPB
042VPC 041VPC
LS LS
PAH PAH
40
40
ESD ESD
566 575 566 575 057VPC
NO.1 MAIN
10
P P TURBO GEN.
ES SA RM RO
FIRE 662 662 662
100
(3) (3) GLAND EXH. FAN 007VPC
250
80 50
NO.2 MAIN NO.1 MAIN P PAH ESD
FD.W.PUMP FD.W.PUMP 222 215
15
800
TURB. TURB.
125 OIS OIO RO
821 821 821
046VPC 045VPC
V 65
001VPC
M 350
021VPC
GLAND CONDR
25
PAH 009VPC
65
65
802 055VPC

PM (3) (3)
802 65 150
400
400
056VPC
PIC 060VPC TO ATMOSPHERE
801
XC PAHH PAH PM
PIC C
822 829 829 829
801
65
FROM 2ND BLEED &
1.0/0.3 MPA P.R.V.
0.27 MPA P.C.V. ( SEE 3.1.3a )
NOTE:
(4)
AUX. CONDENSER (4) TO ATMOS.DRAIN TK
054VPC
100
125 200
051VPC 052VPC 053VPC

EXH.STM SPILL V.
(4)
3.2.1 Condensate Water System
Main Condensate Pump Grease Extractor supplies condensate to spray nozzles situated in the dump steam chamber of the
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. Maker : Takatori Seisakusho Co., Ltd. main condenser. This provides further cooling of the dump steam whilst
No. of sets : 2 sets No. of sets : 1 set reheating the condensate being sprayed.
Type : Centrifugal verical Type : Duplex Pylen Filter
Capacity : 100 m3/h at 85 mth A branch situated at the condenser recirculation line, provides cooling spray
Flow Capacity : 120 m3/h
Rating : 440V, 45kW, 1,800 rpm water to the astern turbine exhaust.
Due to the inefficiency of the astern turbine its exhaust still has a high level of
Deaerator
Drain Pump enthalpy and temperature. Sustained running of the astern turbine could cause
Maker : Setouchi Kogyo Co., Ltd.
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. overheating of the condenser shell and tubing and therefore the spray water is
No. of sets : 3 sets No. of sets : 1 set
applied whilst going astern. This valve operates automatically when an astern
Type : Centrifugal verical Type : Direct contact
movement is detected.
Capacity : 40 m3/h at 80 mth Storage capacity : 22.5 m3
Rating : 440V, 22kW, 1,800 rpm The main condensate system joins the auxiliary condensate system and is
directed either to the deaerator, or to the distilled water tanks, depending upon
Main Condensate System
Main Condenser the deaerator level at the time. Under steady plant conditions all the condensate
Maker : Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd. The prime function of the main condensate system is the removal of condensate will be delivered to the deaerator but at times of plant load change, a situation
Type : Surface type with dump steam chamber from the main condenser and its delivery to the deaerator, for return to the boilers can occur where there is too much condensate in the system and some will be
Cooling surface : 2,870 m2 by the feed pump. The condensate performs other useful functions during this spilled out to the distilled water tank.
Cooling water flow : 16,800 m3/h transfer, as detailed below.
Tube plates Distance : 5m
Tube size : 19 mm diameter, 0.7 mm thickness Main Condenser Level Control
Two pumps of full capacity are arranged to take suction from the main condenser,
one is running and the other for standby. They are designed to auto-cavitate so The water level in the hot well is controlled by cavitating control of main
Auxiliary Condenser condensate pump in principle.
that if they lose suction, the normal cavitation associated with this takes place
Maker : Setouchi Kogyo Co., Ltd.
away from the impeller. Cavitation can cause damage and erosion in centrifugal A branch from the main condensate line, situated between the gland steam
Type : Single pass shell and tube
pumps particularly to the impeller. By the nature of the conditions under which condenser and the first stage feed water heater, returns to the main condenser via
Cooling surface : 340 m2
these pumps operate with no positive head and variable flow rates, cavitation is a a control valve 190VPF. The level of water in the main condenser is maintained
Cooling water flow : 3,000 m3/h
real danger. For this reason the pump is designed so that cavitation will not cause in order to prevent the condensate pump from losing suction.
Tube plates Distance : 4.2 m
damage. This function is controlled by the IAS system which measures the condenser hot
Tube size : 19 mm diameter, 0.7 mm thickness
well level.
The pump delivers the condensate into the main condensate system. It passes
Gland Steam Condenser through the condensate cooled distilling plant, the gland steam condenser If the level should increase to well bottom +750mm, the standby pump will
Maker : Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd. cooling tubes and the low pressure feed heater. These can all be bypassed if automatically start when the high level switch is activated. The standby pump
Type : Single pass shell and tube necessary. This routing of the condensate serves the dual purpose of condensing will stop when the level reaches to well bottom +500mm and a separate switch
Cooling surface : 25 m2 or cooling other sources of heat within the plant and heating the condensate. This at this level is activated.
Cooling water flow : 99.5 m3/h greatly improves plant efficiency as well as performing cooling functions.
Tube plates Distance : 1.96 m
Tube size : 16 mm diameter, 1.0 mm thickness Deaerator Level Control
Several branches from the main condensate line supply condensate to the
following services : The water level in the deaerator is maintained by the level transmitter which
1st Stage Feed Water Heater controls two valves, spill valve 132VPF and make-up valve 142VPF, in a split
Maker : Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd. Distilling plants desuperheater sprays range configuration. The spill valve 132VPF is for dumping water back to the
Type : Shell and U-tube Main dump desuperheater spray water distilled water tanks, in the case of a high level in the deaerator. The makeup
Heating surface : 93 m2 Main condenser dump steam chamber spray water valve 142VPF is for filling the deaerator by adding more to the atmospheric drain
Cooling water flow : 88,200 m3/h Main turbine astern water spray tank. The level in the drains tank will rise and valve 162VPF will open and
Tube size : 19 mm diameter, 1.2 mm thickness Main Condenser vacuum pump water seal supply more water to the system.
Main feed water pumps mechanical seal
Boiler water analysis unit cooling A level switch is provided to inhibit the automatic starting of main feed water
Grease Extractor pump in stand-by in the event of extremely low level in deaerator (Normal level
Maker : Takatori Seisakusho Co., Ltd. Boiler chemical feed tank filling
- 600 mm).
Type : Duplex Pylen Filter
Flow Capacity : 120 m3/h
A branch from the main condensate line, situated after the gland steam condenser
Auxiliary Condensate System

The condensate from the auxiliary steam systems such as fuel and tank heating, Make-up water to the condensate system during hot plant conditions is led from e) Set the system to now fill and maintain the level in the deaerator. Set the
feed heating and exhaust steam is eventually fed to the atmospheric drain tank. the distilled water tank(s) through make-up control valve 142VPF to the system valves as follows :
The auxiliary condensate systems prime function is the return of auxiliary steam atmospheric drain tank. The initial filling valves 145 and 147VPF fitted at the
Position Description Valve
system condensate and drains to the deaerator, for return to the boilers by the main condenser hotwell should be closed while normal plant operation. Open Drain pumps suction valves 151/152/153VPF
feed pumps. The condensate performs other useful functions during this transfer, The deaerator is situated at a high point in the engine room to provide a positive Open Drain pumps discharge valves 154/155/156VPF
as detailed below. Operational Drain tank level control valve 162VPF
suction pressure for the feed pumps greater than the saturation pressure of the
Open Drain tank level control valve inlet and outlet 161/163VPF
The atmospheric drain tank, capacity 6 m3, receives condensed drain water and water at the pump suction. This prevents the water boiling at the feed pump
valves
condensate from various sources around the steam system including the suction and causing cavitation. Closed Drain tank level control bypass valve 164VPF
inspection tank. It acts as a reservoir for the system drains only, with all drains The water enters the deaerator through a series of spray nozzles where it meets Open Drain tank recirculating valve 157VPF
contamination taking place elsewhere in the system (See 3.2.6 "Contaminated the heating steam. The steam is supplied from the0.27 MPa range which is the Set Grease extractor inlet and outlet valves
Drain System"). Close Auxiliary condensate line valve to deaerator 120VPF
feed pump exhaust line. Spraying the feed water gives it a large surface area in
Open Gland steam condenser inlet and outlet valves 118 / 119VPF
The atmospheric drain tank is equipped with three equal capacity drain pumps which to make contact with the steam. This condenses the steam to become one Operational Spill control valve 132VPF
which are set to starting priority 1st, 2nd and 3rd. The 1st will act as the duty with the feed water and allows oxygen and other non-condensable gases to be Open Spill valve inlet and outlet valves 131 / 133VPF
pump with the 2nd pump as standby and the 3rd as standby to the 2nd pump. liberated. The gases are vented from the top of the deaerator through a vent valve Close Spill bypass valve 134VPF
The pumps are set in duty / priority mode from the IAS. All three pumps will which should always be set for optimum performance. Adjustment of the vent is Open 1st feed heater inlet and outlet valves 121 / 122VPF
then be set in automatic mode and priority 1 pump starts as the duty pump. The dependant on the results of the dissolved oxygen tests (See 3.2.1bDeaerator). Closed 1st feed heater bypass valve 123VPF
Open Deaerator feed inlet valve 124VPF
standby pump will start if there is a failure of the higher priority pump or a low
Open Feed water pump mechanical seal valves 181/182/183VPF
pressure (400 kPa) in the discharge line is detected. Preparation of the Main and Auxiliary Condensate Systems Open Feed water pump mechanical seal vent valves 186 / 187VPF
The level in the tank is controlled by valve 162VPF, which controls water flow The following procedure covers preparation of the systems prior to and during
from the drain pump. A valve 157VPF with an orifice which recirculates the lighting of the boilers. f) Select a DUTY drain pump and place it on AUTOMATIC. Place the other
water from the pump discharge line back to the tank is provided to maintain the drains tank extraction pumps on STANDBY.
a) Ensure that the instrument and gauge valves are open and that instrument
minimum flow of the pump against full close of the level control valve. CAUTION
air is supplied to the control units.
If the level should increase to activate high level switch (1,350 mm from tank The drain pumps must be operational shortly after the make-up to the
b) Check that all services and bypass valves on the condensate system are atmospheric drain tank has been established. The make-up valve is
bottom), the standby pump will automatically start. The pump will stop when the
shut. controlled by the deaerator level controller and takes no account of the level
level drops and low level switch (850 mm from tank bottom) is activated.
c) Fill the atmospheric drains tank from one of the distilled water tanks. Set in the drain tank.
A duplex grease extractor unit is fitted in the discharge line to filter out oil and
the system valves as follows :
grease. These units operate with one in-line and one off-line. The off-line unit is To Prepare the Main Condenser for Operation
kept pressurised and ready for immediate use. Once a unit has been taken offline,
it should be cleaned immediately and made ready for immediate use. g) Establish the main sea water circulating system through the main
Open Distilled water tank suction valve 135 or 136VPF
Closed Cold start feed water pump suction valve 008VPF condenser (See 3.5.1 "Sea Water Circulating System").
Operational Make-up control valve 142VPF
Make-Up Water Supply h) Close the atmospheric drain tank make-up valve 146VPF.
Open Make-up valve inlet and outlet valves 141 / 143VPF
This vessel has two distilled water storage tanks, any of which can be used to Close Make-up bypass valve 144VPF i) Open the main condenser make-up valves 145 and 147VPF.
supply the condensate system. Normally one distilled water tank would be set for Open Make-up valve to the atmospheric drain tank 146VPF
Close Filling valve to the main condenser 145 / 147VPF The level in the main condenser hotwell will start to rise. Open the bypass valve
filling with a different tank in use and the other as a standby tank.
144VPF around the make-up valve and allow the condenser hotwell to fill to
Initial filling of water to the systems is performed manually from the distilled slightly above normal level.
The atmospheric drain tank will now start to fill and will continue until a level is
water tank to main condenser hotwell via make-up control bypass valve 144VPF
established in the deaerator. It is therefore important to start the drain pumps as (Note : If the make-up bypass valve is used during this operation, it must be
with running the main condensate pump In this case, close surely the filling
soon as possible. closed after use.)
valve 146VPF for atmospheric drain tank , or the water will overflow from the
tank.
Procedure to Shut Down the Main Condenser Alarms

Observe the atmospheric drain tank level during this operation and re-open valve (For change main dump steam over to the auxiliary condenser)
146VPF to allow make-up to take place if necessary. When the condenser a) Start the auxiliary sea water circulating pump and circulate the auxiliary Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
hotwell level is satisfactory : condenser. FS 061 Main condenser level ESD + 9 5 0 mm
j) Close valves 145 and 147VPF and restore the atmospheric drain tank b) Reduce electrical load on the turbine generator to a minimum and LT 077 (from hot well bottom) A S L D + 8 5 0 mm
make-up to normal operation by opening valve 146VPF. transfer the load to either : LT 152 L A H + 7 5 0 mm
The remaining turbine generator set up to run with the exhaust
k) Check that the condenser recirculation valve 190VPF is operating
running to the auxiliary condenser or FS 735 Atmos. drain tank level L A H + 1 6 0 0 mm
properly.
The diesel generator FS 735 (from tank bottom) L A L + 6 0 0 mm
l) Set the system valves as follows : c) Shut down the off-load turbine generator.
Position Description Valve LT 834 Deaerator level L A H + 4 0 0 mm
d) Change the main dump steam over to the auxiliary condenser and shut
Open Main condensate pumps suction valves 101/102VPF LT 834 (from normal level) L A L - 4 0 0 mm
down the main dump steam system.
Open Main condensate pumps discharge valves 112/114VPF
Open Balance line valves 103/104VPF e) Change the 0.27 MPa steam range dump over to the auxiliary condenser. LT 733/734 Distilled water tank level L A L + 2 0 0 0 mm
Open Main condensate pumps sealing water valves 106/107VPF f) Stop the main engine, shut the steam stop valves, engage the turning (from tank bottom)
Open Suction valve sealing water valves 108/109VPF gear and do not put on the main turbine warming through steam.
Open Distilling plant inlet and outlet valves 115/116VPF
TR 845 Gland condenser outlet TAH 80
Closed Distilling plant bypass valve 117VPF g) Shut down the main turbine gland steam system.
temperature
Open Main condenser recirculating inlet and outlet valves 191/192VPF h) Transfer the gland steam system to the atmospheric condenser and also
Closed Main condenser recirculating bypass valve 193VPF the gland steam fan suction. TR 846 1st feed heater outlet TA H 120
m) Start the main condensate pump. i) Slowly reduce the air ejector steam and allow the main condenser temperature
vacuum to fall off completely. Continuously check the main condenser
The condensate will now recirculate back to the condenser until the level in the
for hot spots indicative of a steam leak. DPS 580 M.F.P.T. seal water D PA L 5 0 K P a
condenser rises and the recirculation valve closes in.
j) Allow the main turbine and condenser to cool down before stopping the differential pressure
n) Operate the services to the following items as required by setting the main sea water circulating pump.
valves as shown below : SAL 851 Main condensate pump H 4 ppm
k) Isolate the condensate recirculation valve 190VPF and the astern cooling
discharge salinity
Position Description Valve spray valve.
Open Distilling plant desuperheater sprays 174/175VPF
l) Stop the main sea water circulating pump, jack and lock the main SAL 851 Drain pump discharge H 4 ppm
Open Chemical feed tanks
condenser inlet and overboard valves. salinity
Open Dump steam condenser chamber spray valves 194/195VPF
Operational Dump steam condenser chamber spray piston m) Stop the condensate pump and ensure that the condenser does not start
valve to fill up. SAL 851 Aux. condenser outlet H 4 ppm
Open Dump steam desuperheater spray inlet valves 167/170VPF salinity
n) The sea water side has been completely drained.
Open Dump steam desuperheater spray outlet valves 169/172VPF
Operational Dump steam desuperheater spray valves 168/171VPF If checking for leaking tubes, it is possible to leave the vacuum pump operating
Open Astern turbine cooling spray inlet and outlet valves 196/197VPF and use cling film on the tube plate to locate the damaged tube. This check can
Operational Astern turbine cooling spray piston valve also be done the conventional way, by filling the condensate side with a water /
Open Feed water pump mechanical seal valve 180VPF
fluorescence mixture and checking the tube plate with a fluorescent lamp from
Open Vacuum pump seal water valves 178/179VPF
the sea water side.
Open Suction valve sealing water valves 253/254VPF
When using a water / fluorescence mixture, the condenser must be thoroughly
rinsed out before returning to service, in order not to contaminate the boilers.
(Note : Before entering the sea water side of the condenser, open the doors and
use a portable fan to aerate the chamber, leaving the forced ventilation
in place during the time that personnel are inside.)
(Note : If the intention is to enter the steam side of the condenser, it must be
remembered that in several steam lines to the condenser there is only
single valve separation, depending on the method of condenser shut
down.)
3.2.1a Condensate
3.2.1a Condensate Water
Water System
System
TO MAIN OR AUX.CONDR
FROM ACC
DEAERATOR
124VPF (MASTER)
TIC
125 100 123VPF H/S
824
170VPF 172VPF
TM
25 25
TAH
(WATER SIDE) 846 846
T 171VPF MAIN DUMP VALVE
100
122VPF 125 171JPF
100
1ST STG FD.W.HTR 167VPF
125 25 169VPF
25
121VPF 168VPF DUMP STM
40
168JPF (SLAVE)
120VPF
6 100 163VPF 161VPF
LM LAH LAL
834 834 834 179VPF 15 162VPF
254VPF
073VPC
100 25 80 164VPF
LIC NO.2 TO FEED W.ANALY. ( SEE 3.2.3a )
834
25
LAL LM LM LAL 180VPF 181VPF
734 734 733 733 075VPC
15 15 25 25
MAIN CONDR VACUUM PUMP
294VPG 293VPG RO RM SA

15 AC 15
615 615 615 180JPF
TO CHEMICAL TKS ( SEE 3.2.3a )
074VPC 178VPF 15
NO.2 DIST.W.TK NO.1 DIST.W.TK 100 25
100
100
NO.1 25 TO DIST.PLANT DSH NOZZLE
072VPC
253VPF
P
6
125
25 25
NO.1 DIST.PLANT
T
125 125 DPAL DPAL
SPILL VALVE 183VPF 182VPF
580 580
116VPF P
DPS DPS
65 133VPF 131VPF 65 125 P P GREASE
125
139VPF 138VPF
136VPF 312VPG 135VPF 115VPF P P EXTRACTOR
50
132VPF
50 T
125
6
311VPG
P
150
134VPF
FOR SAMPLE FOR SAMPLE
117VPF
FD W.SUC.
NO.2 FD W.SUC.
NO.1
25
65
65
125
MAKE-UP V.
FROM FD W.ANALYZER 6 6 MAIN FD.W.
( SEE 3.2.3a )
65 65 141VPF 143VPF 65 187VPF 186VPF PUMP
50
142VPF
50
144VPF XAH XM
TAH TM 50 50 851 851
845 845
50
40 192VPF 191VPF 80 100

TO DIST.W.RECIRC.PUMP
25
157VPF
25 25

190VPF
OIO OIS AUX.CONDR

40 TO LPSG ATMOS. 80 AOS

119VPF 118VPF
156VPF
035 035
80
DRAIN TK ( SEE 3.2.4a ) 65

193VPF T T
50 50 6

TO COLD START
FD.W.PUMP ( SEE 3.2.2a ) T C
65
195VPF 194VPF GLAND P
C C
125

50 CONDR PS
100
153VPF
80
150VPF
50
109VPF NO.3 CHANGE

197VPF 196VPF 107VPF 6 XM OVER
200
NO.2
50
851
OIO OIS P
C AOS
6
NOTE: 034 034 102VPF XAH 155VPF 263VPF
130VPF
(2) TO CLEAN DRAIN TANK
104VPF
PM 851 65
125
P
250
841
6 FOR SAMPLE 146VPF
PS
25
TM C
AST.W. CHANGE OVER P
SPRAY 843 LAH
25 FS
6
735 152VPF PS
SPRAY W. 113VPF 125 T
125
FOR DUMP STM XAH NO.2 CHANGE
851 AST OVER
FS
614
25
114VPF FOR
ASLD VACUUM 250 XM DRAIN 154VPF
077 BREAKER 851 PUMP 262VPF
MAIN 103VPF AS 65
FS
LAH T 614
125
101VPF
152 CONDENSER 106VPF 6
NO.1
80
LM LIC 147VPF 105VPF LAL C
FS P
152 038 108VPF 110VPF 735

P 151VPF PS
MAIN CONDS.PUMP C 125 125

ESD FS CHANGE
6
M/T TRIP 145VPF RO RM SA PS TO DRAIN PUMP ATMOS.DRAIN TK NO.1 OVER

061 AC
613 613 613 6 CHANGE OVER 6
AST FS A FOR SAMPLE TM
FOR ST-BY 381VPD 261VPF
613 844 DRAIN PUMP
MAIN CONDS
111VPF 125
6
AS RO RM SA
25
PUMP FS AC
613 112VPF 614 614 614
65 LIC (2) A
833 FROM MAIN CONDS.PUMP
3.2.1b Deaerator
3.2.1b D
Deaer
eaerator
or
De-aeration of boiler feed water

Even in fully closed systems, not open to the atmosphere, there is always the To reduce the dissolved oxygen to the necessary low figure, a special
possibility of the feed water being contaminated by dissolved oxygen. This is due direct-contact feed heater designed to meet all the above requirements is included FEED WATER IN.
to small quantities of air coming over with the steam, and to air leakage into in the feed -heating system. Steam is introduced into the heater shell and the feed AIR OUT.
sections of the steam and exhaust and feed systems which work at pressures less water is sprayed into this steam, falling through a series of perforated trays in the SPRAY NOZZLE WATER CHAMBER
than atmospheric pressure. opposite direction to the steam flow. 1ST STAGE
IMPULSE PLATE
Steam condenses in the incoming water spray, giving up its latent heat to the
The amount of oxygen which water will hold in solution decreases with water and raising the temperature of the latter to saturation temperature. FLOW CHANGE BAFFLE
increased water temperature, and theoretically becomes zero when the water is at To reach the incoming water spray, the steam has to pass upwards through the
the saturation temperature corresponding to its pressure. Thus any oxygen curtains of falling water, removing the oxygen and driving it towards the vent,
which is in solution in the feed water will be released at any point or points in the and thence to the atmosphere.
STEAM IN.
system at which saturation conditions exist. Such conditions exist: (a) in the 2ND STAGE
IMPULSE PLATE
boiler drum, and (b) in the condenser. A deaerator heater of this type in Illustrate will reduce the oxygen content of the
feed water to not more than 0.005cm3/litre, whereas condenser de-aeration could PERFORATED
Oxygen released in the boiler drum could accumulate and become a potential not normally be expected to give less than 0.015-0.02cm3/litre. The condenser PLATE
danger for boiler corrosion, hence means must be provided in the feed-heating can therefore be regarded as the primary stage, and the deaerator heater the final
system to remove as much dissolved oxygen as possible from the feed water. stage of de-aeration.
N.W.L.
To achieve this, there are several requirements: The feed-heating stages are chosen so that the direct-contact deaerator heater can
1. The feed water must be at the saturation temperature corresponding to its be accommodated high up in the engine-room casing.
pressure.
2. The feed water must be broken up into droplets - the smaller these droplets, The deaerator heater is combined with a de-aerated water-storage tank containing
then the easier it is for the dissolved oxygen to be released. about ten minutes' supply of feed water at full power.
3. The water droplets must be in contact with steam in such a manner and for This stored de-aerated water acts as a "buffer" in the system, to accommodate
sufficient time to enable the steam to "scrub" the oxygen and other any transient differences between condensate pump output and boiler feed pump
incondensable gas from the water. demand during power changes or manoeuvring, without having to spill excess
4. The oxygen and incondensable gas must be continuously removed. water to, or receive make-up water from, atmospheric drain tank in which the MANHOLE
STORAGE TANK
5. The equipment used for de-aeration should operate at a pressure above water could absorb oxygen.
atmospheric pressure at all times.
The deaerator storage tank level can vary over a reasonably wide range, and as
By the nature of its function, the condenser fulfils these requirements to some this level reflects storage or excess of water in the system, it is used to initiate
extent, and gives a reasonable degree of de-aeration. However, unless primarily operation of the deaerator control valves. High deaerator level opens the spill
designed for de-aeration in addition to its other function, the condenser cannot valve to pass excess water to the distilled water tanks, while low deaerator water
give the low oxygen content necessary for modern high-pressure boilers. level opens the make-up valve to pass water into the system via the atmospheric
Toward the condenser bottom for example, the condensate falling from the tubes drain tank. As the water in the distilled water tanks is in contact with the
is likely to be in large masses rather than droplets; any undercooling of the atmosphere, it is likely to contain dissolved oxygen.
condensate below the saturation temperature will render it capable of reabsorbing
small quantities of oxygen, particularly if there should be any air concentrations
in the condenser; air leakage into the condensate pump suction piping or into the FEED WATER OUT.
pump glands can also cause aeration.
3.2.2 Boiler Feed Water System
Main Feed Water Pump Operation of Main Feed Pump

(See 6.1 Main Feed Water Pump) The main feed water line is the normal route for the feed flow through to Under normal operating conditions, the main feed pumps are started
the boiler steam drum. The main feed water line passes to the economiser remotely. For automatic start-up, the switches on the IAS screen must be
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd.
inlet header through the feed regulating valve and the motorised feed stop in the 'Auto' position. To allow safe remote and standby start, the
Type : Multistage horizontal, centrifugal
valve. The feed regulating and boiler level control system is described in following are provided :
Capacity : 150 m3/h at 7.84 MPa section 4.3.4 Boiler Control Systems.
a) Steam traps at upstream of the electric motor driven main steam
Auxiliary Feed Water Pump Each feed pump is provided with a recirculation line to the deaerator. stop valve, main steam turbine inlet and turbine exhaust casing to
Recirculation is necessary to prevent overheating of the pumps during remove accumulated condensate.
low feeding conditions. Recirculation of main feed water pumps is b) A small sized bypass line with an orifice is fitted around the motor
Type : Multistage horizontal, centrifugal controlled automatically and that of auxiliary feed water pump is done driven main steam stop valve for turbine warming.
Capacity : 75 m3/h at 7.84 MPa continuously regardless the feeding conditions.
Rating : 440V, 320kW, 3,600 rpm c) A small sized cross-connection with an orifice between the
A small sized cross-connection with an orifice and valves 038 / 039VPF is discharges of both pumps for warming the standby pump by
piped at both main feed pumps discharge to maintain warming condition running one.
Cold Start Feed Water Pump
of the standby pump by the running water. d) A common pneumatically operated recirculating valve 035VPF,
which is operated automatically to maintain minimum flow and
Type : Multistage horizontal, centrifugal The regulated quantity of feed water gains further heat from the boiler prevents overheating of pumps.
Capacity : 3
5 m /h at 2.45 MPa flue gases in the economiser and exits at the economiser outlet header.
Rating : 440V, 18.5kW, 3,600 rpm The boiler main feed stop valve is situated between the economiser and Set the valves to allow remote or automatic start-up the main feed pumps
the boiler steam drum. as follows :
Position Description No.1 No.2 Common
Main Feed System Open Deaerator outlet 001VPF
Auxiliary Feed System
The Boiler Feed Water System consists of one deaerating feed water Open Steam exhaust 041VPC 042VPC
The auxiliary feed water line is provided for use when a problem Open Feed water suction 002VPF 003VPF
heater, two main feed pumps, one auxiliary feed pump, one cold start
develops with the main water line or the feed regulating valve or system. Open Feed water discharge 012VPF 014VPF
feed pump and all other necessary piping and fittings necessary to
Its most direct route to the boiler bypasses the economizer. Open Feed water recirculating 031/032 033/034
provide feed water to the two main boilers. VPF VPF
Operational Automatic recirculating 035VPF
The auxiliary feed water valve is hand operated and under steady load
The main feed system returns the condensate from the steam plant valve
conditions it requires little movement to maintain a steady steam drum Open Feed water recirculating 036VPF
consumers back to the boilers. This involves raising the pressure
water level. on deaerator
sufficiently to create flow against the boiler steam drum pressure. This is
achieved by turbine feed pumps which are high speed multi-stage Open Turbine warming 022VPA 024VPA
Spray water for 0.6MPa steam external desuperheater is supplied from Open Pump warming 038VPF 039VPF
centrifugal pumps. Two main feed pumps are supplied, one in use and
either the main or auxiliary feed lines. The water is depressed by a Open LO cooler cooling water 088VPG 089VPG
one on standby. inlet
pressure reducing valve 054VPF to 3.0MPa before entering the
desuperheater. A recirculation line with double shut valves 057 / 058VPF Open LO cooler cooling water 098VPG 099VPG
A third electrically driven auxiliary feed pump is supplied for use during outlet
and an orifice is provided for preventing over pressurizing in the line
the plant load 60% MCR, with a fourth cold start feed pump supplied for Open Gland leak off isolating 045VPC 046VPC
after the pressure reducing valve 054VPF when the supply of spray water
use during the initial starting phase of the plant warming through
is fully shut down by the desuperheater.
procedure. It is recommended that the turbine nozzle hand valve is opened at all
times. This will permit operation at any capacity within the capable of the
All the feed pumps take suction from the deaerator feed outlet which is pump.
situated high up in the engine room. This provides a suction pressure at
the pump large enough to prevent the feed water from boiling at the pump The recirculating feed water valve 036VPF on deaerator should be opened
entry. The location of the deaerator has the added benefit of providing a at any time with a lock.
large reserve of water for the feed pumps in the event of a blackout.
All feed pumps can deliver their output into both the main feed water line
and the auxiliary feed water line.
3.2.2 Boiler Feed Water System
Operation of Auxiliary Feed Pump Controls Alarms

The auxiliary feed pump is manually started. Set the valves before The feed water flow rate to main boilers is controlled by main feed water
Sensor Alarm No Function Set point
starting pump as follows : regulating valve 26B. The feed water regulating valve 26B of each
boiler maintains a water level in the steam drum under varying load SAL 851 Deaerator outlet salinity H 4 ppm
Open Deaerator outlet 001VPF conditions. The level can be selected to be either variable or fixed. This is
Open Feed water suction 004VPF achieved using a control system to monitor steam flow from the boiler PT 571 Main feed water PAL 6.7 MPa
Open Feed water discharge 016VPF and steam drum level. DPT 572 DPAL 400 KPa
Open Feed water recirculating 037VPF
Operational Automatic recirculating valve 035VPF The main feed pumps are controlled to maintain the constant differential Main boiler drum level
Open Feed water recirculating on deaerator 036VPF pressure between steam drum and feed water common line. The main LT 467 (Main boiler) ESD +240 mm
Open Flushing cooler cooling water inlet 078VPG feed water common pipe pressure is controlled to higher pressure steam LT 521 LAH +130 mm
Open Flushing cooler cooling water outlet 079VPG
drum plus 1.0MPa, but the common pipe pressure is kept in minimum LT 521 LAL -130 mm
7.0MPa. LT 468 ESD -240 mm
Operation of Cold Start Feed Pump The main feed pumps can also be controlled to maintain the constant LT 063 (Main turbine) ESD +220 mm
The cold start feed pump is manually started and the suction may be discharge pressure (7.84MPa) by the local control panel. LT 048 Program interlock
arranged from either the deaerator or the distilled water tanks. Set the +180 mm
valves before starting pump as follows : Auto Start request to the standby pump will be initiated by failure of LT 072 ASLD +200 mm
the running pump sensed by either main feed water low pressure LT 073 ASLD -200 mm
For Deaerator Suction (6.8MPa) or low differential pressure between steam drum and feed water LT 064 ESD -240 mm
Position Description Valve common line (0.2MPa).
Open Deaerator outlet 001VPF
Open Pump suction 005VPF Auto Start of the standby pump will be inhibited in case of extreme
Open Pump discharge 027VPF low water level in the deaerator (Normal level minus 600mm).
Open Boiler auxiliary feed stop 11B
Open Boiler auxiliary feed stop 12B The recirculation valve is opened automatically by one of following
conditions.
For Distilled Water Tank Suction
Plant mode is maneuvering
Position Description Valve Boiler feed water flow is below 25 m3/h
Open Distilled water tank suction 135/136VPF Both feed water pumps are run
Open Pump suction 008VPF Both feed water pumps are stopped
Open Pump discharge 027VPF
Open Boiler auxiliary feed stop 11B
Open Boiler auxiliary feed stop 12B The motorized feed stop valve 20B of each boiler is provided against
carry-over the water in the steam drum and it will close automatically by
the extremely high water level in the steam drum (Normal level plus
220mm).
3.2.2a Boiler
3.2.2a Boiler Feed
Feed Water
Water System
System
TO 0.6 MPA DESUPERHTD STM LINE

NOTE:
SET AT 9.07 MPA (3) TO ATMOS DRAIN TK
21B TAL TAH TM START
8B
813 813 813 INTERLOCK
64B 7B DEAERATOR FOR ST/BY
40 65B 020VPF
TIC LOCKED FD.W.PUMP
NO.2 MAIN BLR 811
OPEN
019VPF FS
T
ECO. 036VPF
TM T
T 849 ABNOR
61B 12B 4B
XA
125
25 62B 125 458
I/P 001VPF
6B OIS
458
0.6 MPA
5B "C"
48B OIO DESUPERHTR
P
200
458
11B
50
100 20B M ACL
PC
FROM A.C.C.
50
812 T
26B
059VPF
25 TM (2)
848
100
FOR FD.W. 1B 053VPF 054VPF 055VPF
PUMP CONTROL
25 FM 6/0.6 MPA P.R.V. XAH XM
PIC
573 FOR FD W.PP 851 851
AC 056VPF
202VPF
552 (2) 081VPF 25 058VPF 25 15
DPL
572 057VPF FM OXYGEN SCAV.
CHEMICAL TK
G P ( SEE 3.2.3a )
FROM DIST.W.TK 125 200

40
G P ( SEE 3.2.1a )
083VPF
PM
G P 571 FROM IAS
15
50
50
200
200
125
AC PAL
FOR FD W.PP
50
571
100
552
ABNOR 009VPF
DPL S
XA
572 008VPF 005VPF 004VPF
458
OIO OIO
PIC 1B
OIS 568
LS 003VPF
568
LS 002VPF
25
573 458 035VPF
FOR FD.W. 26B OIO

P P
AOS
40
PUMP CONTROL 458 005JPF 004JPF
15
FROM A.C.C. RO RM RO RM
AC AC
11B
20B M ACL P P 552 552 P OIO 552 552 P
570
100 NO.2 MAIN RO NO.1 MAIN
570
50
FD.W.PUMP FD.W.PUMP
AST PM AST PM
P
100
P AUX. 552 571 552 571
COLD START
125
037VPF FD.W.PUMP P 033VPF 031VPF P

SET AT 9.07 MPA FD.W.PUMP
21B 027VPF SA RO RM
029VPF 50 50 028VPF
7B
125 SA RO RM 612 612 612
8B 611 611 611 034VPF 032VPF
018VPF
100
125
125
017VPF
40
40
TM
25 25
48B
T 849
ECO.
12B 4B 039VPF 038VPF
25 125
40
25
25
61B 62B 5B
6B 025VPF 015VPF 023VPF 013VPF 021VPF 011VPF
64B 026VPF 016VPF 024VPF 014VPF 022VPF 012VPF

40 65B
TO SAMPLE COOLER 10 213VPF 051VPF 052VPF
NO.1 MAIN BLR
125
( SEE 3.2.3a )
100
100
100
100
041VPF (AUX. FEED W. LINE)
042VPF (2) 125

(MAIN FEED W. LINE)
PROTECT.RING
3.2.3 Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System
Oxygen Scavenging Chemical Unit Water Analysis and Treatment Integration with the IAS System
The IAS Chemical Analysis graphics screen displays the continually The oxygen scavenging chemical unit provides a continuously metered
Maker : Kurita Water Industries Ltd.
updated results from various test points around the feed system. It also supply of oxygen scavenger into the drop line to the feed water pump
Unit type: MQ1212RX
displays the chemical containment tanks and allows monitor of the suction. The unit consists of a tank, which is filled with a mixture of
Pump type : CJQ 153-1
injection pumps. distillate water supplied from the main condensate system and oxygen
Tank size : 150 litres
scavenging compound. They are mixed in the tank and the resulting
Discharge pressure : 0.98MPa
On-line analyzers are fitted to various units in the feed system and mix is injected into the feed line through the metered pump. The stroke
Capacity : 0-12 litres/h
constantly monitor the water condition raising an alarm when a specific of this pump can be adjusted to give correctly metered amounts into the
Rating : 440V, 0.4kW, 3 phase
contamination is detected. They are fitted at the following points : system. The pump is started locally and will stop automatically by low
tank level.
Boiler Compound Injection Unit No.1 evaporator distillate : Salinity
No.2 evaporator distillate : Salinity The boiler compound injection unit consists of two tanks of 150 litres
Maker : Kurita Water Industries Ltd.
Auxiliary condenser outlet : Salinity
Unit type : MQ2322RX capacity each into which the chemicals to be dosed are mixed with
Drains pump discharge : Salinity
Pump type : CJQ 153-2 Deaerator outlet : Salinity distillate water supplied from the main condensate system. The two
Tank size: 2x150 litres Main condensate pump discharge : Salinity tanks serve the two boilers using high pressure dosing pumps to inject
Discharge pressure : 8.43 Mpa the chemicals into the boiler steam drum, through its chemical injection
Capacity : 0-6 litres/h The main water analyzer unit for the boilers has permanent sample valves. The dosing rate is 6litres/hour and therefore the dosage can take
Rating : 440V, 0.75kW, 3 phase lines fitted. Each sample point is led to its own independent test place over several hours rather than a concentrated quick dose. The
equipment line which comprises the sample being led through a cooler chemical dosing line is common and therefore only one boiler can be
L.P.S.G Chemical Injection Unit and then to permanent test meters. The main water analyzer unit for the dosed at a time although the independent mixes can be prepared in the
boilers samples the following points : two separate tanks. The pump is started locally and will stop
Maker : Tacumina Corporation automatically by low tank level.
Pump type : PZD-31-CL-HWJ Port boiler water drum sample : pH and conductivity After the treatment mixture has been pumped, the lines should be
Tank size : 50 litres Starboard boiler water drum sample : pH and conductivity
flushed for a minimum of thirty minutes at maximum stroke to ensure
Discharge pressure : 1.0MPa Feed pump discharge sample : pH and conductivity
the treatment is displaced to the boiler(s).
Capacity : 0-1.8 litres/h
Rating : 230V, 15W, 1 phase All the above permanent test points can be bypassed to enable samples
The L.P.S.G chemical injection unit provides an occasionally metered
to be taken and manual testing to be done.
supply of chemical into the L.P.S.G feed water pump suction. The
Boiler/Feed Water Analysis Unit pump is started and stopped at local. Pump output rate is achieved by
Manual testing should be carried out to test for contaminants not
Maker : DKK-TOA Corporation adjusting the pump stroke manually while the pump is running.
covered by the permanent testing meters. Manual testing should also be
Model : BSC4-4M-4E-3P-3C made to check calibration of the permanent test meters on a regular
No. of sample points : 4 - feed water, both boilers, L.P.S.G basis. WARNING
Test equipment : pH, conductivity, flow, temperature Handling chemicals is a hazardous procedure and full protective
Rating : 230V Samples are cooled to give a constant temperature for the test clothing must be worn at all times whilst handling these substances.
Chemical analysis and treatment of feed water is undertaken to prevent equipment. The cooling water is taken from the condensate water
corrosion and scale formation in the main boilers and feed system and system where it is returned to atmospheric drain tank it has passed
degradation of the steam quality. Inadequate or incorrect treatment can through the coolers. Sample water from the boilers and the feed system Alarms
result in severe damage to the boilers and constant monitoring is is returned also to the atmospheric drains tank from where it is recycled
necessary to give an early indication of possible contamination of the into the condensate system. Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
feed water.
853 pH (Boiler water) H 10.4
Chemical treatment and analytical tests must be undertaken in L 9.5
accordance with the detailed instructions given by the chemical
Chemical Injection Units
(Main feed water) H 9.1
supplier and the water characteristics maintained within the ranges There are three separate chemical injection units fitted to supply L 7.9
specified. Test results are to be recorded in a form that enables trends chemicals to the boilers. As these units contain chemicals, they are
and the effect of treatment to be monitored. constructed of chemical resistant materials such as stainless steel 852 Conductivity
throughout. (Boiler water) H 300 S/cm
The dissolved solids in the boiler water are controlled by use of scum
lines in the steam drum and/or blow down valves in the water drum, (Main feed water) H 5 S/cm
through which these impurities are discharged overboard. These
systems are an integral part of the boiler water treatment.
Water Specification (Boiler Manufacturer Figures) Sampling Procedure

Excessive hardness in boiler water tends to form scale on the tubes The following information applies to whichever of the sample units is
Boiler Water which can result in local overheating and tube failure. Hardness is being used.
mostly caused by sea water contamination of the feed water and is
pH : 9.6 - 10.3 a) Check that the cooling water lines from the condensate system to
controlled by chemical injection, forming a harmless sludge which
Conductivity : less than 400S/mm the individual analyzer coolers are open. Check that the cooling
settles and can be blown out of the boiler. It is therefore advisable to
Total dissolved solids : less than 200ppm water flow is correct in the sight glass.
keep the hardness of the feed water to a minimum to reduce chemical
Chlorides : less than 20ppm
and feed water consumption. b) Ensure that the cooler outlet valve to the sensing units is closed
Phosphates : 10 - 20ppm
Silica : less than 3ppm and open the bypass valve to drain the line to the collecting tray.
Should contamination be detected in the system, the source must be
identified and eliminated as soon as possible, with increased blow c) Open the inlet valve to and the outlet valve from the cooler,
Feed Water allowing the line to be tested to flow through the cooler. Allow
down and chemical treatment simultaneously attempting to maintain
pH : 8.0 - 9.0 (target 8.7) the pH and phosphate levels in the boiler water. several minutes to pass while the line is drained of any standing
Total hardness : 0ppm water which may be present from previous use. Some of these
Oxygen : 0.02cc/litre Silica contamination is unlikely to occur whilst using ships make-up lines cover large distances and must be allowed time to clear in
oxygen scavenger reserve : 0.01 or above water but may occur when the vessel bunkers distilled water, or is order to ensure a water sample is taken of the water presently in
operating in a sandy coastal area. Silica solubility in steam increases as the system.
(Note : The following information is given for general guidance only. boiler pressure increases. This may result in a hard scale formation on d) Check the thermometer in the line to ensure that the sample is at
Reference must be made to the specific instructions from the turbine nozzles and blades resulting in a drop in efficiency and the correct temperature. A sample taken while the temperature is
boiler chemical supplier regarding final data for chemical mechanical troubles. Silica contamination should therefore be restricted too high may not be tested satisfactorily, as the test chemicals and
treatment of the boilers and feed water.) to the 3 ppm limit previously defined. the test equipment is only rated at certain temperatures.
Corrosion of steel by high temperature water such as boiler water is Chloride contamination attacks the protective film that forms on the e) Once the line has cleared and the temperature is correct, the
minimized at a pH of around 12. However, it has been demonstrated tube surfaces inside the boiler, promoting corrosion. Chloride bypass valve may be closed and the valve to the test analyzer
that, as the pressure and load on the boiler increases, a high pH value contamination is easy to measure and can be used as a guide to the units opened. Check individual flow meters to ensure correct
tends to form local concentrations in hot spots resulting in increased dissolved solids content of the boiler water. Chloride contamination can water flow through the sensors.
local corrosion. For this reason, the pH is maintained at 9.6-10.3 using usually be tracked using the feed system salinometers, but where no F) Manual samples may be taken from the bypass line.
phosphate treatments instead of highly concentrated caustic soda. This particular contamination source has been identified and chloride levels
results in phosphate reserve in the boiler water as defined above. are rising, it can be taken as a measure of main condenser leakage. WARNING
Chloride contamination cannot be tackled by any other means than Boiler water samples are taken from the water drum or the main
Control of the feed water pH is necessary to prevent corrosion in the blowing down and this should be done in practice to keep the chloride feed line and are therefore at a high pressure and temperature.
feed water system. Too low a feed water pH will result in corrosion in levels as low as possible. 20ppm should be considered a maximum. As Great care should be taken whenever these valves to the sample
the feed water system with the corrosion products being carried into the chloride levels are kept so low in the boiler, it is considered unit are opened. This must be done slowly.
boiler where they form scale and sludge. Too high a pH can result in unnecessary / impractical to measure the levels in the feed water.
damage to any copper alloys in the system. Feed water pH is controlled If any samples are also to be taken from the analyzer unit meters, then
by injecting oxygen scavenger into the system before the feed pump A high dissolved solids content in boiler water results in increased clean dry flasks with stoppers are to be used. The flask should be filled
suction. carryover, which results in deposits in the superheater section of the to overflowing and sealed to prevent any ingress of oxygen while the
boiler and in the turbine and also results in increased electrical flask is standing waiting testing.
Oxygen scavenger also acts as a oxygen scavenger and acts to eliminate conductivity, which promotes corrosion. Exact measurement of the
oxygen from the system. Oxygen content in the system will result in dissolved solids content is a long and difficult process, however,
pitting which can be both rapid and severe. This undesirable effect is electrical conductivity is approximately proportional to the
avoided initially by the correct operation of the deaerator and then by concentration of dissolved solids and this relationship can be used to
use of oxygen scavenger injection. Oxygen scavenger does not function provide an approximate measurement of the dissolved solids total.
as an oxygen scavenger at temperatures below 130C and decomposes
once inside the boilers due to the high temperature. It is therefore This relationship is not exact as many ions are not electrically
pointless to add the chemical to the feed system at too early a stage or conductive, so this measurement is only a rough guide to the condition
to attempt to maintain a oxygen scavenger reserve in the boiler. of the boiler water. A more useful and accurate measurement is
Sufficient oxygen scavenger should be added to leave a detectable trace produced by carrying out the chloride ion test detailed above.
at the inlet to the boiler i.e. after the economizer.
Oxygen Scavenging Chemical Unit Boiler Compound Injection Unit Boiler Blow Down Procedure
The oxygen scavenging chemical unit should be operated continuously Chemicals are injected into the boiler steam drum under its water level. Boiler blow down through the valves on the water drum or steam drum
to maintain a constant oxygen scavenger reserve with little fluctuation. This is done so the natural water circulation system within the boiler imposes a considerable load on the boiler. When in port, the duty deck
The capacity of the tank is such that a full tank will continuously dose will move the chemicals around the boiler and ensure an even officer should be contacted, to ensure that the discharge from the ships
the system for approximately three days. The concentration of oxygen distribution. side will not be dangerous. The correct amount of blow down is
scavenger should be varied depending upon the results of the tests. determined from experience and through consistent testing and blowing
down procedures.
Dosing Procedure
a) Open the following valves fully.
Dosing Procedure
a) Fill the two sections of the dosing tank with water from the main
a) Fill the dosing tank with water from the main condensate condensate discharge, piped to the filling valves. Open Ships side blow down valves 041/042VPF
discharge, piped to the filling valve. Open Boiler primary blow down valve 65B
b) Add the chemicals to be dosed to the separate tanks, based on the
b) Add the oxygen scavenger to be dosed to the tank based on the results of the boiler tests. Stir the water with a paddle and allow Open Boiler primary scumming valve 62B
results of the condensate and boiler tests. any powdered chemical to dissolve. b) For blow down or scumming, slowly crack open the
secondary valve as required, as in the following table.
c) Open the tank outlet valve, the pumps discharge valve Open c) Open the tank outlet valves, the pumps' discharge valves and the
valve 202VPF on the deaerator to the main feed pumps line. boiler drum chemical injection primary and secondary valves. Position Description Valve
Ensure that the dosing pump crossover valve and the boiler drum Open Boiler secondary blow down valve 64B
d) Start the pump motor. The pump is started locally. Open Boiler secondary scumming valve 61B
chemical injection primary and secondary valves on the boiler not
being dosed are closed. c) The blow down / scumming line is fitted with an orifice plate
The dosing pump will be stopped by a level switch when the tank is which should limit the blow down rate, allowing the
d) Start the pump motor which drives both pumps simultaneously.
nearly empty. secondary valve to be fully opened. This should be done
Both the pumps can be started locally.
slowly and with due regard to the boiler load.
WARNING The dosing pumps will be stopped by a level switch when the tank is d) As the blow down progresses, continually monitor the boiler
Handling chemicals is a hazardous procedure and full protective nearly empty. water level and ensure this is being maintained and the feed
clothing must be worn at all times whilst handling these substances. pump discharge is coping with the extra load.
WARNING e) When the blow down is to be stopped, close the secondary
Handling chemicals is a hazardous procedure and full protective and primary blow down valves, then the ships side valve.
clothing must be worn at all times whilst handling these substances.
(Note : Blow down or scumming should always be controlled on the
secondary valve to prevent damage to the primary valve.)
Blowing of boiler water is usually done by scumming valves on the

steam drum. Blow down of the water drum may be done approximately
once for every two weeks when the boiler runs under the load of less
than 50% of normal rating.
3.2.3a Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System
15 15
FROM CONDS. W. LINE
( SEE 3.2.1a ) DEAERATOR
15
67B
68B
BLR COMPOUND
15
15
INJECTION TK
15B OXYGEN SCAVENGING
CHEMICAL TK
NO.2 MAIN BLR
16B
15
OXYGEN SCAVENGING
CHEMICAL PUMP
LOW PRESSURE
RM SA
STREAM GENERATOR 619 619
BLR COMPOUND
INJECTION PUMP 15B
15 15 15 202VPF
RM SA 15
618 618 NO.1 MAIN BLR
16B
67B
68B
10 TO MAIN BLR
10
10
10
213VPF
COLD START AUXILIARY NO.2 MAIN NO.1 MAIN

FD.W.PUMP FD.W.PUMP FD.W.PUMP FD.W.PUMP
CONDUCTIVITY
XM XAH
852 852
T T T T PH
XM XAH XAL
853 853 853
CM: CONDUCTIVITY METER

PM: PH METER TO MAIN BLR
FROM CONDS. W. LINE : CATION COLUMN

( SEE 3.2.1a )
FM FM FM FM FM FM
CM PM CM PM CM PM
25
232VPF
176VPF
231VPF
25
BLR W.& FEED W.ANALYZER

25
TO ATMOS. DRAIN TK
( SEE 3.2.1a ) TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
3.2.4 L.P.S.G. Feed Water System
Low Pressure Steam Generator (L.P.S.G.) Operation of System Controls

Maker : Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd. The L.P.S.G. feed water pump will be automatically changed over by
System Starting low pump discharge pressure (0.75MPa).
No. of sets : 1 set
Type : Shell and tube steam heating with drain a) Ensure that the instrument and gauge valves are open and that
cooler instrument air is supplied to the control units. The L.P.S.G. atmospheric drain tank level is maintained by make-up
Maximum evaporation : 5,000 kg/h valve 351VPF which is operated by float switch signal on the tank.
b) Check that all bypass valves on the feed system and blow down
Steam condition : 0.6 MPaG saturated (165 valves are shut.
Safety valve settings : 0.65 MPa and 0.67 Mpa The L.P.S.G. water level control valve 314VPF is provided to maintain
c) Fill the atmospheric drains tank from one of the distilled water the L.P.S.G. water level.
tanks. Set the system valves as follows :
L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump
Position Description Valve The L.P.S.G. heating steam drain level control valve 334VPF is
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Ltd.
Open Air vent valves on L.P.S.G. provided to maintain the heating steam drain level.
No. of sets : 2 sets
Close Drain valves on L.P.S.G.
Type : Centrifugal horizontal
Open Air vent valves on L.P.S.G. feed water heater
Capacity : 7 m3/h at 130 mth
Close Drain valves on L.P.S.G. feed water heater Alarms
Rating : 440V, 9kW, 1,800 rpm
Close Generated steam outlet valve 121VPB
Open L.P.S.G. feed inlet valve 317VPF Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
L.P.S.G. Feed Water Heater Operational Make-up control valve 352VPF
LT 835 L.P.S.G. level LAH +150 mm
Maker : Sasakura Engineering Co., Ltd. Operational L.P.S.G. level control valve 314VPF
LT 835 (from normal level) LAL - 1 5 0 mm
Type : Shell and U-tube Open Atmospheric drain tank outlet valve 301VPF
Heating surface : 10 m2 Open Feed water pump suction valves 302 / 303VPF
FS 736 L.P.S.G. atmospheric LAH +900 mm
Feed water flow : 7 m3/h Open Feed water pump discharge valves 311 / 312VPF
FS 736 drain tank level LAL +40 0 mm
Tube size : 19 mm diameter, 2.0 mm thickness Open Feed water pump recirculation valves 321 / 322VPF
(from tank bottom)
The system consists of one L.P.S.G atmospheric drain tank, two feed d) Start the feed water pump either at local or on the IAS and fill the
water pumps, one feed water heater, one drain chamber and all other L.P.S.G. up to the normal level.
necessary piping and fittings necessary to provide feed water to the low In the meantime, when water begins blowing through the feed
pressure steam generator. water side air vent valve of L.P.S.G feed water heater, close the
air vent valve. Set the heating steam system valves as follows :
The feed system returns the condensate from the steam plant consumers (See 3.1.3a Auxiliary Steam System & 3.1.4a L.P.S.G. Steam System)
back to the L.P.S.G. This involves raising the pressure sufficiently to
create flow against the L.P.S.G steam shell pressure. This is achieved by Position Description Valve
Operational L.P.S.G. drain level control valve 334VPF
electric motor driven feed pumps which are centrifugal pumps. Two
Close Heating steam control valve inlet valve 006VPB
feed pumps are supplied, one in use and one on standby.
Open Heating steam control valve outlet valve 008VPB
Open By-pass valve of heating steam control valve 009VPB
The feed pumps take suction from the L.P.S.G atmospheric drain tank (Gradually)
feed outlet which is situated on 3rd flat in the engine room. This During pressure rising, set the valves as follows :
provides a suction pressure at the pump large enough to prevent the feed
Close Air vent valves on L.P.S.G.
water from boiling at the pump entry.
Close Air vent valves on L.P.S.G. feed water heater
The feed pumps deliver their output into L.P.S.G through the feed water When the L.P.S.G. pressure reaches to 0.6MPa, set the valves as follows :
heater. The feed water is warmed up by the L.P.S.G. heating steam drain. Operational Heating steam control valve 007VPB
The L.P.S.G. heating steam drain is led to deaerator after passing Open Heating steam control valve inlet valve 006VPB
through the L.P.S.G. feed water heater. Close By-pass valve of heating steam control valve 009VPB
Open Generated steam outlet valve 121VPB
Make-up water to the L.P.S.G. feed water system is led from the
distilled water tank(s) to the L.P.S.G. atmospheric drain tank. Excess
water is overflowed from the L.P.S.G. atmospheric drain tank to bilge
well.
3.2.4a L.P.S.G.
3.2.4a L.P.S.G. Feed
Feed Water
Water System
System
1ST BLEED STM OR

1.0MPA AUX.STM
LOW PRESSURE ( SEE 3.1.3a )
STEAM GENERATOR
317VPF DEAERATOR
LAL LAH LM LIC
835 835 835 835
10
65
TO SAMPLE CLR
( SEE 3.2.3a )
40
341VPF
25 25
40
342VPF
343VPF
"C" DRAIN CHAMBER
100
LIC
836
65
TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
T T
314VPF
LPSG
315VPF 40 FEED W.HTR
313VPF
40 T T
40
316VPF
FROM DIST.W.TK
( SEE 3.2.1a )
65
40
352VPF
LPSG ATMOS.DRAIN TK 334VPF
S
40 15 335VPF
351VPF 333VPF
LAH
FS 40
15
15
40
40
736
LIC T 336VPF
837
LAL
FS FS 736
312VPF 322VPF 311VPF 321VPF
354VPF
301VPF
PS PS
50
CHANGE OVER CHANGE OVER

25
10
P P
NO.2 NO.1 LPSG FEED W.PUMP

RO RM SA
AC
P P 616 616 616
TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
303VPF 302VPF
353VPF
50
50 50
CHEMICAL
INJECT.UNIT
3.2.5 Clean Drain System
Drains which are considered to have no danger of oil contamination are The gland steam condenser drain is led to the atmospheric drain tank with
recycled directly to the main feed and condensate systems. They are U seal which compensates the vacuum in the gland condenser.
collected in either the atmospheric drain tank or the main condenser.
Collected drains include : Casing drains on the HP turbine, main turbine maneuvering valve and 1st
bleeder are led through orifice plates to the main condenser via drains
All line drains
pockets. These drains are controlled by pneumatically operated valves
Burner atomising steam drains
which are controlled via the main turbine control system. Other drains
Burner purging steam drains
from around the turbines are led directly to the main condenser via orifice
Steam air heaters plates to provide permanent drainage.
Turbine casing drains
Evaporator drains The sootblower system line drains are led directly to the bilge but
1st feed water heater collected into the clean drain tank. This is due to the intermittent and
Gland condenser limited nature of the use of this system and the possibility of solid
Inert gas system contaminants such as rust or carbon entering the feed system.
Many of the drains (although not all) are fitted with drain traps. In order
to obtain maximum benefit from steam as a heating medium it is allowed Controls
to condense in the steam service as this recovers the latent heat of The drain piston valves of main turbine are automatically operated on the
evaporation in the steam. Drain traps are fitted at the outlets from such following conditions.
heating coils so that only water is allowed to pass. Some drain traps are
fitted with bypass valves to provide continued service should the drain For HP turbine casing and maneuvering valve
trap malfunction. Open : About 64.8 rpm of shaft revolution
These services are the high pressure services, where direct supply to the Close : About 67.2 rpm of shaft revolution
atmospheric drain tank through a bypass is inadvisable, but guaranteed
service is essential. Low priority drains where other drain traps are For 1st bleeder
available elsewhere in the line have no bypass at all.
Open : Both 1st and cascade bleed valves close
After passing the drains trap, the drains from the two steam air heaters are Close : Either 1st or cascade bleed valve opens
both directed to the 1st feed water heater, where they are utilised for
heating the feed water. The steam air heater drains can be bypassed The destination of drain water in 1st feed water heater (atmospheric drain
around the 1st feed water heater during periods when the feed heater is tank or main condenser) is changed over by two piston valves
not in use. 045 / 046VPD according to the 3rd bleed steam pressure conditions.
The two valves are interlocked by the IAS to prevent both valves being
The drain level in the 1st feed water heater is controlled by a pneumatic open at the same time.
level control valve 042VPD and the drain water is directed to either the
atmospheric drain tank or the main condenser. The changeover of these To main condenser : less than minus 15 kPa
valves is made by two pneumatically operated piston valves 045 / To atmos drain tank : over minus 15 kPa
046VPD depending upon the plant condition.
Two further line valves are fitted, one valve 047VPD at the main
condenser and one valve 048VPD at the atmospheric drain tank. Valve
048VPD is a non-return valve to prevent air from the atmospheric drain
tank being drawn backwards to the main condenser.
Open drains from low points in the main and auxiliary steam piping and
the auxiliary exhaust piping, in general, are directed to the clean drain
tank so that they can be directed overboard without treatment as bilge
water.
3.2.5a Clean
3.2.5a Clean Drain
Drains System
System
NOTE:
IG DRYER STM HTR (2) FROM DIST. PLANT

FUNNEL 15 50
3RD BLEED STM
S.A.H. 25 GLAND CONDR
294B FROM MAIN BLR
15
023VPA 021VPA 0.27 MPA P.C.V. 049VPD
M M
026ZPD
50 50 50
071VPD LIC
1ST STG
019ZPD 831
15 FD.W.HTR
15
003ZPD 070VPD
0.6 MPA DSH STM 15 15 050VPD
65
TM
I.G.G.ATOMIZ.STM 004ZPD 847
285B 15 15 15 15 044VPD
15
100
15
286B 059VPA 15
041VPD 042VPD 043VPD
NO.2 NO.1
060VPA SOOT BLOW STM HDR 50
15
15
MAIN FD.W.P. MAIN CONDR
LONG 045VPD
100
15
25
TURBINE
15
25 3RD BLEED
NO.2 MAIN BOILER 65 047VPD
LP TURBINE
25
15 031VPD
15
25
028ZPD OIO OIS AOS
15 15 046VPD
LP DRAIN POCKET
832 832 832
032VPD
(3) 25 15
TO AST. TURB. MAIN STM
029ZPD AST.GUARD.V.
ATOMIZ.STM 15 15 2ND BLEED M
15
PURGE STM HDR
15 (2)
027ZPD (2) MANEUV.V.
15 15
15
25
022ZPD (3) (3)
15 15
15 001ZPD
15 HP TURBINE
024ZPD
PURGE STM HDR 15 15 HP DRAIN POCKET
15
002ZPD
15 M (3)
ATOMIZ.STM CASCADE BLEED
15
023ZPD
15 15
M
FROM MAIN BLR 1ST BLEED
15
011VPA 012VPA
001VPA 002VPA EXH.STM SPILL V.
15
15
(3)
012ZPD
15 15
100
TO MAIN TURBINE
65
25
NO.1 MAIN BOILER
032ZPD 033ZPD 034ZPD 037ZPD
285B LONG
15 011ZPD
15 15
25
286B 056VPA 15 SOOT BLOW STM HDR
15
15
15
15
057VPA
25
294B NO.2
(3) 25
MAIN GEN. BLR DESUPERHTD STM
021ZPD
50 50 TURBINE MAIN DUMP V.
013VPA
S.A.H. 048VPD 093VPD
NO.1
80
(3)
(3) 15
015ZPD
15
0.6 MPA DESUPERHTR

LP TURBINE SOLE RUN
016ZPD
15 15
(3)
038ZPD
25 25 25
ATMOS. DRAIN TK
3.2.6 Contaminated Drain System
Drain Cooler Operation

Maker : Setouchi Kogyo Co., Ltd. a) Check that the drain cooler is being circulated by cooling water.
No. of sets : 1
Type : Single pass shell and tube b) Open the drain cooler inlet and outlet valves 152VPD and 153VPD.
Cooling surface : 3.5 m2 Ensure the drains cooler bypass valve 154VPD is closed. Open the
Cooling water flow : 20 m3/h drains cooler vent and drain valves.
Tube plates Distance : 1.025 m c) Open Cuno filter inlet and outlet valves 155VPD and 156VPD.
Tube size : 16 mm diameter, 1.0 mm thickness Ensure the filter bypass valve 157VPD is closed. Open the filter
vent and drain valves.
The L.P.S.G. steam is supplied to oil heating services, and the condensate
drains have potentiality of oil contamination. The contaminated d) Check the contents of the drain inspection tank. If contamination is
condensate drains are returned to the L.P.S.G. feed cycle via L.P.S.G. present, drain the inspection tank through valves 161VPD, 162VPD
atmospheric drain tank, drain cooler, filter and drain inspection tank. and 163VPD. Ensure these valves are closed when finished.
Once separation has taken place at drain inspection tank. Both the drain e) Open drain inspection tank outlet valve to L.P.S.G. atmospheric
cooler and the filter may be bypassed if necessary but the drain inspection drain tank 158VPD and close drain inspection tank outlet valve to
tank cannot be bypassed. atmospheric drain tank 159VPD at normal operation (L.P.S.G. use).
When the L.P.S.G. is not available, 0.6MPa desuperheated steam
(Note : When the by-pass operation is requested for the drain cooler and / or will be supplied to L.P.S.G. steam system. In the case, change over
filter, the inlet side valve 152/155VPD should be closed after the the outlet valves 158VPD and 159VPD and switch the spectacle
by-pass valve 154 / 157VPD has been opened.) flange.
F) Open all steam trap isolating and by-pass valves for the selected
The drain inspection tank is divided into two sections. A sight window is
heating tanks and heaters.
provided at the upper part of each section.
Water flows from the primary section to the secondary through an access g) Open all the drain return valves on the selected heating tanks and
at the bottom of the dividing partition. Any oil floating on the surface of slowly open the steam inlet to the heating coils, then after initial
the water will overflow into the drains. draining of steam drain lines, close steam trap by-pass valves. The
steam trap isolating valves are normally left open.
A filter with glass fiber elements (Cuno Filter) is provided at the outlet of
the drain cooler to capture the oil primarily before drains enter the drain
inspection tank. Alarms
An oil content detector is provided to monitor the presence of oil at the Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
primary section of drain inspection tank.
Oil 850 Oil content H 1 5 ppm
The drains will be switched to the atmospheric drain tank from L.P.S.G. content
atmospheric drain tank with valves 158 / 159VPD and a spectacle flange detector
when the L.P.S.G. system would be unavailable.
Drains from gas heaters and vaporizers which have potentiality of cargo
gas contamination are led to the gas vent drain tank through the gas
heater drain cooler. The drain from the gas vent drain tank which is
located in the cargo machinery room is led through a U-tube water seal to
the atmospheric drain tank. Any vapor or gas contained in the condensate
is released within the gas vent drain tank. Such vapor or gas is monitored
by a gas detector provided to the air vent pipe and then vented to
atmosphere.
3.2.6a Contaminated
3.2.6a Contaminated Drain
Drains System
System
FROM MOORING DK
80 40
FROM UNDER DK PASS.(P)
147VPD
25
110ZPD 15
15
HTG STM HDR DRAIN F.O. SIDE TK (P)
149VPD FROM AIR COND. 25
& ACCOMMO.
102ZPD 103VPD
15 40 40 40 25
WASTE OIL SETT.TK
106VPD
40
25
25
321ZPD 104VPD
15 40 40 40 25
21 NO.1 BLR F.O.HTR
121ZPD 107VPD
198ZPD
15 15 40 50
40 40
NO.2 BLR F.O.HTR
301ZPD 122ZPD
0.3MPa DOMESTIC STEAM LINE 105VPD
1 25
187ZPD 302ZPD
15 15 15 123ZPD 108VPD
15 15
2 NO.1 PURIF.L.O.HTR
DRAIN HEADER 303ZPD
15
3 15
124ZPD
15
NO.2 PURIF.L.O.HTR 40
25 25 311ZPD
15 FROM FWD F.O.TK
HOT W.HTR
50
11 170VPD
312ZPD 40
15
12
304ZPD 313ZPD
15 152VPD 154VPD 15 25
4 13
40
322ZPD
305ZPD 15 125ZPD
15 DRAIN COOLER 22 15 15
5
323ZPD 120ZPD
T 15
50
23 15 15
306ZPD
15 15
126ZPD
15 HTG STM HDR DRAIN
6
153VPD
192ZPD 129ZPD 127ZPD
15 15 15 15 15
128ZPD
15 NOTE:
TRACING STM DRAIN
50
1 23
80
15
112ZPD
15
157VPD
50
25
65
L.O. SUMP TK P P
40
159VPD 156VPD 155VPD
100 50 113VPD
25
80
OIL SLUDGE TK F.O.OVERFLOW TK BILGE HOLD TK SEP.BILGE OIL TK F.O.DRAIN TK
"C" FILTER 116VPD
XA
158VPD 15 25
850
OIL DETECT.
25
25
25
114VPD
DRAIN 25
INSPECTION TK 140ZPD 134ZPD 132ZPD
117VPD
15
15
162VPD 163VPD
100
100
25
25
25
161VPD 115VPD
15 15 15 25
25
50
25
15
15
15
144ZPD 143ZPD 118VPD
140VPD 139VPD 134VPD 133VPD

132VPD 131VPD
F.O. SIDE TK (S)
15
15
50
142VPD 141VPD 138VPD 137VPD 136VPD 135VPD
TO BILGE HOLD TK
146VPD
( SEE 3.8.2a ) 40
FROM FLYING PASS.
145VPD
65
ATMOS.DRAIN TK LPSG G/E L.O. FROM CARGO MACH. RM
ATMOS.DRAIN TK RENOV.TK L.O.RENOV.TK LOW SULPHER F.O.TK NO.2 F.O.SETT.TK NO.1 F.O.SETT.TK
3.3.1 Compressed Air system
Air Compressor
Maker : Tamrotor Marine Compressor AS The service air system provides compressed air for the following d) Ensure that there is air in the general service air receiver at the
No. of sets : 3 sets purposes. desired pressure and that the air compressor is operating.
Type : Screw, water cooled, oil injection Air-operated tools and equipment e) Select LOCAL operation at the compressor control panel, and
Capacity : 350m3/h at a pressure of 0.85 Mpa Air horn and air whistles AUTO position on the IAS screen.
Pressurizing system for fresh water pressure tanks f) Operate the working air system as required with air being taken
Operation of fire emergency shut-off system from service outlets as needed. When air is not required the
Control Air Dryer
Engine room service valve will be closed.
Maker : Nihon Seiki Co., Ltd.
Steering gear room service g) Check the system drain traps are operational.
Type : Duplex, auto-regenerative adsorption Cargo machinery room service
h) Check that the compressor starts and stops automatically
Capacity : 100 m3/h at a dew point minus 40 Deck service
supplying air as required.
Accommodation service
General Service Air Dryer i) Ensure that remote service outlets are receiving air. Air valves to
The control air system is distributed for the following purposes. service locations should be opened periodically to blow them
Maker : Nihon Seiki Co., Ltd. through in order to remove condensate and prevent seizure.
No. of sets : 1 set Essential control equipment
Type : Duplex, auto-regenerative adsorption Miscellaneous control equipment
Capacity : 350 m3/h at a dew point minus 40 Cargo machinery room equipment
Procedures for Operating the Control Air System
Cargo equipment
Control Air Receiver
ESDS a) Ensure that all instrumentation valves are open and that the
Maker : Henmi Iron Works Co., Ltd. instrumentation is functioning correctly. Check that cooling
No. of sets : 1 set water is being supplied to the service air compressor from the
Capacity : 5 m3 The control air for essential equipment is supplied via two separate
central fresh water cooling system.
Safety valve : 0.98 Mpa lines with isolation facilities.
b) Set No.1 and No.2 air compressors valves as in the following
table. The compressors discharge and line valves will all be open
General Service Air Receiver
so that the compressors can fill the control air reservoir. The
Procedures for Preparing the General Service Air System
Maker : Henmi Iron Works Co., Ltd. compressors start and stop automatically according to the system
No. of sets : 1 set Operation pressure.
Capacity : 5 m3 a) Ensure that all instrumentation valves are open and that the
Safety valve : 0.98 Mpa Position Description Valve
instrumentation is functioning correctly. Check that cooling Open Control air receiver manual drain valve 011 / 012VPE
water is being supplied to the service air compressor from the Close Manual drain valve after drainage 012VPE
The compressed air system is divided into four separate parts of general central fresh water cooling system. Open No.1 and No.2 air compressors discharge 001 / 002VPE
service air, control air, starting air and feed air for N2 generator. valves
b) Set No.3 air compressor valves as in the following table. The
compressor discharge and line valves will all be open so that the Close Cross-connection valve between general 008 / 030VPE
Three identical air compressors are provided for general service air and compressor can fill the service air reservoir. service and control air system
control air systems as common use. Normally, No.1 and No.2 Open Cross-connection valve 007VPE
compressors will supply the control air system and No.3 supplies the Position Description Valve Open Control air receiver filling valve 005VPE
Open General service air receiver manual drain 016 / 017VPE Open Control air receiver outlet valve (Locked) 021VPE
general service air system.
valve Open Either No.1 or No.2 control air dryer inlet 022 / 023VPE
Close Manual drain valve after drainage 017VPE valve
Two vertical cylindrical air receivers are provided to act as buffer Open No.3 air compressor discharge valve 003VPE Open Either No.1 or No.2 control air dryer outlet 025 / 027VPE
storage vessels, one for the service air system, the other for the control Close Cross-connection valve between general 008 / 030VPE valve
air system. service and control air system
Open General service air receiver filling valve 006VPE c) Ensure that there is air in the general service air receiver at the
3 Open General service air receiver outlet valve 041VPE desired pressure and that the air compressor is operating. At the
Two identical 100% duty (100Nm /h) air dryers of adsorption type are
Open General service air dryer outlet valve 042VPE compressor control panel, select both air compressors for
provided for the control air system, and one 100% duty (350Nm3/h) air REMOTE operation and select AUTO position and select one
dryer of adsorption type is provided for the general service air system. compressor for LEAD duty and the other for FOLLOW on the
At the compressor control panel, select No.3 air compressor for LOCAL
IAS screen.
operation and start the compressor. Check that the compressor operates
A cross-connection is piped between the control air dryer and general
correctly. d) Start the duty compressor. Check that the compressor operates
service air dryer outlet for emergency.
correctly.
3.3.1 Compressed Air system
Alarms
e) Ensure that there is air in the control air receiver at the desired
pressure and that the air compressor is operating. Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
f) Set the control air system valves. The valve for any system will PT 751 Control air receiver PAL 0.6 MPa
only be open when control air for that system is required.
g) Check the system drain traps are operational. PT 752 General service air PAL 0.6 MPa
receiver
h) Check that the compressor starts and stops automatically
supplying air as required.
PS 755 Emergency shut-off air PAL 0.6 MPa
i) Manifolds are provided with drain valves and these should be receiver
operated daily in order to drain any water which is present in the
system.
PT 918 Control air main ;line PAL 0.6 MPa
j) Check the operation of the control air system periodically and
ensure that the dryers are working effectively. PS 469 Boiler trip by low control ESD 0.4 MPa
air pressure
CAUTION
The dryer settings must not be changed without good reason and
the manufacturers instructions must be consulted before making
any change. Defective operation of the dryers can cause moisture to
enter the control system and that can damage components and
result in defective control of equipment.
Controls
No.1 and No.2 air compressors start and stop in response to pressure
changes in the control air receiver. The compressors are operated in a
Lead and Follow mode. The operating pressures are as follows :
1) The Lead compressor starts at a falling pressure of 0.7MPa
and stops at a rising pressure of 0.85MPa.
2) The Follow compressor starts at a falling pressure of 0.6MPa
and stops at a rising pressure of 0.85MPa.
A Lead / Follow changeover can be made on the IAS.
No.3 air compressor starts at a falling pressure of 0.7MPa and stops at

rising pressure of 0.85MPa in the service air receiver.
When the air receiver pressure has risen to set pressure, the
compressors are stopped after unload running.
3.3.1a Compressed
3.3.1a Compressed
AirAir System
System
40
FOR ACCOMM.
045VPE
50
FOR DK USE (P)
044VPE
50
FOR DK USE (S)
043VPE
042VPE
50 50
FOR E/R
ASS
NO.3 AIR COMPRESSOR 681
PS PS
PS
P P
PM PAL
752 752 P XA
G.S. AIR DRYER 030VPE
NOR.CLOSE
917
TROUBLE
S S S S
50
041VPE
50 50 50
003VPE 006VPE
SA RO RM XA 027VPE
ASS
681 681 681 681
G.S. AIR RECEIVER 50 50
FOR E/R
TROUBLE 016VPE
50
NO.2 AIR COMPRESSOR

PS PS
018ZPE
017VPE P
P P 029VPE
PM PAL
XA NO.2 CONT.AIR DRYER 918 918
916
TROUBLE
008VPE
NOR.CLOSE
S S S S
50
023VPE
50 50
002VPE
SA RO RM XA 025VPE 026VPE
ASS
15
681 681 681 681 50 25

007VPE
FOR CARGO MACH. RM
TROUBLE
ASS
NO.1 AIR COMPRESSOR 681
PS PS
LEAD PS PS FOLLOW
P P
50
PM PAL
751 751 P XA NO.1 CONT.AIR DRYER
916
TROUBLE
022VPE
S S S S
50 021VPE
50 50 50
001VPE 005VPE LOCKED OPEN

SA RO RM XA
ASS
681 681 681 681 CONT.AIR RECEIVER
TROUBLE 011VPE
013ZPE
012VPE
100A
40
TO BILGE WELL
3.3.2 Starting Air System
D/G Starting Air Compressor Procedures for Preparing the Starting Air System Operation Operation of Emergency Air Compressor
Maker : Sperre Industri AS a) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves are open The emergency starting air reservoir is normally maintained at full
No. of sets : 1 set and that gauges and instruments are reading correctly. pressure to allow for emergency starting of the emergency generator
Type : Reciprocating, air cooled engine as required. The emergency compressor is driven by a diesel
Capacity : 20m3/h at a pressure of 2.45 MPa b) Check the oil level in the compressors.
engine which is hand started. The emergency compressor diesel oil tank
Rating : 440V, 6.4kW, 1,200 rpm c) Set up valves as in the following table : level must be checked and replenished as necessary. Normally the
Position Description Valve emergency starting air receiver is charged from the main starting air
E/G Starting Air Compressor
Open D/G starting air receiver automatic drain 406VPE system but the emergency compressor should be operated regularly to
Maker : Sperre Industri AS ensure that it is in operational condition.
valve
No. of sets : 1 set Open D/G starting air receiver manual drain valves 405 / 408VPE
a)
Type : Diesel driven, reciprocating, air cooled Check the emergency compressor diesel engine and ensure that
Open D/G engine inlet drain valves 414 / 415VPE
Capacity : 9m3/h at a pressure of 2.45 MPa the fuel oil and lubricating oil levels are correct.
Open E/G starting air receiver automatic drain valve 424VPE
Open E/G starting air receiver manual drain valves 423 / 425VPE b) Open the compressor discharge line valve and the emergency air
D/G Starting Air Receiver Open E/G engine inlet drain valves 432 / 433VPE receiver filling valves.
Maker : Henmi Iron Works Co., Ltd. c) Start the emergency compressor diesel engine and when running
No. of sets : 1 set Following drain valves will be closed after completion of drainage.
correctly load up the emergency compressor and supply
Capacity : 1 m3 compressed air to the emergency starting air reservoir. Drain
Safety valve : 2.7 Mpa Open D/G starting air compressor discharge valve 401VPE
Open D/G starting air receiver filling valve 402VPE water from the emergency starting air reservoir by means of the
Open D/G starting air receiver outlet valve (Locked) 410VPE manual drain valve 425VPE or the automatic drain valve 424VPE.
E/G Starting Air Receiver Open D/G starting air supply valve (Locked) 411VPE d) Fill the emergency starting air receiver to the desired pressure
Maker : Henmi Iron Works Co., Ltd. Open E/G starting air receiver supply valve 412VPE
and stop the diesel engine driven compressor when the desired
No. of sets : 1 set Open E/G starting air receiver outlet valve (Locked) pressure is achieved.
Capacity : 0.2 m3 Open E/G starting air supply valve (Locked) 431VPE
Safety valve : 2.7 MPa (Note : If required, the emergency diesel engine driven compressor may
) At the compressor control panel, select LOCAL operation and be used for filling the D/G starting air receiver through E/G
The diesel generator engine starting air system is supplied by a starting start the compressor. Check that the compressor operates starting air receiver. The procedure is the same as for filling the
air compressor which provides air to the starting air receiver. The correctly. emergency starting air receiver except that the line valve
compressed air is used to start the diesel generator engine. It is also 413VPE and D/G starting air receiver outlet valve 410VPE are
supplied to the emergency diesel generator starting air receiver which is open.)
located in the emergency generator engine room.
The compressor supplies air to the starting air receiver and it is Controls
provided with an automatic start and stop facility which is activated by The D/G starting air compressor will start and stop automatically in
the pressure in the starting air receiver. Normally the main starting air response to pressure changes in air receiver.
receiver is open to allow for immediate starting of the diesel generator
engine when it is set to standby duty. The starting air receiver also Start : 2.0 MPa
supplies control air to the diesel generator engine and air to the Stop : 2.45 MPa
emergency diesel generator starting air receiver.
The emergency diesel driven starting air compressor may also be used Alarms
to replenish the diesel generator starting air receiver in an emergency
but is normally used to replenish the emergency generator starting air Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
receiver.
PT 753 D/G starting air receiver PAL 1.7 MPa
The compressors are each fitted with two safety valves, one after the
first stage compression and the other after the second stage compression. PS 754 E/G starting air receiver PAL 1.7 MPa
A pressure switch connected to the automatic control system stops the
compressor should the LO pressure fall below a predetermined value. PT 294 D/G starting air inlet PAL 1.5 MPa
3.3.2a Starting
3.3.2a Starting
AirAir System
System
EMERGENCY GENE. ROOM

EMERG.GEN.
PAL P
754 START.AIR RECEIVER
25 25
431VPE S
432VPE
433VPE
EMERG.DIESEL
422VPE GENERATOR ENGINE
423VPE
25
424VPE
412VPE
25
425VPE
413VPE
LOCKED CLOSE
EMERG.GEN.
START.AIR COMP.
25
AUX.DIESEL GEN.ENGINE
PM D/G START.AIR RECEIVER PM PAL

COMP. 753 P 294 294
START/STOP PAL P
PS 753
LOCKED OPEN
410VPE 411VPE
50 50
414VPE
MAIN START.V.
415VPE
402VPE
405VPE
406VPE
401VPE
25
408VPE
S
D/G START.AIR COMP.

RM RO SA
ASS
683 683 683
3.4.1 Central Fresh Water Cooling System
Central Cooling Fresh Water Pumps The system supplies cooling water to the following : Procedures for the Fresh Water Central Cooling System Operation
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Main Engine LO coolers a) Ensure that the fresh water central cooling system is fully charged
No. of sets : 2 sets Stern tube LO cooler with chemically treated fresh water and that air is vented from all
Type : Centrifugal, vertical Drain cooler parts of the system.
Capacity : 900m3/h at 25m total head Turbo generator air coolers and LO coolers b) Ensure that the central cooling system expansion tank is at the
Rating : 440V, 90kW, 1,200 rpm Auxiliary generator air cooler, engine air cooler and LO cooler normal operating level.
Main feed water pump LO coolers c) Ensure that the sea water central cooling system is in operation.
Cooling Sea Water Pumps Auxiliary feed water pump flushing cooler (See 3.5.2 "Cooling Sea Water Service System")
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Air compressors d) Open all instrumentation root valves and ensure that the
No. of sets : 2 sets Inert gas generator dryer air cooler and refrigerant condenser instruments are all working correctly.
Type : Centrifugal, vertical Air conditioning plant e) Set the valves as in the following table :
Capacity : 950m3/h at 20m total head Provision refrigerating plant
Rating : 440V, 85kW, 1,200 rpm Unit coolers Position Description Valve
Gas compressor LO coolers Open Either central fresh water cooler inlet valve 005 / 006VPG
Central Cooling Fresh Water Coolers High duty gas compressor motor air coolers Open Either central fresh water cooler outlet valve 007 / 008VPG
Gas heater drain cooler Open Expansion tank root valve 151VPG
Maker : Hisaka Works Ltd.
Open Both cooling fresh water pumps suction valves 001 / 002VPG
No. of sets : 2 sets The circulating fresh water is chemically treated in order to minimise Open Both cooling fresh water pumps discharge valves 003 / 004VPG
Type : Sea water circulated plate the risk of corrosion and bacterial infestation in the system. Chemical Operational Three-way temperature controlled valve 009VPG
Cooling water flow : 900 m3/h treatment is added into the chemical dosing tank and injected to the
Fresh water temp. : 37 suction main of the cooling fresh water pumps. f) Select one central fresh water cooling pump as the duty pump and
start that pump manually and select the other pump as the standby
The regular tests should be carried out as follows to determine level of pump.
Central Cooling Fresh Water Expansion Tank
contamination and level of chemical treatment necessary :
Capacity : 1.0 m3 g) Open fresh water cooling inlets and outlets of services, vent as
Nitrites necessary.
Fresh water is circulated through the central cooling system by two Chlorides h) Check that water is circulating to all services and check the
fresh water circulating pumps. One pump is normally selected as the pH system for leaks as the temperature rises when the services are on line.
duty pump and the other pump selected as the standby pump to start P- alkalinity
automatically should the duty pump fail to maintain the correct water (Note : The above information is given for general guidance only.
Controls
supply pressure. Pumps may be started and stopped locally but are Reference must be made to the specific instructions from the
normally set to remote operation for control via the IAS. The duty chemical supplier regarding final data for chemical treatment 1) The central cooling fresh water pump will be automatic changed
pump is started manually at the IAS mimic diagram for the central of the system.) over by pump discharge low pressure (300kPa).
cooling system and the other pump is selected for automatic operation 2) The cooling fresh water temperature control valve 009VPG
to act as the standby pump. The diesel generator has high and low temperature cooling systems.
maintain the cooling fresh water temperature (37).
The high temperature system services the charge air cooler of high
Each cooler has sufficient capacity under all plant conditions to cool temperature section, the engine cylinder jackets and cylinder covers.
the fresh water to the designed operating temperature of 37 with sea The diesel generator engine low temperature cooling system services Alarms
water at a temperature of 32. the lubricating oil cooler, the charge air cooler of low temperature
section and the alternator air cooler. The low temperature cooling water Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
The duty central fresh water cooling pump supplies water to the central also cools the water circulating in the high temperature system. The low TR 886 CCS FW cooler outlet TA H 42
cooling main from where it is distributed to the various services. Return temperature cooling water system is supplied from the central fresh
lines from the various services flow to the return main which returns water cooling system. There is an engine driven circulating pump and FS 741 CCS FW expansion tank LAL +500 mm
the water to the pump suction. A three-way air cylinder actuating when the diesel generator engine is running, the pump circulates (from tank bottom)
mixing valve is located at the central fresh water coolers outlet main. cooling water through the high and low temperature circuits. TR 239 T/G gene. air cooler outlet TA H 47
The IAS controls the three-way valve and enables a set temperature of
37 C to be maintained in the central cooling water supply system. An electrically driven preheating circulation pump is fitted, together PT 295 D/G HT cooling FW inlet PAL 0.18 MPa
with a jacket water preheater in the high temperature system. This unit
TS 288 D/G HT cooling FW outlet ESD 98
Manual valve 010VPG at the fresh water cooling pump discharge main operates whenever the diesel engine is in the standby condition and
is normally left in the closed position except during the inert gas maintains the diesel generator engine cylinder jackets and cylinder TR 299 TA H 95
generator operation. covers at the correct temperature. The preheater and preheating pump
TR 317 D/G gene. air cooler outlet TA H 47
shut down when the diesel generator engine is started.
3.4.1a Central
3.4.1a Central Fresh
Fresh Water
Water Cooling
Cooling System
System
N2 GEN. IGG REF. I.G.G.DRYER
UNIT CLR AIR COMP. CONDR AIR CLR
25 135VPG
NO.2
SWBD LABO. 125VPG NO.2
25
TO & FROM W/H & CCR ROOM
CCS F.W.EXP.TK
15 127VPG 126VPG
137VPG 136VPG
TAH TM ESD
131VPG 123VPG RO RM SA 25 134VPG T T
299 299 T 288 038VPG 116VPG
623 623 623
T 100 111VPG 112VPG
W/H & CCR UNIT CLR 25 124VPG NO.1
FS JACKET COOL.W.OUT
25
113VPG 114VPG
40
40
LAL 040VPG F.W.BOOST PUMP
25
40
741 15
100
PAL PM
P P P
100
100
65
295 295 T
100
40
152VPG 122VPG 121VPG
65
151VPG WARM.PUMP & HTR
039VPG 100 100 125
JACKET COOL.W.IN
100 100 125

033VPG 037VPG
AIR CLR 100 100 TM TAH TM TAH MAIN FD.W.P.
L.O.CLR 239 239 239 239
L.O.CLR
099VPG AIR COMP.
031VPG
NO.1 T/G NO.2 T/G 50 25
106VPG
034VPG
GEN. 65 GEN. GEN. NO.2 089VPG

103VPG NO.3
AIR CLR AIR CLR 50 25
AIR CLR L.O.CLR L.O.CLR
100
098VPG
100
50
AUX.DIESEL GENERATOR
150
TM TAH T T NO.1 088VPG
150
317 317 50
65
092VPG 095VPG
65
65
65
65
105VPG
093VPG 096VPG 25
100
25
102VPG NO.2
65
65
AUX.FD.W.P. 25
079VPG
65
CHANGE OVER PS P P 081VPG 084VPG FLUSHING 25
CLR
80
40
65
100
65
046VPG 078VPG
TO CARGO 100 100 100 100
NO.2
65
MACH.RM
100
100
100
100
045VPG 043VPG
200 104VPG
CHANGE OVER PS P P 200 25
200
100 100 200 200 150 40 25
101VPG NO.1
NO.1
044VPG 042VPG
150 150 100
164VPG CARGO MACH.RM
300
165VPG RO RM SA
AC
25 C.F.W.BOOST PUMP 622 622 622
047VPG
CHEMICAL 150 FM CARGO MACH.RM
161VPG
DOSING TK 014VPG
200 65
NO.2 CCS
150
162VPG 163VPG
50
F.W.CLR TAH TM DRAIN UNIT CLR
886 886
50
65 CLR
15
T T 200 40
NO.1
150
25 TIC
062VPG
006VPG 008VPG
886
25
024VPG T SWBD
40
ROOM
150
CHANGE OVER
C P I/P S/T
300
PS 013VPG 072VPG
L.O.CLR
80
300
300
25
002VPG T 40
50
300 300 300 300 023VPG
NO.2 T
ECR 063VPG
150
004VPG 009VPG 40
012VPG
300
300
150 073VPG
010VPG
300
CHANGE OVER
C P PS NO.2 40
005VPG 007VPG 150 L.O.CLR ENG 064VPG
001VPG
300 300 T T 022VPG W/S 40
300
NO.1 T
003VPG NO.1 CCS 074VPG
100
F.W.CLR 011VPG
150
CCS COOL.F.W.PUMP 150 AIR COND.UNIT PROV.REF.UNIT CARGO SWBD RM

FAN COIL UNIT UNIT CLR
AC
RO
621
RM
621
SA
621
NO.1 40
L.O.CLR
191VPG
300 021VPG
ECR 40
CHILLER WATER
T
192VPG
25 171VPG
TO CLEAN DRAIN TK
3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating System
Main Sea Water Circulating Pump i) When the system is being circulated by water from the main
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. Three sea chests are provided for the sea water circulating systemone circulation pump, select AUTO mode. AUTO mode may be
is for low suction, the others are for high suctions located on starboard selected at any time as the transfer to SCOOP mode will
No. of sets : 1 set
and port sides in engine room respectively. Each sea chest is connected commence provided the conditions are fulfilled.
Type : Centrifugal, vertical by means of the crossover sea water main. All sea chests are provided
Capacity : 8,500 / 3,000m3/h at 3 /6 m total head with air vent connection and steam blowing connection. j) The hypochlorite injection valves 044, 046, 048, 049, 050 VPH are
Rating : 440V, 132kW, 300 rpm changed over automatically according to the mode of system and
The sea water circulating pumps take suction from the sea water condition of the sea chest.
Auxiliary Sea Water Circulating Pump crossover main.
(Note : If required, the auxiliary circulating pump may be used for the
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. main circulating system. The procedure is the same as for
Hydraulically operated system valve fitted at each sea chest suction is
No. of sets : 1 set normally operated remotely from the IAS mimic display. operating the main circulating pump.)
Type : Centrifugal, vertical
Capacity : 8,500 / 3,000m3/h at 3 /6 m total head Normally at sea, the low sea chest will be used for the main sea water
Rating : 440V, 132kW, 300 rpm circulating pump. However, when operating in shallow waters, either Procedures for Auxiliary Circulating System Operation
one high sea chest of two will be used in order to prevent the ingress of
sand and mud with the sea water. The auxiliary sea water circulating pump is used to supply the auxiliary
The seawater circulating system of the main condenser is comprised of condenser when the main sea water circulation system is not operating.
an inlet scoop, one main circulating pump, one auxiliary circulating There is a cross connection from the main circulating pump, via valve
pump, overboard outlet and associated valves and pipework. Procedures for Main Circulating System Operation 010VPH, should the auxiliary circulating pump not be available.
At sea, under normal operating conditions, sufficient circulating water a) Sea chest vent valves should normally be left open in order to a) Ensure that all instrumentation root valves are open and that all
is supplied by the scoop system without the main circulating pump. The ensure that the sea chest is always completely filled with water. instruments are operating correctly.
main circulating pump is brought into service when the ship is moving b) The starting and stopping of pumps and the operation of b) Ensure that following valves are closed.
at reduced speeds, astern or during harbor maneuvering. hydraulically actuated valves takes place from the IAS screen.
All drain valves
c) Ensure that all instrumentation root valves are open and that all Auxiliary condenser vent valves
The auxiliary circulating system provides for the auxiliary condenser instruments are operating correctly.
Auxiliary circulating valves 010 / 011VPH
and circulating sea water is supplied by the auxiliary or main circulating
d) Ensure that following valves are closed. Main condenser back flushing valve 018VPH
pump.
All drain valves Main circulating valves 008 / 009VPH
Each circulating pump can supply circulating water to the main Saw dust injection valve 052VPH c) Set the valves as in the following table. It is assumed that the
condenser or auxiliary condenser as required. Hypochlorite injection valves 044 , 048, 049, 050 VPH auxiliary system is being started with the auxiliary sea water
Auxiliary condenser vent valves circulating pump operating.
The chlorinator generates hypochlorite by electrolysis of seawater. Sea Auxiliary condenser outlet overboard valve 012VPH Position Description Valve
water led to the unit from the cooling sea water pump is electrolyzed as Auxiliary circulating valves 010 / 011VPH Open Sea chest suction valve 003 or 004VPH
it passes between anodes and cathodes in the unit. The hypochlorite is Main condenser back flushing valve 018VPH Open Auxiliary condenser outlet overboard valve 012VPH
injected to the following points to prevent the adhesion and growth of Open Auxiliary circulating pump suction valve 007VPH
marine organisms. e) Set the valves as in the following table :
d) Start the auxiliary circulating pump.
1) Sea chests, high and low for general service e) As the pump runs up to speed open the discharge in line valve
Open Sea chest suction valve 003 or 004VPH
2) Scoop inlet Open Main condenser outlet overboard valve 002VPH 001VPH and control the pressure to the desired value.
Open Main circulating pump suction valve 006VPH f) Open vent valves on auxiliary condenser water box to purge any
A sawdust injection box is connected to the main condenser inlet piping. Open Auxiliary circulating pump suction valve 007VPH entrapped air. After confirmed water from vent lines, close them.
Sawdust from the box can be injected into the sea water side of the Open Main condenser water box vent valves
condenser using sea water from the cooling sea water pump as the f) Select REMOTE control for the scoop inlet valve 001VPH and the
motive power. This action is performed only in an emergency when main circulating pump discharge valve 008VPH on the IAS
condenser tube leakage is suspected in order to prevent contamination screen.
by sea water.
g) Confirm that the scoop system is being AVAILABLE and the
control mode is being MANUAL on the IAS screen.
In order to operate the system the sawdust injector inlet valve 051VPH
and outlet valve 052VPH are closed and the injector box is filled with h) Click PUMP mode on the IAS screen and confirm the start of
sawdust. main circulating pump and the open of discharge valve 008VPH.
3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating System
Controls Marine Growth Preventing System
Scoop System Chlorinator

Scoop system is available in following conditions. The High / Low changeover of output electric current is performed by
1) Sea chest valve 003 or 004 or 005VPH is "Open". sea water flow of chlorinator inlet.
2) Main condenser outlet overboard valve 002VPH is "Open".
Chlorine injection valve
3) Scoop inlet valve 001VPH control is "REMOTE".
The chlorine injection valves are automatically changed over as
4) Selected circulating pump (main or auxiliary) is "REMOTE". follows.
5) Selected pump discharge valve 008 or 009VPH is "REMOTE". 1) Scoop injection valve 044VPH
The valve is operated by the main condenser sea water
Scoop / Pump Changeover circulating mode changeover sequence. The valve is opened
When scoop system control mode is in "AUTO ", automatic at "SCOOP" mode.
changeover is performed by following conditions. 2) Pump mode valve 046VPH
The valve is operated by the main condenser sea water
Pump to Scoop (at all conditions are established) circulating mode changeover sequence. The valve is opened
1) Shaft revolution : above 52rpm + 10min. Timer at "PUMP" mode.
2) Main condenser vacuum : above -80kPa 3) Sea chest injection valves 048 / 049 / 050VPH
3) Plant mode : Normal The valves are operated by the Open / Close signal of each sea
chest suction valve 003 / 004 / 005VPH.
Scoop to Pump (at one condition is established)
1) Shaft revolution : below 50rpm
2) Main condenser vacuum : below -80kPa Alarms
3) Plant mode : Maneuvering Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
The remote - manual changeover can also be performed by selecting TR 868 Main condenser outlet TA H 60
SCOOP or PUMP at the IAS screen as required. TS 822 temperature Dump stop 7 0
The electric motorized valve 008 / 009VPH fitted on the discharge of 884 Chlorinator trouble
each circulating pump is sequentially operated with the operation of
respective pump.
3.5.1a Sea
3.5.1a Sea Water
Water Circulating
Circulating System
System
SEA CHEST (LOW) SEA CHEST (HIGH)

OIS
874
T T
600
RO OIS OIO
872 872 872
002VPH AUX. CONDR
012VPH
018VPH
1600
600 RO OIS OIO RO OIS OIO
050VPH 049VPH
878 878 878 877 877 877
005VPH OIO 004VPH OIO
80
883 883
OIS OIS
883 883
TAH TM
T 868 868 RO RO
XC TO CLEAN DRAIN TK 883 883
822
AOS AOS
900
80
80
600
900
65 150 150 TO FIRE, BILGE & G.S. PUMP
( SEE 3.8.1a )
014VPH
MAIN CONDR
65
(150A)
600 850
007VPH
RO OIO OIS
AOS 350
T 873 873 873 P TO S.W. SERVICE PUMPS
011VPH C ( SEE 3.5.2a )
009VPH M
850 850
1600
80
''C''
900
RO OIO OIS AUX. CIRC. PUMP
AOS
052VPH 871 871 871
RI RO SA
ASS
SCOOP 632 GSP 632
600
1200
001VPH 850
40
006VPH
RO OIS RO
AOS 044VPH
881 881 881 P
010VPH C
M 008VPH AOS
SAW DUST 850 850 850
INJECTION BOX RO
RO OIO OIS 883
900
80
AOS
873 873 873
MAIN CIRC. PUMP OIS
100
COOL. S.W. LINE 883

( SEE 3.5.2a ) RO RM RO SA
OIS OIO
CHLORINATOR AOS
882 882 882
ASS
631 GSP 631
OIO
883
003VPH
125
RO OIS OIO
048VPH
051VPH FS 045VPH 046VPH 876 876 876
XC 80
884 043VPH FS
075VPH
041VPH XA
884
40 125 100 50 50 80
FS TROUBLE FS
042VPH 047VPH
040VPH
SEA CHEST (HIGH)

3.5.2 Cooling Sea Water Service System
Cooling Sea Water Pump Procedures for Cooling Sea Water System Operation Procedures for Distilling Plants Sea Water System Operation
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Pumps may be set for local operation or remote operation via the IAS display. In The distilling plants are operated as described in section 6.2 Distilling Plant. The
No. of sets : 2 sets remote operation pumps may be started and stopped manually and one pump description which follows applies only to the setting and operating of the
Type : Centrifugal, vertical may be selected for automatic operation to act as the standby pump and start distilling plant sea water systems.
Capacity : 950m3/h at 20m total head should the duty pump fail to maintain the correct sea water pressure.
a) Ensure that the vent valve 074VPH on the sea chest for distilling plant is
Rating : 440V, 85kW, 1,200 rpm open.
a) Ensure that the sea water crossover main is flooded as described in section
3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating system above.
Distilling Plant Cooling Sea Water Pump b) Ensure that all instrumentation root valves are open and that all
b) Ensure that all instrumentation root valves are open and that all instruments are operating correctly.
Maker : Hamworthy KSE instruments are operating correctly.
No. of sets : 2 sets c) Ensure that all drain and vent valves are closed.
Type : Centrifugal, vertical c) Ensure that all drain and vent valves are closed.
d) Set the valves as in the following table :
Capacity : 90m3/h at 50m total head d) Set the valves as in the following table :
Position Description Valve Open Sea chest suction valve 055VPH
Open Both cooling sea water pumps suction valves 021/ 022VPH Open Both cooling sea water pumps suction valves 056 / 057VPH
The cooling sea water system comprises two independent cooling systems, one Open Both cooling sea water pumps discharge valves 024/ 026VPH Open Both cooling sea water pumps discharge valves 058/ 059VPH
for the central cooling, and the other for the distilling plant cooling. The central Open Overboard discharge valve 067VPH Open Isolating valve in crossover line 062VPH
cooling system also supplies water to the sawdust injector which is used for Open Either one central cooler sea water inlet valve 027 or 028VPH Open Distilling plant inlet valves 060 / 061VPH
injecting sawdust into the main condenser, the main condenser vacuum pump Open Either one central cooler sea water outlet valve 029 or 030VPH Open Distilling plant outlet valves 063 / 064VPH
coolers, the chlorinator and the ferrous ion generator. Open Both vacuum pump coolers inlet valves 036/ 037VPH Open Overboard discharge valve 067VPH
Open Both vacuum pump coolers outlet valves 038/ 039VPH
e) Open vent valves on the suction strainers to purge any entrapped air. After
The central cooling system is provided with two 100% duty identical cooling e) Open vent valves on the suction strainers to purge any entrapped air. After confirmed water from vent lines, close them.
water pumps, one acting as the duty pump and the other acting as the standby confirmed water from vent lines, close them.
pump. The pumps take suction from the sea water crossover main. f) Start the pump associated to the distilling plant which will be set in
f) Ensure that the pumps have been primed and start one of pumps and service, i.e. No.1 pump for No.1 distilling plant, No.2 pump for No.2
select the other pump for automatic standby. plant.
No.2 cooling sea water pump is equipped with an air ejector for priming which
enables emergency bilge suction in the engine room. g) Supply chlorine to selected sea chest and ferrous ion to sea water system. The starter for each pump is incorporated in the local control panel for each
distilling plant.
The two distilling plant cooling pumps take suction from the dedicated sea chest
These pumps provide sea water feed to the distilling plant for evaporation,
cooling water for condensing the vapour and driving water for operating the Controls
brine / air ejectors which remove brine from the evaporator shell. The cooling sea water pump will be automatic changed over by low pump
discharge pressure (120kPa).
Although each distilling plant has its own dedicated pump, these pumps are cross
connected by means of valve 062VPH which allows No.1 pump to supply No.2
distilling plant or No.2 pump to supply No.1 distilling plant. The discharge from Alarms
the eductors is discharged overboard via common valve 067VPH with the central
cooling system. Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
The ferrous ion generator is provided to prevent electrolytic corrosion of sea 885 Ferrous ion generator trouble
water system, especially valve disc, pump casing and vacuum pump cooler. Sea
water led to the electrolytic cell from the cooling sea water pump dissolves steel
blocks in the electrolytic cell and supplies ferrous ion to the cooling sea water
pump suction main.
3.5.2a Cooling
3.5.2a Cooling Sea
Sea Water
Water Service
Service System
System
ABOVE UPP.DK ABOVE UPP.DK ABOVE UPP.DK
098VPH 096VPH 097VPH
SEA CHEST SEA CHEST (LOW) SEA CHEST (HIGH)
RO RO
878 877
OIS OIS
878 877
OIS OIO 050VPH OIO 049VPH
125 875 878 877

SA RM OIO OIO
634 634 883 883
T 061VPH
OIS OIS
DIST. PLANT COOL.S.W.PUMP 883 883
150
T RO RO
NO.2 NO.1 P C 883 883
DIST. DIST. 059VPH 057VPH AOS AOS
900
80
80
900
125 125
PLANT PLANT NO.2
005JPH
062VPH
P FI P FI P C
064VPH 063VPH 060VPH 058VPH 056VPH
125 125 125 125
NO.1
004JPH
125 200
TO HYDRANT SYSTEM
( SEE 10.3.1a )
SA RI RO
AC
GSP 850
150
633 633
TO AUX. CIRC. PUMP
25 FROM FIRE LINE PRESSURISING PUMP
COOL.S.W.PUMP ( SEE 3.5.1a )
( SEE 10.3.1a ) CHANGE OVER 850
116VPH TO MAIN CIRC. PUMP
P PS C ( SEE 3.5.1a )
039VPH T T 037VPH 026VPH 022VPH 40
002JPH TO ENG.RM BILGE PUMP
65 65 350 350
CLR NO.2 ( SEE 3.8.1a )
025VPH
350
099VPH
NO.2 VAC.
PUMP UNIT
PM
869
P
CHANGE OVER EMERG.
BILGE SUC.
TM P PS C
867
038VPH T T 036VPH T 035VPH 024VPH 021VPH
65 65 80 350 350 350 350
CLR NO.1
023VPH 001JPH
NO.1 VAC.
900
150
125
067VPH
PUMP UNIT 031VPH FE ION GEN. XA 032VPH AOS
350
TROUBLE 033VPH
885
350 300 50 50 80 RO ABOVE UPP.DK
FS 883
TO SCOOP OIS
883
80
034VPH XC XA
TROUBLE
863 863 OIO 095VPH
100
300
RO 003VPH 048VPH 883

OIS OIO
CHLORINATOR AOS
300
RO
125
OIS
300
OIO
300
882 882 882

876 876 876
071VPH
FS 045VPH 046VPH
029VPH 027VPH 030VPH 028VPH 80
TO CLEAN DRAIN TK 043VPH FS
041VPH 075VPH
125 100 50 50
T DP T T DP T FS FS
042VPH 047VPH
040VPH
NO.2 CCS NO.1 CCS TO SAW DUST 40
F.W. CLR F.W. CLR INJECT. BOX
SEA CHEST (HIGH)
( SEE 3.5.1a )
3.6.1 Fuel Oil Bunkering System
Heavy fuel oil for the boilers is stored in two HFO side tanks located at the Precautions Prior to and During the Loading of Bunkers
engine room, a HFO fore deep tank located forward of the cargo tanks and a low The following is only a guide and company procedures should be followed. j) The soundness of all pipework should be verified by a visual inspection.
sulphur fuel oil tank also located at the engine room. These bunker tanks are
k) The pre-bunkering check list should be completed prior to starting bunker
filled from any of the four bunker manifolds. High level alarms are provided and Before and during bunkering, the following steps should be complied with : operations.
will automatically close the filling valve to the respective tank.
a) A pre-bunker conference should be held with all personnel involved with l) A watch must be kept at the bunker manifold during loading of bunkers
Two diesel oil storage tanks and an inert gas generator gas oil tank are located at bunkering being present. A bunker plan should be drawn up and all with all personnel involved being in radio contact.
the engine room. These tanks are filled from any of the four bunker manifolds. personnel involved in bunkering must be fully aware of the contents of the
plan and understand the entire operational procedure. The contents of the m) Scuppers and save-alls, including those around bunker tank vents, should
All valves in the diesel oil and gas oil bunkering system are manually operated.
plan will include but not be limited to, tanks to be bunkered, start and stop be effectively plugged.
The heavy fuel oil and low sulphur oil are bunkered using the same 300mm ullages / dips, names of personnel involved and duties assigned. The time n) Any Oil Spill Response kit provided by the company must be in place
filling line. The line is led through the starboard side under deck passageway and that the pre-bunker conference took place should be entered into the and a pressure gauge must be fitted on the boss of the manifold..
branched to the HFO side tanks which are arranged at port and starboard sides vessels log book.
o) The initial loading rate must be agreed with the barge or shore station and
and the low sulphur fuel oil tank which is arranged at starboard side. b) All personnel involved should know exactly what role they are to play and bunkering commenced at an agreed signal. Only upon confirmation of
what their duties are. Personnel involved should know the location of all there being no leakages and fuel going into only nominated tanks, should
The diesel oil and gas oil are bunkered using the same 100mm filling line. The valves and gauges and be able to operate the valves both locally and the loading rate be increased to the agreed maximum.
line is led through the port side under deck passageway and branched to each remotely if required.
diesel oil storage tank and the inert gas generator gas oil tank in engine room. p) Before the tank being filled reaches the maximum volume specified by
c) Company rules regarding the taking of bunkers and transferring of fuel oil the company, the rate should be reduced by diverting some of the flow to
Sampling connections are provided at each HFO manifold. Bosses for pressure within the vessel must be understood by all involved in the fuel oil another bunker tank; if the final tank is being filled the pumping rate must
gauges and air purge connections are fitted to all manifold branches. bunkering and transfer procedure. be reduced. When topping off the final tank the filling rate must be
d) Samples are to be taken using a recognized sampling device that will give reduced at the barge or shore station and not by throttling the filling valve.
Over pressurization of bunkering fuel oil is prevented by relief valves set at a representative sample of the fuel oil bunkered. The sample should be
0.5MPa, excessive pressure is relieved to a FO overflow tank. taken at the bunker manifold and on board fuel tests carried out as soon as CAUTION
possible after bunkering. A second sample should be sealed and sent At least one bunker tank filling valve must be fully open at all times during
Following fixed and portable reducers are provided for the manifold ends. the bunkering operation.
ashore for analysis.
e) As far as possible new bunkers should be segregated from existing All relevant information regarding the bunkering operation is to be entered in the
HFO and Low sulphur fuel oil bunkers on board. If bunkers being received are to be loaded into the same Oil Record Book on completion of loading. The information required to be
tanks as existing bunkers on board, great care must be taken to avoid entered includes date, time, quantity transferred and tanks used.
Fixed Piece JIS 5 K - 300ANSI 150 psi - 8" 4 pcs problems of incompatibility. If there is any doubt about the compatibility
Portable ANSI 150 psi - 8"DIN 10 bar - 6" 2 pcs between the new bunkers and the existing bunkers, the new bunkers
ANSI 150 psi - 8"DIN 10 bar - 8" 2 pcs should not be loaded on top of the existing bunkers.
f) No internal transferring of bunkers should take place during bunker
DO and Gas oil loading operations, unless permission has been obtained from the Chief
Engineer.
Fixed Piece JIS 5 K - 100ANSI 150 psi - 4" 4 pcs
g) Bunker tanks should not exceed the maximum volume stated in the
company policy. High level alarms are set at approx. 95% on all fuel
tanks.
h) Any bunker barges attending the vessel are to be safely moored alongside
before any part of the bunker loading operation begins. Frequent checks
must be made of the mooring arrangements as the bunker barge draught
will change during bunkering.
i) Level alarms fitted the bunker tanks should be tested prior to bunker
loading operations.
3.6.1 Fuel Oil Bunkering System
Procedure for Loading Fuel Bunkers

m) As the level in the first bunker tank approaches the amount stated in the
a) Remove the blank fitted at the bunker connection and connect the
bunker plan, open the filling valve to the second tank and slowly close in
bunkering hose ensuring the gasket used is not damaged. The sampling
the filling valve to the tank being topped off.
kits and the pressure gauge must be prepared and in place before the
bunkering operation begins. n) Fill the remaining tanks in the same way. For the final bunker tank the
filling rate must be reduced by slowing the pumping operation and this
b) Ensure the blanks on the other 3 bunker connections are secure, that the
must be signaled to the barge or shore station.
valves are closed and that the drain and sampling valves are closed. The
drip tray should be empty with the plugs fitted. o) When the final tank is full, the barge or shore station must be signaled to
stop pumping unless they have already done so.
c) Open the correct filling valve for the tank to be bunkered.
p) Ensure that the sample containers are sealed and labeled correctly.
d) Open the required valve at the selected bunkering connection as per
follows : q) When bunkering has finished and the lines have been blown through,
close all bunker manifold and tank filling valves.
Description Valve
r) Disconnect the bunker hose and replace the blank.
Port forward manifold HFO filling valve 707VPL
Port aft manifold HFO filling valve 708VPL
Starboard forward manifold HFO filling valve 711VPL (Note : Fuel oil tanks in engine room can be returned to shore using the HFO
Starboard aft manifold HFO filling valve 712VPL or DO transfer pump. Discharge to shore is done through isolating
valve 114VPL to the 300mm bunkering line.)
Depending on which HFO bunker tank is to be bunkered determines which HFO
line isolation valve will need to be closed. If the aft bunker tanks are to be filled
Procedure for Loading Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Bunkers
then valve 715VPL will need to be closed isolating the forward HFO deep tank.
This valve would need to be opened and valve 716VPL closed if the forward The procedures are the same as heavy fuel oil bunkering except following :
HFO deep tank is to be filled. The isolating valve 114VPL must be closed when a) Open the required valve at the selected bunkering connection as per
bunkering, which is opened for discharge the fuel oil in engine room tanks. follows :
e) Establish effective communication between the cargo control room, the Description Valve
engine room, the bunker manifold and the bunker barge or shore station; Port forward manifold DO filling valve 709VPL
this communication must remain at all times. Port aft manifold DO filling valve 710VPL
Starboard forward manifold DO filling valve 713VPL
f) Agree filling rates, quantity and specification of the fuel to be supplied and Starboard aft manifold DO filling valve 714VPL
agree on a signaling system with the barge or shore connection.
b) The DO and gas oil storage tanks filling valves have no remote operating
g) If possible, take meter readings on the barge or shore station supply line
facility. These valves are manually operated in the engine room.
prior to commencing bunker transfer.
h) Signal to the shore station or barge to commence bunkering at a slow rate.
i) Check the bunker hose connections and pipeline for any leaks.
j) Check the fuel is flowing into the correct tank and not to any other tank.
k) Increase the bunkering rate to the agreed maximum.
l) Ensure bunker sampling has commenced.
3.6.1a Fuel Oil Viscosity - Temperature Graph 3.6.1a Fuel Oil Viscosity - Temperature Graph
Temperature
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170
Bun
ker
10,000 Fue
l Oi
10,000 10,000
l
5,000 5,000 5,000
2,000 Pumping Viscosity 2,000 2,000

usually about 1,000 centistokes V iscosity - Temperature
1,000 1,000 Relationships 1,000
Typical Marine Fuels
500 500 500
Kinematic Viscosity - Centistokes
Kinematic Viscosity - Centistokes

100 100 100
Boiler Atomization Viscosity

50 50 usually between 10 and 25 cetistokes 50
Ma
rine
Die
sel
Oil
20 20 20
15 15 15
Ma IF
rin -7
eG 00
10 as 10 IF 10
Oil -3
80
IF
-1
80
IF
-1
00
IF
-6
5 0 5
5
IF
-3
4 4 0 4
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170

Temperature
3.6.1b Fuel Oil Bunkering System
NOTE
DETAIL OF F.O./G.O. SHORE CONN.
1. HYDRAULIC OPERATED VALVES FOR F.O.FILLING CAN BE OPERATED
AIR TEST & PURGE V. FROM CARGO CONTROL ROOM.
(JIS 5K-25) BOSS & PLUG FOR
PRESS.GAUGE (PF1/2) EACH VALVE HAS LOCAL MANUAL CONTROL DEVICE FOR
F.O. LINE EMERGENCY BACK UP OPERATION.
SAMPLING VALVE
AIR TEST & PURGE V. 2. SHORE CONN. PIECES ARE SUPPLIED AS FOLLOWS ;
(JIS 5K-25) BOSS & PLUG FOR
PRESS.GAUGE (PF1/2)
APPLICATION ITEM SIZE NO.
D O. LINE
SAMPLING VALVE FUEL OIL FIXED PIECE JIS 5K-300 x ANSI 150PSI-8" 4
ANSI 150PSI-8" x DIN 10BAR-8" 2

I.G.G. PORTABLE
G.O.TK D.O.TK F.O. SIDE TK DETAIL OF MANIFOLD AREA
REDUCER
UNDER DECK PASS. WAY ANSI 150PSI-8" x DIN 10BAR-6" 2
R 100 100
COFF.
GAS OIL FIXED PIECE JIS 5K-100 x ANSI 150PSI-4"

4
FOV5 (WITH SLOTS)
300
100
300
100
SET AT 0.5 MPa
3. PORTABLE REDUCERS ARE STOWED ON MANIFOLD PLATFORM STARBOARD.
708VPL 710VPL 709VPL 707VPL
4. FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP AND SUCTION VALVE CAN BE OPERATED

126VPL 136VPL FROM CARGO CONTROL ROOM.
100
TO F.O. OVERFLOW TK 5. PUMP TABLE
NAME ITEM TYPE
F.O. TRANSF. PUMP 50 3 / h x 0.4 MPa E.M.V.G.
ENG. ROOM
200
100
PM
P 910
100
300
200
706VPL COMP. AIR
R
FOV2
AIR RESERVOIR
100
FOR'D
F.O.TK FOV1 NORMAL OPEN
114VPL 125 R 702VPL 704VPL
FROM E/R F.O. TRANS. PUMP
( SEE 3.6.2a )
100
701VPL 703VPL 705VPL
NORMAL OPEN
&S)
137VPL
.T (P
BOW THRUSTER & FWD PUMP ROOM
W.B
FWD
100
300
100
300
100
COFF.
FOV4
R
200
716VPL 715VPL
FOV3 300 300 200
LOW SULPHUR
D.O.TK. F.O.TK.
F.O. SIDE TK. ACC. TRUNK NO.4 CARGO TANK

3.6.2 Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System
Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer Pump

Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. Overflow from the settling tanks is led to the starboard FO side tank and the It is important to ensure the valves are closed on all the other tanks not being
No. of sets : 1 set overflow from the side tanks is led to the FO overflow tank through an overflow filled, especially FOV4 for the low sulphur FO tank and 114VPL for isolation
Type : Gear, vertical alarm chamber providing a float switch. valve.
Capacity : 50m3/h at 0.343MPa
Rating : 440V, 18.5kW, 1,200 rpm The FO overflow tank can be pumped out by the HFO transfer pump via suction e) Start the selected HFO transfer pump locally.
valve 104VPL and discharged to FO settling tanks or FO side tanks. f) When the desired quantity of fuel has been transferred, stop the pump,
Diesel Oil Transfer Pump close all valves except quick closing valve 701VPL.
A stop valve 105VPL and a spectacle blank are provided at the FO overflow tank
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd.
suction pipe being the lowest point of the FO transfer pipelines for draining to
No. of sets : 1 set
the FO drain tank in the event that removal of pipeworks is required. Procedure for Transferring from the HFO Side Tanks to Settling Tanks
Type : Gear, horizontal
Capacity : 5m3/h at 0.343MPa The HFO settling tanks are fitted with level switches and the HFO transfer pump
All fuel tanks are fitted with a quick closing pneumatic outlet valve operated
Rating : 440V, 2.2kW, 1,200 rpm is equipped for automatic stop under the control of these switches. The settling
from the fire control station. The valves must be reset locally after being tripped.
tank in operation must be checked periodically and an estimate made of when a
Each tank is also fitted with a self-closing test cock to test for the presence of
Forward Fuel Oil Transfer Pump changeover will be needed. If the settling tank in operation is likely to reach its
water and to drain any water present. The self-closing cock drains are collected
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. low level during UMS operation the settling tanks should be changed over
into the separated bilge oil tank and pumped to the waste oil settling tank by the
No. of sets : 2 sets before that period of UMS operation commences. A low level settling tank
waste oil transfer pump to burn in the incinerator.
should be filled as soon as possible.
Type : Gear, vertical
Capacity : 50m3/h at 0.4MPa Save-all from each fuel oil system is collected into the FO drain tank and a) Check the quantity of HFO in the HFO settling tank to be filled and
Rating : 440V, 18.5kW, 1,200 rpm pumped to the FO settling tanks or waste oil settling tank by the waste oil determine how much fuel is to be transferred. Check the quantity of HFO
transfer pump. in the side tank from which the fuel is to be transferred and note the
temperature. If the quantity of HFO in the side tank is less than the
Waste Oil Transfer Pump quantity to be pumped be prepared to change over tanks.
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. The waste oil transfer pump can be automatically stopped depending on the high
level of waste oil settling tank. Control selector switch for the automatic stop b) Ensure the HFO transfer pump filter is clean.
No. of sets : 1 set
detector is provided on the IAS. c) Open the quick-closing suction valve 101 or 102VPL on the side tank
Type : Snake, horizontal
Capacity : 5m3/h at 0.441MPa from which the fuel is to be transferred.
Rating : 440V, 3.7kW, 1,200 rpm d) Open the HFO transfer pump suction and discharge valves 103VPL and
Procedures for Transferring from the HFO Fore Deep Tank 111VPL ensuring any crossover valves with the DO transfer pump are
HFO is transferred to the HFO settling tanks from any of the HFO side tanks The HFO stored in the HFO fore deep tank is transferred to the HFO side tanks closed and the blanks fitted.
where it is allowed to settle prior to being used in the boilers. Two HFO settling in engine room using the forward transfer pumps and the bunker filling line. The e) Open the filling valve to the settling tank being filled 112 or 113VPL.
tanks are provided for this purpose. procedure is as follows :
f) Ensure that the isolating valve 114VPL and the waste oil transfer pump
a) Check the quantity of HFO in the side tank to be filled and check the discharge valve 282VPL are closed.
The HFO transfer pump is used to transfer HFO from the side tanks to the quantity of HFO in the HFO fore deep tank.
settling tanks. The HFO transfer pump is started and stopped locally or remotely. g) Start the HFO transfer pump locally. The pump must be selected for
b) Ensure the temperature of the HFO in the HFO fore deep tank is sufficient automatic cut out when the settling tank level reaches the level switch.
For local operation, the control selector switch must be set to OFF position on for pumping. (Approx. 40
the IAS before the pump stop. The pump can be stopped from the fire control h) Check that the fuel is being transferred from the required side tank to the
station in the event of fire in engine room. c) Ensure the suction filter for the forward HFO transfer pump to be used is designated settling tank.
clean.
i) When the required amount of oil has been transferred, stop the pump.
The HFO transfer pump is automatically stopped depending upon the high level d) Set the valves as in the following table : Alternatively the pump can be allowed to stop automatically when the
of fuel oil settling tanks. For automatic stop operation, the control selector switch settling tank level switch is activated.
must be set to ON position on the IAS. Open HFO fore deep tank outlet valves 701VPL / FOV1
Open Forward HFO transfer pump suction valve 702 or703VPL The HFO and DO transfer pumps are interconnected allowing any pump to be
The forward HFO system incorporates an HFO fore deep tank located forward Open Forward HFO transfer pump discharge valve 704 or705VPL used with all grades of fuel. It is recommended that the pumps remain isolated
of the cargo tanks and above the forward water ballast tank. The forward HFO Open Bunker line isolation valves 706 /715 / 716VPL by the blanks and the crossover valves 106 / 115VPL closed to ensure no fuel
transfer pumps are used to transfer HFO from the HFO fore deep tank to the aft Open HFO filling valve for one of side tanks FOV3 or FOV5 contamination can occur. Only in the event of a pump failure necessitating the
HFO side tanks in engine room as required. Only one pump is used at any time. use of another pump should the blanks be removed.
3.6.2 Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System
Procedure for Transferring from the Side Tanks to Fore Deep Tank Alarms
HFO may be transferred from the aft HFO side tanks to the fore deep tank if
required. Open the HFO side tank suction valves and set up the HFO transfer Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
pump as described in transferring HFO to the settling tanks. Instead of opening (Level)
the settling tank filling valve, open the isolating valve 114VPL. This will direct *1 712/713 FO side tank LAHH 95 %
the fuel to the HFO fore deep tank and bunker manifolds. Open isolation valves *1 712/713 LAH 90 %
716VPL and 715VPL, HFO fore deep tank filling valve FOV2. Prior to starting
the pump ensure all bunker manifold valves are closed and the blanks are fitted. *1 714 Low sulpher tank LAHH 95 %
Check the quantity in the fore deep tank to ensure there is sufficient space for the *1 714 LAH 90 %
fuel to be transferred before starting the transfer operation.
LT 716/717 FO settling tank LAH 12,840 mm
LT 716/717 (from tank bottom) LAL 3,000 mm
Controls
All valves in the HFO bunkering and transfer system are manually operated FS 725 FO overflow tank LAH -550 mm
except for the following which are hydraulically operated : (from tank top)
Valve Location FS 726 FO drain tank LAH -300 mm

FOV1 HFO fore deep tank filling valve (from tank top)
FOV2 HFO fore deep tank outlet valve
FOV3 Starboard HFO side tank filling valve FS 727 Waste oil settling tank LAH -200 mm
FOV4 Low sulphur FO tank filling valve (from tank top)
FOV5 Port HFO side tank filling valve
(Temperature)
The HFO transfer pump is stopped automatically at the high level of settling tank TR 716/717 FO settling tank TA H 70
being filled (12.44m with 5 seconds timer) when the control selector switch for
the automatic stop detector has been set to ON on the IAS. TR 727 Waste oil settling tank TA H 11 0
(Other)
FS 900 FO overflow FAH
*1 : Resistance tape
3.6.2a Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer System
200 SHORE CONNECTIONS

TO & FM FWD F.O.TK
(P) (S)
300 300
300
65
65
200 200
125 125 125 FROM L.O.TRANS. &

PURIF.FEED PUMP
114VPL ( SEE 3.7.3a )
100
200
125
200
150 150
65
150
150
R R 113VPL 112VPL R 260VPL
FOR HFO FOR HFO

TRANS.PUMP TRANS.PUMP
125
F.O.SIDE TK(P) LOW SULPHUR F.O.TK AS NO.2 F.O.SETT.TK NO.1 F.O.SETT.TK AS F.O.SIDE TK(S)
606 FS FS 606
LAHH LAHH LAHH
713 714 LAH LAH 712
717
LI LI 716
LAH LAH LAH
65
713 714 LAL LAL 712

LM LM 717 E E 716 LM
65
713 714 LM LM 712
717 716
200
125
200
198VPL 197VPL
E E
WASTE OIL
102VPL 091VPL 003VPL 004VPL 002VPL 001VPL 101VPL
SETT.TK
092VPL
100
100
150
100
100
100
150
40 100 100
FROM ENG.RM BILGE PUMP
FROM G/E D.O.SERV.TK ( SEE 3.6.3a ) 009VPL ( SEE 3.8.1a )
072VPL 005VPL
125 200 P
142VPJ
D.O. TKS OVERFLOW ( SEE 3.6.3a )
151VPL 65 115VPL
50 65
TO G/E D.O.SERV.TK ( SEE 3.6.3a ) 282VPL
C
100
65
WASTE OIL TRANS.PUMP

100
200
125
ES RM SA
C P AS
093VPL FIRE 646 646
P
103VPL 141JPJ
TO MAIN BOILER XA 100MESH
( SEE 3.6.4a ) FS
900
OVERFLOW 101JPL 111VPL
C 60MESH
168VPL
102JPL D.O.TRANS.PUMP
200
16MESH
H.F.O.TRANS.PUMP
150
RM SA ES
150
25
AS
65
134VPL 607 607 FIRE RM SA ES
AS
606 606 FIRE
65
65 65 150 150
FROM D.O.STORAGE TK 106VPL
( SEE 3.6.3a ) 50 65
100
F.O.DRAIN FROM SEPARATED BILGE OIL TK
2ND FLAT ( SEE 3.8.1a )
200
104VPL 105VPL LAH

716 65
F.O.OVERFLOW TK FS 281VPL
LI LAH F.O.DRAIN TK
FS 725
E
3.6.3 Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Transfer System
Heavy Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Procedure for the Transfer of Gas Oil
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. Overflow from the incinerator DO service tank and the emergency The procedure for transferring gas oil from the IGG gas oil tank to the
No. of sets : 1 set generator GO service tank is led to generator engine DO service tank emergency generator GO service tank is the same as the procedure for
Type : Gear, vertical through a sight glass respectively. transferring diesel oil except for the valves. Set up the valves as
Capacity : 50m3/h at 0.343MPa follows :
All DO and GO tanks are fitted with a quick closing pneumatic outlet
Rating : 440V, 18.5kW, 1,200 rpm Position Description Valve
valve operated from the fire control station. The valves must be reset
locally after being tripped. Each tank is also fitted with a self-closing Closed Isolating valve in line 133VPL
Diesel Oil Transfer Pump Open IGG gas oil tank suction valve 121VPL
test cock to test for the presence of water and to drain any water present.
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. Open Isolating valve in line 122VPL
The self-closing cock drains are collected into the separated bilge oil Open DO transfer pump suction valve 134VPL
No. of sets : 1 set tank and pumped to the waste oil settling tank by the waste oil transfer Open DO transfer pump discharge valve 151VPL
Type : Gear, horizontal pump to burn in the incinerator. Open Emergency generator GO service tank filling 153VPL
Capacity : 5m3/h at 0.343MPa valve
Rating : 440V, 2.2kW, 1,200 rpm The DO transfer pump is started and stopped locally or remotely. For
local operation, the control selector switch must be set to OFF position
Wasre Oil Transfer Pump on the IAS before the pump stop. The pump can be stopped from the Controls
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. fire control station in the event of fire in engine room. The DO transfer pump is stopped automatically at the high level of
No. of sets : 1 set generator engine DO service tank (2.95m with 5 seconds timer) when
The DO transfer pump is automatically stopped depending upon the the control selector switch for the automatic stop detector has been set
high level of generator engine DO service tank. For automatic stop to ON on the IAS.
operation, the control selector switch must be set to ON position on the
Rating : 440V, 3.7kW, 1,200 rpm
IAS.
Alarms
Diesel Oil Shift Pump
No. of sets : 1 set
Procedure for the Transfer of Diesel Oil Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
Type : Pneumatic operated, plunger
Capacity : 1.8m3/h at 0.245MPa a) Ensure there is sufficient DO in the DO storage tank and that the (Level)
generator engine DO service tank has sufficient space to take the *1 721 IGG GO tank LAH 95 %
fuel.
Diesel Oil (DO) and Gas Oil (GO) are bunkered directly to two DO *1 721 (from tank bottom) LAL 1,000 mm
storage tanks and a inert gas generator GO tank located in the engine b) Check that all crossover valves connecting the DO transfer pump
room. DO is used by the auxiliary diesel generator, and for starting the to the GO and DO purifier feed pump are closed. *1 718/719 DO storage tank LAH 95 %
boilers from cold and starting the waste oil incinerator. GO is used by c) Ensure that the DO transfer pump suction filter is clean.
the inert gas generator and the emergency generator. LT 722 G/E DO service tank LAH 3,050 mm
d) Open the quick-closing suction valve 131 or 132VPL on the DO LT 722 (from tank bottom) LAL 1,000 mm
storage tank from which the fuel is to be transferred.
The DO in the DO storage tanks is transferred to the DO service tanks
for the generator engine and the emergency generator engine by the DO e) Open the isolating valve 133VPL in line. FS 723 E/G eng. GO service tank L A L 850 mm
transfer pump. The DO for incinerator DO service tank is transferred f) Open the DO transfer pump suction and discharge valves 134VPL (from tank bottom)
from the DO storage tank by the DO shift pump of pneumatic operated and 151VPL ensuring any crossover valves with the HFO transfer
piston type. pump are closed and the blanks fitted. FS 724 Incinerator DO serv. tank LAH 1300 mm
The gas oil in the IGG gas oil tank can be shifted to the DO service FS 724 (from tank bottom) LAL 400 mm
g) Open the filling valve to the service tank 152VPL.
tanks as required by the DO transfer pump.
h) Start the DO transfer pump locally and check that diesel oil is *1 : Resistance tape
being pumped to the generator engine DO service tank. When the
Overflow from the generator engine DO service tank is backed to the
required quantity has been transferred, stop the transfer pump.
starboard DO storage tank through overflow pipe fitted at the tank Alternatively the pump can be allowed to stop automatically when
internal. the service tank level switch is activated.
Overflow from the DO storage tanks and the IGG gas oil tank is led to
the FO overflow tank connected with the overflow line from the FO
tanks.
3.6.3a Diesel
3.6.3a Diesel Oil
Oil and
and Gas
Gas OilOil Transfer
Transfer System
System
EMERG.GEN.ENG.
INCINERATOR D.O.TK G.O. SERV.TK
156VPL
100 100 100
153VPL
LAH
724
FS 100 100 100 100 100
LAL
50
50
LAL
FS FS 723
724
100
100
100
50
50
152VPL
50
G/E D.O.SERV.TK D.O.STOR.TK (S) D.O.STOR.TK (P) IGG GAS OIL TK
LAH AS LAH LAH LAH
722 607 FS 718 719 721
40
FOR D.O.
LAL LM LM LAL
722
TRANS.PUMP LI 718 719 LI 721 LI
65
LM LM
722 721
50
E
199VPL
125
125
125

F.O.TKS OVERFLOW
( SEE 3.6.2a )
200
65
50
65
125
50
TO F.O.TKS ( SEE 3.6.2a )
40 FROM D.O.PURIFIER 25
TO INERT GAS GENERATOR
( SEE 3.6.7a ) ( SEE 6.5a )
151VPL 115VPL
50 65
200
50 65
65
125
110VPL XA OVERFLOW
900
C P
40
FS
P
TO MAIN BLR 103VPL 111VPL
( SEE 3.6.4a )
65
168VPL
50
D.O.SHIFT PUMP
200
101JPL
C 60MESH
25
GENE.SERV. AIR
155VPL 102JPL D.O.TRANS.PUMP
40 16MESH
RM SA ES H.F.O.TRANS.PUMP
AS
150
154VPL 134VPL 607 607 FIRE
RM SA ES
AS
606 606 FIRE
200
65
122VPL
50 65 65 150 FROM F.O. TKS
TO D.O.PURIFIER
( SEE 3.6.2a )
( SEE 3.6.7a )
100 50 TO F.O.DRAIN TK
( SEE 3.6.2a )
F.O.OVERFLOW TK 104VPL 105VPL
LAH
FS 725
3.6.4 Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
Fuel Oil Burning Pump

Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. The heated HFO is delivered to the boiler FO headers. The two boilers e) Set the manually operated valves in the engine room as in the
No. of sets : 2 sets have separate supply headers and each has its own oil flow regulating following table.
Type : Screw, horizontal valve 220B, minimum pressure maintaining valve 232B and flow meter
Capacity : 12m3/h at 2.74MPa 370B which are controlled by the automatic combustion control system. Closed FO return valves on FO and Low sulphur 066/067/068VPL
Rating : 440V, 22kW, 1,800 rpm tanks
There are FO return lines from the pipe rail of each boiler FO supply to Open FO flow control inlet valve 041/051VPL
Cold Start Fuel Oil Pump the degassing chamber, which a valve 055VPL with an orifice is fitted Open FO flow control outlet valve 042/052VPL
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. on that common line. This return line allows proper control of the Closed FO flow control valve bypass valve 043/053VPL
No. of sets : 1 set viscosity meter when the FO flow amount is extremely small. Closed Atomizing steam valves 021/031VPB
Open GS air valve to the fuel atomizing system 025/035VPB
Type : Screw, horizontal
Open Generator engine DO service tank suction 071VPL
Capacity : 2m3/h at 2.74MPa A FO recirculating line is also provided at the end of each boiler fuel
valve
Rating : 440V, 5.5kW, 1,200 rpm header to allow for warming through of the fuel system whenever the
fuel oil burners are not fired. f) Turn the fuel oil temperature bypass switch for diesel oil, on the
boiler gauge board, to the ON position.
Boiler Fuel Oil Service Heater
Maker : Aalborg Industries K.K. When operating boilers on gas, the fuel oil system remains in operation. g) Set the manually operated valves in the purifier room as in the
No. of sets : 2 sets This will allow boosting fire on fuel oil, should the gas supply fail. following table.
Type : Steam heating, coil tube, horizontal Position Description Valve
Capacity : 12m3/h at For cold starting, a cold start FO burning pump is provided together Closed HFO supply isolating valve 005VPL
Rating : 60 to 150 with FO burning pumps. The pump takes suction DO from the Closed Low sulphur oil supply isolating valve 092VPL
generator engine DO service tank and discharges to the boiler FO Open DO supply isolating valve 072VPL
The Boiler Fuel System is designed to allow cold starting up using DO, supply system. A non-return valve 072VPL is fitted on the DO service Open Flow meter inlet/outlet valves 006/007VPL
boiler operation using HFO, and gas only firing with HFO as stand-by, tank run-down line to avoid back flow of HFO to the DO service tank Close Flow meter bypass valve 008VPL
from the FO settling tanks. Open Cold start FO burning pump suction valve 073VPL
or dual fuel firing.
Open Cold start FO burning pump discharge valve 074VPL
Open Pressure control valve inlet/outlet valves 034/036VPL
The Boiler Fuel Oil Supply System provides fuel oil at suitable pressure and Remote stop of those fuel oil pumps and shut-off of quick closing Closed Pressure control valve bypass valve 037VPL
temperature to the burners throughout the operating range of the boilers. suction valves on tanks is made from the fire control station. Open Boiler FO heater inlet valve 024/025VPL
Open Boiler FO heater outlet valve 026/027VPL
HFO is taken from the operating HFO settling tank and flows to the boiler A stop valve 014VPL and a spectacle blank are provided at the lowest Open Viscometer inlet/outlet valves 030/031VPL
FO burning pump suction via a primary duplex filter 001JPL and flow point of the fuel supply line for draining to the FO drain tank in the Closed Viscometer bypass valve 032VPL
meter. There are two boiler FO burning pumps which are on a duty / event that removal of pipe works is required. h) Set the preliminary FO pressure to about 1.5MPa.
standby selection. The pumps can be operated locally or from the IAS
i) Start the cold start FO burning pump.
system operator station. A pneumatically operated flow meter bypass Procedure for Preparing Cold Start Operation
valve 008VPL will open in case of low oil level in degassing chamber. j) Operation of the burner control system is described in section
The description assumes that the boiler is being flashed up from cold 4.3.2 Main Boiler Operation. Manufacturers instructions
The boiler FO burning pumps take suction from the FO degassing and that fuel is being taken from the generator engine DO service tank. regarding the procedure for raising steam from cold must be
It is assumed that the boiler has been shut down with DO circulating in followed precisely. When the boiler has raised steam to sufficient
chamber. The pumps operate at a constant pressure discharge using a
the fuel lines to prevent the fuel lines becoming blocked with cold pressure using DO, heating steam will be available for tank
recirculating valve 035VPL to maintain this, the excess FO being heating, trace heating and for the boiler FO heaters. Heavy fuel oil
returned to the FO degassing chamber and hence back into the heavy fuel oil.
in the settling tank must be heated to the correct temperature to
pump suction. When the steam is available, the HFO is heated in the settling tank and allow for pumping.
steam is supplied to the heaters. Warm HFO is then circulated through the
The boiler FO burning pumps force the HFO through one of the two fuel lines and the heaters and the temperature is gradually raised to 115C. WARNING
steam heated FO heaters and a secondary hot duplex discharge filter. When using diesel oil as the fuel, only compressed air must be used
a) Check the quantity of DO in the DO service tank and replenish if
for atomizing.
necessary.
A viscometer located after the secondary filter regulates the steam
supply to the FO heaters in order to maintain the desired HFO viscosity b) Ensure that all instrument and control valves are open and that
(Note : The cold start of the boilers may be carried out using one of
of 15 cSt or 115approximately through the IAS. There are two steam instruments are reading correctly.
two FO burning pumps instead of the cold start FO burning
valves of different size working in a split range configuration. The c) Ensure that there is control air available at all control valves. pump.)
temperature or viscosity control is selected by setting the control mode d) Ensure that there is general service compressed air available for
switch on the IAS. atomizing the burner.
3.6.4 Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
Procedure for Changeover of Fuel Oils Procedure for Changing from HFO to DO whist the Boilers are still
The description assumes that the HFO will be taken from No.1 HFO Operating g) Allow the second pump to operate and pump DO into the system.
The DO will displace the HFO which will flow to the in use HFO
settling tank. a) Ensure that there is sufficient diesel oil in the DO service tank for settling tank.
the operation of the diesel generator engine and the boiler. If
a) When the desired boiler pressure has been achieved burning diesel h) Only leave the boiler FO burning pump operating long enough to
necessary replenish the DO service tank.
oil, change over to HFO once the DO has been recirculating. displace all the HFO from the system to the HFO settling tank. If
b) Change the atomizing system from steam to air by closing valves the pump is left running for a prolonged period large quantities of
b) Select FO heater control Temperature mode, supply heating
021 / 031VPB and opening valves 025 / 035VPB. diesel oil will be pumped to the HFO settling tank.
steam to FO heater and increase the DO temperature to about
70 gradually at the burner rail and supply trace heating steam c) Open the DO service tank quick-closing valve suction valve i) Stop the pump when all the HFO has been displaced to the HFO
for the pipeline. 071VPL, if it is not already open. settling tank. A reasonable guide to this is when the return pipe to
c) Ensure that the FO settling tank temperature has been reached d) Slowly open the boiler system DO supply valve 072VPL and the HFO settling tank fall in temperature.
more than 30. immediately close the HFO supply valve 005VPL. j) Close all system valves and shut off all power to the pumps etc.
d) Change the system valves as in the following table. Most valves e) Gradually shut off steam to the HFO heaters and the trace heating
will remain in the same position as given in the procedure for lines.
raising steam from cold and so only the valve changes are listed. Controls
f) Heavy fuel oil in the boiler burner supply system will gradually
Position Description Valve be used whilst firing the boilers and this will be replaced by diesel The FO burning pumps will be automatically changed over by low
Open No.1 HFO settling tank high suction valve 001VPL oil. Keep a check on the system temperatures to ensure that the pump discharge pressure (500kPa).
Open Return valve to No.1 HFO settling tank 066VPL temperature does not fall too quickly whilst there is still HFO in
Open HFO supply isolating valve 005VPL the pipelines. Both boiler FO service pumps will have to be The boilers will trip (FO trip) by following FO burning pump conditions :
Close DO supply isolating valve 072VPL operated during this procedure in order to ensure that all the HFO
is replaced in all sections of the system. All burners should also be At FO temperature by-pass switch on NORMAL
e) Set the FO temperature to about 115. operated to ensure that there is DO in all burner lines. Both FO burning pumps will stop.
f) When the FO temperature reaches about 110 (more than alarm g) When the HFO has been completely replaced by the DO, the
At FO temperature by-pass switch on BYPASS (Cold starting)
level of 105), stop the boiler. burners may be shut down when the boilers are not required.
All FO burning pumps will stop.
g) Change the atomizing fluid to steam from air, set the FO
temperature by-pass switch to NORMAL and the preliminary The flow meter by-pass valve 008VPL is automatically opened by the
Procedure for Changing from HFO to DO after the Boilers have
FO pressure to about 2.5MPa. Re-start the boiler. low level of degassing chamber due to the clogging of flow meter.
been Shut Down
h) The boiler may be fired up on HFO. Atomizing air must be used
If a boiler has been shut down, the fuel system may be purged of HFO
initially in order to ensure that all the diesel oil has been burned.
The change to atomizing steam can be made when only HFO is by pumping DO in and forcing the HFO out. Steam should still be Alarms
observed to have reached the burners. available for trace heating and the FO heaters so that the HFO viscosity
is low enough to allow for pumping. Ideally the change to DO should Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
i) The FO heater control will be changed to Viscosity mode when
be made when a boiler is still operating, but for emergency reasons a
the viscosity is stabilized at about 15cSt. PT 506 BLR FO header pressure PAL 0.15 MPa
change whilst out of service might be required.
PS 472 ESD 0.1 MPa
a) Ensure that there is sufficient diesel oil in the DO service tank for
Changing the Boiler Fuel Oil from HFO to DO the operation of the diesel generator engine and the boiler.
TR 514 BLR FO header temp. TA L 90
If necessary replenish the DO service tank.
In the event of the vessel being in port for a prolonged period with the TS 474 ESD 80
steam system shut down, it is necessary to change the boiler fuel oil b) Open the DO service tank quick-closing valve 071VPL.
system over from HFO operation to DO operation. This is to ensure that c) Open the supply valve 072VPL from the DO service tank and TR 893 FO heater outlet temp. TA H 155
all the fuel oil pipes contain DO which can be readily pumped. The close the HFO supply valve 005VPL. TR 893 TA L 105
procedure for changing essentially means removing all the HFO from
d) Manually start one of the boiler FO service pumps from either
the pipework and replacing it with DO. This is better done whilst the VS 894 FO heater outlet viscosity H 25 cSt
the local position or the IAS screen.
boilers are still being fired as then it is a simple case of burning off all VS 894 L 10 cSt
the HFO in the lines and replacing it with DO. e) When the pump and the inlet and outlet lines are completely filled
with DO, stop the pump and start the other pump. DPS 896 Secondary FO strainer DPAH 200 kPa
f) Shut off the trace heating and steam supply to the FO heaters and
turn off the viscometer. DPS 897 Primary FO strainer DPAH 100 kPa
3.6.4a Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
80 80
80
80
40 40
NO.2 MAIN BLR LOW SULPHUR F.O.TK NO.2 F.O.SETT.TK NO.1 F.O.SETT.TK
BURNER
GEN.ENG.
NO.3 NO.1 NO.2 D.O. SERV.TK
25
(HIGH) (HIGH)
(LOW) 003VPL (LOW) 001VPL

ESD
450 055VPL
RO
E 071VPL 091VPL 004VPL 002VPL
450 232B
ATOMIZ.STM ATOMIZ.STM ATOMIZ.STM
100
100
OIS
PURGE STM PURGE STM PURGE STM
450
100
100
100
223B 223B 223B OIO
25
450 TO ACC
25
FROM ACC
225B 225B 225B T 100 100 100
189B 370B
25 65
50
F.O.HEADER FS 009VPL
221B 222B 052VPL 220B 051VPL
100
005VPL
ESD TM ESD 40 093VPL 092VPL

472 514 474 50 40 40 100
053VPL TO D.O.TRANS.PUMP
E TAL E
PAL PM 514 072VPL
XC
IAS FS
100
506 506
901
G P
65
TO ACC STM
TAL DPAH
100
893 TO H.F.O.TRANS.PUMP TO PERFORMANCE P 897 P
( SEE 3.6.2a )
TAH MONITOR
893 FM
TIC VIC VM VAH VAL 898 E E
TM
892 892 894 894 894
893
007VPL T 016VPL 015VPL
031VPL 100 006VPL
80
VISCO.METER FS
25
AOP
032VPL 030VPL 80 001JPL
T 100 901 60MESH
008VPL
NO.1 BLR F.O.HTR
80
80
ESD 024VPL FROM ACC
450
TO ACC E
65
25
G P RO 40 036VPL 034VPL 40
450 232B
PAL PM OIS 035VPL
506 506 TAL 450
40 037VPL
E 514 E OIO
25
ESD TM ESD 450 TO ACC 026VPL

472 514 474 FROM ACC
80
100
189B 370B
65
F.O.HEADER FS DPAH "C"
NO.2 BLR F.O.HTR
80
221B 222B 042VPL 220B 041VPL 100 50 50

P 896 P
80
225B 225B 225B 40 025VPL

T 014VPL
223B 223B 223B
100
100
043VPL E E
50
RO RM SA ES
PURGE STM PURGE STM PURGE STM AC
604 604 604 FIRE
029VPL 028VPL
ATOMIZ.STM ATOMIZ.STM ATOMIZ.STM
80 012VPL 011VPL 073VPL
F.O.BURN.PUMP TO
F.O.DRAIN TK
027VPL C C C
002JPL
60MESH
NO.2 NO.1
80
P P P
TO ACC
022VPL 021VPL 074VPL COLD START
F.O.BURN.PUMP
NO.3 NO.1 NO.2 PS CHANGE OVER PS CHANGE OVER
E RO RM SA ES
BURNER 023VPL T
80
80
40
605 605 605 FIRE
NO.1 MAIN BLR TO F.O.OVERFLOW TK 80 40
3.6.5 Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
The boil-off gas (BOG) supply system to the engine room is shown on Controls Alarms
the IAS Cargo Boil-Off graphic screens. Gas from the tanks has to be There are two controllers used to control the LD compressor. One is
compressed and heated before being supplied to the boiler burner used to control the inlet guide vanes (IGV) and speed in a split range Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
system. Two low duty (LD) compressors and a LD heater are provided configuration. This has a set point which will control the compressor (Pressure)
for this purpose. If the gas header pressure is sufficiently high the gas speed to attempt to keep the desired opening of gas control valve. PT 507 Common line PAH 100 kPa
will flow freely, bypassing the compressor.
The second controller is for tank pressure protection and is set between DPT 491 Burner gas header ESD 75 kPa
The BOG is generated by the following three different methods. 107 and 109kPa absolute. If the tank pressure falls to 107kPa the second (Differential pressure (BLR gas v/v trip)
Natural boil-off during laden and ballast voyage controller takes control of the LD compressor in a bumpless transfer, DPT 507 between gas header PA H 70 kPa
matching the first controller. It will then reduce the speed of the LD DPT 507 and furnace) PA L 1.0 kPa
Spraying during cargo tank cool down during ballast voyages
compressor back to a minimum and close the IGV. It will maintain DPT 492 ESD 0.7 kPa
Forcing boil-off using a forcing vaporizer in conjunction with either control of the LD compressor until the tank pressure returns to 109kPa, (BLR gas v/v trip)
of the above two methods at which point operation of the LD compressor will be transferred back
to the first controller.
Boil off gas is supplied by a single wall pipe between the cargo (Temperature)
machinery room and engine room bulkhead and by double wall pipes At 107kPa it will also provide a fuel oil back-up signal in the fuel oil TS 486 Common line E S D 5
between the engine room bulkhead and the boilers. The air between burners if the boiler was running on gas only. The burning mode will (Master gas v/v trip)
inner pipe and outer pipe of the double wall pipes is being extracted by not change back to gas firing at this point, that would have to be
one of two vent duct exhaust fans and is exhausted to the cargo area. instigated manually. TR 515 Burner gas header TAL 15
Continuous running of one vent duct exhaust fan is required when the If the Dump mode is engaged for tank pressure control, the excess gas (Gas leak detect)
boilers are burning gas. In the event of both vent duct exhaust fans dump control will open the dump valve when the tank pressure rises Gas 484 BOG pipe hood E S D 6 0 %
stopped, gas firing is tripped. above the set pressure, in order to increase the boiler load and control detector (Master gas v/v trip)
the position of the dump valve to maintain the tank pressure. H 3 0 %
A boiler gas hood is provided at the engine room entrance of BOG,
where all fittings for BOG handling in the engine room are located.
Boiler Gas Valve Trip
Gas detecting units are fitted at the boiler gas hood so as to monitor The boiler gas valves 211B are automatically closed by following
presence of methane in the hood. conditions :
Gas header high pressure 75kPa
Before burning the gas, the extraction fan above the gas room must be
operating. Gas header low pressure 0.7kPa
Master gas valve VG900 trip
Observe all company regulations regarding operation of the boilers
when using boil-off gas. Ensure that the gas is available and check that
the gas supply system is operational.
Nitrogen Purge
For burners to be on fuel gas only, the following conditions must be The fuel gas supply line will be automatically purged by nitrogen when
applied : the fuel gas supply is shut down.
Main turbine must be in FULL AWAY condition. 1) Burner purge

The burner purge is performed automatically by shut-off of the gas
The steam dump system must be on AUTOMATIC.
burner. When the burner gas valve is closed and there is at least one
Request from the gas engineer to go on boil-off gas burning. flame in furnace, the burner N2 purge will be performed.
Dual fuel mode is available. 2) Gas header purge
Gas header purge is performed automatically by shut-off of the
The cargo machinery room is set up by the gas engineer, see the Cargo boiler gas valve 211B. When the boiler gas valve is closed and no
Manual. Once set up, the compressor can be started from the ECR IAS burners are firing, the gas header N2 purge will be performed. In
screen if the command is transferred to the engine room. case FO burners are firing, the burner gas valve of firing burner
will be opened and purged to furnace.
3.6.5a Boiler
3.6.5a Boiler Fuel
Fuel Gas
Gas Service
Service System
System
FROM ACC
RO OIO ESD P H/H P L/L NO.2 MAIN BOILER
BOG PIPE HOOD 454 454 454 ESD
491
ESD
492
PM
507
PAH
507
PAL
507
250 250
086VUN 088VUN
NO.3 BASE NO.2
FURNACE
208B 211B
207B
BURNER BURNER BURNER
212B
15
085VUN 087VUN
15
217B 216B
100
214B 214B
GAS HEADER
TAL TM
15 15
515 515 213B
50
100
T
25
217B 216B
100 100
214B 214B
15 15 100
213B
218B
217B 216B
100
074VUN
FOR ACC 50
214B 214B
GAS DETECT.MONITOR ENGINE ROOM
15 15 ESD XM XAH
484
213B 042VUN 046VUN
30% LEL ALARM 250 200
073VUN
60% LEL GAS TRIP NO.2
044VUN
250 200
TO CARGO AREA
25
041VUN 045VUN
250 200
T L/L 213B
NO.1
ESD 043VUN
486
077VUN 15 15
ESD XM XAH VENT DUCT EXH.FAN
TS 218B 484
217B 216B RO ES RM SA
FOR ACC 50 100 30% LEL ALARM
AC
664 FIRE 664 664
60% LEL GAS TRIP
214B 214B
075VUN
FOR ACC 213B

PM
15 15 100
507
PAH 076VUN
507 217B 216B
100 100
T
214B 214B
GAS HEADER
50
50
100
TAL TM
071VUN
515 515 213B
15 15
300
217B 216B
100 P
072VUN
FOR ACC 212B
214B 214B
260VUN
15 25
FM N2 BUFFER TK
FROM ACC
081VUN 083VUN
15
208B
FURNACE
207B 211B NO.3 BASE NO.2
250 250
082VUN 084VUN BURNER BURNER BURNER
RO OIO ESD ESD ESD PM PAH PAL

454 454 454 491 492 507 507 507
FM
P H/H P L/L 524 P T NO.1 MAIN BOILER
FROM CARGO MACHINERY RM

( SEE 3.6.6a )
TO VENT POST
3.6.6 Boil Off Gas System in Cargo Machinery Room
The following equipments are provided in the cargo machinery room to Forcing Vaporizer Alarms
enable the gas to be supplied to the main boilers.
a) The forcing vaporizer is provided to vaporize LNG supplied from
Two low duty (LD) gas compressors Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
the spray pump system. The forcing vaporizer provides fuel gas in
One low duty (LD) gas heater excess of the natural boil-off gas generated during normal FS G761 Mist separator level LAH
operation.
One forcing vaporizer TR G612 L/D compressor discharge E S D 100
b) The vaporizer is of a stainless steel, horizontal shell and U-tube
TR G644 temperature TA H 90
The pipe lines from high duty system are cross-connected with low direct steam heated type, having a design capacity when supplied
duty system for emergency operation. with steam of 0.6MPa / 195.
TR G719 L/D heater outlet ESD 100
c) The forcing vaporizer is provided with two kinds of control TR G712 temperature TA H 85
valves, one is for LNG flow control VS955, the other is for TR G712 TA H -20
LD Compressors temperature control VG956 by spraying.
a) Each L/D compressor is a variable speed electrical motor driven TR G752 Forcing vaporizer outlet ESD 100
d) A mist separator is fitted to the gas outlet of the forcing vaporizer
single-stage centrifugal type with axial suction and tangentially TR G742 temperature TA H 85
to prevent carry-over of LNG droplets to the LD compressors.
mounted discharge nozzle. Running speed is controlled between TR G742 TA H -20
50%100% speed according to the main boiler demand.
b) The shaft sealing system is provided to prevent gas leakage at the Controls
penetration part of rotor shaft from casing. Nitrogen is supplied to
the shaft sealing system as a sealing medium. Master Gas Valve
1) Master Gas Valve Trip
c) The compressor gearbox is a two-shaft, involute helical gear type.
The master gas valve VG900 is automatically closed by following
One high speed pinion shaft is connected to the compressor
condition :
impeller and the other drive shaft is coupled with the electric
motor via a flexible coupling. Gas temperature low 5
Both boiler trip
d) The shaft penetration part at bulkhead plate between cargo
Both vent duct exhaust fan trip
machinery room and motor room is sealed with LO which is
supplied by main or auxiliary LO pump. LD heater trip
Detection of gas leak 60% LEL
Detection of fire
LD Heater Following operations will be executed by the trip of master gas
a) The LD heater is of the horizontal shell and U-tube direct steam valve.
heated type, with a design capacity when supplied with steam of Boiler FO boost-up (Gas to FO)
0.6MPa / 195. LD compressors stop
b) The heating steam is supplied from the ship service external 2) Master Nitrogen Purge
desuperheater in the engine room. The heater is provided with its The master N2 purge is performed automatically by the master
own steam condensate drain pot and a steam trap. gas valve VG900 is closed.
c) Condensate from the heater is returned to the atmospheric drain Boiler FO Back-up
tank in the engine room via gas heater drain cooler and the gas
The boiler FO back-up (Gas to Dual) will be performed by following
vent drain tank installed in the cargo machinery room.
condition.
d) The heater is provided with two temperature control valves VG935 Vapor header low pressure 5kPaG
/ VG936. VG935 controls the main gas flow and VG936 controls
LD heater drain high level 350mm
the by-pass gas flow.
LD heater drain low temperature 90
Both LD compressor stop
Main turbine telegraph in maneuvering zone
3.6.6a Boil
3.6.6a BoilOffOff
GasGas System
Systems in Cargo
in Cargo Machinery
Machinery Room Room
CARGO MACHINERY ROOM MOTOR ROOM

FROM LNG SPRAY LINE TO NO.3 CARGO TK HOT VAPOUR RETURN VAPOUR RETURN BOG SUC.
VG996
LAH
VG902 761 T
VG950 MIST SEPARATOR
250 250 300
TM TAL TAH
PM
G742 G742 G742
G741
ESD TIC
550
FROM H/D GAS COMP.
G752 G744
300
32
PM FC VG951
G745
G749
IAS 300 300
FM
G743
OI RO
I/P IAS
G607 G606
FORCING
VAPORIZER
TAH TM ESA
40
PM TM G644 G644 G612
VS955 VG942 TM
G747 G748 F.C.V. RM RO ESA
40
250 G643 ESDS
700
G602 G602 G611 G620
VG994 GEAR
NO.2 M
L/D GAS COMP.
500
TAH TM
T.C.V. G641 G641
VS956 PAL PM ESA
PM PM G631 G631 G615
G633 G632
PM
G701
VG917
FS
700
SURGE
CONT. VG941
PM
G710 300
250
250
VG904
OI RO OIO OIS
TIC ESD TM TAH TAL
IAS G703 G709 G702 G702 G702
G605
125
G610 G610 G610
HIGH DUTY HTR VG916 VG943

300
TM PM
G706 G705 OI RO
I/P IAS
G607 G606
15
VG914
300
500
VG900
ESD RO OIO VG915
TAH TM ESA TM
TO E/R ( SEE 3.6.5a ) 453 453 453
G644 G644 G612 G643
300 VG903 VG932
250 RM RO ESA ESDS
G602 G602 G611 G620
VG993 GEAR
M
PM
G711
OIO
170VUN VG937 NO.1
459 300
171VUN L/D GAS COMP.
PM TAH TM
G641 G641
G720 PAL PM ESA
PM PM
150
178VUN
250
G631 G631 G615

G633 G632
TIC ESD TM TAH TAL

IAS G713 G719 G712 G712 G712 FS
LOW DUTY HTR VG936 SURGE
VG931
CONT.
TM PM 300
15
G716 G715
15
VG934 OI RO OIO OIS
G605 G610 G610 G610
250 125 P
VG935 VG933
176VUN 175VUN
25
FROM N2 LINE
FROM N2 LINE VN988
3.6.7 Diesel Oil and Gas Oil Service System
Diesel Generator FO Feed Pump

Maker : STX Corporation The DO for incinerator is supplied from incinerator DO tank to pilot
No. of sets : 1 set burner via pilot burner pump, and the DO may also be supplied to waste
Type : Gear, horizontal oil burner via isolating valve 263VPL for assisting the burning of waste
oil.
Capacity : 2.4m3/h at 0.98MPa
Rating : 440V, 3.7kW, 1,200 rpm
The fuel oil for inert gas generator is supplied from IGG gas oil tank via
IGG FO pumps.
Diesel Oil Purifier Feed Pump
Maker : Westfalia Separator K.K. Remote stop for electrical motor driven D/G FO feed pump, DO purifier,
No. of sets : 1 set DO purifier feed pump and IGG FO pump, and operation of DO and gas
Type : Gear, horizontal oil tanks quick closing suction valves are made from the fire control
Capacity : 1.3m3/h at 0.1MPa station.
Rating : 440V, 1.5kW, 1,200 rpm
A stop valve 087VPL with a spectacle blank is provided at the lowest of
Diesel Oil Purifier the D/G fuel supply line for draining to the FO overflow tank in the
event that removal of pipe works is required.
Maker : Westfalia Separator K.K.
No. of sets : 1 set
Type : Centrifugal, total discharge DO Purifier Operation
Capacity : 1.2m3/h
a) Set the valves as in the following table :
Rating : 440V, 4.6kW, 3,600 rpm
The diesel oil or gas oil is supplied for following machinery. Open Selected DO storage tank suction valve 131 or 132VPL
Open DO purifier FO pump suction valve 141VPL
Auxiliary diesel generator engine Open DO purifier FO pump recirculation valves 144 / 145VPL
Emergency diesel generator engine Open DO purifier suction valve 142VPL
Open Purifier processed oil discharge valve
Incinerator Open DO service tank filling valve 152 or 153VPL
Inert gas generator Open Sludge discharge valve
Open Seal and operating water supply valve 221VPG
A DO purifier is provided to process bunkered DO from DO storage b) Check the following items on the DO purifier.
tanks. The processed oil is passed to DO service tanks.
Correct gravity disc is fitted. (normally preset)
The fuel oil for auxiliary generator engine is supplied from generator Separator is assembled correctly.
engine DO service tank via a duplex filter and a flow meter. The D/G Gear chamber oil level is correct.
FO feed pump is automatically started by D/G starting order except Brake is released
black-out situation. At black-out, the fuel oil is supplied by gravity c) Start the DO purifier feed pump.
through the by-pass line of D/G FO feed pump, and the D/G FO feed
pump is sequentially started after close of circuit breaker. d) Start the DO purifier, and check the electric current and start up
time until reach at normal revolution.
The cylinder operated by-pass valve 084VPL for D/G FO flow meter e) Start program at local control panel when the revolution reaches
will open automatically when the level of degassing chamber lowers to normal.
the float switch due to the clogging of the flow meter. f) Adjust the flow by purifier inlet needle valve and DO purifier
feed pump recirculation needle valve 145VPL, and adjust the
The fuel oil for emergency generator engine is supplied from the back pressure by purifier discharge valve.
emergency generator engine GO service tank via a simplex strainer.
g) Check regularly the purifier oil level, sound / vibration and
electric current during operation.
3.6.7a Diesel
3.6.7a Diesel Oil
Oil and
and Gas
Gas OilOil Service
Service System
System
153VPL
50
EMERG.GEN.ENG. INCINERATOR D.O.TK WASTE OIL SETT.TK
G.O. SERV.TK
25
301VPL 261VPL
262VPL
EMERG.GEN.ENG.
25
G.S.AIR
25
25
P PS S
152VPL INJECT.PUMP
50
GEN.ENG. STBD PORT 25 S S
D.O. SERV.TK D.O. STORAGE TK F.O.PUMP D.O. STORAGE TK
25
301JPL LS
263VPL P P PS
302VPL
S S
25
50 T TS
25
XA
915
TS
65
INCINERATOR
65
40
25
50
086VPL
INERT GAS
097VPL
GENERATOR
XC AUX.GEN.ENGINE P S S
902
FS 096VPL 098VPL
P P IGG GAS OIL TK
LAH
083VPL
65
088VPL 089VPL D/G F.O.FEED PUMP 721
082VPL 40 40
FS LAL
721 LI
25
085VPL 095VPL
004JPL 087VPL T LM
60MESH 40 721 PAL
P
G818-10 P P
084VPL RM XA ES
G821 G818-5 FIRE
25
AOP
902 I.G.G.F.O. PUMP UNIT
TO F.O.OVERFLOW TK 121VPL
PAL
911 RM SA ES
FI 142VPL
610 610 FIRE
PS P 40 40
25
50
40 D.O.PURIF.FD.PUMP
P
145VPL P
50 133VPL 25
FROM D.O.TRANS.PUMP 65
( SEE 3.6.3a ) TO D.O.TRANS.PUMP
40
D.O.PURIFIER ( SEE 3.6.3a )

RM XA ES C
50
154VPL
25
911 911 FIRE 40

TO D.O.SHIFT PUMP
103JPL ( SEE 3.6.3a )
32MESH
141VPL
50 TO D.O.TRANS.PUMP
( SEE 3.6.3a )
144VPL
3.7.1 Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System
Main (Direct Driven) Lubricating Oil Pump Procedure for Operating the System
Maker : Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd. The supply to the gravity tank is via a needle valve 026VPK to ensure a It is assumed that the turbine is stopped but is being prepared for
No. of sets : 1 set continuous top up supply to the tank. The emergency outlet is via a starting.
Type : Gear, vertical larger bore non-return valve 024VPK and a sized orifice to provide an
adequate LO supply for the maximum time possible. This allows the a) Check the level of oil in the main LO sump and replenish if
necessary. Clean all the filters.
gravity tank to provide an emergency lubricating oil supply to the oil
Auxiliary (Electric Motor Driven) Lubricating Oil Pump supply system in the event of complete failure of the pumping system. b) Ensure that fresh water is circulating through the LO coolers.
The emergency supply allows the turbine to be stopped and so helps to c) Ensure all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves are open and
Maker : Sinko Industries, Ltd.
prevent damage due to lack of lubricant. The main outlet line from the that instruments are reading correctly.
gravity tank is protected by a quick-closing valve 023VPK which will
Type : Centrifugal, vertical, submerged d) Set up valves as in the following table :
be operated from the fire control station.
Capacity : 200m3/h at 0.44MPa Position Description Valve
Rating : 440V, 55kW, 1,800 rpm Open Main LO pump inlet valve 002VPK
The capacity of the LO gravity tank is sufficient to provide adequate
Open No.1 auxiliary LO pump discharge valve 004VPK
lubrication for the longest possible rundown time of the machinery after
When stationary, the main turbines and gearbox are supplied with Open No.2 auxiliary LO pump discharge valve 006VPK
blackout. The content of the tank ensures a rundown time of Operational Pressure control valve 008VPK
lubricating oil from the main LO sump tank by one of two motor driven
approximate 25 minutes. Open Inlet valve to pressure control valve 007VPK
auxiliary LO pumps. One of these pumps will be selected as the duty
Open Main LO pump back pressure release valve 009VPK
pump and the other pump as the standby to cut in automatically should
There are two plate type LO coolers which are cooled by fresh water Open Main LO pump suction priming valve 099VPK
the duty pump fail to maintain the lubricating oil supply pressure. The Open Main pump/auxiliary pump crossover valve 010VPK
from the central cooling system. (See 3.4.1 Central Fresh Water Cooling
pumps may be arranged for automatic start, stop and changeover. An Open Automatic back wash filter inlet valve 011VPK
System)
emergency start facility is provided in the event of blackout, the power Open Automatic back wash filter outlet valve 012VPK
being taken from the emergency switchboard. Operational Automatic back wash filter solenoid drain valve
An auto-backwash main filter 002JPK is fitted which has a capacity up Closed Bypass filter inlet valve (normally closed) 013VPK
When running, the lubricating oil is supplied to the system from the to the full rating of the main pump. This filter is automatic in operation Closed Bypass filter outlet valve (normally closed) 014VPK
main LO pump, which is driven by the HP gearbox pinion. When the and is fitted with a bypass filter 003JPK for use in emergencies. Drain Open LO cooler LO inlet valve 015 or 017VPK
main LO pump is producing sufficient pressure (LO pressure above from the auto-backwash filter is backed to the LO sump tank through a Open LO cooler LO outlet valve 016 or 018VPK
sludge collector. Open LO coolers vent valves (normally opened)
0.38MPa), a pressure switch is activated and the IAS stops the duty
Closed LO coolers drain valves (normally closed)
electrical LO pump. When the propeller slows and causes the LO Operational Three-way temperature control valve 019VPK
pressure to fall below 0.35MPa, the duty electrical auxiliary LO pump A control oil system is provided at the turbine. This is dependent on the Open Line vent valve (normally opened) 050VPK
will automatically start to maintain the pressure. main LO system and is discussed in section 4.2.2 Main Turbine Open Water detector inlet valve 081VPK
Operation. It is supplied by the same pumps as the LO supply, but at a Open Gravity tank filling inlet valve 025VPK
The duty LO pump circulates lubricating oil around the gearbox system primary (higher) pressure than the LO supply as a result of the orifice Open Gravity tank filling needle valve (normally opened) 026VPK
and turbine bearings. The main LO circulation system also includes the fitted in the LO supply to the bearings and gearing. Open Gravity tank quick closing valve (normally opened) 023VPK
intermediate shaft bearings. The main LO circulation system supplies Close Dehumidifier outlet valve 028VPK
LO to the system via the LO coolers, a three-way temperature valve Open No.1 intermediate bearing inlet valve (Locked) 031VPK
A dehumidifier is connected to the gearbox and removes moisture from Open No.2 intermediate bearing inlet valve (Locked) 032VPK
019VPK regulating the flow of oil through the LO coolers in order to
the gearbox atmosphere and hence from the lubricating oil system. The Open No.3 intermediate bearing inlet valve (Locked) 033VPK
maintain the inlet temperature of 40 to 45C to the bearings. A pressure Open Main turbine control oil isolation valve 029VPK
dehumidifier is air reactivated by heating dry air passing over the
control valve 008VPK regulates the LO pressure by recirculating excess Open Main turbine servo oil supply valve 021VPK
desiccant dryer.
oil (pressure 0.5MPa) back to the main LO sump tank. The pressure Open Main turbine trip solenoid supply valve 022VPK
control valve 008VPK will close when stop order of the auxiliary LO Open Main turbine control oil drain valve 041VPK
A water level probe is located at the turbines inlet main line which
pump.
detects presence of water in the LO system. e) Select both auxiliary LO pumps for REMOTE operation at the local
control selector. At the IAS screen for the turbine LO system start one of
A LO gravity tank forms part of the lubricating oil system and this the pumps as the duty pump by selecting MANUAL mode for that
receives a supply of lubricating oil whenever a pump is running. The pump and then start the pump. At the IAS screen select the second
tank overflows continuously to the main LO sump tank through an pump as the standby pump by selecting AUTO mode for that pump.
observation sight glass.
(Note : If the oil temperature of the oil is lower than 30, steam heating
must be applied whilst the oil is circulating in order to raise the
temperature to an acceptable level. Also put the LO purifier in use
as soon as possible, which will raise the LO temperature.)
3.7.1 Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System
Alarms
f) Close the gravity LO tank filling valve 025VPK when the overflow In the event of a blackout, the IAS remembers which pump was running
has been confirmed in the sight glass. at the time of the blackout, and whether or not the second pump was Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
g) Check the flow of LO throughout the system, ensuring that the flow selected as the standby pump.
(Pressure)
is adequate to all parts, including the intermediate shaft bearings and PT 091 M/T bearing LO inlet PAL 69 kPa
that there are no leaks. Utilize LO flow sight glasses on all bearings Provided that the running pump prior to the blackout was selected in PS 058 ESD 49 kPa
and gravity tank. Engage and start the turning gear. REMOTE the IAS will start the previously running pump as part of the PT 092 M/T gear spray LO inlet PAL 69 kPa
h) Keep the LO system circulating and allow the temperature of the sequential restart system. Should the pump fail to start within a preset
system to gradually increase to normal operating temperature. time the standby pump will be started, provided that the second pump PT 094 M/T control oil PAL 245 kPa
was selected in AUTO mode. PS 059 ESD 196 kPa
(Note : When the turbine is operating at full sea conditions the main LO
pump will be supplying LO to the system and the running
When the main LO pump is operating the standby facility still applies DPT 093 Auto back-wash LO filter PDAH 70 kPa
auxiliary LO pump will be stopped. The standby LO pump
and one of the auxiliary pumps may be selected as the standby pump.
remains in standby mode.)
This would be done at start-up of the system as one of the auxiliary LO (Temperature)
pumps would be started and the other selected as the standby pump. TR 111 M/T LO inlet TA H 50
(Note : When the main or aux. LO pump is in operation (while at sea
When the turbine is in the at sea condition and the main LO pump takes
and in turning operation), keep switch off the dehumidifier and
over, the running auxiliary LO pump will cut out. The auxiliary LO TR 112114 HP turbine bearing TA H 75
also keep close the dehumidifier outlet valve 028VPK. When
pump selected as the standby pump will remain in that condition and
the main or aux. LO pump is out of operation, keep switch on TR 115 / 116 HP 1st pinion bearing TA H 75
will cut in should the main LO pump fail to maintain the required LO
the dehumidifier and also keep open the dehumidifier outlet
pressure or the main shaft reduce to predetermined revolution.
valve 028VPK.) TR 117 / 118 HP 1st wheel bearing TA H 75
The conditions for automatic changeover between auxiliary and main
TR 119 / 120 HP 2nd pinion bearing TA H 75
pumps are as follows :
Controls
The electrically driven auxiliary LO pumps are arranged in a duty / Shaft revolution LO pressure TR 121123 LP turbine bearing TA H 75
standby configuration with one pump started as the duty pump via the Auxiliary pumpstart : Below 73 rpm or Below 0.35MPa
IAS screen and the other selected as the standby pump. The standby Auxiliary pumpstop : Above 75 rpm and Above 0.37MPa TR 124 / 125 LP 1st pinion bearing TA H 75
pump will start if the duty pump stops or the LO pressure is low.
The auxiliary LO pump in standby will start by low LO pressure TR 126 / 127 LP 1st wheel bearing TA H 75
The second pump may be selected for standby AUTO mode when the (0.32MPa).
TR 128 / 129 LP 2nd pinion bearing TA H 75
duty pump is running. Selection for standby AUTO mode may be
made provided that the pump is stopped, is set to remote mode, is not TR 130 / 131 2nd wheel TA H 55
tripped and provided that the other pump is running. In the event of the
running pump tripping or producing a low pressure, the IAS initiates an TR 132 Main thrust pad TA H 90
alarm and when the low-low pressure is reached the standby pump is
started. The original running pump is not stopped by the IAS and must TR 135137 Intermediate shaft bearing TA H 60
be stopped manually for investigation if it has not already tripped. A
manual start is not available for a pump set to standby and if for any (Level)
reason the operator wishes to start the standby pump then the status of *1 701 M/T LO sump tank LAL +1,000 mm
the pump must be changed from standby AUTO to MANUAL at the (from tank bottom)
IAS screen.
FS 702 LO gravity tank LAL -590 mm
(from tank top)
The auxiliary LO pumps may be started manually from the IAS
provided that they are set to REMOTE mode at the pump control (Other)
selector switch. If both pumps are in MANUAL the IAS cannot start the Water 147 M/T LO water content H 0.3%
second pump in the event of a low-low pressure as AUTO mode is not detector
selected for the second pump. *1 : Resistance tape
3.7.1a Main
3.7.1a Main Turbine
Turbine Lubricating
Lubricating Oil System
Oil System
65
150
FUNNEL 10
LUB.OIL MIST BOX 80
LAL
702
ENG. RM AIR
026VPK
125
25
125
028VPK 025VPK NOR.
023VPK L.O.GRAVITY TK
15 65 CLOSE
TO SEP.BILGE OIL TK
FROM L.O. STOR.TK 024VPK
15
100 100
( SEE 3.7.3a )
DEHUMIDIFIER XAH
80
XA 147
125
125
044 WATER
100
DETECTOR
80
TIC
125VPK
037
25 T.C.V.
019VPK
081VPK
25 25
020VPK 10 15
25 200 050VPK
PAL PM
15
200
200
25
25
25
091 091
T T 200
25
25
25
G P
80 TAH TM
017VPK
80
80 111 111
066YPK
T
25
15
80 ESD NO.2 L.O.CLR
80
058
018VPK
200
T
125
LOCKED LOCKED LOCKED 80 200
25
OPEN OPEN OPEN
P P P
033VPK 032VPK 031VPK L.P.TURB.
200
TO L.O.DRAIN TK 1W 15
BEARING OIL INLET
GEAR SPRAY OIL INLET

PAL
092 15
P LAL 150
PM
006VPK 701 092
200 005VPK 350
LM
80
NO.2 701
200
THRUST 65
RO RM SA ES 015VPK
NO.3 NO.2 NO.1 AC ASS
601 601 601 FIRE BEARING T
AUX.L.O.PUMP P 350 NO.1 L.O.CLR
004VPK
001JPK
016VPK T
200 003VPK 001VPK
300 200
T T T NO.1
25
50
TAH TAH TAH 002VPK G P
137 136 135
L.O.SUMP TK 50 15
TM TM TM
137 136 135
C 1W H.P.TURB.
101VPK
200
STEADY BEARING
200
MANEUV.SERVO.
MAIN
150
L.O.PUMP AHEAD
50
099VPK
2W ASTERN
009VPK
P
200
50
P.C.V. 008VPK
TO L.O.PURIF. FOR AUX.LO PUMP
PAL
PIC ASS AC DPAH 094
65 093 P
036 601 601 021VPK 50
007VPK P P ESD PM
200
125 DPM 059 094

093 P
TO L.O.DRAIN TK
P
200
010VPK 011VPK 012VPK

064VPK 063VPK 061VPK 002JPK 062VPK 022VPK 25
200 200 50
029VPK
50 25 S TRIP SOLENOID OVERSPEED
GOVERNOR
200
003JPK
125 041VPK
80 80 013VPK 014VPK 80
3.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purification System
Lubricating Oil Purifier

Maker : Westfalia Separator K.K. Being of the self cleaning type, the accumulation of solids within the holding The LO transfer and purifier feed pumps have a same flow capacity as the
No. of sets : 2 sets space will be ejected at predetermined intervals depending on the quality of purifier. Each pump is associated with each purifier.
Type : Centrifugal, total discharge the oil. This is achieved automatically by the control panel and a number of
Capacity : 3.1m3/h solenoid valves which will bypass the oil supply and open the bowl for a set No.1 purifier is dedicated to turbine LO treatment, and No.2 purifier is used
Rating : 440V, 4.6kW, 3,600 rpm period of time by the use of high pressure water. The oil feed while the for both turbine LO and generator engine LO.
self-cleaning cycle, is returned to the suction of the pump by a three-way
Lubricating Oil Transfer & Purifier Feed Pump piston valve. Normally, the LO in the main turbine sump tank is circulated through the
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. purifier continuously. In the event that big amount water appears in the LO,
No. of sets : 1 set The control unit is used for the automatic ejection control and condition the LO will be shifted once to LO renovating tank, then the LO will be
Type : Gear, horizontal monitoring of the oil purifier. The control unit has three modes of operation. purified by circulation between LO renovating tank.
Capacity : 3.1m3/h at 0.343MPa 1) Partial ejections
Rating : 440V, 0.75kW, 1,200 rpm The LO in small tanks for turbo generator, main feed water pump turbine and
2) Total ejections generator engine will be purified by circulation between renovating tank after
3) Preselected partial ejections followed by total ejection shifted once to renovating tank.
Purifier Lubricating Oil Heater
Maker : Aalborg Industries K.K. The generator engine LO can be treated by only No.2 purifier.
With the time dependant program cycle, it is important for high clarifying
efficiency and to avoid desludging losses that the separable solids content in
Type : 3.1m3/h at The LO in the stern tube LO sump tank will be purified by circulation
the product do not fluctuate widely. This system provides two basic
Rating : 40 to 85 between stern tube LO sump tank.
monitoring systems.
The purpose of the lubricating oil purifier is to remove water and solid 1) Water content monitoring system (WMS)
Two steam heaters are provided for each LO purifier system to lower the
particles from the lubricating oil to prevent damage being caused to the 2) Sludge space monitoring system (SMS) viscosity of the LO entering to purifier bowl to aid purification.
machinery the oil is supplying.
The illuminated Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) provides information about A deaeration chamber is installed in the main LO circulating system to
Liquid mixtures and solid/liquid mixtures can be separated by two means. the operating and malfunction condition of the purifier and displays all the remove the moisture which forms by being heated up.
The gravity field of a renovating (settling) tank or the centrifugal field of a relevant process data.
purifier bowl. Both systems rely on the product components having different Waste water and sludge is directed to the oil sludge tank for disposal.
densities. Since the centrifugal field of a purifier is considerably more In addition to the control cabinet the control system comprises all the
effective than the gravity field of a renovating (settling) tank it is usual complete line fittings incorporating electrical components which are Remote stop for LO transfer and purifier feed pumps and LO purifiers is
practice to favour the centrifugal field method. The heated dirty oil enters the controlled or monitored by the control unit. made from the fire control station.
purifier and the centrifugal force created by the rotating bowl causes the liquid
mixture to separate into its different constituents within the disc stack. The IAS provides indication for running and oil temperature and alarm for Control Unit for the Westfalia Separator
purifier failure and LO pressure. The LO supply pumps are only monitored by
The disc stack consists of a large number of conical discs placed one above the IAS.
SIMATIC C7- 623
the other. Each disc is provided with spacers to maintain the precisely
P a r t i a l E j e c t i on : 4 7 8 9
determined narrow disc interspaces. These interspaces are critical for the Two identical purifiers are so arranged that it will be used for the following S t ep :
P r o d uc t T emp :
C i r u l a t i on
097 C D E F
efficiency of the separator. Purposes :
S e p . T i me : 3600 s 4 5 6
A B C
DOWN ALARMS UP 1 2 3
Continuous main system purification
The solid particles suspended in the oil settle on the underside of the discs and . 0 +/-
slide down into the solid holding space. The smooth disc surfaces allow the Renovating tank purification INS
DIR DEL ESC
solids to slide down and provide self-cleaning of the discs. Each bowl Stern tube system purification
SF
BAF
DC5V
FRCE
RUN
STOP
HARD
assembly is fitted with a regulating ring, sometimes referred to as a gravity COPY ACK
Batch purification of turbo generator, main feed water pump turbine

disc. The diameter of the gravity disc is determined by the density of the oil to
Program Program L-Test WMS SMS SMS SERIES CHECK SHIFT
and diesel generator sumps.

0 1 01 36 96 1 2
be purified and will determine the position of the interface between the oil and SEP FEED SLUDGE PARTIAL HEATER
REPEATER
HELP ENTER
the sealing water. The position of this interface is critical for the effective
separation of the liquid mixture.
3.7.2 Lubricating Oil Purification System
Procedure for Operating the System Procedure to Stop the Purifier

g) Set the valves as shown in the following list :
To purify lubricating oil to and from the main turbine LO sump tank using a) Shut the steam to the heater and allow the oil to cool.
No.1 purifier. Position Description Valve
b) Press the PROGRAM 0 key. Two total ejections will be triggered and Open LO renovating tank suction valve 123VPK
a) Record the level of oil in all the tanks associated with the system. the purifier will stop automatically. Open Isolating valve from LO renovating tank 126VPK
b) Open any control air and operating water valves to the purifier. c) The feed pump will need to be stopped if they are running in manual Close No.1 purifier feed pump suction valve 102VPK
mode. Open No.1 purifier feed pump suction valve 128VPK
c) Ensure there is electrical power at the purifier control panel.
d) Close the control air and operating water valves to the purifier along h) Check that following valves are closed, which have not been
d) Set the valves as shown in the following list : with any other valves opened prior to start up. previously described :
Description Valve e) Once the purifier has come to a complete stop the brake can be applied Description Valve
Open LO sump tank suction valve 101VPK and preparations made for cleaning if required. Main T/G sumps suction valves 136 / 137VPK
Closed No.2 purifier feed pump suction valve 103VPK Main feed water pump sumps suction valves 138 / 139VPK
Closed Pump suction valve from auxiliaries 128VPK Stern tube sump filling valve 130VPK
Open No.1 purifier feed pump suction valve 102VPK Stern tube sump suction valve 141VPK
Open Recirculation / Purifier return valves 106 / 117VPK Procedure for Purifying Oil in the Renovating Tank LO drain tank suction valve 142VPK
Closed Pump discharge valve for transfer system 134VPK Contaminated oil may be once collected in the renovating tank where the oil
Open Pump discharge valve 104VPK is settled. The settled oil in the tank is circulated operating the purifier. CAUTION
Closed No.2 purifier discharge valve 114VPK
Open No.1 purifier discharge valve 113VPK Extreme care must be taken when transferring lubricating oil to ensure
The description assumes that the batch purification will be carried out for the that oils do not become mixed. The setting of all valves must be checked
Closed Isolating valves to/from LO renovating tank 124/126/133VPK
Open Deaeration chamber inlet valve 115VPK contaminated oil in the main sump tank using the renovating tank and that the prior to commencing transfer operations, so that oil will only be pumped
Closed Deaeration chamber outlet valve 116VPK contaminated oil will be transferred to the renovating tank using No.1 LO from and to the intended destinations.
Open LO sump tank inlet valve 125VPK purifier.
Open Sludge discharge valve
Open Fresh water supply valve 221VPG a) Ensure that the renovating tank has sufficient space to take the LO
from main sump tank. (about 15m3) Alarms
The purifier flow regulating valve should be set for the desired discharge
b) The procedure for starting the purifier is as previously described with
pressure and should not be adjusted during normal running conditions. the following valve settings : Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
e) Ensure the purifier brake is off and that the purifier is free to rotate. Position Description Valve TR 912 / 913 LO purifier LO inlet TA H 90
f) Check the purifier gearbox oil level. Closed LO renovating tank suction valve 123VPK
Closed Turbine LO supply valves in line 131 / 145VPK FS 709 Oil sludge tank LAH - 2 5 0 mm
g) Start the No.1 purifier feed pump. The three way valve will ensure the Closed LO daily tank filling valve 143VPK (from tank top)
oil bypasses the purifier and returns to the pump suction. Open LO renovating tank inlet valve 132VPK
Open Isolating valves to LO renovating tank 133VPK
h) Set the steam temperature control valve to the required setting (85) Close Deaeration chamber inlet valve 115VPK
taking care not to overheat the oil. Slowly open the steam supply and Close Deaeration chamber outlet valve 116VPK
return on the heater in use. c)
When the transferring oil in the sump tank would have completed, the
i) Start the purifier at local control panel and ensure that the bowl is up to new oil will be filled from the storage tank to the sump tank.
speed before continuing.
d) For filling the new oil to the sump by gravity, set the valves as shown
j) Ensure the operating water opens and closes the bowl. in the following list :
k) Switch on the control unit. Position Description Valve
l) Once the lubricating oil temperature is above the minimum setting, Open LO storage tank suction valve 122VPK
start the program by pressing PROGRAM 1 soft key on the control Open LO filling line valve 124VPK
panel. This will initiate a start sequence including a sludge and Opened LO sump tank inlet valve 125VPK
discharge test and operate the purifier in automatic mode. Once the Closed Isolating valve from LO renovating tank 126VPK
purifier is running and no signs of abnormal vibrations and sound are e) While the filling of new oil, the purifier operation should be stooped.
evident, temperatures, pressures and electric current should be recorded
and the levels of the tanks in use checked. f) The valves 122 /125VPK will be closed after completion of the filling.
3.7.2a Lubricating
3.7.2a Lubricating
OilOil Purification
Purification System
System
LUB.OIL MIST BOX
40
50
40
15
133VPK
50
50 0.6 MPA LPSG STM
168VPK ( SEE 3.1.4a )
132VPK 115VPK
DEAERATION
G/E L.O. G/E L.O. L.O.STOR.TK L.O.RENOV.TK CHAMBER
40
RENOV.TK STOR.TK
TC TC
116VPK 913 912
321VPK
40 40
152VPK 151VPK 122VPK 123VPK NO.2 L.O.PURIF.HTR T T NO.1 L.O.PURIF.HTR
50
(2) TM TM
PAL 913 912 PAL
40
50
131VPK 913 912
FI TAH TAH FI
50
80 PS P 40 913 912 40 P PS
TAL TAL
155VPK 145VPK 124VPK 913 912
(2) (2)
143VPK
NO.2 NO.1
40
( SEE 3.8.1a )
L.O.PURIF. 166VPK L.O.PURIF.
40
40
TO SHORE CONN.
40
40
80
40
RM XA ES RM XA ES
40
913 913 FIRE 912 912 FIRE
L.O.DAILY TK 50 114VPK 113VPK
50
165VPK
163VPK 109VPK
L.O.PRIM.PUMP
164VPK 140VPK
SUMP TK
25 25
40
156VPK
AUX.GEN.ENG.
40
40
40
SUMP TK NO.1 L.O.TRANS. & PURIF.FD PUMP
138VPK ( SEE 3.7.1a )
FROM L.O.GRAV.TK P C RM SA ES C P
105VPK 135VPK 107VPK 602 602 FIRE
40 40
SUMP TK MAIN FD.W.PUMP TURB. 125VPK 126VPK 118VPK 117VPK
136VPK
NO.2 NO.1 106VPK 134VPK 104VPK
50 50
80
40
NO.2 MAIN T/G
SUMP TK NO.2 102JPK 103VPK 102VPK 101JPK
139VPK
50
40
50
40
50
40 40 50 50
SUMP TK
137VPK
25
NO.1 MAIN T/G

40
NOTE :
80
130VPK 142VPK 101VPK (2) TO SEP.BILGE OIL TK
141VPK
STERN TUBE L.O. SUMP TK
201VPK
L.O.SUMP TK
TO S/T L.O.PUMP
( SEE 3.7.4a )
L.O.DRAIN TK
3.7.3 Lubricating Oil Filling and Transfer System
Lubricating Oil Transfer & Purifier Feed Pump Procedure for Filling to Main LO Sump Tank
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. c) Open the following valves :
a) Close the following valves : Description Valve
No. of sets : 1 set Description Valve
Type : Gear, horizontal LO storage tank suction valve 122VPK
LO renovating tank suction valve 123VPK
Capacity : 3.1m3/h at 0.343MPa Turbine LO supply valve in line 145VPK
Turbine LO supply valve in line 145VPK
Rating : 440V, 0.75kW, 1,200 rpm LO daily tank filling valve 143VPK
Deaeration chamber outlet valve 116VPK Return from Auxiliary Turbines and Stern Tube LO Sumps and LO Drain
Two LO filling lines, one is for turbines LO, the other is for generator engine LO Isolating valve from LO renovating tank 126VPK Tank to LO Renovating Tank
are provided and each shore filling connection is located at port and starboard on
b) Open the following valves : a) Close the following valves :
upper deck.
Description Valve Description Valve
The LO transfer system is composed of two transfer / purifier feed pumps, two LO storage tank suction valve 122VPK Purifier feed pump suction valve 102VPK
purifiers, storage tanks, renovating tanks and sump tanks of machines. The same LO filling line valve 124VPK Recirculation / Purifier return valves 106 / 117VPK
LO sump tank inlet valve 125VPK Pump discharge valve for purifying system 104VPK
kind LO is applied for the main turbine and auxiliary turbines. The generator
engine LO system is segragated from the turbine LO system except No.2 purifier Shore connection in line valve 140VPK
operation to minimize the mixture of different kind of oils. For this means, No1 Return from Main LO sump Tank to LO Renovating Tank Isolating valves with purifier discharge 131/133VPK
purifier is dedicated for turbine oil operation. b) Open the appropriate suction valve on sump tank. On the contrary,
The description assumes that the transfer will be carried outtank using No.1 LO
Confirm that other valves not to be required to shift LO are closed.
Each LO sump tank is filled directly from the storage tank and the renovating transfer and purifier feed pump.
tank by gravity. c) Open the following valves :
a) Close the following valves :
Description Valve
Description Valve
The main LO sump tank can be purified or pumped to the renovating tank. This Pump suction valve from auxiliaries 128VPK
LO renovating tank suction valve 123VPK
operation would be required if the main sump tank needed cleaning or repairs, or Pump discharge valve for transfer system 134VPK
No.2 purifier feed pump suction valve 103VPK
if the oil in use became unfit for further use due to contamination. Isolating valve in line with pump discharge 109VPK
Pump suction valve from auxiliaries 128VPK
LO renovating tank inlet valve 132VPK
Recirculation / Purifier return valves 106 / 117VPK
The sumps for auxiliary turbines and stern tube should be pumped to the Pump discharge valve for purifying system 104VPK d) Start pump at the local starter.
renovating tank for the batch purification of them. After completion of the Shore connection in line valve 140VPK
purification, the purified oil in the renovating tank is discharged to respective Isolating valves with purifier discharge 131/133VPK
Procedure for Filling to Auxiliary Generator Engine LO Sump
sumps by gravity.
b) Open the following valves :
Description Valve a) Close the following valves :
The sumps for auxiliary generator engine is pumped to the renovating tank by Description Valve
LO sump tank suction valve 101VPK
the priming pump which is attached on the engine when the batch purification is G/E LO renovating tank suction valve 152VPK
Purifier feed pump suction valve 102VPK
required. After completion of the purification, the purified oil in the renovating b) Open the following valves :
Pump discharge valve for transfer system 134VPK
tank is dropped to the sump by gravity. Description Valve
Isolating valve in line with pump discharge 109VPK
LO renovating tank inlet valve 132VPK G/E LO storage tank suction valve 151VPK
Each renovating tank is fitted with a steam heating coil which would promote G/E LO supply in line valve 155VPK
separation of water, oil and sludge in the settling process. c) Start pump at the local starter.
The LO storage and LO renovating tanks are fitted with pneumatically operated Return from Generator Engine LO Sump to LO Renovating Tank
Procedure for Filling to Auxiliary Turbines and Stern Tube LO Sumps
quick-closing valves which can be operated from the ships fire control station.
a) Close the following valves :
After being tripped the valves must be reset locally. Each renovating tank is also a) Close the following valves :
Description Valve
fitted with a self-closing sample cock to allow for a sample to be drawn for Description Valve
No,2 purifier discharge valve 166VPK
analysis and to check for the presence of water. All LO tanks have a save-all LO renovating tank suction valve 123VPK
Shore connection in line valve 164VPK
which will catch and direct any escaped oil to the LO drain tank. LO supply in line valve 124VPK
LO priming pump discharge priming supply
LO daily tank filling valve 143VPK
The decrepit oil in the sump tanks is discharged either to shore connections or to LO filling line valve 124VPK b) Open the following valves :
waste oil settling tank with a spectacle blank by the transfer and purifier feed Isolating valves in line 126/131/141VPK Description Valve
pump for turbine oil and the priming pump for engine oil. Pump suction valves from auxiliaries 127/128VPK LO priming pump discharge valve
G/E LO supply in line valve 163VPK
b) Open the appropriate filling valve on sump tank. On the contrary, Confirm
The sludges from purifiers are discharged into the oil sludge tank and collected to G/E LO renovating tank filling valve 168VPK
that other valves not to be required to supply LO are closed.
the separated bilge oil tank. The contents in the separated bilge oil tank will be c) Start LO priming pump attached on the engine.
pumped to waste oil settling tank or the shore connection.
3.7.3a Lubricating
3.7.3a Lubricating
OilOil Filling
Filling andand Transfer
Transfer System
System
LUB.OIL MIST BOX

UPP. DK (P) UPP.DK (S)
UPP.DK
50
40
80 80
191VPK
183VPK
50
40
TO SEP.BILGE OIL TK
80
50
133VPK
CLEAN OIL TK
168VPK 148VPK 121VPK 132VPK 115VPK
10
G/E L.O. G/E L.O. DEAERATION

L.O.STOR.TK L.O.RENOV.TK CHAMBER
RENOV.TK STOR.TK
116VPK
181VPK
152VPK 151VPK 122VPK 123VPK NO.2 L.O.PURIF.HTR NO.1 L.O.PURIF.HTR
80
50
131VPK
40 80
40
40
145VPK 124VPK
25
143VPK
( SEE 3.8.1a ) NO.2 NO.1
155VPK TO SHORE CONN.
40
40
L.O.PURIF. 166VPK L.O.PURIF.
80
182VPK
40
40
40
L.O.DAILY TK 114VPK 113VPK

165VPK
163VPK 109VPK
(3)
40 40 40
SUMP TK L.O.PRIM.PUMP 164VPK 140VPK

40
156VPK
AUX.GEN.ENG.
40
40
SUMP TK NO.1 L.O.TRANS. & PURIF.FD PUMP
138VPK ( SEE 3.7.1a )
P RM SA ES C
FROM L.O.GRAV.TK C P
105VPK 135VPK 107VPK 602 602 FIRE
40
SUMP TK MAIN FD.W.PUMP TURB. 125VPK 126VPK 118VPK 117VPK
(3) NO.2 NO.1 106VPK 134VPK 104VPK
80
50 50
40
SUMP TK NO.2
NO.2 MAIN T/G 102JPK 101JPK
139VPK
50
40
50
40
50
40 40 40 50 50
SUMP TK
137VPK
(3)
25
25
NOTE :
80
NO.1 MAIN T/G

40
(3) TO L.O. SLUDGE TK

STERN TUBE 141VPK L.O. SUMP TK

201VPK
L.O.SUMP TK
40 TO S/T L.O.PUMP
( SEE 3.7.4a )
L.O.DRAIN TK
3.7.4 Stern Tube Lubricating Oil System
Stern Tube Seal

Maker : Blohm and Voss Industrietechnik GmbH An oil circulator is fitted in the second chamber between the two middle seals. c) Open the cooling water inlet and outlet valves to the stern tube LO cooler
Type : SC 2 MZ / SC 2 Z When the propeller shaft rotates a pumping action is set up which forces the oil and ensure that cooling water is circulating through the cooler.
to circulate round the seal and back to the aft seal settling tank. This forced
d) Start the duty stern LO pump and check that oil is flowing through the
Stern Tube Lubricating Oil Pump circulation helps with the lubrication and cooling of the aft seal. Chamber 3 has
bearing system and returning to the LO sump tank by means of the sight
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. an oil supply to provide a static head from the aft seal stern tube settling tank.
glass.
No. of sets : 1 set The aft seal settling tank is fitted with both high and low level alarms and also
Type : Gear, horizontal incorporates a overflow valve to check the tank level, a drain cock is also fitted e) Set the other stern tube LO pump to the standby mode.
Capacity : 1m3/h at 0.343MPa to enable any water to be drained from the tank. The height of the overflow is
f) During normal operation, regular inspection should be made by oil levels,
Rating : 440V, 0.75kW, 1,200 rpm 1400mm above the centre line of the propeller shaft.
temperatures and pressure. Oil samples should be taken from 262 / 263 /
264VPK, and tested in accordance with planned maintenance schedule.
Stern Tube Lubricating Oil Cooler
Maker : Setouchi Kogyo Co.,Ltd. Forward Seal Assembly
g) At the dry dock, the LO circulating valves 253 / 254VPK for the chamber
No. of sets : 1 set The forward seal consists of two sealing rings, both facing aft. The chamber 2 of aft seal should be closed.
Type : Shell and tube, horizontal between the seals is supplied with oil from a small circulation tank, of
Capacity : 0.8m3/h approximately 20 litre capacity, situated on the aft bulkhead so that the normal
oil level in the tank is approximately 950 mm above the propeller shaft centre line. Controls
The function of the stern tube is to act as a seal and bearing support for the The circulation tank is fitted with a filling cap, both high and low level alarms.
The stern tube LO pump will be automatically changed over by low pump
propeller shaft. The stern tube assembly is sealed at both ends using lip type Three pipes connect the forward seal circulation tank to the forward seal chamber.
discharge pressure (40kPa).
seals and is oil lubricated, the lubrication system being totally independent of all
other systems. The stern tube passes through a tank filled with water and The centre pipe leading down from the circulation tank provides a static head for
provides added cooling for the stern tube. the seal. The two pipes connected to the sides of the circulation tank form part of
the circulating system set up when the shaft is rotating. Alarms
There are three lubricating systems for the stern tube, the bearing unit, the aft
seal assembly and the forward seal assembly. The bearing and seal assemblies A circulator is fitted between the two seals and forms a pumping action when the Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
all use the same grade of lubricating oil as main turbine service. propeller shaft rotates. The two pipes allow for ahead and astern rotation of the shaft.
TR 138 / 139 S/T bearing metal temp. TAH / ASLD (M/T)
5 5
Bearing Unit Procedure for the Preparation
The bearing area is lubricated by means of a header tank system with oil being (Level)
a) Check the oil level in the stern tube LO sump tank, the LO header tanks, FS 703 S/T LO sump tank L A L + 4 5 0 mm
supplied to the stern tube from one of two stern tube LO pumps. The stern tube
the aft seal settling tank and the forward seal circulation tank and top up (from tank bottom)
LO pumps take suction from the stern tube LO tank and passes the oil through a
as necessary. Clean all the filters.
cooler and duplex filter before supplying the stern tube bearing. The stern tube
LO cooler is supplied from the central fresh water cooling system. b) Set the valves as shown in the table below. FS 704 S/T LO header tank L A L - 2 0 0 mm
(from overflow level)
The pressure is maintained by the hight of stern tube LO header tank, and the Position Description Valve
Open LO sump tank suction valve 201VPK
FS 705 S/T LO header tank for L A L - 2 0 0 m m
overflow is directed to stern tube LO sump tank through a sight glass which
Closed Cross-connection valve with purifier suction 141VPK
enables the operator to positively identify oil return. The stern tube LO header emergency use
Open Pumps suction valves 202 / 203VPK
tank for emergency is provided for ingress of sea water by the wear or failure of (from overflow level)
Open Pump discharge valves 211 / 212VPK
aft seal for sea water. Open Cooler inlet and outlet valves 213 / 214VPK
Closed Cooler bypass valve 215VPK FS 706 Forward seal circulating L A H - 7 5 m m
Open Stern tube inlet valve 216VPK tank L A L - 1 4 3 mm
Aft Seal Assembly
Closed Forward seal circulating tank filling valve 220VPK (from tank top)
The aft seal consists of four major parts, the four lip sealing rings, the metal Closed Emergency header tank inlet valve 222VPK
housing holding the sealing rings, a liner which rotates with the propeller shaft Closed Aft seal settling tank filling and drain valve 225 / 255VPK FS 707 Aft seal settling tank L A H - 8 0 mm
and a header tank. The after most seal ring is made from Perbunan-S whilst the Open Header tank inlet valve 221VPK (from tank top) L A L - 3 8 0 mm
other three are made from Viton Superslip. Open Aft seal settling tank outlet valve 251VPK
Open Aft seal inlet valve 252VPK
The twoK aftermost seal rings face outwards whilst the two forward seal rings Open Aft seal settling tank overflow valve 256VPK
face forward. The space created between each seal is called a chamber, there are Open Aft seal settling tank circulating valves 253 / 254VPK
three chambers at the aft seal assembly, numbered 1, 2 and 3, number 1 chamber Closed Sampling valves 262 / 263 / 264VPK
being the after most. Closed Drain valve 261VPK
3.7.4a Stern
3.7.4a Stern Tube
Tube Lubricating
Lubricating Oil Oil System
System
STERN TUBE
L.O.HEADER TK
(FOR EMERGENCY)
LAL
FS
3,852
705 #1 #2 #3R #3 #4 #5
(11,500 FROM B.L.)
FULL LOAD LEVEL AFT LINER FWD LINER
50
AFT SEAL FWD SEAL
65
STERN TUBE
2,300
L.O.HEADER TK
65
LAL
(9,200 FROM B.L.) LAL
453
NOR CLOSE 704
FS 707
NOR. BALLAST LEVEL 222VPK LAH
50 707
FS AFT SEAL
221VPK
NOR CLOSE SETTLING TK
225VPK
15
STERN TUBE COOL.F.W.TK 253VPK

15
FROM B.L.
254VPK
6,053
15
LAH LAL
706 706
FS
T FWD SEAL CIRC.TK
4,547
FROM B.L.
NOR CLOSE
220VPK
5,102
400
50
STERN TUBE L.O.CLR

023VPG
COOL.F.W.
013VPG
T T
214VPK 213VPK
252VPK
15
40
40
216VPK 203JPK
40 40 40
215VPK
TM TM
4,653
"C"
139 138
40
40
TAH TAH
139 138 261VPK
ASD
079 212VPK 211VPK
15
15
15
CHANGE CHANGE
PS OVER
PS OVER
262VPK P P
65
264VPK
263VPK NO.2 NO.1

LAL
TO L.O.PURIF.FD PUMP
703
( SEE 3.7.3a )
FS C C
202JPK 201JPK
STERN TUBE L.O.PUMP
40
RO RM SA ES
203VPK AC 202VPK
B.L. 603 603 603 FIRE
141VPK
40
201VPK
40 40
STERN TUBE L.O.SUMP TK

3.8.1 Engine Room Bilge System
Fire, Bilge and General Service Pump Controls

Maker : Hamworthy KSE Bilge wells within the engine room are located as follows : The engine room bilge pump will automatically stop according to the low level in
No. of sets : 2 sets Forward port and starboard bilge wells and the high level in the bilge hold tank. On / Off select switches for
Type : Centrifugal, vertical, self-priming Port middle the automatic stop detectors are provided on IAS.
Capacity : 170/265m3/h at 100/65m total head Aft
Rating : 440V, 100kW, 1,800 rpm The waste oil transfer pump will automatically stop according to the high level in
the waste oil settling tank. On / Off select switch for the automatic stop detector is
Engine Room Bilge Pump Bilge suctions are provided to following bottom flat sunken places additionally : provided on IAS.
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Forward port and starboard
No. of sets : 1 set Under main turbine seating
Type : Reciprocating piston, vertical Alarms
Capacity : 10m3/h at 40m total head Each bilge suction is connected to a common bilge main line which is taken
Rating : 440V, 3.5kW, 1,800 rpm suction by the engine room bilge pump and the fire, bilge and general service Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
pumps. FS 745 Bilge wells (from tank top)
Bilge Separator Service Pump
Fwd - P&S LAH -200 mm
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Bilge wells are normally pumped out using the engine room bilge pump which
discharges to the bilge holding tank. Mid - P LAH -150 mm
No. of sets : 1 set
Aft LAH -300 mm
Capacity : 5m3/h The bilge water is settled in the bilge holding tank as pre-treatment of oily bilge
Rating : 440V, 1.5kW, 1,200 rpm and the settled water is directed to the bilge separator to remove the oil so that the FS 746 Sunken deck under main turbine LAH -150 mm
oil residues in the treated water do not exceed 15ppm. The separated oil in the seating
Waste Oil Transfer Pump bilge holding tank is drained into the separated bilge oil tank. (from tank top)
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd.
Contents in the separated bilge oil tank is discharged to waste oil settling tank or FS 742 Clean drain tank LAH -300 mm
No. of sets : 1 set
shore connections as required using the waste oil transfer pump. The engine room (from tank top)
bilge pump discharge is also connected to the waste oil transfer pump discharge
Capacity : 5m3/h at 0.441MPa for discharging the bilge to the shore.
Rating : 440V, 3.7kW, 1,200 rpm FS 744 Separated bilge oil tank LAH -500 mm
(from tank top)
The emergency stop switches for USCG (ESSU) are provided at the places of
Bilge Separator
shore connection (port and starboard) for bilge discharge to stop bilge discharge. FS 737 Deck wash tank LAL -3,000 mm
Maker : Hamworthy KSE The ESSU switches stop the following pumps. (from tank top)
No. of sets : 1 set
Engine room bilge pump
Type : HS 5
Bilge separator service pump
Capacity : 5m3/h
Waste oil transfer pump Notes :
The bilge system is composed of the following : No.1 & No.2 LO transfer and purifier feed pumps 1) All movements of bilge water are to be recorded in the
machinery oil record book.
Fire, Bilge and General Service Pump 2) Before any bilges are pumped directly overboard, it must be
Engine room bilge pump All bilge wells, the bilge holding tank, separated bilge oil tank, clean drain tank
ensured that no local or international anti-pollution regulations
Waste oil transfer pump and sunken under the main turbine seating have high level alarms.
MARPOL will be contravened except where safety of the ship
Bilge separator or personnel is involved.
Emulsion breaking bilge water cleaning system The emergency bilge suction is provided at the suction of No.2 cooling sea water
3) Bilge water should not discharge directly to sea except in an
Clean drain tank pump and enables large quantities of bilge water to be pumped overboard in the
EMERGENCY.
Separated bilge oil tank event of an emergency such as engine room flooding. (See 3.5.2 Cooling Sea
4) When using the fire, bilge and general service pumps for bilge
Water Service System)
Bilge holding tank duties it is imperative that the discharge line valve from the pump to
Bilge wells the fire main is securely closed in order that no oily water can enter
The steering gear spaces are drained to aft bilge well through self closing cocks
the fire main system which could subsequently be directed onto a
The clean bilge water are discharged to overboard by the fire, bilge and general when required. The cocks are normally Closing.
fire.
service pumps. In addition, the fire, bilge and general service pumps will be used
to pump bilge water overboard in the event of an emergency such as the ingress The deck wash tank is provided for deck washing and rinsing of hydrant and
of large quantities of water into the vessel. water spray line.
3.8.1a Engine
3.8.1a Engine Room
Room Bilge
Bilge System
System
(P) (S)
TO HOLD BILGE EDUCTOR
SHORE CONNECTIONS UPP. DK UPP. DK
123VPJ
100
100
100
40
40
OIL SLUDGE TK AIR VENT RO RO RM SA
637 FIRE 637 637
200
FIRE,BILGE & G.S.PUMP
65 65
C P 130VPH
P C
122VPJ 121VPJ 105VPH
112JPJ 111JPJ
FROM L.O.TRANS. & 40 200
PURIF.FEED PUMP NO.2 NO.1 S.W.
( SEE 3.7.3a ) ( SEE 10.3.1a )
260VPL
111VPJ 102VPJ
FIRE,BILGE & G.S.PUMP
RO RO RM SA 111VPH 110VPH
100
126VPJ
637 FIRE 637 637 150 150
65
200
200
65
65
80
WASTE OIL
SETT.TK BILGE HOLD TK
TO FIRE MAIN
112VPJ ( SEE 10.3.1a )
LONG RUN 40 200
RM SA XA
AS
648 648 648 013VPH
ENG.RM BILGE PUMP 150 150
FROM MAIN CONDR
102VPH ( SEE 3.5.1a )
P 128VPJ
40 40 100
S.W. FROM F.W.TKS
125VPJ ( SEE 10.3.1a ) ( SEE 3.9.1a )
117VPJ
65
C
ES RM SA
AS
65
FIRE 646 646
113JPJ
081VPH F.W.FILLING
WASTE OIL TRANS.PUMP
40 40 TO BILGE SEPARATOR
65
P
65
( SEE 3.8.2a )
65
100
142VPJ
40
STEER.ENG.RM 113VPJ
TO H.F.O.TRANS. 65 299VPG
PUMP DISCH.
(P) (S) (S) (P) S.W. ( SEE 3.6.2a ) 282VPL
LAL
( SEE 3.5.2a ) C 737
200
200
100
100
DECK WASH TK FS
FROM CARGO MACH.RM

50
141JPJ 295VPG 290VPG 296VPG
100
65
65
FROM F.O.DRAIN TK 65 100
171VPJ
( SEE 3.6.2a )
176VPJ 175VPJ
150 200 200 200
109VPJ 108VPJ 107VPJ 106VPJ 105VPJ 104VPJ 103VPJ 101VPJ 110VPJ
FOR E/R
50
50
BILGE PUMP
65
65
109GPJ 107GPJ 103GPJ 101GPJ 102GPJ

65
50
50
50
AS LAH
25
50
648 745 FOR E/R FOR E/R

BILGE PUMP BILGE PUMP
150
50
FS FS AS LAH LAH LAH LAH LAH AS AS LAH
200
150
150
648 745 DK SUNKEN 746 141VPJ 744 742 745 648 648 745
50
(P) (S) 114VPJ

FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS
B.W. (AFT)
B.W.(P) SUNKEN B.W.(S) B.W.(P)
VOID SPACE VOID SPACE VOID SPACE
SEPARATED BILGE OIL TK CLEAN DRAIN TK ECO.SOUND/MAGNETIC LOG COMP.
3.8.1a Bilge
3.8.2 Engine
Separator
Room Bilge System
Bilge Separator
Maker : Hamworthy KSE The bilge water collected into the bilge holding tank is treated by the bilge c) Start the bilge separator (Bilge separator service pump).
No. of sets : 1 set separator, and the treated water contained oil at less than 15ppm is discharged to
d) Adjust the flow to Marinfloc System by the combination of needle valves
overboard. When the oil content exceeds 15ppm, the discharge water from bilge
Type : HS 5 191/192VPJ. (The supply flow rate should be adjusted to approximately
separator will be returned to the bilge separator inlet side for reprocessing.
Capacity : 5m3/h 1m3/h or less.)
The bilge holding tank has primary section where three oil discharge valves at e) Start Marinfloc System.
Emulsion Breaking Bilge Water Cleaning System different height are provided. Two different height suctions for bilge separator are
Maker : Marinfloc AB provided on the bilge hold tank, and whichever suction is used as required.
No. of sets : 1 set Heating device is provided for the bilge holding tank. In case the heating device is Alarms
Capacity : 6m3/day (0.25m3/h) used as required, take care the water temperature to prevent damage of tank inside
painting. Sensor Tag No. Function Set point
The separator complies with the IMO resolution MEPC 60(33) and is fitted with The emulsion breaking bilge water cleaning system will be operated to treat the FS 743 Bilge holding tank LAH -500 mm
an oil content meter with an alarm. emulsified oil as required. The bilge water is pumped from the bilge separator to (from tank top)
two flock tanks, where aluminium chloride is dosed with a dosage pump. The Oil content 924 Bilge separator outlet H 15 ppm
The purpose of the separator is to separate the oil from the bilge water so that the water is pumped overboard from the flock tanks via three filter steps. The monitor oil content
oil residues in the treated water do not exceed 15ppm before being discharged sediments in the flock tanks are drained to the separated bilge oil tank.
into the sea.
928 Emulsion breaking bilge water H 15 ppm
The separating principle of the separator is based on the different specific gravities Bilge Separator Sole Operation cleaning system outlet oil
of oil and water. The rising velocity of oil globules in water is relative to their content
diameter, i.e. a 60 micron diameter oil globule will rise 195 micron/sec, where a a) Ensure that the isolating valves with emulsion breaking bilge water
30 micron of it will rise 50 micron / sec. cleaning system (Marinfloc System) are set as follows. Notes :
Position Description Valve 1) All movements of bilge water are to be recorded in the machinery oil
The separator reduces the shear on the oil particles and enables a plate pack to be Open Bilge separator sea water inlet valve 082VPH record book.
used. Oil globules passing through the pack will make contact and coalesce on the Open Bilge separator separated oil outlet valve 152VPJ
oleophilic plates until the globules are large enough to rise up through the pack. Open Bilge holding tank suction valve 131 or 132VPJ 2) Before any bilges are pumped directly overboard, it must be ensured
The plate pack configuration allows solids drawn in with the liquids to gravitate Closed Bilge separator sampling valves that no local or international anti-pollution regulations MARPOL will
down through the pack, to collect in the bottom. Closed Bilge separator drain valves 153 / 154 / 155VPJ be contravened.
Open Bilge separator bilge water inlet valve 133 VPJ
A service pump is mounted on top of the unit to draw the oily water through the Open Bilge separator outlet overboard valve 190VPJ 3) When not in use, the bilge separator is to be filled with water.
Close Bilge separator outlet valve to Marinfloc System 192VPJ
separator. Probes fitted into the gravity chamber, monitor the oil and water levels 4) When not in use, the filter of emulsion braking bilge water cleaning
Close Bilge separator recirculating valve 191VPJ
and control pump and solenoid valves to give automatic operation of the unit. Close Marinfloc System outlet valve 193VPJ system is to be back flushed.
Open Bilge separator overboard valves 135 / 136VPJ
When the oil builds up to cover the lower probe in the gravity chamber the pump Open Oil content monitor supply valve 138VPJ
stops and two solenoid valves open, one connected to a clean water supply and Closed Oil content monitor flush water valve 228VPG
the other on the oil discharge line. The oily water inlet solenoid closes and water
b) Start the bilge separator (Bilge separator service pump).
pressure forces oil out from the top of the separator until upper probe operates.
The oily water inlet solenoid then opens, the pump starts and the clean water inlet
and oil outlet solenoids close. If air collects in the top of the separator, it is dealt
Emulsion Breaking Bilge Water Treatment System Operation
with in exactly the same manner, since the probes detect a water / air inter face as
they would a water / oil interface. a) Set up Marinfloc System according to the instructions of supplier.
The bilge separator service pump will also automatically stop according to the b) Set the valves as shown in the table below.
low level in the bilge hold tank. On / Off select switches for the automatic stop Position Description Valve
detectors are provided on IAS. Close Bilge separator outlet overboard valve 190VPJ
Open Bilge separator recirculating valve 191VPJ
Open Marinfloc System drain valve 197VPJ
Open Marinfloc System hot water inlet valve 268VPG
Open Marinfloc System outlet valve 193VPJ
3.8.2 Bilge
3.8.2a
3.8.2a Bilge
BilgeSeparator
Separator
Separator
UPP. DK
( SEE 3.8.1a )
FROM E/R BILGE PUMP
25
FROM WASTE OIL SETT.TK
40
50
65
FROM DRAIN INSPECTION TK
( SEE 3.2.6a )
50
126VPJ
LAH 147VPJ 15
743
FS
148VPJ 15
AS
648
FS
149VPJ 15
FOR E/R
BILGE PUMP
145VPJ
25
157VPJ
BILGE HOLD.TK
131VPJ 146VPJ
AS 40
647
FS (HIGH)
FOR BILGE SEP.
SERVICE PUMP
25
132VPJ
F.W. EMULSION BREAKING BILGE WATER CLEANING SYSTEM 40
(LOW)
( SEE 3.9.1a )
25
228VPG
XAH 143VPJ
65
928 S.W. ( SEE 3.8.1a )
XAH
924
RM
40
156VPJ SA
AS
647 647
40
193VPJ BILGE SEPARATOR
25 082VPH
FS
S 152VPJ
HOT W. P
( SEE 3.9.1a ) S SERV.PUMP
P
268VPG S 133VPJ
15 40
40
25
DISCH.PUMP DOSAGE PUMP 131JPJ
6
267VPG 197VPJ
65
195VPJ
25
155VPJ 154VPJ 153VPJ
40
192VPJ
40
138VPJ
S 190VPJ
40 40
25
25
40
S
191VPJ
25
137VPJ
40
135VPJ
40 40
136VPJ
15 50 50
50
151VPJ 144VPJ
SEPARATED BILGE OIL TK

3.8.2a Domestic
3.9.1 Bilge Separator
Fresh Water System
Distilling Plant Procedure for Operating the Fresh Water System

Maker : Alfa Laval K.K. Water may be taken from a shore supply or a barge by means of water bunkering
a) Check that there is sufficient water in the fresh water tank to meet the
No of sets : 2 sets lines located on the port and starboard sides of the ship at the cargo manifold. immediate demand. Open either fresh water tank suction valve 211 or
Model : VPS-36-125CC (condensate cooled) Alternatively, the water can be filled directly from the filling cap fitted on top of 212VPG to be put in service.
VPS-36-125SWC (sea water cooled) each tank.
b) Check that the fresh water pressure tank outlet valve 220VPG is closed.
Type : Low pressure, plate type
The domestic fresh water is stored in two fresh water tanks, which are located in c) Vent the fresh water pressure tank and, using one of two FW pumps in
Capacity : 60 tons/day
the steering gear room on the starboard side and the levels are monitored by the local control, fill it until the water level gauge glass is a half full ; stop the
IAS. pump. Suction valves 213VPG and 214VPG for the fresh water pumps
Fresh Water Pump must be open together with the pump discharge valves.
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. The fresh water hydrophore unit provides the ship with cold fresh water for d) Open the air supply valve 136VPE and the pressure tank air valve to
No. of sets : 2 sets drinking, sanitary water and technical services water. The fresh water pressurize the hydrophore tank from the ships air supply system. The
Type : Centrifugal, verical pressure tank gauge valves must be open. When the pressure tank is at the
hydrophore unit also supplies water to the calorifier and the hot water circulation
Capacity : 10 m3/h at 65 mth correct operating pressure close the air valves.
pumps supply hot water from the calorifier to the accommodation.
Rating : 440V, 7.5kW, 3,600 rpm e) Open the fresh water pressure tank outlet valve 220VPG. The fresh water
Two (2) fresh water pumps, one Lead duty, the other Follow duty take pressure tank is now operational and FW can be supplied to the various
Hot Water Circulating Pump users.
suction from the fresh water tanks and discharge to a fresh water pressure tank.
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. Two (2) pressure switches (one for each duty) control the fresh water pump f) At the local control panel set both fresh water pumps to AUTO. The
No. of sets : 2 sets cut-in and cut-out in the automatic mode, to maintain the water level operating pump will start and operate in automatic mode with control from the
band. Initial charge, which sets the position of water level operating band, is pressure switches stopping and starting the pump as necessary.
Type : Centrifugal, horizontal
Capacity : 4 m3/h at 15 mth supplied from the general service air system. g) Carry out steps (b) thru (e) for the fire fighting fresh water pump and
Rating : 440V, 1.5kW, 3,600 rpm pressure tank.
Water treatment is made by chlorine / mineral / inhibitor injection unit. The
Fresh Water Tank Recirculating Pump inhibitor is injected into distilled water filling line from distilling plants to the
fresh water tanks, or into the fresh water pumps suction as required. The chlorine
Maker : Hamworthy KSE
/ mineral is injected into the fresh water pumps suction line as required.
No. of sets : 1 set
Type : Centrifugal, horizontal
Two (2) hot water circulating pumps and a hot water heater with steam heating,
Capacity : 10 m3/h at 15 mth alternatively electric heater are installed in line of the hot water circulation.
Rating : 440V, 6.4kW, 3,600 rpm
Caution
Distilled Water Tank Recirculating Pump When the steam heater is in use, the hot water temperature control valve
Make r: Hamworthy KSE which regulates steam flow to the heater should always be used. The
No. of sets : 1 set by-pass valve should only be used with an operator in attendance and
Type : Centrifugal, horizontal should be locked closed at all other times.
Capacity : 10 m3/h at 15 mth
Rating : 440V, 6.4kW, 3,600 rpm Fresh water can be run down from the fresh water tanks to replenish the stern
tube cooling water tank as required.
Chlorine / Mineral / Inhibitor Injection Unit
A distilled water tank recirculation pump and a fresh water tank recirculation
pump are provided to prevent from freezing. Pumps are started and stopped
locally and monitored on the IAS.
A fire fighting fresh water pump takes suction from the fresh water tank and
discharges to a fire fighting fresh water pressure tank. A pressure switch controls
the pump operation to keep the water level band. Initial charge air is also
supplied from the general service air system.
3.9.1 Domestic Fresh Water System
Hot Water System Controls

This system supplies the hot water to the accommodation for domestic purposes.
Fresh Water Pump
Water is circulated continuously by one of the two the hot water circulating The fresh water pumps start and stop in response to pressure changes in the fresh
pump, the water being passed through a hot water heater, which can be either water pressure tank. The pumps are operated in a Lead and Follow mode.
steam or electrically heated to raise the water to the correct temperature. Top up
to the system is from the pressure tank. The pumps can be changed over if The operating pressures are as follows :
necessary for maintenance. Pumps are started and stopped locally and monitored 1) The Lead pump starts at a falling pressure of 550kPa and stops at a
on the IAS. Pumps should be changed over periodically in order to avoid one rising pressure of 650kPa.
pump having excessive running hours.
2) The Follow pump starts at a falling pressure of 450kPa and stops at a
rising pressure of 650kPa.
The system supplies hot water to the accommodation system, the wash basin in
the workshop, the laboratory wash sink, the wash basin in the engine room toilet
and the emulsion breaking bilge water cleaning system operation.
Fire Fighting Fresh Water Pump
The fire fighting fresh water pump starts and stops in response to pressure
Procedure for Operating the Hot Water System changes in the fire fighting fresh water pressure tank. The pump starts at a falling
pressure of 980kPa and stops at a rising pressure of 1,100kPa.
a) Operate the FW system as above and set the hot water system valves as
Follows :
Position Description Valve Chlorine / Mineral / Inhibitor Injection Unit
Open Hot water heater supply valve 249VPG
The chlorine / mineral / inhibitor supply valves are opened manually as required.
Open Hot water heater outlet valve 263VPG
The supply pumps are automatically started and stopped at Auto mode as
Open Both hot water circulating pump suction valves 264 / 265VPG
follows :
Open Both hot water circulating pump discharge valves 261 / 262VPG
1) Chlorine pump, Mineral pump
b) After opening the hot water system supply valve from the cold water
system, allow the system to fill from the hydrophore tank. By the fresh water pump running signal.
c) Ensure that the hot water circulating pumps are primed. 2) Inhibitor pump
d) Start one of the hot water circulating pumps at the local starter panel. Fresh water service line :
e) Open the steam supply or switch on the electrical supply to the calorifier, By the fresh water pump running signal.
and set the system temperature.
Fresh water tank filling line :
f) Check that the system is circulating correctly and that the temperature is By the distilled water pump equipped on distilling plant running and
maintained. salinity normal signal.
g) Open the outlet valves to the hot water systems as required.
Alarms

LT 731/732 Fresh water tank level LAL +2,000 mm
(from tank bottom)
3.9.1a Domestic
3.9.1a Domestic Fresh
Fresh Water
Water System
System
TO FOAM TO & FROM TO FIRE HOSE

FOR DK SERVICE & CO2 RM TO E/G RM ACCOMMO. REEL SYSTEM
40
NOTE:
10
10
10
(1) FROM GENE.SERVICE AIR LINE
219VPG 269VPG
40
40
314VPG
(2) TO CLEAN DRAIN TANK
10
DIST.W.TK RECIRC.PUMP FOR FOR FOR EXH.GAS
INCI. BLR
25
65
D/G
SEAL W.POT
25
15
40
P SA RM
628 628 316VPG 315VPG 209VPG
208VPG 259VPG
40 65 210VPG 40 15 15 252VPG
C 204VPG 203VPG CCS F.W.

S S S S
40 EXP.TK
313JPG 251VPG
10
NO.2 NO.1 CASING(DK-4)
313VPG LAL LAL
DIST.W.TK DIST.W.TK FI FI 250VPG
734 733 NO.2 NO.1 10
LM LM P P CASING(UPP.DK)
734 294VPG 293VPG 733
25
P P TO HYD.PUMP UNIT RM
202VPG DIST.PLANT 201VPG DIST.PLANT 15
40
40
312VPG 136VPF 284VPG 311VPG 135VPF 283VPG
40
TO GAS BOTTLE RM
DIST.W.PUMP DIST.W.PUMP
BASIN
40 40 25 25 SINK(LABO.) (E/R TOILET) BASIN(W/S)
TO EMULSION BREAKING
65
65
BILGE WATER CLEANING

65 40 SYSTEM ( SEE 3.8.2a )
40
205VPG
15
65 65 40
T B.W.
263VPG B.W. B.W.
CONDS.W.LINE 40 40 10 10
( SEE 3.2.1a )
40 65 40
HOT.W.HTR 40 25 15 15
298VPG 297VPG
65
249VPG
TAH 10 244VPG
40
40
65
40
40
304VPG TO DECK WASH TK 887 1ST FLAT(P)

65
F.W.TK RECIRC.PUMP 262VPG P P 243VPG

261VPG 10
P SA RM 306VPG 305VPG
1ST FLAT(S)
627 627 (2)
P P
265VPG 264VPG 40 10 242VPG FOUNTAIN
40 137VPE WORK SHOP
NO.2 NO.1
C 206VPG (1) 241VPG
207VPG
HOT W.CIRC.PUMP 40 10
40 FIRE FIGHT.F.W.PUMP
303JPG RM SA
SA RO RM RO 10 238VPG
ASS 625 625
626 FIRE 626 626 PS P 2ND FLAT(NEAR BLR)
303VPG LAL
NO.2 NO.1 LAL
FIRE FIGHT
732 F.W.TK F.W.TK 731 C P F.W.PRESS.TK 10 237VPG
LM LM 217VPG 2ND FLAT(P)

732 292VPG 291VPG 731 40 215VPG 271VPG 40 10 236VPG
2ND FLAT(S)
215JPG
LOCAL FIRE EXT.SYS. 40
TO I.G.G
302VPG 212VPG 282VPG 301VPG 211VPG 281VPG
136VPE 138VPE
SHOWER
50
C P 15 10 10
40 40 (1) 230VPG
EYE WASHER
214VPG 240VPG TO DIST.PLANT
50 10 CHEMICAL DOSING UNIT
NO.2
65
50
214JPG PS PS P F.W.PRESS.TK 15 10 232VPG

50
65
DK SERV.(AFT) 3RD FLAT(P)
40
C P
50 220VPG 40 40 10 231VPG
STERN TUBE 213VPG BOTTOM FLAT(P)
COOL.F.W.TK 50
NO.1
213JPG 20 20 20
216VPG FRESH W.PUMP 221VPG

50 SA RM RO 15
ASS
624 624 624
20
20
10
287VPG
10
3RD FLAT(S) NO.1 NO.2
286VPG 229VPG
CHLORINE/MINERAL L.O. S L.O. S D.O. S
100
10
INJECT.UNIT
CHLORINE
PURIF. PURIF. PURIF.

INHIBITOR
6
MINERAL
XA BILGE SEPA. S S S
285VPG 888 OIL CONT. MONITOR 228VPG 225VPG
65 100 6
TO FIRE, BILGE & G.S.PUMP EMULSION BREAK.BILGE W.SYS.
( SEE 3.8.1a ) PURIF.RM
40
40
OIL CONT. MONITOR
10 40 40 40
BOTTOM FLAT(S) TO BILGE WELL
227VPG
3.9.2 Sewage Treatment system
Sewage Treatment Plant Sewage Treatment Unit Vacuum Toilet Collecting Unit
Maker : Taiko Kikai Industries, Ltd. The type SBT-60 unit fitted is rated at 60 men / day. Its design complies with The vacuum toilet system uses vacuum for sewage transport from toilets to the
No of sets : 1set USCG Regulation 33 CFR 159 (1975) and has been certified by the UK DOT sewage collecting tank. The vacuum can be created by sewage powered
Model : SBT-60 under IMO Resolution MEPC2 (VI). The unit purifies sewage by the extended ejectors. The vacuum toilet connected to the piping system use only 0.6 to 1.2
Type : Biological oxidation aeration activating sludge method, the discharges a sterilized effluent overboard. litres of water per flush. Rinse water valve, discharge valve and control
Capacity : 3,900 litres/day mechanism are integrated into toilet bowl.
Discharge pump : 4.0 m3/h at 20 mTH Effluent has the following qualities :
Aearation blower : 0.98 m3/min at 20kPa Suspended soils : less than 50 mg / liter The vacuum level is controlled by the vacuum switch, which is located on to the
Coliform bacteria : less than 200 MPN / 100 ml manifold of the vacuum piping. The vacuum switch is set to start pump at -35
Vacuum Toilet Collecting Unit Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) : less than 50 mg / liter to -40kPa and stop the pump at -50 to -60kPa.
Maker : EVAC Oy
In multiple ejector system, the starting ejector alternates continuously by starting
No of sets : 1set The sewage from toilets flows into the bio-filter chamber. Foreign objects
turn of the pump changes.
3.9.2b
Model : Vacuum
AHMToilet
1122 System which could obstruct operation of the device are held from entering the device
Capacity : 5m3 by a screen.
The ejector pump together with a motor valve is used for discharging the
Discharge pump : 4.6kW
collecting unit either to sewage treatment unit or overboard. The discharge
Air from the blower causes circulation of the liquid and brakes up the solids then
operation is controlled automatically with level switches.
it also supplies oxygen to the microorganisms attached to the packing media.
Introduction
The partially treated sewage in the bio-filter chamber flows into the sterilizing SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT
In 1973, the Inter-governmental Maritime Consultative Organization held an
compartment. This liquid is thoroughly disinfected as it washes against the
international conference from which arose the International Convention for the
chemical sterilizing tubes in the compartment. SEWAGE STERILIZER
Prevention of Pollution from Ships. Annex IV of that document dealt with the LEVEL PROBE
VENT
prevention of pollution by sewage from ships.

The treated water is collected in the sterilizing compartment then discharged
Sewage is defined as :
overboard by discharge pump automatically with high and low float switches. OVER FLOW
1) Drainage and other wastes (black water) from any of toilets, and WC The high level is alarmed on the IAS.
scuppers.
2) Drainage from medical premises (hospital etc.) via wash basins, wash tubs CAUTION SCREEN
and scuppers located in such premises. Raw sewage may only be pumped to sea in waters where such discharge is
permitted and permission from the bridge must be obtained before the
3) Other waste waters (gray water), when mixed with drainages defined
above. discharge takes place.
Normally, sewage may be discharged into the sea only as effluent from the It should be noted that the sewage treatment plant requires a throughput of raw
PACKING MEDIA
working sewage treatment plant, and then only if the effluent does not produce sewage to keep the bacteria active. If there is no sewage flow for a prolonged
visible floating solids and does not discolour the water. period the bacteria will become inactive and operation of the plant subsequently STERILIZATION AERATION
COMPARTMENT BLOWER
impaired. When raw sewage supply is resumed it may take some days before full
BIO FILTER TANK
(Note : When the sewage is mixed with wastes or waste waters having different bacterial activity is restored and this can result in imperfect treatment and the
discharge requirements, the more stringent requirements will apply.) discharge of untreated sewage. DISCHARGE PUMP
Soil pipes from WCs are gathered into a main line connected to a sewage When operating in restricted waters or in harbour, the sewage treatment plant
vacuum toilet collecting tank unit. In the event of plant failure or other discharge pump must be switched off and the overboard discharge valve 208 /
emergency, provision is made for discharging the sewage directly overboard or 288VPJ closed.
for receiving it to the vacuum tank. OVERBD DISCHARGE
Ensure the shore connection valves 271 / 272VPJ from the vacuum toilet AIR SCORE PIPE
discharge pumps have been closed firmly.
To facilitate maintenance, a connection from the fire main system has been CLEANING WATER
provided to the sewage treatment plant.

3.9.2 Sewage
3.9.2a
3.9.2a Sewage
SewageTreatment
Treatment
Treatment system
system
System
REF.CHAMBER DRAIN
HOSPITAL DRAIN
HOSPITAL SOIL
CABIN DRAIN
CABIN DRAIN
FUNNEL
DISPOSER
HOTEL OFF'S CREW'S CARGO ECT A/C FEMALE DECK
SOIL
SOIL
LAUNDRY CHANGE RM CHANGE RM SWBD RM COMM. LAV. & VT UNIT RM CORR. CHANGE RM SUEZ WORKER'S RM W/S
HWB UNIT BATH

D
W F F F F P F P F F F
80
80
S W
M U U U U U U U U U U
F
UPP.DK
65
65
65
E/R TOILET 40
100
65
284VPJ
211VPJ
50 50
272VPJ 271VPJ
50
65
288VPJ
80
100
150
150
100
80
80
A
100
282VPJ
PS P 65 25 50
287VPJ
100
150
150
80
65 FS
A
150
142VPH
65 LAH
FS 204VPJ
65
231VPJ 232VPJ 209VPJ XA 925 208VPJ 207VPJ 206VPJ 205VPJ 210VPJ

925
FS
25
PUMP START
50
TROUBLE
201VPJ
VACUUM FS
50
PUMP STOP
80
M
203VPJ
UNIT TK 65
143VPH C P
202VPJ
65 25 25 150
FROM FIRE MAIN
141VPH
XA
SEWAGE 285VPJ 286VPJ
233VPJ 926 SEWAGE DISCH. PUMP

VACUUM TOILET SYS. TROUBLE TREAT.UNIT ASS
RM SA
TO B.W. 649 649
150
CLEAN DRAIN TK
3.10.1 Provision Refrigerating System
Refrigeration Plant Introduction

Maker : Namirei-Showa Co., Ltd Cooling for the meat, fish, vegetable, dairy and lobby rooms is provided by two A thermostat in each cold room enables a temperature regulating device to
Type : Direct expansion direct expansion R404A refrigeration systems. operate the solenoid valves independently thus reducing the number of starts and
running time of the compressor. Each thermostat provides alarm indication to an
Refrigerant : R404A
To comply with modern environmental restrictions, the maximum annual alarm panel as well as to the IAS where any alarms will be displayed on the
leakage of refrigerant gas into the atmosphere by these systems should be Miscellaneous Alarms screen.
Condensing Unit
restricted to 10% of the total system charge. To verify this and to monitor the
Maker : Daikin Kogyo The meat and fish room unit coolers have a defrosting capability and both are
number of times the systems have to be recharged, a record has to be made in the
Model : RKS 10F1R fitted with two electric heaters to assist with this process. The drain line from the
refrigerant recharge log book. As a result of these regulations a regular system of
No of sets : 2 leak detection must be implemented to ensure that any leaks are detected at an drip tray below the unit cooler is also fitted with a heater to prevent it from icing
early stage. up during the defrosting process. A defrost limit thermostat is fitted in the unit
Compressor coolers.
Maker : Daikin Kogyo The provision refrigeration system consists of two compressors, two condensers
Model : 6C552A-FR and an unit cooler coil in each of the four cold rooms plus one in the lobby.
Thermostatic expansion valves are fitted prior to each unit cooler coil and an oil Controls and Alarms
Type : Reciprocating Vee type, air cooled
No. of cylinders : 6 separator is installed between each compressor and condenser. Each compressor is fitted with high pressure, low pressure and low lubricating
Bore x Stroke : oil pressure cut-out switches which allow the machines to run on automatic and
55mm x 46mm
also protect the machines in the event of system failures. The functions of these
Motor : 11kW x 3600 rpm
Refrigeration Cycle switches and shutdowns are detailed below.
Condenser The compressor draws refrigerant vapour from the cold room unit coolers via the
collecting manifolds and pumps it, under pressure to the water cooled condenser High Pressure Switch and Alarm
Maker : Daikin Kogyo
where the vapour is condensed into a liquid. The oil separator helps to remove This switch is fitted to the discharge side of the compressor and has a double
Model : CSS2712D-10
any oil entrapped in the gas and returns it to the compressor crank case via the oil contact with a lever system. The switch automatically closes one contact when
Type : Horizontal shell and low fin tube return line. the other opens. When the switch operates it acts to stop the compressor and to
initiate an alarm. The high pressure shut down typically occurs if there is a
Unit Coolers The liquid refrigerant is returned to the system through the dryer filter to the problem with the cooling water supply to the condenser.
Meat room : 1 Model UGS-040E for -25C operation liquid collector manifold before passing through the manual isolation valves to
Fish room : 1 Model UGS-030E for -25C operation the cold and cool room unit coolers. Low Pressure Switch and Alarm
Vegetable room : 1 Model UGS-015 for +2C operation The low pressure cut-out switch stops the compressor on low suction pressure
Dairy room : 1 Model UGS-015 for +4C operation Each unit cooler is fitted with an expansion valve which automatically controls when the unit cooler expansion valve has closed due to the cold and cool rooms
Lobby area : 1 Model UGS-015 for +2C operation the flow of refrigerant through the unit cooler. This is achieved by the positioning reaching their correct temperatures. The shutdown can also come into operation
of the bulb at the unit cooler outlet. if there is insufficient gas charge in the system.
Oil Separator
The outlet temperature of the refrigerant will vary the pressure of the medium Oil Differential Pressure Switch
Maker : Daikin Kogyo inside the bulb which then acts on a bellows inside the expansion valve thus
Model : S145SCB-R regulating the expansion valve. This ensures the refrigerant expands into a This is used as a safety switch for shutting down the compressor if there is
Type : Cyclone type with automatic oil return super-cooled vapour before being returned to the suction side of the compressor. insufficient oil in the crank case. If the oil pressure falls below a preset limit, the
compressor will be stopped automatically.
The air in the cold rooms is circulated by electrically driven fans fitted to each of
the unit coolers. (Note : Low refrigerant pressure in the system can lead to excess oil migration in
the gas which shows up as a low sump level. When the system is
When the rooms reach their correct operating temperatures, the expansion valves recharged to full capacity, the excess oil will be separated out and
at the control valve panel are closed by the room thermostats and the low suction returned to the sump.)
pressure switches fitted activate to stop the compressors. As the room
temperatures increase, the expansion valves allow refrigerant to pass again and
the compressor cuts in on the local pressure switch.
Starting the Refrigeration Plant System Running Checks at Regular Intervals

To start up the refrigeration plant, proceed as follows : The following checks should be undertaken on the system on a regular basis : For safety, the compressors are not isolated during defrosting periods. They are
left in automatic mode to absorb the gases produced by the evaporation of any
a) Slightly Open the refrigerant condenser cooling water outlet valve. Cold and cool room temperatures
remaining refrigerant created by the rise in temperature in the unit cooler. As a
b) Open the refrigerant condenser cooling water inlet valve. Evaporation coils for any signs of frosting
result, the compressor may start during defrosting but the running times should
Lubricating oil level in compressor crankcase be very short.
c) Open the air purge cock on the inlet water cover. After completion of air
Lubricating oil pressures
purge, Close the cock and Fully Open the cooling water outlet valve.
Refrigerant suction and discharge pressures
d) Check the compressor oil level and top up with the correct grade of oil if Moisture indicators Charging the System with Refrigerant
required. Fan belt tension Any leakage of refrigerant gas from the system will result in the system
e) Open The following valves : becoming undercharged and ineffective. The symptoms of this will be low
Compressor suction valve in half-way compressor suction and discharge pressures, extended running times of the
Shutting Down the Refrigeration Plant compressors between automatic stopping cycles and increasing cold/cool room
Compressor discharge valve fully
To shut down the refrigeration plant, proceed as follows : temperatures.
Oil separator oil return valve to crankcase
Condenser refrigerant gas inlet valve a) Shut the liquid outlet valve from the condenser and pump down the
A low gas charge level may also result in excessive lubricating oil being trapped
Condenser refrigerant liquid outlet valve system to the condenser.
in the remaining refrigerant gas thus showing a low sump level in the compressor.
Refrigerant dryer inlet and outlet valves b) Stop the compressor when the suction pressure is slightly above the low If the system does become undercharged and a leak is suspected the whole
Thermostatic expansion valve isolating valves for each cold room pressure cut-out set point. Allow the gas temperature at the unit coolers to system must be checked thoroughly using a gas leak detector before any more
Unit cooler outlet isolating valves rise and restart the compressor again. gas is added.
Unit cooler outlet back pressure regulating valves isolating valves
c) It may be necessary to repeat this action several times to ensure that the
Unit cooler outlet strainer isolating valve Additional refrigerant can be added to the system using the refrigerant charging
system is fully pumped down. Stop the compressor as soon as the suction
valves located at the condensers. Before doing this however, ensure that the
f) Ensure that the route valve for condenser relief valve is Open. and discharge pressures have reached the same value.
charging pipe between the refrigerant bottle and the charge valve has been
g) Ensure that the condenser equalizing valve isolating valves are Closed. d) Shut the compressor suction and discharge valves. properly vented of air before tightening the connection fully to the charge valve.
h) Ensure that the by-pass valves for thermostatic expansion valves and unit e) Shut off the cooling water supply and outlet to the condenser. This is important as any traces of moisture in the refrigerant will lead to
cooler back pressure regulating valves are Closed. problems with the expansion valves icing up which impairs their operation and
f) Close other system valves as required. can ultimately lead to blockages in the refrigerant lines.
i) Start the compressor locally from the group starter panel and Open the
suction valve gradually with observing the suction pressure. CAUTION
To recharge either of the systems, proceed as follows :
When the atmospheric temperature will below 0 while the system is shut
j) Set the switches for refrigerant system and defrost system to AUTO. down, Remove the water in the condenser completely against freezing. a) Check the compressor sump oil level.
k) Check the crankcase oil level and condenser refrigerant liquid level. b) Ensure the correct type of refrigerant gas is available, then connect the
CAUTION Defrosting charging pipe to the refrigerant cylinder valve and fully tighten.
If the oil in the crankcase foams or knocking noises are heard, it indicates Defrosting of the cold rooms only takes place on the meat and fish room unit c) Connect the other end of the charging pipe to the refrigerant charge valve
that droplets of liquid refrigerant are returning to the compressor with the coolers. Due to the operating temperatures of the lobby, dairy and vegetable but leave slightly loose.
suction gas. If this occurs, the suction valve must be throttled in rooms, the associated unit coolers in those spaces do not require defrosting. d) Open the cylinder valve slightly to expel any air in the charging pipe and
immediately to prevent damage to the compressor.
tighten the connection at the refrigerant charge valve.
l) Check for the presence of bubbles in the liquid sight glass. The defrosting system is made up of tubes of elements inserted into the vanes of
e) Open the refrigerant charge valve.
the unit coolers.
m) Once the suction valve is fully opened and the compressor is running normally. f) Open the cylinder valve fully until the required amount of refrigerant gas
n) After approximately 15 minutes the oil level in the crankcase should The unit cooler fans are switched off during the defrosting periods to avoid warm has been added. This can be checked by observing the level in the
recover to its normal operating condition. This should be between 1/4 and air circulating in the cold stores. Power is also isolated from the solenoid valves condenser. Normally, the liquid level in the condenser is approximately
3/4 up on the sight glass. on the refrigerant supply lines to prevent cooling liquid from entering the unit 4/5 of sight.
coolers. g) Close the cylinder and the refrigerant charge valves.
o) After a few minutes of compressor operation check by hand the
temperature of the oil return pipe from the separator to the compressor. If h) Disconnect the charging pipe and replace any protective caps on the valves.
When the temperature of the defrosting thermostat reaches the set point, the
the pipe is very cold, it indicates that the internal buoy in the separator is
heating elements are switched off. The normal refrigerating process is then i) Record the amount of gas transferred in the refrigerant log. This can be
not working but if it is very hot it indicates that there is a leakage of gas
resumed but the unit cooler fans will not start again until the unit cooler coil calculated by weighing the bottle(s) before and after the re-charging
into the crankcase due to improper float seating in the separator. In both
surface temperature has dropped to 0C. process.
cases the compressor will need to be stopped and the fault corrected.
Oil Charging
The first stage in this process is to shut down the refrigeration plant in
a) Before charging oil Pump-down the refrigerant in the unit.
accordance with the routine shutdown procedure previously described. For full
b) After completion of pump down, Remove the oil from the charge / drain refrigerant evacuation, a designated gas recovery unit must be used together with
valve on the compressor crankcase. dedicated gas recovery cylinders. The cylinders used to charge the system cannot
c) Change with oil through the charge / drain valve to the correct level, using be used as they only have a single non-return valve on the top of the bottle as
a charging hose, and then purge any air from the compressor after running opposed to a normal recovery bottle that has two isolating valves, one for gas
the compressor for 56 seconds. and one for liquid, and an internal dropper pipe from the liquid valve.
d) Tighten up the flare nut with blind cap to the charge / drain valve. The liquid valve from the recovery cylinder must first be connected via a flexible
hose and isolating valve to the bottom of the condenser and the gas valve of the
cylinder connected in a similar manner to the suction side of the recovery pump.
Cold and Cool Room Temperatures The discharge side of the recovery pump must then be connected to the top / gas
side of the condenser. With the valves open to the bottle and recovery pump, the
Temperatures of the cold and cool rooms are controlled by means of individual
pump is to be run until all of the liquid refrigerant has been evacuated.
digital thermostats. Although room thermostats may be changed the normal
settings are as follows :
The purpose of the pump is to compress gas evaporating from the top of the
Room Temperature recovery bottle and use it to put a positive pressure inside the condenser on top of
Meat room -25C the liquid refrigerant. When all of the liquid has been expelled, the connections to
Fish room -25C the recovery pump need to be changed. The suction side of the pump now needs
Vegetable room +2C to be connected to the condenser. The pumps discharge should be connected to
Dairy room +2C the liquid connection on the recovery bottle and the gas valve on the recovery
Lobby +4C bottle either left closed or also connected to the inlet side of the recovery pump.
Using this method, all of the gas is then removed from the condenser.
The gaseous refrigerant passes through the recovery pump where it is condensed
Shutting Down the Refrigeration Plant for Maintenance
in its own air cooled condenser and pumped into the liquid connection on the
If the plant is to be shut down for maintenance or repair and it involves opening recovery bottle.
up the compressors or breaking into the refrigerant lines, the refrigerant must first
be pumped down to the condenser and locked in as described in the section for When the unit has been run sufficiently and allowed to pull a small vacuum on
routine plant shutdown. Particular emphasis is to be made on evacuating the the condenser, all of the refrigerant gas will have been removed.
system by repeating the process of allowing the compressor to cut out on low
suction pressure, so ensuring maximum gas entrapment in the condenser. When Switching off the pump and closing all of the valves will allow any necessary
complete, the inlet and outlet valves must be kept closed until all maintenance maintenance work to be undertaken. During this operation a set of weighing
work has been completed and the system returned to normal operation. scales must be used to ensure the recovery bottles are not overfilled. It is
important to ensure that any bottle used is only filled to 80% capacity. The scales
If more substantial repairs are to be undertaken, it may be necessary to remove will also allow a record of the amount of gas recovered to be logged in the
all of the refrigerant gas / liquid from the system. Because this operation involves refrigerant log book.
evacuating the condenser and pressurizing gas recovery cylinders, it should only
be undertaken by a member of ships staff trained in this operation or by a Before reintroducing any refrigerant into the system, all repair works must have
qualified service engineer. Additionally, for safety reasons, reference should be been completed and the pipelines and compressors checked for integrity.
made to the makers operating manuals before undertaking this task.
A vacuum pump, not the recovery pump, must then be used to create a vacuum
in the system. This will allow leakage checks to be undertaken and also ensure
any atmospheric moisture has been removed before refrigerant is introduced.
The vacuum placed on the system should be 7mmHg and should be held for a
minimum of 12 hours.
3.10.1 Provision
3.10.1a
3.10.1a Provision
ProvisionRefrigerating
Refrigerating
Refrigerating System
system
System
TO IAS
TR TR TR TR TR MEAT FISH VEGITABLE DAILY LOBBY

16
T T T T T 17
LOBBY DAYLY RM VEG. RM FISH RM MEAT RM

+4 +2 +2 -25 -25
13
7
6
8 S S S S S
20
20 PRESS.REGULATING VALVE
17 THERMOSTAT
O.P L.P H.P O.P L.P H.P
16 DIGITAL TEMP. CONTROL UNIT
OPC HLPS OPC HLPS 13 CONTROL.VALVE PANEL
LPS LPS
S S
10 REF.CHARGE VALVE
3 3
8 HAND EXP VALVE
2 2 7 THEMO EXP VALVE
1 1 6 MAGNET VALVE
5 DRYER
4 CONDENSER
3 OIL SEPARATOR
P P
T T
2 MOTOR
4 4 1 COMPRESSOR
T T
10 10
CENTRAL COOL.
F.W. SYSTEM
5
3.10.2 Air Conditioning System
Air Conditioning Plant Introduction

Maker : Namirei-Showa Co., Ltd The air conditioning system is designed to cool air when required, provide Fresh air is forced into the distribution ducting which supplies the
Refrigerant : R404A heating to the air if needed, remove excess moisture from the air if necessary and accommodation via the processing fresh air coil units which are ducting.
humidify the air to the correct level for comfort.
The compressor takes suction from the returning superheated gas from the
Chilling Water Units
A comfortable atmosphere is a combination of temperature and humidity and evaporators. After compression and raising the pressure and temperature of the
Maker : Daikin Kogyo
both must be controlled to create this. A certain degree of humidity is important gas it passes to a condenser where it is cooled by the central cooling fresh water
Model : UWSN 100BCR system back into a liquid.
for comfort so it is necessary to humidify the air again by injecting steam into the
Capacity : 50% (293kW)
circulating air flow.
No of sets : 4 The R404A liquid then passes, via filter and a liquid flow sight glass, to the
The system consists of four sets of chilling water unit (each two units have 100% expansion valves of the evaporators.
Compressors
of required total cooling capacity) and two sets of heat exchanger with chilled /
Model : ZH3WLG-YE The expansion valve is regulated by the operating parameters of the electronic
hot water circulating pump unit which are including two steam type heat
Type : Semi-hermetic single screw control unit. Once expanded through the evaporator and converted back to a
exchangers for main heating system and two electric heaters for backup heating
Motor : 37kW x 3,600 rpm superheated gas, it then returns back to the compressor to repeat the cycle.
system (each one steam type has 100% of required total heating capacity) and
hermetically diaphragm type expansion tank is located on Nav. Bridge deck.
Depending on climatic conditions, the fresh air intake pre-heater can supply air
Condensers
that has been preheated by the hot water.
Model : CXC2122R Suitable quantities of fan coil unit shall be provided in each cabin / public spaces
Type : Shell and cross fin tubes and other compartments. Temperature in accommodation space is controlled by
The expansion valves in the chilling units are of the pulse modulated electronic
air volume of fan coil unit with selection switch.
type and are designed to regulate the superheat of the refrigerant gas at the
Evaporators evaporator outlet.
Packaged type fan coil units are provided for wheelhouse & chart space, galley
Model : DHG3222R (100% fresh air is supplied) and engine control room.
Type : Shell and Hi-X tubes The compressors are protected by high and low gas pressure cut-out switches,
overcurrent relays and freeze-up protection switch trips. The trips must be reset
Fresh air, which is supplied by dedicated air supply fan, is pre-cooled /pre-heated
before the equipment can be run and in the case of the over current relay, this
Steam Heaters with humidifying by processing fresh air coil units provided for corridor
must be done locally at the starter panel.
Type : Plate type according to defined air temperature of corridor space.
Capacity : 520kW Any leakage of the refrigerant gas from the cooling system will result in the
Two sets of hot water type heater that is prevented freezing on fresh air intake in
system becoming undercharged. The symptoms of undercharge are low suction
winter season are provided.
Elecric Heaters and discharge pressures on the compressor and a slow increase in system
Type : Shell and tubes R-404A packaged air conditioners are provided in the following places temperatures.
Capacity : 210kW independently of the main plant.
For the vessel to comply with environmental restrictions, the maximum annual
In engine room : No.1,2 Main switchboard rooms
Circulating Pump leakage of refrigerant gas into the atmosphere should be restricted to 10% of the
Electric and instrument workshop
total system charge. To verify this and to monitor the number of times the system
Maker : Teral Kyokuto Engine workshop
has to be recharged, a record should be kept with a log of when and how much
Model : SJ4-80 x 65J615 Laboratory refrigerant was added. A regular system of leak detection to minimize gas leaks
Type : End suction centrifugal Engine control room should be implemented to ensure leaks are detected at an early stage.
Capacity : 1.5 m3/min x 35 mTH Upper deck : No.2 Cargo switchboard rooms (50% capacity 2)
Motor : 15kW x 1,800 rpm Deck 6 : No.1,2 Electric equipment rooms When necessary, additional gas can be added through the charging line, after first
Deck 7 : Cargo control room venting the connection between the gas bottle and the charging connection. Care
Fresh Air Intake Pre-heaters Nav. bridge deck : Wheel house must be taken to ensure no moisture or dirt is drawn into the system when
Type : Hot water coil elements charging and for this reason a filter / dryer is fitted in the charging line. Any trace
WARNING
Capacity : 50% (51kW) of moisture in the refrigerant may lead to problems with icing of the expansion
Legionella bacteria can have serious or even fatal consequences if allowed
No of sets : 2 valve and subsequent blockage.
to breed. It is essential that no water is left lying in the air conditioning
system and that drains are proved clear at regular intervals. Areas where
water can accumulate should be sterilised in line with the relevant M notice
guidance and company instructions.
3.10.2 Air Conditioning System
Operation of the Air Conditioning System Preparation for Operation Operation in Winter
a) Check the oil is charged up to the center of sight glass.
I. Cooling Cycle Checks prior to operation
Chilled water temperature in the evaporator shall be controlled by each b) Check that the compressor crankcase heater has been switched on at least 1. Steam supply
thermostat for start / stop and 100, 50, 40, 20% capacity unloading of the 6 hours before operation.
a) Establish the steam supply (0.3 MPa) from the engine room.
compressor for one chilling water unit. As mentioned above, for this air c) Slightly Open the condenser cooling fresh water inlet valve and Open the
b) Ensure the steam drain (condensate) line to the engine room.
conditioning system two units run in normal condition. So according to one unit air purge on the front and rear covers. After completion of air purge,
control step the cooling capacity can be controlled fine as possible as 100, 75, 70, Close the plugs and Fully Open the inlet valve.
60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 10% of total cooling capacity. 2. Control
d) Check water leakage of cooling water lines and pressure gauge at the
condenser outlet. 1) When the steam heater is used for the service, the heater outlet water
II. Heating Cycle temperature is controlled by a steam regulating valve with motor actuator.
e) Check that the refrigerant liquid level is at the center of level gauge.
Outlet water temperature at the steam heat exchanger shall be controlled by Set the temperature adjuster on the regulating valve to about 50.
2-way valve for steam quantity control. And three-step thermostat is provided for f) Open the air vent valve on the chiller and confirm completion of aid
purge. 2) When the electric heater is used, the heater capacity control is made by
electric heater control system. changing the numbers of element manually on the heat exchanger control
panel.
III. Humidifying Operation
Starting
The steam spray type humidifier is provided for each coil unit that processes the
fresh air in corridor space, packaged air conditioner and packaged fan coil unit a) Start the fan coil units before 30 min. of the compressor starting. Starting
serviced for wheel house. All of the humidifier is controlled manually. b) Start the circulating pump. Steam heater case
c) Push the start button on the control panel. a) Check the oil is charged up to the center of sight glass.
Operation in Summer d) Check the rotating direction for screw on the inspection glass of b) Check that the compressor crankcase heater has been switched on at least
compressor. 6 hours before operation.
Compressors c) Slightly Open the condenser cooling fresh water inlet valve and Open the
1. Checks prior to trial operation air purge on the front and rear covers. After completion of air purge,
Connect power to the control circuit and check that the following are functioning Normal shutdown Close the plugs and Fully Open the inlet valve.
properly. a) Close the refrigerant liquid outlet valve of the condenser. The compressor d) Check water leakage of cooling water lines and pressure gauge at the
will stop automatically by a low pressure switch after a few minutes. condenser outlet.
Chiller outlet thermostats
Compressor discharge high and low pressure switches b) Switch the push button of compressor to STOP and Close the suction and e) Check that the refrigerant liquid level is at the center of level gauge.
Compressor discharge high temperature thermostat discharge valves. f) Open the air vent valve on the chiller and confirm completion of aid
Compressor suction high and low temperature thermostats c) Close the condenser coolant inlet and outlet valves. purge.
Compressor motor coil protection thermostat
d) Stop circulating pump and Close the relevant valves.
Over current relay
Reverse running preventing relay e) Stop the fan coil units. Normal shutdown
Condenser refrigerant liquid level switch a) Close the steam supply valves and Close the drain valves after a few
minutes. There is no need always to close the drain valves.
2. Capacity control b) Stop fan coil units, coil units and packaged coil units.
Check the operation of the capacity control valves on the compressor.
c) Stop the circulating pump.
3. Stop valves
Check and Set the position of the following valves.
a) Compressor discharge valve Open.
b) Condenser refrigerant liquid outlet valves Open.
c) Check that the refrigerant liquid level is at the center of level gauge.
d) Chilled water inlet and outlet valves Open.
e) Circulating pump suction and discharge valves Open.
3.10.2aAir Air
3.10.2a Conditioning
Conditioning System
System
FRESH AIR PRE-HEATER

TO WHEEL HOUSE
F.W. SYSTEM
EXP.TK
CHILLED W. INLET HDR CHILLED W. OUTLET HDR
CENTRAL TO NO.2-1 CHILLING UNIT FROM NO.2-1 CHILLING UNIT

FAN COIL
UNIT TO NO.2-2 CHILLING UNIT FROM NO.2-2 CHILLING UNIT
NAV.BRI.DK
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS
C P P C C P P C
COMPR COMPR COMPR COMPR

F.A. COIL
UNIT
S S S S
S S S S
S S S S
FAN COIL
UNIT
DECK-7
F.A. COIL EVAPORATOR EVAPORATOR

UNIT
CONDENSER CONDENSER
FAN COIL S S
UNIT
DECK-1
CONDENSER CONDENSER
S S
F.A. COIL
UNIT
NO.1-1 CHILLING UNIT NO.1-2 CHILLING UNIT
FAN COIL CENTRAL COOL. CENTRAL COOL.
UNIT
F.W. SYSTEM F.W. SYSTEM
0.3 MPa STEAM
CHILLED WATER
HEATING WATER CIRCULAR PUMP P NO.1 HEAT EXCHANGER CIRCULAR PUMP P NO.2 HEAT EXCHANGER
REFRIGERANT P & CIRCULAR PUMP UNIT P & CIRCULAR PUMP UNIT
FRESH WATER
STEAM
P P
CONDENSATE
LUB. OIL T T
0.3 MPa STEAM 0.3 MPa STEAM
T T T T
STEAM HEATER STEAM HEATER
ELECTRIC HEATER T ELECTRIC HEATER T
STEAM DRAIN STEAM DRAIN
PART 4 : MAIN MACHINERY AND CONTROL
4.1 Control Room 4.3 Main Boiler

4.1.1 Engine Control Room Overview 4.3.1 Main Boiler Overview
Illustrations 4.3.2 Main Boiler Operation
4.1.1a Engine Control Room Console 4.3.3 Burner Characteristics
4.3.4 Boiler Control System
4.2 Main Turbine Illustrations
4.2.1 Main Turbine Overview 4.3.1a Main Boiler Overview
4.2.2 Main Turbine Operation 4.3.2a Main Boiler Mounting System
4.2.3 Main Turbine Control System 4.3.2b Combination Burner System
4.2.4 Main Turbine Warming-up System 4.3.2c Boiler Pressure Rising Charts
Illustrations 4.3.2d Combustion Air, Seal Air and Flue Gas System
4.2.1a Main Turbine Overview 4.3.3a Burner Characteristics
4.2.1b Main Turbine Gear Arrangement 4.3.3b Burner Assembly
4.2.2a Main Turbine Operation 4.3.4a Boiler Gauge Board
4.2.3a Main Turbine Remote Control System 4.3.4b Automatic Combustion Control (ACC)
4.2.3b Main Turbine Control System
4.1.1 Engine
4.1.1 EngineControl
Control Room
Room Overview
Overview
Introduction
The engine control room, situated on the 1st flat, is where the necessary
equipment and controls are located which allow the centralised operation
and supervision of the engine room machinery, via the Integrated
Automation System (IAS).
The following equipment are arranged in the engine control room : LIFT
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM LAYOUT

Engine Control Console
Vibration Monitor Panel
AC230V Feeder Panel for Instrument 19 17 23 21
IAS I/O Cabinet
Main Turbine Maneuvering Control Box
IAS Alarm Printer for Machinery UP
Esc
Tab
Caps
|
|
!
1
Q
A
F1
"
2
W
S

3
F2
D
F3
$
4
R
F
F4
%
5
T
G
^
6
F5
H
&
7
U
F6
J
*
8
I
F7
K
(
9
F8
L
)
0
P
:
;
F9
-
-
{
[
@
F10
+
=
}
]
~
#
F11 F12
Back
space
Enter
Print
Screen
Sys Rq
Insert
Delete
Scroll
Lock
Home
End
Pause
Break
Page
Up
Page
Down
Num
Lock
7
Home
4
Num Lock
8
/
5
Caps Lock
*
9
PgUp
6
Scrol Lock
+
Esc
Tab
Caps
|
|
!
1
Q
A
F1
"
2
W
S

3
F2
D
F3
$
4
R
F
F4
%
5
T
G
^
6
F5
H
&
7
U
F6
J
*
8
I
F7
K
(
9
F8
L
)
0
P
:
;
F9
-
-
{
[
@
F10
+
=
}
]
~
#
F11 F12
Back
space
Enter
Print
Screen
Sys Rq
Insert
Delete
Scroll
Lock
Home
End
Pause
Break
Page
Up
Page
Down
Num
Lock
7
Home
4
Num Lock
8
/
5
Caps Lock
*
9
PgUp
6
Scrol Lock
32
33 36 35 31

Lock Lock
' '
Shift Z X C V B N M < > | ? Shift 1 2 3 Shift Z X C V B N M < > | ? Shift 1 2 3
, . / / End PgDn , . / / End PgDn
Enter Enter
0 . 0 .
Ctrl Alt Alt Gr Ctrl Ctrl Alt Alt Gr Ctrl
Ins Del Ins Del
IAS LOG Printer for Machinery 18 22 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

IAS Color Hard Copier for Machinery 51
Ship Management System (SMS) VDU 1
SMS Keyboard

50 50
SMS Printer 50
100 100
120
45

Ship Performance Monitor (SPM) VDU

NABCO

SPM Keyboard

UP
SPM Printer ELECT. WORK SHOP
49
IAS NDU Cabinets

AC230V Engine Room Service Distribution Board WORK BENCH 10
Boiler Flame Scanner Amplifier Racks
Patch Panel Multi Server
Automatic Boiler Control Cabinets 12 5
CABINET 13 13 13 9
8 8 24
16 15 14
FIRE SHELTER WB WC
WINDOW WINDOW
1 - ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE 15 - LOG PRINTER FOR IAS 31 - NDU CABINET FOR IAS (B)
5 - PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONER 16 - COLOR HARD COPIER FOR IAS 32 - NDU CABINET FOR IAS (A), (C)
8 - FILING CABINET 17 - VDU FOR SMS 33 - 230V ENG, RM SERVICE DISTRIBUTION BOARD
9 - VIBRATION MONITOR PANEL 18 - KEYBOARD FOR SMS 35 - NO.1 BOILER FLAME SCANNER AMP RACK
10 - 230V FEEDER PANEL FOR INST. 19 - PRINTER FOR SMS 36 - NO.2 BOILER FLAME SCANNER AMP RACK
11 - IAS I/O CABINET 21 - VDU FOR SPM 45 - PATCH PANEL MULTI SERVER
12 - MAIN TURBINE MANEOUVRING CONTROL BOX 22 - KEYBOARD FOR SPM 49 - NO.1 BOILER AUTOMATIC CONTROL CABINET
13 - PRINTER TABLE 23 - PRINTER FOR SPM 50 - BOILER AUTOMATIC CONTROL CABINET (COMMON)
14 - ALARM PRINTER FOR IAS 24 - FAN COIL UNIT 51 - NO.2 BOILER AUTOMATIC CONTROL CABINET
4.1.1a Engine Control Room Console

50 50
(SH)

100 100

120 120
ALARM BUZZER
min-1
rpm CAUTION
WHEN AUTO SPIN FAIL &
OVERSPEED TRIP, PUT AUTO
SPIN TO "OFF" POSITION
TO RESET TRIP

W/H ECR

CONTROL POS. TRANSFER

PHONTECH

2 1 12

Views Alarms Keypad Trackball NABCO Views Alarms Keypad Trackball Views Alarms Keypad Trackball

3 11

HOME BOILER
4 10 HOME BOILER HOME BOILER
MACHINERY BOILER-1 BOILER-2 COMPUTER POWER ALARM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 MACHINERY BOILER-1 BOILER-2 COMPUTER POWER ALARM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 MACHINERY BOILER-1 BOILER-2 COMPUTER POWER ALARM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
5 9

PAGE COMMON PAGE COMMON PAGE COMMON

6 8
7

ALARM ALARM ALARM

STEAM MAIN ACK. STEAM MAIN ACK. STEAM MAIN ACK.

POWER BILGE DEAD MAN POWER BILGE DEAD MAN POWER BILGE DEAD MAN
VIEW 1 2 3 ESC VIEW 1 2 3 ESC VIEW 1 2 3 ESC
SYSTEM TURBINE SYSTEM TURBINE SYSTEM TURBINE

Command Command Command

4 5 6 BKSP HOME END PGUP 4 5 6 BKSP HOME END PGUP 4 5 6 BKSP HOME END PGUP

GAS GAS GAS

CARGO NGP IGS BALLAST TAKE GIVE STATUS CARGO NGP IGS BALLAST TAKE GIVE STATUS CARGO NGP IGS BALLAST TAKE GIVE STATUS

HANDLING HANDLING HANDLING
7 8 9 SPACE TAB PGDN 7 8 9 SPACE TAB PGDN 7 8 9 SPACE TAB PGDN
View Section View Section View Section

FIRE - 0 . FIRE - 0 . FIRE - 0 .
ESD - - SYSTEM NAVI- ESD - - SYSTEM NAVI- ESD - - SYSTEM NAVI-
AND GAS AND GAS AND GAS
GATOR GATOR GATOR

ba
ck

Tra

F8
F7
F6
UP
ad
PG
yp
Ke
F5
DN
D
PG
EN
F4
ME
HO
F3
TAB
C
ES
F2
SP
BK
3
F1
CE
SPA
6
2

9
5
1
RM
ALA
.
s
8
rm
4
Ala
VIE RM
R
0
WE
ALA
F1
W
PO
-
ER
S
PUT
TU
F2
STA
COM
d
an
mm
Co
K.
R-2
E
AC
GIV
ILE
n
BO
F3
ctio
Se
w
N
R-1
MA
Vie
TAK
ILE
AD
1
BO
DE
ws
F4
Vie
4
R
GA VI-
ST
ILE
GE
ON
NA
2
LLA
7
TO
BO
BIL
MM
BA
CO
5
0
ERY
3
M
R
8
WE
STE
HIN
IGS
PO
MAC
SY
6
?
9
ME
IN
P
INE
MA
HO
NG
GE
-
RB
PA
TU
AM
ND S
G
M
GA
STE
LIN
-
STE
SY
HA
O
RG
D
ES
CA
S
FIR
GA
D
AN
4.2.1 Main Turbine Overview
Specification Descriptions
The seals are formed by radially slotting sections of labyrinths into the packing
Maker : Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd
Turbines rings, which themselves are likewise slotted into the turbine upper and lower
Type : UA-400 cross-compound, impulse/reaction casings. The peak and trough edges of these labyrinths are located adjacent to
The turbines are the cross-compound, impulse reaction type, consisting of high
HP turbine: one two-row Curtis and eight Rateau stages corresponding square radial grooves machined into the rotor shaft.
and low pressure turbines.
LP turbine: four Rateau stages and four reaction stages
Astern turbine: two two-row Curtis stages Steam is supplied from the main boilers at 5.68MPaG at 520 at full away. The The clearances between the labyrinth edges and the rotor are minimized to
steam enters the turbine through the main steam piping, main steam strainer and reduce steam leakage between the inner (high gland steam pressure) areas and
Output : Maximum - 27,600kW
manoeuvring valve. the outer (low gland steam pressure) areas. Adequate axial clearance between the
Normal - 24,840kW rotor and labyrinths allow for the designed axial movement and expansion
HP turbine speed : 5,041 rpm at MCR between the rotor and the casing.
For ahead operation the steam is supplied to the high pressure (HP) turbine
LP turbine speed : 3,412 rpm at MCR through the ahead manoeuvring valve and two extra nozzle valves which are
Propeller speed : 81 rpm at MCR fitted to the HP turbine directly. Normally the No.1 nozzle valve is opened, and Steam at about 0.02MPaG is supplied to the glands from a gland steam receiver
No.2 nozzle valve may be opened intentionally when the maximum output is mounted underneath the turbine. Where the internal steam pressure is higher than
Critical speeds : HP turbine: 58.1 rpm, LP turbine: 105.5 rpm
required. the pressure in the gland housing, steam will enter the series of diaphragms from
Overspeed trip : 112 115 % MCR ( 90.7 - 93.2 rpm )
the turbine, and is effectively throttled across each stage causing its pressure to
Steam condition : 5.68 MPaG and superheated at 520 drop. The final very low pressure steam is led away to the gland steam
The HP turbine is of the impulse single-flow type. The steam flows across the
Direction of rotation : Clockwise, looking from aft two-row Curtis stages and eight Rateau stages and then to the exhaust chamber at condenser.
Astern maximum the aft side of the HP turbine.
56.7 rpm for a maximum of 2 hours Where the pressure in the gland housing is greater than the internal turbine
continuous speed :
From the HP turbine the steam flows through the cross-over pipe to the low pressure at the shaft exit point, the steam available from the gland steam receiver
Steam bleed off : HP : HP turbine 5th stage
pressure (LP) turbine. will be drawn through the gland, effectively sealing it and preventing the ingress
IP : Crossover pipe of air. The gland steam receiver releases excess steam through a control valve to
LP : LP turbine 3rd stage the main condenser or receives steam from a make-up controller supplied from
The LP turbine is of the impulse reaction single-flow type in which steam flows
Main gearing : Double helical, tandem articulated, double reduction gear towards the forward side through the steam chest, transfers its energy to four the HP exhaust steam range. The need for the steam to make-up or spill changes
Main LO pump : Main turbine driven, gear type Rateau stages and four reaction stages and then exhausts into the main condenser. with the turbine load, i.e. at high load the steam will generally be spilled out of
the system and at low loads the packing steam will need to be made up.
Capacity : 210 m3/h at 0.39 MPaG
Main condenser : Single pass reheating surface type The astern turbine is of the impulse type, arranged at the forward end of the LP
turbine. Steam enters through the astern manoeuvring valve, astern guardian
Cooling surface: 2,870 m2 Gland Steam Condenser
valve, and transfers its energy to two, two-row Curtis stages, towards the aft side,
Tube size : Diameter 19 mm, thickness 0.7 mm and exhausts into the main condenser. The gland condenser is a horizontal, straight tube type with the gland exhaust fan
Vacuum : 722 mmHg at NCR with sea temperature of 27 mounted on top. It has cooling tubes through which the main condensate is
Cooling water flow: 16,800 m3/h For emergency independent operation of the LP or HP turbine, the flexible passed to act as the cooling medium. Turbine gland leakage steam and air is
Vacuum pump : Water sealed rotary type coupling should be removed and the cross-over piping changed for the collected in the gland condenser. Air and non-condensible gases are drawn out
emergency piping (See 9.3 Solo Running of the Main Turbine). and exhausted by the fan. Condensate passes through a loop seal and drains to
Suction Vacuum: 730 mmHg
the atmospheric drains tank.
Capacity : 12.7 m3/h at 21 dry air
Gland condenser : Horizontal shell and tube type Gland Steam
2
Cooling surface: 25 m Labyrinth type seals are used at the both ends of the turbine rotors to prevent the Vacuum Pump
3
Gland exhaust fan : Capacity : 7 m /min. steam in these regions from leaking to atmosphere and more importantly, to The vacuum pump unit consists of a motor driven rotary type vacuum pump, a
Dehumidifier : Desiccant type prevent air from entering the turbine where the internal pressure is less than seal water tank and a seal water cooler.
Capacity : 50 m3/h atmospheric. Non-condensed air is extracted from the main condenser by pumping up and
exhausted to atmosphere through the seal water tank. Seal water is supplied from
the condensate water line and regulated by a float type operating valve integrated
in the seal water tank. The seal water is cooled by a shell and tube type cooler
with sea water.
4.2.1 Main Turbine Overview
Main Condenser Gearing Safety Device

The main condenser is a surface cooled, radial-flow type with a dump steam The reduction gearing between the turbine and propeller is a double reduction, The control oil mechanism will trip the main turbines manoeuvring valve under
chamber. It is mounted directly below the LP turbine at right angles to the axis of tandem articulated type. The reduction gear consists of two first pinions, two first the following conditions :
the turbine and the condenser neck is bolted directly onto the turbine exhaust gear wheels, two second pinions and one second gear wheel.
Tag No. Description Set Point
flange. Thermal expansion of the upper part of the condenser in the longitudinal
052 Manual trip
direction is accommodated by the deflection plate, fitted at the forward side of Both the HP and LP turbines are connected to the first pinions of the reduction
the condenser. gear by flexible couplings. The pinions drive the first reduction gear wheels. The 053 Overspeed 90.7 - 93.2 rpm
first reduction gear wheels are connected through flexible shafts fitted with 054 HP turbine rotor excessive vibration 130
The condenser shell, hotwell, water chambers and dump steam chamber are all flexible couplings to the second reduction pinions, which drive the 055 LP turbine rotor excessive vibration 180
fabricated from steel plate and welded together. The internal surfaces of the water second-reduction gear wheel or main gear wheel. 056 HP turbine rotor position excessive displacement 1 mm
chambers are lined with neoprene with sacrificial anodes fitted to help prevent 057 LP turbine rotor position excessive displacement 1 mm
corrosion. The main thrust bearing is located in a separate casing aft of the main reduction 058 Lubricating oil pressure low 50 kPa
gear. 059 Control oil pressure low 200 kPa
The condenser tubes are arranged for radial flow of the steam across them. The 060 Main condenser vacuum low 300 mmHgV
air extraction box is positioned at the centre of the tube nest. An 11kW 1,730 rpm reversible motor driven turning gear is provided and
061 Main condenser hotwell level high +950 mm
mounted at the aft end of the driving shaft, which is connected to the HP first
062 Both boilers tripped
Steam entering the condenser is guided around the boundary between the tube reduction pinion.
063 Boiler steam drum water level high +220 mm
nest and the shell, and then towards the centre of the tube nest.
064 Boiler steam drum water level low -240 mm
Condensate flows down into the hotwell at the bottom of the condenser, from Lubrication 065 Spinning overspeed 12 rpm
where it is pumped out by the main condensate pump. The water level in the 066 Turning gear engaged
The lubricating oil system (See 3.7.1 Main Turbine Lubricating Oil System)
hotwell is maintained by recirculating the condensate back into the hotwell. consists of one main turbine driven lubricating oil pump, two motor driven 067 Emerg. Manoeuv. handle not in neutral position
The condenser is of the regenerative type, whereby the steam entering the auxiliary lubricating oil pumps, a main lubricating oil strainer and bypass filter, a
condenser gives up some of its heat to the condensate. This is achieved by pressure control valve, a temperature regulator, two lubricating oil cooler, an These safety devices will not reset automatically when the cause of the trip is
guiding the steam flow as described above. This also has the added advantage of emergency gravity tank and sump tank built into the hull. corrected. The trips are reset by pressing the RESET pushbutton.
deaerating the condensate. The air and non-condensable gases enter the air When the turning gear is engaged, or the emergency manual manoeuvring
extraction box at the centre of the tube nest from where they are removed by the The main turbine driven LO pump supplies the turbine and gearing with oil handle is not in the neutral position, interlocks it will prevent the main turbines
vacuum pump. when the turbine revolutions are above 73 rpm and the oil pressure is more than steam throttle valve opening.
0.37MPa. The motor driven LO pump will start when the revolutions are under
The dump steam pipe is led into the condenser, the steam being water sprayed on 69 rpm, the oil pressure is below 0.35MPa or an abnormality occurs in the The control oil mechanism will automatically slow down the main turbines
entry in order to cool it, preventing thermal damage to the tubing due to local operation of the turbine driven pump. This is controlled by the IAS graphic under the following conditions :
overheating. screen LO Main Turbine. Tag No. Description Set Point
Cooling sea water is supplied by a main circulating pump and when at sea and
conditions are normal, by a scoop system (See 3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating 072 Boiler steam drum water level high +200 mm
Oil is drawn from the main engine sump tank and discharged to each bearing and
Systems). 073 Boiler steam drum water level low -200 mm
to the gear oil sprayers after passing through the main turbine LO filter, the oil
074 Main steam pressure low 5 MPa
cooler and temperature control valve. The oil returns to the hull sump tank.
075 Main steam temperature high 530
If loss of electrical power occurs the bearings are supplied from the turbine 076 Main condenser vacuum low 500 mmHgV
driven pump and the emergency gravity tank. 077 Main condenser hotwell high +850 mm
078 One boiler tripped
Control oil to actuate the manoeuvring valves is supplied from the LO pump. 079 Stern tube temperature high 55
4.2.1a Main Turbine Overview
1 Maneuvering Valve
2 Hydraulic Cylinder
3 Cam Gear
4 Main Steam Pipe
5 HP Turbine Rotor 23
11
6 HP Turbine Casing
7 HP Turbine Bed Frame 21
8 Cross Over Pipe 28

25 27 24
9 LP Turbine Rotor
10 LP Turbine Casing 10 9
11 Astern Steam Pipe

12 Astern Turbine Casing
19
13 LP Turbine Exhaust Casing 12
8
14 Main Condenser 21 18
15 Astern Guardian Valve

16 Fore Package Frame 13
20
17 AFT Package Frame 5
14
18 HP Flexible Coupling 6
19 HP 1st Pinion 15
20 HP 1st Wheel
21 HP 2nd Pinion
22 LP Flexible Coupling 1
7
23 LP 1st Pinion
4
24 LP 1st Wheel
25 Main Gear
27 Gear Casing 17
2
28 Turning Gear
3
16
4.2.1b Main Turbine Gear Arrangement
SKELETON OF GEAR ARRANGEMENT

1st FLEXIBLE COUPLING
LP SIDE HP SIDE
FLEXIBLE
1ST PINION
1ST PINION COUPLING
CONNECT TO
LP TURBINE
LP 1st
AHEAD FLEXIBLE
COUPLING
2ND PINION 2ND PINION
FORWARD
1ST REDUCTION WHEEL GEAR 1ST REDUCTION WHEEL GEAR

2ND REDUCTION WHEEL GEAR MAIN THRUST COLLAR
2nd
FLEXIBLE
COUPLING
CONNECT TO
CONNECT TO CONNECT TO
MAIN LO PUMP
TURNING GEAR HP TURBINE
HP 1st
FLEXIBLE
LOOKING FORWARD COUPLING
1ST REDUCTION WHEEL GEAR
2nd FLEXIBLE COUPLING
2ND PINION
MAIN LO PUMP DRIVING GEAR COUPLING SLEEVE QUILL SHAFT

(HP SIDE) HUB
4.2.2 Main Turbine Operation
Procedure for Start-Up

Successful operation of the turbine depends on the manner of the warming g) Set up the main turbine lubricating oil system and control oil system, m) Warm through and drain the main superheated line from the boilers to the
through, loading, stopping and cooling down of the turbines. Steam turbines are placing the valves as follows : main turbine manoeuvring valve by opening the bypasses on the
built and operate with very close tolerances in their structure, and the very nature intermediate stop valves and raise the main turbine steam line to
of the driving medium can lead to problems associated with thermal expansion approximately 0.49MPa. Ensure that the turbine, main steam strainer and
Open Auxiliary LO pump discharge valves 004 / 006VPK
unless due care is taken. Correct warming through and proper drainage is high pressure steam chest drains are all open. Open the warming through
Open LO pressure control valve inlet 007VPK
essential together with careful handling of load changes. valves 061VPA and 063VPA from the superheated steam system.
Open Gear driven LO pump suction valve 002VPK
Warm the line slowly by opening valve 062VPA, whilst continuing to turn
Open Gear driven LO pump discharge valve 010VPK
The preparation of the turbine for use is the responsibility of the operator. Correct the turbine using the turning gear.
Open Automatic backflushing inlet and outlet 011 / 012VPK
loading up times are programmed into the turbine control system, as are the Open LO cooler inlet valve 015 or 017VPK n) Drain and warm through the supply steam line to the gland steam make-up
opening of the drain valves and bleeds. Open LO cooler outlet valve 016 or 018VPK system by opening the drain valves to the main condenser. Open the
Open Manoeuvring valve servo system 021VPK make-up controller inlet valve T24 and outlet valve T25 and the spill
Should any of these functions need to be carried out manually, they should be Open Overspeed governor system 022VPK controller inlet valve T28 and outlet valve T27. Put the make-up and dump
done in the same manner as the automated function. Open LO coolers cooling water inlet valve 011 or 012VPG controllers on automatic. Start the gland exhaust fan. Adjust the gland
Open LO cooler cooling water outlet valve 021 or 022VPG packing steam pressure so that it is about 0.02MPaG.
Initial Checks and Preparation h) Vent any air from the LO coolers, then close the vent valves. CAUTION
The gland packing steam will start to heat the turbine. It is therefore
a) Start the cooling water systems i) Set the LO temperature controller to 45C from the IAS graphic screen essential to keep the turbine turning gear in use and the LO system running
(See 3.4.1 Central Fresh Water Cooling System) MT GEAR TEMP. Start one of the LO pumps from the same faceplate. to avoid localised heating.
(See 3.5.1 Sea Water Circulating Systems)
o) Ensure that the vacuum pumps are supplied with sealing and cooling water
b) Check the water level in the main condenser hotwell. It should be higher j) Stop the gearing dehumidifier.
and start one pump. Observe the vacuum forming in the condenser,
than normal to allow for filling of the recirculating pipework. Top up as checking for leaks should this not take place at the normal rate or fail to
necessary from the distilled water tanks through outlet valves 135VPF k) Set valves for gravity tank supply and operation.
achieve the rated vacuum of 720mmHg at a sea temperature of 27C.
or 136VPF, make-up valve bypass 144VPF and main condenser Position Description Valve
filling valve 145 / 147VPF. p) Open the spray water valve for astern operation. Maintain the warming
Open Gravity tank quick-closing inlet / outlet valve 023VPK
through of the turbine and steam piping for at least one hour, raising the
c) Prepare the main condensate system for operation Throttled Gravity tank overflow control valve 026VPK
main turbine steam line pressure to full pressure on the bypass valves on the
(See 3.2.1 Condensate Water System) Ensure that both pump suction boiler turbine stop valves 001VPA and 002VPA.
valves are open and that the recirculation system is ready for use. Start Check around the LO system for leaks. The level in the LO sump tank will drop
one of the condensate pumps with the discharge valve closed, then as the system charges and may require topping up. A flow of oil should be (Note : The high pressure turbine casing inside temperature should be kept
slowly open the valve. observed returning from the LO gravity tank and the control oil tank sight glasses. over 200 before try-engine.)
It is good practice to observe gear sprayers and any other oil returns that can be
q) Place the other on standby.
The condensate will be recirculated back into the condenser through the accessed and viewed without loss of oil.
recirculation valve until the condenser receives water from other drains or CAUTION
The system oil pressures should be as follows :
exhaust. The level control ensures that the level in the hotwell remains constant, If the ship is to be moved using tugs or any other means of external
and that condensate is pumped up to the deaerator whilst still retaining the correct Main LO system : 0.10 - 0.15MPa propulsion, disengage the turning gear. Failure to do so may damage the
level. Control oil system : 0.29 - 0.39MPa turning gear due to the propeller idling whilst under way. Ensure that the
LO system is running. If the turbine is hot or gland steam is being supplied,
During this initial period of little drainage into the condenser, it is possible for l) Engage and start the turning gear. Observe the amps being drawn by the the turbine must not be allowed to remain stationary for longer than 3
the level to drop due to leakage up to the deaerator. The level in the hotwell turning gear motor. If these are higher than normal investigate the minutes, or the risk of the rotors deflecting exists. Ensure that the main
will require monitoring and further topping up as necessary. turbine, gearing and shafting to determine why they are not turning turbine manufacturers instructions are followed before any tow is
freely. commenced.
d) Open the gland leak off valve between the main turbine and the gland CAUTION
steam condenser. Before proceeding to the next stage ensure that the main stop valve, the
e) Check and record the axial position of the rotors at the cold condition. astern guardian valve and the ahead and astern manoeuvring valves are all
CLOSED.
f) Check the oil level in the main sump tank and top up as necessary, taking
the amount of oil to be placed into circulation into consideration.
4.2.2 Main Turbine Operation
Testing the Engine Before Leaving Port Run up to Full Speed after Manoeuvring
Ensure that the cargo manifold pipes are disconnected before testing the engine. Following manoeuvring, the turbine control system is set to full away on passage.
Inform the bridge and request confirmation that it is safe to turn the engine on The program controlling the turbine will slowly increase the speed through a
steam. Ensure that the Chief Engineer is aware that the engines are about to be pre-programmed ramp. The automatic drain valves will be closed at the
tested. beginning of the run up period.
a) Close the inlet/outlet valves of warm-up steam shut-off valve.
The bleed steam valves will be opened manually with operators confirmation
b) Open the main steam stop valve 003VPA, and close the isolating valves of after open request on IAS.
warm-up steam PCV 061 / 063VPA.
Careful monitoring of the plant is required during this period of instability. The
c) Open the main steam intermediate stop valves 001VPA and 002VPA and
turbine must be observed and, should any vibration be detected, the turbine must
close their bypass valves.
be slowed down until they cease and then be investigated. This can be caused by
d) Disengage the turning gear. rotor deflection due to poor warming up procedures. A period of running at
revolutions below those at which the vibration started can lead to the deflection
CAUTION lessening.
Do not allow the rotors to remain stationary for more than three minutes
once the gland packing steam has been admitted. Failure to follow this After a period of time the revolutions can be increased and the vibration
advice could result in the rotors deflecting. monitored. Should this fail to rectify the situation, then the turbine will need to be
stopped and further investigations instigated.
e) In the ECR, reset the turbine trips at the Main Turbine Manoeuvring
Control Box panel and on the ECR console.
Settings for the Turbine Automatic Sequence
f) Press the WARMING THROUGH pushbutton to restrict the propeller
shaft to 12 rpm during turning on the DIRECT switch. Description Set Point
High pressure turbine drain valves open / close 65 rpm / 67 rpm
g) Turn the main turbine astern and ahead a few times, using the DIRECT
High pressure bleed steam drain valves open / close Bleed valve close /open
switch, to clear the steam lines of any condensation which may be
Astern guard valve open/close 65 rpm / 67 rpm
present. The switch is turned in the INC.direction to open the ahead
1st bleed valve open / close 1.05 / 1.00 MPaG
valve and in the DEC. direction to close the ahead valve and open the
2nd bleed valve open / close 0.35 / 0.30 MPaG
astern valve. Then in the INC. direction to close the astern valve until
the Manoeuvring Valves Closed indicator light is lit.
h) Turn the control mode switch to the LEVER position. While the control Securing the Turbine
of this plant is highly automated and of modern design, there can be no
a) When finished with engines has been signalled, change over control to
substitute for good steam engineering practise. Ensure that the plant is
the ECR.
physically checked, listened to and all senses used to detect early signs
of problems.
b) Close the main and intermediate stop valves. Ensure that the manoeuvring
i) Upon completion of the tests, place the turbine in AUTOSPIN mode and the astern guardian valves are closed.
which will automatically turn the engine ahead and astern on steam until it
is required. c) Ensure that all the drains have opened.
d) Engage the turning gear and start the motor.
e) Open the intermediate stop bypass valves to maintain the main steam pipes
at the working temperature.
Any further shutting down depends on the length of time the turbine is to be
unused and any plans for maintenance. In many ports the engine is required to be
on ten or thirty minutes notice.
4.2.2a Main Turbine Operation
4.2.2a Main Turbine Operation
START UP / SHUT DOWN OPERATIONS
START UP OPERATION SHUT DOWN OPERATION

1 2 3
CHECK CONDENSATE WATER SYSTEM & LO SYSTEM WARMING UP FINISHED ENGINE
STEAM, CONTROL AIR, ELECTRIC SEA WATER CIRCURATING SYSTEM SEE 37.1
SYSTEMS MANOEUVRING, BLEEDER CHECK SLOW DOWN
& DRAIN VALVES OPEN CHECK CLOSE : MAIN STEAM STOP VALVE
SEA WATER INLET & OUTLET OIL LEVEL & TEMPERATURE ASTERN MANOEUV. VALVE CHECK
SET VALVES OF MAIN CONDENSER IN LO SUMP TANK AHEAD NOZZLE VALVE BLEEDER VALVE: CLOSE
ASTERN GUARDING, DRAIN, BLEEDER ASTEAN GUARD. VALVE DRAIN & ASTERN GUARDING
& SPRAY WATER VALVES AUTO OPEN OPEN OPEN : DRAIN VALVES VALVE: OPEN
WATER BOX AIR VENT VALVE ALL VALVES FOR LO PIPING
CHECK (EXCLUDING NORMALLY CLOSE ENGAGE AND START STOP
MANUAL HANDLE P0SITION OF START VALVES) TURNING GEAR
FOLLOWING VALVES ; MAIN CIRCURATING PUMP ENGAGE AND START
OPEN : ASTERN GUARDING VALVE CHECK START TURNING GEAR
: DRAIN VALVES. CHECK LO TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE GLAND EXHAUST VALVE (WITHIN 3 MIN. OF STOP)
: PACKING STEAM CONDENSATE LEVEL IN THE
: MAKE-UP VALVE CONDENSER HOT WELL CLOSE OPEN CLOSE
LOCKING POSITION: (IF THE LEVEL IS LOW, DRAIN VALVES OF LO PIPING STOP VALVE FOR PACKING STEAM BOILER OUTLET
SPRAY WATER VALVES FOR SUPPLY MAKE-UP WATER) CONTROL VALVE INTERMEDIATE VALVE
STEAM DUMP AND START (SUPPLY PACKING STEAM)
ASTERN OPERATION START MOTOR DRIVEN LO PUMP CHANGEOVER
LEVEL CONTROLLER OF START TO AUXILIARY CONDENSER
CHECK CONDENSER HOT WELL OPEN GLAND EXHAUST FAN FOR EXHAUST STEAM FROM
CLOSE : PACKING STEAM SPILL AIR VENT VALVES OF LO PIPING AUXILIARIES
GATE VALVE OPEN START
SUCTION VALVES OF BOTH OPEN VACUUM PUMP STOP
CONDENSATE WATER SYSTEM & CONDENSATE PUMPS COOLING WATER INLET & OUTLET VACUUM PUMP
1 SEA WATER CIRCULATING SYSTEM VALVES OF LO COOLER KEEP ABOUT
OPEN 6861.3 kPaa DURING WARM-UP 6 HOURS WHEN CONDENSER VACUUM DROPS
2 L. O. SYSTEM THE VALVES FOR SHAFT & SUCTION CHECK TD ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
VALVE SEAL WATER LO FLOW TO EACH BEARING AND OPEN CLOSE
CHECK GEARS WITH SIGHT GLASSES BYPASS VALVE OF BOILER OUTLET STOP VALVE FOR PACKING STEAM
MANOEUVRING DEVICE START INTERMEDIATE VALVE CONTROL VALVE
MAIN CONDENSATE PUMP CHECK
3 WARMING UP OIL LEVEL IN LO SUMP TANK WARM-UP CHECK
OPEN OVER FLOW FROM GRAVITY TANK MAIN STEAM LINE NO MAKE-UP & SPILL TO MAIN
AUTO. SPINNING OF TRY ENGINE DELIVERY VALVES OF BOTH DISCHARGE PRESSURE OF LO PUMP CONDENSER
(WITHIN 3 MIN. OF TURNING OPERATE) CONDENSATE PUMPS MAIN TURBINE INLET OIL PRESSURE CONTINUE WARM-UP
AT LEAST ONE HOUR STOP
STANDBY CHECK GLAND EXHAUST FAN
OVERFLOW FROM CONTROL OIL TANK END OF WARM-UP
OPERATION AND GOVERNOR HEAD TANK STOP
OPEN CONDENSATE PUMP
START VACUUM PUMP SUCTION VALVE
CONTROL OIL PUMP STOP & DISENGAGE
CHECK TURNING GEAR
CHECK AGAIN MAIN CONDENSER VACUUM
OVERFLOW FROM CONTROL OIL TANK ABOVE 5.07 kPaa STOP
MOTOR DRIVEN LO PUMP
CLOSE
BYPASS VALVE OF BOILER OUTLET
INTERMEDIATE VALVE
STOP AND DISENGAGE

TURNING GEAR
SET
MANOEUVRING LEVER POSITION: STOP
EMERGENCY HANDLE POSITION: STOP
SLOWLY OPEN
BOILER OUTLET INTERMEDIATE VALVE
4.2.3 Main Turbines Control System
Maker : Nabco Ltd System Composition Local / Emergency Control Panel at the Main Turbine Side (MS)
The main turbine remote operating system has two modes of operation, LEVER The local / emergency control panel consists of the following :
Introduction and DIRECT. The position of the telegraph lever and a changeover switch
Turbine trip switch
The turbine remote control equipment provides the interface between the determines the mode to be used.
Turbine trip reset pushbutton
operator and the main turbine, carrying out the commands in a preprogrammed
Control position transfer switch
sequence from consoles on the bridge and the engine control room. The system is The turbine remote control system consists of the following :
Manoeuvring valve lift indicator
of the electro-hydraulic type which consists of the dual control main computer,
Local / remote control switch for HP and IP bleed steam valves
electric and electronic circuits, process signal interface units, and the hydraulic Main Turbine Manoeuvring Control Panel
Open and close switches for HP and IP bleed steam valves
servo mechanism of the actuator of the manoeuvring valve. The Main Turbine Manoeuvring Control Panel (MTMCP) is housed in the Dial gauges for steam and LO pressures and main condenser vacuum
engine control room. The panel receives the commands signaled from the Emergency trip override switch for the main turbine
telegraphs and houses the components required to control the main turbine in Emergency manoeuvring valve handwheel
Control Oil System accordance with the telegraph command. It consists of the control computer, Indicator lights for turbine trip and manoeuvring position status
A control oil system is provided at the turbine and is dependent on the main LO mimic panel and miscellaneous electric and electronic signal circuits.
system. It is supplied by the same pumps as the LO supply, but at a (higher) (Note : When changing from neutral position to either Ahead or Astern, the
pressure than the LO supply as a result of the orifice fitted in the supply to the governor oil pressure is dumped.)
bearings and gearing. Wheelhouse Main Turbine Manoeuvring Control Console
The main turbine manoeuvring control console consists of the following :
Control of the governor motor and solenoids which utilise the control oil to System Functions
operate the manoeuvring valves, is carried out by the separate turbine Telegraph transmitter with manoeuvring lever, which is moved to the
desired turbine speed setting, ahead or astern, the command being The turbine remote control system can perform the following functions :
management system operated through the bridge or engine room control
consoles. processed and acted upon by the MTMCP
Telegraph lever position indicator Auto Spinning
The turbine management system signal is converted to movement of an electric Telegraph logger It is intended to prevent any sagging of the hot turbine rotors whilst they are
positioning motor or governor. This motor moves a pilot valve assembly which, RPM indicator stationary by turning the engine frequently in both directions. This also has the
by covering and uncovering ports, allows a flow of oil to the manoeuvring Sub panel containing manoeuvring duty changeover switch, effect of keeping the temperature of the turbines high enough to prevent thermal
valves servo piston. The oil acting on the servo piston moves it in the desired manoeuvring pushbuttons, indicator lamps and telegraph repeater damage when the engine is used again.
direction and consequently moves the manoeuvring valve. The manoeuvring Main turbine emergency trip
valves admit steam to the turbine at a rate dependant upon their position ahead or Main turbine slowdown override When the engine is stopped between movements during manoeuvring and the
astern. Movement of the piston is fed back to the pilot valve assembly and when Main turbine trip override following conditions apply, the automatic spin function will operate :
the piston has traveled the desired amount, the ports in the pilot valve assembly The CONTROL MODE switch on the ECR console is turned to the
are covered and no further movement takes place.
LEVER position
Engine Control Room (ECR) Main Turbine Manoeuvring Control
The telegraph lever is set at the STOP position
Console
The AUTO SPINNING switch on the ECR console is turned to the
Main Turbine Remote Control (MTRC) Equipment The main turbine manoeuvring control console consists of the following :
ON position
The control levers are combined with the engine telegraph and signal the turbine Telegraph receiver with manoeuvring lever The main turbine trips are reset
command to the computer. The computer carries out the command for desired a Manoeuvring valve lift indicator The propeller shaft revolutions are less than 3 rpm
change in turbine speed or direction through consistent, stepped procedures. The Sub panel containing switches for manoeuvring duty program control,
logic is designed to carry out the most suitable turbine and boiler operating emergency systems and drain valves and indicator lamps
procedures considering best practice and their limitations. Lever position indicator
Control mode changeover panel
RPM indicator
Revolution counter
Main turbine emergency trip
Main turbine slowdown bypass
Main turbine trip bypass
Transfer of Manoeuvring Control between Wheelhouse,

If the propeller shaft revolutions are less than preset revolution rpm for 2.5 Engine Control Room and Main Turbine Side The WHEELHOUSE CONTROL indicator lamp begins to flicker and the buzzer
minutes, the automatic spinning system opens the ahead steam manoeuvring The following conditions need to apply : sounds. Until this is acknowledged the wheelhouse telegraph lever is inoperative.
valve to a preset limit to turn the propeller shaft at 3 rpm and then close. Once the
Telegraph lever position matches, otherwise the HANDLE MATCHING ) The bridge operator acknowledges the change of control location
propeller shaft has stopped for abt.6 minutes the automatic spinning system
indicator light will flicker until the positions match. by moving the wheelhouse console location switch from ECR to
opens the astern steam manoeuvring valve to abt.6 preset limit to turn the
WHEELHOUSE and pressing the ACKNOWLEDGE button.
propeller shaft at 3 rpm and then close. The telegraph lever or the direct manoeuvring methods match, otherwise
the LEVER or DIRECT indicator light will flicker until the positions match.
This sequence is repeated every 3 minutes. The WHEELHOUSE CONTROL indicator lamp stops flickering and becomes
steady. The main turbine can now be controlled from the bridge.
The Auto Spinning mode is activated automatically and the SPIN ZONE lamp in
the wheelhouse and ECR consoles are lit. Operation of the Main Turbine Control System
Transfer of Control from the Bridge to the Engine Control Room
To stop the automatic spin function from taking place change the Auto Spinning Preparation for Lever Control
a) Telephone contact between the bridge and engine control room
from ON to OFF.
Prepare the main turbine for use as described in section 4.2.2 Main Turbine establishes the need to transfer control.
Operation.
If the telegraph lever is placed on some position while the auto spinning, the auto b) The telegraph levers in all locations must be in the same positions.
spinning is by-passed immediately and the manoeuvring valve will be operated a) Set the control location to ENGINE CONTROL ROOM. The location This can be checked by observing the pointers indicating the current
with the lever position. is displayed by an indicator lamp on all the consoles. telegraph position and the remote telegraph position. When the levers are
b) The control lever in all locations should be at the STOP position. all correctly positioned the MATCHING lamp is lit.
The turbine will trip if the auto spinning revolution reaches 12rpm.
c) Select the control mode as LEVER then toggle switch. Engine control c) The engine control room control location switch is moved from
Automatic Slowdown positions may be selected as WHEELHOUSE or ECR. WHEELHOUSE to ECR.
The WHEELHOUSE CONTROL indicator lamp begins to flicker
The main turbine is automatically slowed down when one of the following
The turbine can now be controlled from the telegraph lever which initiates the and the buzzer sounds. The main turbine can now be controlled from
conditions occur :
control ramps and carries out all functions automatically. Use of the toggle the engine control room.
Tag No. Description Set Point switches on the engine control room console, to raise or lower turbine speed, d) The bridge operator acknowledges the change of control location by
072 Boiler steam drum water level high +200 mm bypasses the computer control system and actuates the governor servomotor by moving the wheelhouse console location switch from
073 Boiler steam drum water level low 200mm directly when direct control is selected. WHEELHOUSE to ECR and pressing the ACKNOWLEDGE
074 Main steam pressure low 5 MPa
pushbutton.
075 Main steam temperature high 530
076 Main condenser vacuum low 500 mmHgV Transfer of Control from the Engine to the Bridge The WHEELHOUSE CONTROL indicator lamp stops flickering and is
077 Main condenser hotwell high +850 mm
In bridge control the wheelhouse telegraph lever signals the MTRP directly. The extinguished. The ECR indicating lamp is lit.
078 One boiler tripped
telegraph levers in the engine control room do not need to be moved. The
079 Stern tube temperature high 55
indicator built into the telegraph lever will show the position in which the bridge
(Note : The auto slowdown function can be cancelled by turning the AUTO telegraph lever has been placed.
SLOWDOWN switch to BYPASS on the wheelhouse or ECR consoles.)
a) Telephone contact between the bridge and engine room
The automatic slowdown will be performed by two procedures as follows : establishes the need to transfer control.
1. Where the abnormality of above Tag Nos. 072 or 073 occurs, the
b) The telegraph levers in all locations must be in the same positions.
manoeuvring valve lift is lowered with a ratio of 100% per 11 minutes until
This can be checked by observing the pointers indicating the
it reaches at a preset valve lift and when the condition is recovered to a
current telegraph position and the remote telegraph position.
normal, lowering of the valve lift is stopped. The valve lift will return to the
When the levers are all correctly positioned the HANDLE MATCHING
lever position being put with the time schedule after recovering the boiler
lamp is lit.
water level.
2. When the lever is put at higher position than Ahead Dead Slow, if the c) The engine control room control location switch is moved from
abnormality of the above other than Tag Nos. 072 and 073 occurs, the ECR to WHEELHOUSE.
turbine revolution will lower to Ahead Dead Slow. The reset is made by
putting the lever to Ahead Dead Slow or lower position after restoration of
abnormality.
To Change from Remote to Local Turbine Control Alarms and Trips Reference
In the event of the turbine remote control system failing, control can be taken The main turbine is protected by alarms and trips which can be viewed through
from the machinery side (MS). the IAS system. These are listed as follows : Auto Spinning Sequence
AHD
a) Ensure that the telegraph lever is in the STOP position and matches the Alarms 2.5min. 3min. 3min.
bridge level. Tag No. Description Set Point 6 rpm

Close maneouv. valve
081 Inlet steam pressure low 5.2 Mpa 3 rpm Start auto spinning
b) Ensure that the Manoeuvring Valve Closed indicator light is lit to confirm 088 Gland steam high pressure 50 kPa
that the manoeuvring valves are closed. 088 Gland steam low pressure 5 kPa
3 rpm
c) Turn the control mode switch from LEVER to DIRECT control. 091 Low LO pressure 70 kPa
6 rpm
092 Gearing LO low pressure 70 kPa
d) Operate the Control Mode switch at the emergency panel near the main 093 LO filter high differential pressure 70 kPa Revolution Valve Lift
AST
turbine to the M/S position. 094 Control oil low pressure 245 kPa
101 Main steam Inlet temperature 530 C
The main turbine may now be operated turning the local DIRECT switch to 107 LP turbine exhaust chamber temperature high 150 C
either the INC. or DEC. position or using the manoeuvring wheel as described 109 Astern steam temperature high 350 C Time Program
below. 111 Bearing LO high temperature 50 C AHD
100%
e) Pull out the lock pin on the manoeuvring wheel, which will trip the control 112~129 HP/LP turbine thrust and bearing temperature 75 C
oil system. 130/131 Main gear bearing 55 C 55sec. 80sec. 55sec.
132 Main thrust pad 90 C

f) Turn the manoeuvring wheel in the direction required to operate the main 141 HP turbine vibration 100 m 60sec. 60min. 55sec. 30sec.
turbines in the ahead or astern direction, as required by the telegraph. 142 LP turbine vibration 150 m
g) Observe the position indicator below the wheel which will confirm the 143 HP turbine thrust bearing axial displacement 0.5 mm 100%
AST
direction the manoeuvring wheel is being turned. 144 LP turbine thrust bearing axial displacement 0.5 mm
145 Main reduction gearing vibration 7 mm/s
The telegraph signal is acknowledged by turning the pointer switch to the 146 Main thrust bearing axial displacement 1.3 mm
flashing light at the speed required by the bridge. Then the manoeuvring wheel is 147 Main LO water high content 0.30%
turned. 151 Main condenser low vacuum 600 mmHg
152 Main condenser high level alarm +750 mm
Trips
052 Manual emergency trip
053 Overspeed 93.2 rpm
054 HP turbine rotor excessive vibration 130
055 LP turbine rotor excessive vibration 180
056 HP turbine rotor position excessive displacement 1 mm
057 LP turbine rotor position excessive displacement 1 mm
058 Lubricating oil pressure low 50 kPa
059 Control oil pressure low 200 kPa
060 Main condenser vacuum low 300 mmHg
061 Main condenser hotwell level high +950 mm
062 Both boilers tripped
063 Boiler steam drum water level high +220 mm
064 Boiler steam drum water level low -240 mm
065 Spinning overspeed 12 rpm
066 Turning gear engaged
067 Emerg. Manoeuv. handle not in neutral position
(Note : The colored TRIP function can be cancelled by turning the TRIP
BYPASS switch to BYPASS on the wheelhouse or ECR consoles.)
4.2.3a Main
4.2.3a Main Turbine
Turbine Remote
Remote Control
Control System
System
ACTUATOR & CAM SW. BOX
VALVE LIFT
FEED BACK FAIL
WH
TELEGRAPH LEVER
MAIN STEAM
FUNCTION SY
GENERATOR
TIME MOTOR DRIVER PM

HYDRAULIC MANEUV.
SCHEDULER (LEVER) CYLINDER PROPELLER
FUNCTION FUNCTION VALVE
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
MOTOR DRIVER HPT
POTENTIO (DIRECT)
METER
ECR
CONTROL P P
TELEGRAPH LEVER
MATCHING
REV. PICK UP
AST LPT
AUTO SLOW DOWN

LOGIC CIRCUIT
PI
REGULATOR
POTENTIO
METER
REV. PICK UP FAIL
WRONG WAY ALARM LEVER

WRONG WAY MORE THAN
ASR CUT LEVEL
CONTROL POSITION
SELECT SWITCH TURBINE TRIP
AUTO SPINNING
PROGRAM BY-PASS LOGIC CIRCUIT
SELECT SWITCH
LEVER - DIRECT
SELECT SWITCH
AUTO SPINNING
DIRECT CONTROL LONG TIME STOP
PUSH BUTTON
AUTO SPINNING
OVER SPEED
RPM FEED BACK
CHANGE OVER SW.
AUTO SPININING
SELECT SWITCH
VALVE LIFT
INDICATOR
Main Turbine Remote Control System Block Diagram

MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD
NAGASAKI SHIPYARD & MACHINERY WORKS
4.2.3b Main Turbine Control System
From Speed Detector (For Control)

Direct Control From Speed Detector (For Safety)
Switch From I.A.S.
To I.A.S. Manual Handle
Trip Signal
To L.O. Pump Starter
Telegraph
Lever Cam Axis Feed Back Device
Lift
Indicator
PORT Wing
Eng. Cont. Rm Cam Gear

Manoeuvering Lift
Pilot Valve Indicator
STBD Wing Control Box
Ahead
Wheelhouse
Astern
Driving Motor Box
Eng. Cont. Rm
Gear
Main Steam
PS
Control Oil
Trip Solenoid To H.P. Turbine

Valve
Astern Valve Ahead Valve
Astern Guardian Valve

LS
To Astern Turbine
To L.O. Sump Tank
Turning Gear
H.P. Turbine
Engage Trip Over Speed Governor
H.P. Pinion
L.P. Turbine
Over Speed Governor
4.2.4 Main
4.2.4 MainTurbine
TurbineWarming-up
Warming-up System
System
4.2.4 Warming-up Procedure

The main turbine is in need of keeping in the temperature which is more than 200 at H.P.
turbine casing inside. The turbine is to be ready for start-up at all times during the vessel's
mooring or anchoring periods.
(1) Warm-up procedure for main steam piping
AST.TURBINE a) Confirm that the maneuvering valve is in trip condition and the main steam stop valves d) Close the drain valve T14 slowly.
001VPA, 002VPA and 003VPA are being closed. e) Confirm the the H.P. turbine casing inside temperature is being kept over
b) Confirm the bypass valves of main steam stop valves 001VPA and 002VPA are being closed. about 200.
c) Confirm the valves 061VPA and 063VPA of pressure reducing line are being closed. 1) In case that the H.P. turbine casing inside temperature is descended down
d) Confirm the warm-up steam valves T151, T152 and T153 are being closed. during warming-up, stop warm-up operation and check the cause.
L.P.TURBINE S ECC SUB PANEL e) Confirm that the main steam temperature at the main boiler outlet is over abt. 350 2) In case that the H.P. turbine casing inside temperature is descended below
and set the pressure of pressure reducing valve 062VPA at 1.5MPaG. about 200, the superheated steam temperature of main boiler shall be
f) Fully open the drain valve 064VPA and crack open 065VPA. increased until the H.P. turbine casing inside temperature rises up to 200.
g) Open the bypass valves of main steam stop valves 001VPA and 002VPA.
h) Open the pressure reducing valve outlet 063VPA valve. After drain from the drain valves (3) Warm-up finish
064VPA and 065VPA, open slowly the pressure reducing valve inlet 061VPA.
When the stand-by for departure is close at hand, the following operation is
i) Close the drain valve 065VPA. carried out.
j) Fully open the drain valve T13 and crack open T14 of main turbine inlet.
(The warm-up ofthe main steam pipe starts) a) Close the warm-up valves T153 and T152.
b) Open the main stop valve 003VPA.
(2) Warm-up procedure for main main turbine c) Close the valves 061VPA and 063VPA of the pressure reducing line.
a) Confirm that the maneuvering valve is in trip condition and the main steam stop valve d) Open the main steam stop valves 001VPA and 002VPA and close the by-pass valves.
003VPA is being closed. e) Prior to the try-engine, the following conditions are to be confirmed.
b) Open the warm-up valve T152 and confirm that the warm-up valve T151 is in auto
LS LS 1) The H.P. turbine inlet steam temperature is more than 300.
mode and opened.
c) Open the warm-up valve T153 slowly up to the full opening, 2) The H.P. turbine casing inside temperature is more than 200.
T151 T153 (The warming-up of the turbine starts)
Caution
If any abnormal noise and vibration is noticed, stop opening of warm-up valve T153
and check the cause carefully.
T152 If following abnormal is found, Stop the turning motor and Disengage the clutch of
tursning gear.
- Electric curent of the motor is shown extremely low and high
Then check if the propeller is being turned by tide.
Never stop the turbine longer than three minutes at hot condition.
MANEUV. V.
AHEAD V. AST. V. TI PI
101 081
001VPA 002VPA
FROM No.1 BLR FROM No.2 BLR
H.P.TURBINE
OUT IN
PC
089
T T
T 003VPA
STM CHEST
P
T54 T55 T53 T52

T51
063VPA 061VPA
T13
T14
062VPA 064VPA
065VPA
4.3.1 Main Boiler Overview
Maker : Mitsubishi Alarms and Trips General Construction

No. of sets : 2 sets Tag No. Description Set Point Each boiler is of the two drum type construction, with one steam drum and one
Model : Mitsubishi MB-4E-NS 063 High level (main turbine trips): +220mm + 5 sec. water drum and mainly consists of the boiler proper, boiler casing, superheater,
Type : Two drum, water tube, roof fired 064 Low level (main turbine trips): -240mm + 5 sec. economiser, air heater, fuel and gas firing equipment, mountings, fittings and
Maximum evaporation : 60,000kg/h 072 High level (main engine slowdown): +200mm +10 sec. other accessories.
Normal evaporation : 53,500kg/h 073 Low level (main turbine slowdown): -200mm +10 sec.
Steam condition : 5.83 MPa x 525C at superheated steam 458 Feed water motor valve closes +220mm +10 sec. The unit is composed of a steam drum and a water drum connected by a bank of
Fuel oil consumption : 3,916 kg/h at normal evaporation 467 High level (boiler trips): +240mm + 0 sec. inclined generating tubes. Other water side components include :
Gas consumption : 3,212 kg/h at normal evaporation 468 Low level (boiler trips): -240mm + 0 sec. Front screen tubes shielding the superheater elements from the direct
No. of burners : 3 combined oil/gas 469 Control air pressure low trip: 0.4 MPa radiant heat of the furnace
470 FD fan stop (boiler trips): Side and roof water wall
Safety Valve Settings 471 Superheater outlet temperature high trip: 550C Front and rear water wall tubes
472 FO pressure low trip : 0.1 MPa Downcomers
Drum high set : 7.65 MPa Bottom headers
473 Atomising steam pressure low trip: 0.3 MPa
Drum low set : 7.60 MPa Roof and bottom front wall headers
474 FO temperature low trip: 80 C
Superheater : 6.45 MPa Roof and bottom rear wall headers
475 All burners failure (boiler trips):
Economizer : 9.07 MPa Front and rear wall riser pipes
478 FO burning pump stop (boiler trips):
484 FG leak content high trip: 60%LEL
Operating Parameters at Normal evaporation The tubes in the furnace floor, sides and roof, front and rear walls are of
484 FG leak content high alarm: 30 % LEL
Drum pressure : 6.45 MPa 486 FG temperature low trip: 5C membrane wall construction. Each tube has two fins welded to it, opposite each
FO burner header press : 1.30 MPa 491 FG header pressure high trip: 75 kPa other, and running the length of the tube. The fins of the adjacent tubes are
BOG header pressure : 39.1 kPa 492 FG header pressure low trip: 0.07 kPa welded together to form the membrane wall. The furnace is enveloped on three
Atom. steam pressure : 0.79 MPa 502 Superheater outlet pressure high alarm: 6.3 MPa sides, the roof and the floor, by the membrane construction. This forms a gas
FD fan outlet pressure : 3.87 kPa 502 Superheater outlet pressure low alarm: 5.3 MPa tight envelope around three sides of the furnace and prevents gas leaking into the
Economiser inlet temp : 138 C 504 Atomising steam pressure low alarm: 0.35 MPa casing.
FO burner heater temp : 120 C 506 FO header pressure low alarm: 0.15 MPa
BOG heater temp : 30 C 507 FG header pressure high alarm: 70 kPa The remaining principal components of construction are a superheater, an
Air heater inlet temp : 45 C 507 FG header pressure low alarm: 0.1 kPa internal desuperheater in the steam drum, a superheat temperature control
Air heater outlet temp : 130 C 507 FG Common line pressure high alarm: 100 kPa desuperheater in the water drum, the economiser, steam air heater and the casing.
Economiser gas temp : 179 C 511 Superheater outlet temperature high alarm: 540C
O2 content : 1.90 % 511 Superheater outlet temperature low alarm: 480C The combination burners are roof mounted and therefore the gas flow is evenly
512 Desuperheater outlet temperature high alarm: 400C distributed across the front bank, superheater and generating bank tubes, before
514 FO temperature low alarm: 90 C discharging through the economiser and into the flue.
515 FG temperature low alarm: 15C
521 Low level alarm: -130mm +10 sec.
521 High level alarm: +130mm +10 sec.
Drum Internals Furnace Superheater

The steam drum internals consist of the desuperheater, surface blow line, internal As previously described, the furnace walls are of the membrane construction. The superheater is of the vertical, interbank, convection type and arranged for
feed pipe, chemical feed line, baffles and dry box. The tubes forming the furnace sides, floor and roof are of 63.5mm diameter, multipass steam flow. The superheater elements are arranged in groups of six
Steam generated in the boiler tubes enters the steam drum where it is forced to whilst the tubes forming the front and rear walls are of 50.8mm diameter. concentric hairpin loop elements, the ends of which are welded into inlet-outlet
enter a baffle located at the normal water level, before entering the upper part of headers and intermediate headers. The arrangement of the elements is such that
the steam drum. The baffle is intended to reduce the surging of the water level External downcomer tubes are placed outside of the boiler casing and provide the superheater tubes are parallel to the boiler are welded to the superheater
due to hard steaming, sudden load changes and any vessel movement. ample circulation of the water from the steam drum to the water drum, bottom elements and to the generating tubes. These generating tubes, Guide castings
Before leaving the boiler through the steam outlet nozzle, the steam must pass header and the front and rear water wall headers. sliding supports help to maintain the alignment of the superheater elements.
through the dry box located at the top of the steam drum. The dry box separates
larger water particles from the steam and helps to prevent or reduce carry over of The water cooled furnace floor tubes leave the bottom header to transverse the The superheater inlet, outlet and intermediate headers run parallel to the water
water with the steam. floor before bending upwards to form the furnace side and roof. They terminate drum. Each header is separated internally by welded steel diaphragms to direct
in the steam drum. the steam flow through five passes between the headers. Drainage is through
A submerged tube desuperheater is located in the steam drum below the normal small openings in the lower edge of the diaphragms.
water level. Superheated steam is fed through the tubes, giving up most of its The furnace front and rear tubes are arranged from the lower to upper water wall
degree of superheat to the water within the drum and emerging as reduced heat headers. The upper water wall headers are connected to the steam drum by riser
auxiliary steam. pipes. Economizer
An extended surface type economiser is placed above the boiler tube bank. The
Desuperheated steam is supplied in this way to ensure that there is always a flow Where openings in the furnace walls are required for burners, access doors and economiser is made up of closely spaced, continuous loop elements, welded to
of steam through the superheater even when the demand for superheated steam is sootblowers, the water wall tubes are bent around them and then back to their the terminal headers at each end. Each element tube is 50.8mm diameter carbon
low. This ensures that the superheat tubes are not damaged by overheating during original plane. steel with a spiral steel fin, connected by U-bends to form an integral loop. All
low steam flow conditions. the elements are supported at the front and rear side by tube plates.
The furnace water wall tubes are backed up with insulation and supporting
The water drum located at the bottom of the boiler, houses a submerged tube buckstays that allow for expansion. The outer casing is corrugated steel plate The outside of the terminal headers are provided with hand holes to allow access.
desuperheater, through which some of the superheated steam is diverted to coated with heat resistant paint. The economiser is insulated and surrounded by a steel casing with large
control the final superheat outlet temperature. removable access panels.
Feed water enters the inlet header at the top and flows through the elements to the
Both steam and water drums are fitted with swinging manhole covers to allow Saddles bottom header and from there to the boiler steam drum. This is counter to the gas
entry and inspection. Saddles are provided under the water drum and the front and rear water wall flow which passes upwards over the elements.
headers to support the boiler. The rear saddle under the water drum is fixed and
the front saddle has slotted bolt holes, grooves and grease fittings to allow for
easy movement and lubrication.
Grease fittings are provided on the front and rear saddles of the water wall header.
The grooved saddles are free to move to allow for expansion of the boiler as it
warms up.
(Note : The boiler sliding feet should be inspected and cleaned as frequently as
possible and should be greased at least every 600 hours. Failure to do
this could result in the sliding feet seizing and subsequent damage to the
boiler as it expands.)
Forced Draft Fans Flame Eye Seal Air Fan

Maker : Osaka Blower Maker : High Press Korea Co. Ltd
Air flow : 1,000 / 1,250m3/min.
Drive : 900 / 1,200 rpm and 140 / 330 kW Two seal air fans are supplied, one is running, the other is stand-by. The seal air
fan provides cooling and sealing air to the burner flame eyes and smoke
Two fans are situated on the upper deck and are controlled by adjustable vanes, indicators.
automatically positioned by the combustion control equipment. The outboard
fans are arranged to supply their respective boilers.
The IAS displays the following :

Winding temperatures
Single phase failure
Vibration alarms
Running high speed
Running low speed
Failure alarm
Local or remote control
Position of the crossover dampers
Control of the fans is from the Automatic Boiler Control system incorporated
with the IAS. The fans are started and stopped from the IAS and high / low speed
is changed by automatic combustion control signal automatically.
Seal air from the FD fan ducting provides sealing air to the furnace peepholes,
sootblower gas seals and the sealing connection for the superheater header
casing.
Steam Air Heater

The boiler has a steam air heater to heat the combustion air before entry to the
wind box and the furnace. The steam is supplied from the main turbine 1st
bleeder, 2nd bleeder or make-up steam up from the 0.3MPa depending upon the
plant conditions.
Each air heater has inlet steam isolating valve 268B. The air temperatures can be
monitored on the IAS BOILERS AIR SUPPLY graphic screen.
Combined Oil and Gas Burners

The boiler is fitted with three combination fuel oil and gas burners mounted in
the furnace roof wall. The fuel burner is a steam assisted pressure jet type
consisting of atomizer gun, forced draft air register and a fuel oil shut off valve.
The fuel is distributed to the burners from a burner manifold and branch
connection pipe. The operation of increasing or decreasing the number of burners
is automatically operated by the automatic combustion control signal, and
remotely operated by pushbutton when necessary.
4.3.1a Main Boiler Overview
PERFORMANCE DATA MB-4E-NS

FLUE GAS OUTLET EVAPORATION kg/h
NORMAL 53,500
MAXIMUM 60,000
FEED W. INLET HEADER STEAM PRESSURE MPa

SOOT BLOWER
DESIGN 7.65 76.5 bar
SUPERHEATER OUTLET WORKING 5.83 58.3 bar
TEMPERATURE AT NORMAL F.O.MODE,
MANHOLE SUPERHEATER OUTLET 525
FEED WATER ECON. INLET 138
ECONOMIZER AIR AT F.D.F. OUTLET 45
MISCELLANEOUS DESIGN DATA AT NORMAL F.O.MODE, %
INSPECTION HOLE
BOILER EFFICIENCY 88.5
EXCESS AIR 10
AIR INLET
FEED W. OUTLET HEADER
SATURATED STEAM PIPE SUPERHEATER

INLET & OUTLET HEADER
MANHOLE
FRONT BOTTOM HEADER
STEAM DRUM INTERMEDIATE

DOWNCOMER HEADER DOWNCOMER DOWNCOMER
RISER PIPE ROOF HEADER
N.W.L.
MANHOLE
MANHOLE
FRONT
DESUPERHTR INLET PIPE
SUPERHEATER SUPPORT TUBE

OBSERVATION HOLE
WATER WALL SIDE & ROOF TUBE

ROTARY
SUPERHEATER TUBE
REAR BANK TUBE
SOOT BLOWER
FRONT BANK TUBE

DOWNCOMER DOWNCOMER
OBSERVATION HOLE
DOWNCOMER
OBSERVATION HOLE
LONG RETRACTABLE FRONT
SOOT BLOWER OBSERVATION HOLE
OBSERVATION HOLE
ROTARY
SOOT BLOWER MANHOLE
FRONT
MANHOLE
FRONT
DOWNCOMER DOWNCOMER DOWNCOMER

MANHOLE
WATER DRUM
WATER DRUM
MANHOLE BOTTOM HEADER
FRONT BOTTOM HEADER (FRONT & REAR)
BOILER FRONT
MANHOLE
SUPERHEATER HEADER
4.3.1a Main
4.3.2 MainBoiler
BoilerOperation
Overview
Preparation of the Boiler for Firing from Cold Procedure for Filling the Port Boiler and Establishing the Correct Water
Level d) Briefly open the water level gauge drain valves and ensure that they are clear
Preliminary Checks Initial filling of the boiler with distilled water can be achieved by pumping and that the level in the gauge reacts. This is to initially prove that they are
distilled water from the storage tanks, as follows. operating and not blocked.
a) All internal parts of the boiler and tubing should be free of debris, clean of oil
and combustible materials and the refractory checked to be in good
condition. Using the cold start feed pump, which takes suction from the distilled water
storage tanks via pump suction valve 008VPF. In the case of one boiler and the Preparation of the Fuel Oil System and Initial Firing
b) The furnace gas passages and air passages should be clear. plant operating normally, the auxiliary condensate system will be running and no In this case the initial firing of the boiler is carried out at the boiler gauge board
c) Check dampers for operation and indication. further preparation of it is necessary. When the plant is being started from cold BGB using the base burner. The process is manually operated.
the auxiliary condensate system will need to be prepared
d) Close the drain valves of the level gauges. (See 3.2.1 Condensate Water System and 3.2.2 Boiler Feed Water System). a) With reference to section 3.6.4 Boiler Fuel Oil Service Systems, set up the
e) Check the operation of the safety valves easing gear, ensuring that the gags boiler fuel system with diesel oil as the fuel supplied and recirculating at the
have been removed. Prior to filling the boiler the feed treatment chemical manufacturers burner header rail. Set up the valves to supply atomising air to the burner.
recommended initial dose should be applied. This can be mixed into a solution
f) Check that the drum manholes and header hand holes are properly closed. and poured through the steam drum door prior to closing up or, pumped into the At the group starter panel in the main switchboard room
All casings are to be secured in position. steam drum using the chemical injection equipment
g) Check that the boiler access doors, air duct and gas duct access doors and (See 3.2.3 Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System). b) Start the FD fan.
header casing doors are properly closed. c) Start the cold start fuel oil burning pump.
a) Set up the valves as follows for using the cold start feed pump, with due
h) Open the superheat header drains 72B, 76B, 77B, 78B. consideration for the effects of water hammer and mechanical shocking. All
At the boiler gauge board
i) Check that all water wall header drains and blow down valves are shut. feed valves are considered initially closed.
j) Open the superheater starting vent (cold start) valve 73B, 74B and the Position Description Valve d) Turn the ABC Mode switch to the EMERGENCY position.
superheater primary stop valves. Open Cold start feed pump suction from distilled tank 008VPF
e) Turn the BMS Mode switch from NOR to the PURGE position.
Open Distilled water tank suction 135 or 136VPF
k) Open the saturated steam pipe vent valves 49B, 50B. Open Cold start feed pump discharge 027VPF f) Using the MANUAL pushbutton on the Boiler Control Panel, open fully the
l) Open starting valve outlet drain valve. Open Auxiliary feed line valve 11B FD fan inlet vanes to conduct a furnace purge.
Open Auxiliary feed line valve 12B
m) Open control desuperheater drain valve 137B, 138B. g) When the Purge Finish light is lit turn the BMS Mode switch to the BURN
Open Economiser header vent valves 7 & 8B
position.
n) Open steam temperature control valve 130B. Open Feed line high point vents 019 & 020VPF
Open Main feed check valve 4B h) Turn the FO Shut Off Valve switch from the CLOSE position to the OPEN
o) Check that all the level gauge and instrumentation root valves are open and Open 0.6MPa desuperheater cooling root valve 051 & 052VPF position.
that their drains are closed.
b) Fill the boiler through this system and vent all air from the economiser and i) Turn the Base Burner Igniter switch from the OFF position to the ON
CAUTION feed water lines. Close the vents when all air has been expelled and water position.
The starting vent valves 73B and 74B must be open while the boiler being issues from them.
j) Adjust the furnace air pressure to 150 mmAq on the wind box gauge.
fired under no normal steam flow condition. c) Fill the boiler to about 100 mm below the normal level in the gauge glass.
k) Turn the Base Burner FO switch from the CLOSE position to the OPEN
Then bring up to the normal water level via the main feed line.
position.
Position Description Valve This commences the lighting off sequence. Observe the process from the
Open Main feed control valve inlet and outlet 1 & 20B furnace top and ensure that there are no leaks of fuel or air, that the fire is
Regulate Main feed control valve 26B clean and sitting correctly in relation to the quall, and that the flame eyes are
reading the flame.
Stop the cold start feed pump once the required water level has been achieved.
l) If the burner does not ignite, repeat the steps from f).
The valves may remain open as they are non-return.
(Note : It is unwise to rely upon the remote level gauging at this stage. It can
(Note : It would be prudent, particularly where refractory repairs have taken
take some time to stabilise after the boiler has been in use and the static
place, to pull the fire out after about five minutes. This allows the heat
heads establish.)
generated to even out and prevent thermal shocking due to uneven
expansion.)
4.3.2 Main Boiler Operation
Preliminary Checks
m) Maintain the fuel pressure at 0.35MPa, adjusting the fuel air ratio as r) With reference to the Feed Water Supply screen, line up the main feed to the
a) All internal parts of the boiler and tubing should be free of debris, clean of oil
necessary to optimize combustion. When the steam pressure reaches boiler by clicking on and opening the motor driven valve 20B. Clicking on
and combustible materials and refractory checked to be in good condition.
0.1MPa and steam is issuing from the drum vent, close the vent. the feed regulating valve 26B faceplate allows it to be opened and manual
control to be taken. Until the automatic level control has stabilized, control b) The furnace gas passages and air passages should be clear.
The superheater and desuperheater header drains should remain open until the feed to the boiler with the valve set to manual.
c) Check dampers for operation and indication.
drained completely. They can be throttled in on the secondary valves in case the
steam severely spurts. It may now be possible to shut the superheater vent as sufficient steam is being d) Close the drain valves of the level gauges.
consumed in the auxiliaries to maintain a safe flow through the superheater.
e) Check the operation of the safety valves easing gear ensuring that the gags
CAUTION Carefully monitor the conditions and adjust the vent and drains accordingly.
have been removed.
When controlling steam flow through any of the boiler and steam line
drains always use the secondary of the two valves, leaving the primary valve s) Warm through and drain the superheated steam lines to the turbine f) Check that the drum manholes and header hand holes are properly closed.
fully open. This is done to protect the primary valve from damage due to generators. Prepare one of the turbine generators for service as described in All casings to be secured in position.
cutting and erosion by the steam. section 5.1 Turbo Generators.
g) Check that the boiler access doors, air duct and gas duct access doors and
header casing doors are properly closed.
n) With reference to the steam raising graph, continue to raise steam over the When the boiler pressure reaches about 2.0MPa, start the turbine generator,
time period specified. When the drum pressure reaches 0.2MPa, start synchronise and apply load. Leave the diesel generator on load until the boiler h) Open the superheater header drains.
warming through the desuperheated steam system (See 3.1 Steam Systems). has stabilised on full automatic control.
i) Check that all water wall header drains and blow down valves are shut.
Start to warm the heavy fuel oil in the settling tanks and prepare the fuel oil
heaters for operation(See 3.6 Boiler Fuel Oil Service Systems). The boiler safety valves should be carefully tested, when the pressure is about 0.3 j) Open the superheater vent and the superheat primary stop valves.
to 0.4MPa below full pressure, by using the easing gear to lift the disc well clear
k) Open the drum vent valves if not already open.
Expansion of the boiler contents will cause the level to rise initially and may of the seat. A short strong blow of steam should be released before letting the
preclude the need to add any water before a feed pump can be brought into valve disc reseat sharply. l) Check that all the level gauge and instrumentation root valves are open and
operation. that their drains are closed.
When the boiler has reached the operating pressure and combustion control is
o) Secure the burner in operation. Recirculate fuel oil until the fuel temperature being regulated in automatic by the IAS, place the water level control to
has reached about 110C at the burner rail. Relight the boiler using fuel oil at automatic, if not already established. Ensure that all systems previously in Procedure to Fill the Second Boiler with Water
0.35MPa and atomizing steam and continue to raise the steam pressure in manual control have been placed to AUTOMATIC, including the local control There are two options available :
accordance with the steam raising graph. panel, to the REMOTE position. All safety overrides must be restored to normal.
1) Using the cold start feed pump via the auxiliary feed line, with suction from
p) Start to warm through the main superheat lines to the feed pumps. Prepare the deaerator.
t) Close all the drain valves.
the main feed system for operation. Line up the valves as follows :
2) Using the cold start feed pump via the auxiliary feed line, with suction from
Position Description Valve the distilled tank.
Open Deaerator outlet valve 001VPF Procedure to Fire a Boiler with the Other Boiler in Operation
Open Feed pump suction valves 002, 003VPF With one boiler in use and the plant operating normally the second boiler can The best solution is to fill the second boiler whilst raising steam in the first boiler,
Open Feed pump recirculating valves 031, 032, 033, 034VPF only be fired on fuel oil, not gas oil. using the condensate system. This is not possible if the boiler has been shut down
Open Feed pump recirculating line to deaerator valve 036VPF and drained for repairs with the plant running on the other boiler, without
Open Feed pump main feed discharge valves 012, 014VPF shutting down the auxiliary feed system.
q) When the steam pressure reaches about 2.0MPa, start one of the main feed
water pumps. The feed pump can be left running, its output will be limited by This still leaves the problem of maintaining the level during the early stages of
the available steam pressure. It may now be necessary to throttle in the raising pressure. This will be achieved by option 2, using the cold start feed
superheater vent in order to raise steam pressure at the rate shown on the pump, fed from the distilled tank, with due consideration for the effect of
graph. throttling across the auxiliary feed valve 11B.
(Note : By using the steam tables, the degree of superheat being achieved at the
superheated steam outlet can be determined. In addition to monitoring
the rate of increase in the steam pressure compared to the graph, the rate
of increase in the superheat temperature should also be observed.)
Procedure to Fill the Boiler from the Condensate System

Where one boiler is already in use and the plant operating normally, it will be e) Once the purge is complete the following sequence occurs : g) With reference to the steam raising graph, continue to raise steam over the
necessary to isolate the auxiliary feed line from the feed pumps. Prior to filling time period specified.
The FO recirculating valve FO REC V/V lamp goes out as the valve closes.
the boiler the feed treatment chemical manufacturers recommended initial dose Expansion of the boiler contents will cause the level to rise initially.
should be applied. The FO CONT V/V, IGN RATE and IGN AIR lamps flicker on as the base
h) The water level can now be maintained using the auxiliary feed system.
burner ignition signal is established.
a) Set up the valves as follows with due consideration for the effects of water Open the auxiliary feed valves from the feed pumps as shown below.
hammer and mechanical shocking. All feed valves are considered to be No.2 and No.3 burner AIR REG. lamps go out as the air registers close. Regulate the boiler water level using the auxiliary feed valve 11B, feeding
initially closed. through the auxiliary feed line.
The base burner FO CONT V/V, IGN RATE and IGN AIR lamps go on as
Position Description Valve the ignition signal is confirmed. Position Description Valve
Open Economiser header vent valves 7B , 8B Open Feed pump auxiliary feed discharge valves 11B, 12B
The FO BRNR V/V (downstream) lamp goes on as the base burner FO valve
Open Feed line high point vents 017, 018VPF (downstream) opens. (Note : By using the steam tables, the degree of superheat being achieved at the
Open Cold start feed pump suction from distilled tank 008VPF superheater steam outlet can be determined. In addition to monitoring
Open Cold start feed pump discharge valve 027VPF IGNIT lamp flickers as the igniter is inserted.
the rate of increase in the steam pressure compared to the graph, the rate
b) Fill the boiler through this system and vent all air from the economiser and The IGNIT lamp goes on as the igniter position is confirmed. of increase in the superheat temperature should also be observed.)
feed water lines. Close the vents when all air has been expelled and water The igniter sparks. i) Line up the main feed to the boiler by opening the motor driven valve 20B at
issues from them. local or group starter panel. With reference to the Feed Water Supply screen,
The FO BRNR V/V (up stream) lamp goes on as the base burner FO valve
c) Fill the boiler to about 100mm below the normal level in the gauge glass. clicking on the feed regulating valve 26B faceplate allows it to be opened and
(up stream) opens.
This is to allow room for expansion during the first firing and steam raising manual control to be taken. Until the automatic level control has stabilized,
phase. If the flame eye detects a flame within 10 seconds of the burner FO valve control the feed to the boiler with the valve set to manual.
opening the IGNIT lamp goes on and the igniter is retracted.
(Note : It is unwise to rely upon the remote level gauging at this stage. It can The boiler can be placed in automatic combustion control from the IAS faceplate.
take some time to stabilise after the boiler has been in use and the static The base burner FO CONT V/V, IGN RATE and IGN AIR lamps go off.
The IAS applies a fixed fuel and air signal until the pressure has nearly reached
heads establish.) the set point.
d) Briefly open the water level gauge drain valves and ensure that they are clear Observe the process from the furnace top and ensure that there are no leaks of
and that the level in the gauge reacts. This is to initially prove that they are fuel or air, that the fire is clean and sitting correctly in relation to the quall, and j) Continue to raise steam pressure and temperature in accordance with the
operating and not blocked. that the flame eyes are reading the flame. graphs. Commence warming through the superheat and desuperheat lines
and draining as necessary. The superheat and desuperheat main stops have
(Note : It would be prudent, particularly where refractory repairs have taken
warming through valves fitted around them with drains located between the
place, to pull the fire out after about five minutes. This allows the heat
Preparation of the Fuel Oil System and Lighting Off main and primary stops.
generated to even out and prevent thermal shocking due to uneven
a) With reference to section 3.6 Boiler Fuel Oil and Fuel Gas Service Systems, expansion.) k) When the boiler pressure reaches about 5.0MPa, the desuperheat primary
recirculate fuel oil until the temperature has reached a minimum of about and main stops can be opened, assuming that warming through and draining
110C at the burner rail. Warm through the atomising steam system, and the f) Maintain the fuel pressure at 0.6MPa, adjusting the fuel / air ratio as has been satisfactory. Close the warming through valve but continue to drain
system is drained and ready for use. necessary to optimise combustion. When the steam pressure reaches 0.1MPa the line.
and steam is issuing from the drum vent, close the vent.
b) Start the forced draft fan with the vanes closed from the local control panel or The boiler safety valves should be carefully tested when the pressure is about 0.3
from the forced draught fans and air heaters faceplate. The superheater and desuperheater header drains should remain open during the to 0.4MPa below full pressure, by using the easing gear to lift the disc well clear
c) Using either the IAS screen, Boiler Air Supply, set the air flow to about 25%. steam raising process to remove any water. They can be throttled in on the of the seat. A short strong blow of steam should be released before letting the
The fuel pressure should rise accordingly, dependant upon the fuel/air ratio secondary valves as the pressure increases. valve disc reseat sharply.
setting on the same faceplate. The fuel pressure at the fuel rail should be
0.6MPa, if necessary, adjust the air flow to achieve this figure. CAUTION l) As the boiler desuperheated steam pressure reaches the same pressure as the
When controlling steam flow through any of the boiler and steam line output from the on line boiler, it will begin to overcome the check valve and
d) At the local boiler control panel press the base FO burner ON pushbutton. drains always use the secondary of the two valves, leaving the primary valve feed into the desuperheated steam system. The superheat main stop is left
fully open. This is done to protect the primary valve from damage due to closed and the superheat vent left open at this time. This method is known as
The base burner ON lamp will light and the furnace purge sequence will start. cutting and erosion by the steam. floating the boiler on line.
The FURNACE PURGE lamp and the AIR REG. lamp will light as the burner
air registers fully open. Once the purge condition is established the FURNACE
PURGE lamp will light. The purge sequence takes approximately one minute.
Taking the Boiler Out of Service

When the boiler has reached the operating pressure and combustion control is
a) Operate the soot blowers.
being regulated in automatic by the IAS, place the water level control to
AUTOMATIC, if not already established. Ensure that all systems previously in b) Change from heavy oil to diesel oil before stopping the boiler.
manual control have been placed to automatic, including the local control panel
c) Stop the boiler using the manual trip. Stop the FD fan.
to the REMOTE position. All safety overrides must be restored to normal.
d) The furnace post purge should be carried out twice by using the furnace
Place the burner control to AUTO on the screens. This allows the IAS to put the pre-purge sequence. Purge the furnace by pressing REQUEST in the Furnace
second burner into operation as required. This will be necessary with the plant Purge section of the panel. Allow the furnace purge to complete as indicated
operating on one boiler. when the COMPLETE lamp lights.
e) Close the main steam stop valve gradually, to avoid a sudden pressure drop
m) Stabilise the boiler and the automatic controls. Observe the superheat
in the pipeline.
temperature as it increases due to the load now on the boiler. Prepare to
bring the superheater steam onto line by opening drains on the superheater f) Open the superheater outlet vent valve and open the superheater drain valves
pipelines, the feed pumps, the turbine generators and the main engine steam a quarter of a turn.
chest. This is a precaution should any water still remain in the superheater or
g) Change the automatic combustion control system to MANUAL operation.
pipelines and is carried into the system during coupling.
h) Close the fuel oil valves and atomising steam valves.
n) Slowly open the superheater main stop valve and bring the superheated
steam onto line. i) Remove the burner.
j) Maintain the normal water level, which will drop as the boiler cools down.
CAUTION
During the coupling operations of the desuperheated and superheated k) When the boiler pressure drops to about 1.5MPa fully open the superheater
steam systems, observe the combustion conditions on the other boiler. The drain valves and desuperheater drain valves.
effect of the coupling is to reduce the load of the on line boiler and, its
reaction should be checked as satisfactory. CAUTION
To avoid uneven expansion and damage to the pressure parts and
o) Close all the drain and the superheat vent valves. refractory, do not open the furnace access door until the furnace cools. Do
not cool the boiler by blowing down and filling with cold feed water.
l) Allow a minimum of 4 hours to cool down a boiler. Regular checks of the

casing and flues should be made to ensure that no fires have developed
within the boiler. Check the furnace using the peepholes provided. Observe
the funnel from outside to ensure that no smoke, indicating fire, is being
emitted. Observe the superheater outlet temperature. This should be
dropping rapidly down to saturation temperature. Failure to drop to
saturation temperature could indicate a fire somewhere, giving the steam a
degree of superheat.
m) Close all the main and auxiliary feed valves.
4.3.2a Main
4.3.2a Main Boiler
Boiler Mounting
Mounting System
System
PAL PM G
571 571 P
018VPF 8B 20B 26B 26B 20B

017VPF 1B 1B
7B M 083VPF M
TO No.2 BOILER
AC AC
FOR FD W.PP FOR FD W.PP
21B 552 552
ECONOMIZER FROM No.2 BOILER
DPL 081VPF DPL
572 572
5B
6B MAIN FEED LINE
4B 12B 11B 11B
TO No.2 BOILER
PIC PM
503 P
PM 573
501 FOR FD.W. AUXILIARY FEED LINE
TO ATMOS. TO ATMOS. PUMP CONTROL
TM TAH
T 512 512
50B 031VPA
38B 38B
49B TO AUX. STEAM LINE
145B
P
046VPA
48B
15B 047VPA
CHEMICAL 16B
FEED
62B
STEAM DRUM
61B
SURFACE
74B BLOW OFF
73B INTERNAL DESUPERHEATER
141B
LAH
521
142B LAL
144B 521
143B
ESD FOR LM
STM FLOW 467/468 F.W.R. 521
FOR ACC
134B
136B 135B 167B 158B 166B 157B
123B
132B
TO ATMOS.
FOR STC
124B 79B
77B
125B
37B
122B 78B
INLET & OUTLET HEADER

121B #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1
FOR STC TO MAIN TURBINE
130B INTERMEDIATE HEADER
76B 72B
TM
P
511
TAL TAH 67B 68B TO AUX. TURBINES TO AUX. TURBINES
WATER DRUM
PAL PAH PM 511 511
502 502 502 TO SAMPLE CLR
CONTROL DESUPERHEATER
131B
BOTTOM 64B 65B

138B 137B BLOW OFF
BOTTOM WATER WALL HEADER

66B
69B NO.1 MAIN BLR 69B 011VPA 012VPA
71B 71B
FROM No.2 BOILER
001VPA 002VPA
Feed Water & Main Steam

4.3.2b Combination
4.3.2b Combination Burner
Burner ystem
ystem
GENERAL SERVICE AIR
025VPB
026VPB FROM ACC
TO 0.27MPa STM LINE 226B
212B
021VPB DRAIN SEPARATOR
022VPB
1.0 MPa AUX. STEAM FROM N2 BUFFER TK
213B 207B
023VPB
FROM ACC
TO VENT POST
214B 208B
TO ATMOS 211B
DRAIN TK
216B 217B
254B 255B FROM CARGO MACH.RM
253B 214B
PURGE STEAM
232B
E
256B
FOR ACC
TO F.O. DRAIN TK FROM ACC

TO ACC
220B
244B NO.3 BURNER 223B 225B 222B
209B 042VPL 370B 041VPL
ESD
473
FS FROM F.O. HEATER
ESD FFA FFA ESD 213B 043VPL

PM PAL
504 504 475 435 435 475
FLAME EYE FLAME EYE
P 214B
216B 217B
FOR ACC 254B 255B
253B
214B
256B ESD
474
TAL TM
TO F.O. DRAIN TK 514 514
244B BASE BURNER 223B 225B T

209B
TM TAL
515 515
ESD FFA FFA ESD 213B

475 435 435 475
FLAME EYE FLAME EYE
214B
218B
216B 217B
254B 255B TO VENT POST
253B
214B
ESD
472
256B PM PAL
E
506 506
P
TO F.O. DRAIN TK
244B NO.2 BURNER 223B 225B

E FOR ACC
209B
TO ATMOS DRAIN TK
ESD FFA FFA ESD

221B
475 435 435 475 189B
FLAME EYE FLAME EYE
TO ATMOS DRAIN TK TO AIR SEPARATOR
Fuel Auxiliary Steam

4.3.2c Boiler Pressure Rising Charts
Boiler Pressure Rising Time for 1st Boiler Boiler Pressure Rising Time for 1st Boiler
Cold Initial Start Hot Start
Note : Combustion rate should be used as a guide for startup and Note : Combustion rate should be used as a guide for startup and
should be controlled appropriately so as to follow the pressure rising curve. should be controlled appropriately so as to follow the pressure rising curve.
7.0 7.0
6.0 6.0
5.0 5.0
4.0 4.0
DRUM PRESSURE (MPag)
DRUM PRESSURE (MPag)

3.0 3.0
Start the main condenser.

Change from diesel oil to heavy fuel oil.
Rise fuel oil pressure to 0.6MPa.
Start the main feed water pump turbine.
2.0 2.0
Close the starting valves 77B and 79B.
Rise fuel oil pressure to 0.6 MPa.

Open superheater inlet pipe vent valves 49B and 50B. Start the main feed water pump and Close the starting valve.
Open superheater header drain valves 72B, 76B and 78B.
Opeb starting valves 77B and 79B. Supply the steam to fuel oil heating
1.0 Open control desuperheater drain valves 137B and 138B. 1.0 Close drum air vent valve. Open following valves.
Use normal atomizer at pressure of 0.4MPa. Superheater header drain valve, starting valve, starting line drain valve,
Use diesel oil and air atomizing. Close superheater inlet pipe vent valves 49B and 50B. control desuperheater drain valve and steam temperature control valve.
Crack open the superheater header drain valves 76B and 78B Supply steam to fuel oil heater.
and control desuperheater drain valves 138B. Light off the burner using normal atomizer at pressure of 0.4 MPa.
When drained completely, Close the superheater drain valves Use heavy fuel oil .
and control desuperheater drain valves. When drained completely, Close all drain valves.
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
OPERATING TIME AFTER LIGHT OFF (minute) OPERATING TIME AFTER LIGHT OFF (minute)
4.3.2d Combustion
4.3.2d Combustion
Air,Air,
SealSeal
Air Air
andand
FuelFlue
GasGas System
System
PM PM
508 G G 508
P P
NO.2 F.D.FAN B C A NO.1 F.D.FAN
OIO
500
ACC ACC
INLET VANE INLET VANE
FLUE GAS E D FLUE GAS

AIR AIR
BLR FLAME EYE

SEAL AIR FAN
TM TM
519 519
NO.2 NO.1
TM TM
516 516
333VPE 331VPE
ECONOMIZER ECONOMIZER
334VPE 332VPE
NO.2 STM NO.1 STM

G SMOKE AIR HTR AIR HTR SMOKE G
XAH XM XM XAH
XI XI
523 523 523 523
SMOKE TM TM SMOKE
517 517
INDICATOR INDICATOR
351VPE 341VPE
G G
XM TM TM XM
XI PM PM XI
522 518 G G 518 522
509
P P 509
OXYGEN OXYGEN
392VPE WIND BOX WIND BOX 391VPE
CONT. AIR FOR ACC FOR ACC CONT. AIR

FURNACE FURNACE
PM G G PM
510
P P 510
MH MH
MH MH
MH MH
OBSERVATION OBSERVATION
HOLE HOLE
SH HDR CASING SH HDR CASING

NO.2 MAIN BLR NO.1 MAIN BLR
Draft Air & Seal Air System

4.3.3 Burner Characteristics
Maker: Hamworthy Combustion Engineering

Fitted to the front plate of the air registers are mountings for two main flame and
No. of sets : 3 sets per Boiler ignition flame detector heads. These are each fitted with a swivel mount. This is
Model : Hamworthy HXG 470 adjusted during commissioning to ensure that the maximum signal is optimized.
Type : Oil / Gas combination burning type
Maximum fuel oil flow : 1,692kg/h per burner Through the center of the burner register is located the oil sprayer down which
Fuel oil pressure at burner : 1.83MPa at burner maximum the atomizing medium and fuel oil are passed. Captive in the end of the sprayer
Burner turndown on oil : 15 : 1 (112kg/h per burner) by means of a cap nut is the atomizing nozzle. The other end of the sprayer
Maximum fuel gas flow : 1,388kg/h per burner attaches to the external carrier tube assembly.
Fuel gas pressure at burner : 64.5kPa at burner maximum
Burner turndown on gas : 7 : 1 (198kg/h per burner) The external carrier tube assembly supports the sprayer on the outside of the front
plate and attached to this is the valve block assembly. This has a dual function of
securing the sprayer in position and providing isolation of the oil and steam
Description valves.
The burner consists of an air register for controlling the flow of combustion air,
fuel injectors for controlling the flow of liquid and gaseous fuels. The burner has Also fitted to the burner front plate is a connection for either a portable or fixed
to meet these requirements for flow metering, whilst producing the necessary igniter which is used to ignite the main flame. The igniter protrudes through the
aerodynamic patterns for flame shape and stability in conjunction with the spatial air register locating just in front of the primary air swirler. This position is fixed to
distribution of finely atomized fuel oil to meet the specified combustion ensure correct ignition.
performance.
The gas burner section is fitted internal to the air register and consists of manifold
The burner register is based on an air venturi and where the combustion air is with a signal flanged inlet supply connection. The manifold will have 7 off pipe
divided into two individual streams, the primary and the secondary. The primary stub connections onto which the gas spuds are mounted. The individual gas
air flow is through a center section, discharging through an axial flow stabilizer spuds are fitted into the register and set in relationship to the primary swirler.
(primary swirler). The secondary air passes through an annular section, produced They have been designed to be removable if necessary.
by the outer wall of the primary section and the inner wall of the register casing,
then through fixed angle swirl blades to be discharged through a divergent throat The end nozzles of each spud will be manufactured in stainless steel and drilled
or venturi. to suit the type of gas fuel and operating conditions.
The design concept is that the primary / secondary is of a fixed design, set at the
design stage to produce the flame shape and performance required. The register
draught loss (RDL) is kept to a value commensurate with the specified
combustion performance.
Fuel is normally introduced to the air stream by :

1) Oil, atomized through a central sprayer assembly and atomizer.
2) Gas through seven separate spuds / nozzles.
A damper is included to permit a flow of combustion air through the register
when firing to shut it off when not in use. When shut, a maximum of 2% air
leakage is present. The damper is operated by two double acting pneumatic
cylinders modulating motor opens or closes the damper blades to control the
amount of combustion air depending on the firing rate. The damper is fitted with
limit switches proving to the burner management control either open or close
position.
4.3.3a Burner Characteristics
Characteristics of Oil Burner Characteristics of Gas Burner
2.0 95 70
1.9
65
1.8 94
1.7 60
1.6 Steam Flow 93

55
1.5
50
1.4 92
1.3
Fuel Gas Pressure(kPa)

45
F.O. Pressure (MPa)
Steam Flow (kg/h)

1.2 91
40
1.1
1.0 90 35
0.9
30
0.8 89
Oil Press.
0.7 25
0.6 88
20
0.5
15
0.4 87
0.3 10
0.2 86
5
0.1
0.0 85 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
F.O. Flow (kg/h) Fuel Gas Flow (kg/h/Burner)

4.3.3b Burner
4.3.3b Burner Assembly
Assembly
BURNER ASSEMBLY
SLIDE DAMPER AIR CYLINDER
FIXED IGNITER RETAINING BOLT FIXED IGNITER

OPEN CLOSE
FLAME SCANNER SPARE
SLIDE DAMPER AIR CYLINDER
FLAME TRAP OIL AND STEAM INLET FLAME SCANNER SIGHT GLASS
FRONT PLATE
OIL INLET STEAM INLET
AIR SLIDE DAMPER

GUIDE BAR
AIR SLIDE DAMPER
VENTURI THROAT
GAS FUEL INLET SECONDARY SWIRLER
PRIMARY SWIRLER
GAS MANIFOLD
GAS MANIFOLD
GAS SPUD
VENTURI THROAT SECONDARY SWIRLER
GAS FUEL INLET
PRIMARY SWIRLER GAS SPUD

BURNER TIP
4.3.4 Boiler Control Systems
Description Automatic Combustion Control (ACC) Function

The boiler control systems are a computerized sub-system which is interfaced The system consists of one Boiler Gauge Board (BGB), boiler control cabinets, 1) The control system controls one boiler separately or both boilers together.
with IAS. It uses Central Processor Units (CPU) for control the sequencing of the sensors, transmitters and actuators.
dual fuel burners and automatic combustion, and also provides a manual control 2) Operation for cold starting of boiler is made from BGB at local side but
capability from a dedicated boiler operation panel in the IAS. An emergency The summary of the function to gain a proper condition of combustion of the once boiler achieves a certain pressure, operation of boiler may be changed
manual control is also available at local (Boiler Gauge Board) in the Manual boiler is as follows ; over to remote control from the IAS.
Local mode or the Boiler Emergency mode. 3) The fuel burning system is designed for burning fuel oil only, dual fuel or
1) The sensors and transmitters detect the state under the present situation.
boil-off gas only.
The control systems consist of the following : 2) At the BGB or ACC A/M station, the demand conditions are set.
4) All FO burners can be operated automatically and remotely.
Burner management system BMS - Each burner is controlled 3) The ACC cabinets calculate in accordance with the processing method
automatically or manually with a safety system incorporated to protect previously programmed. 5) Burner number control of No.2 and No.3 burners is made automatically
the boiler. according to the boiler load signal either at FO or at Dual fuel mode.
4) The calculated outputs are transmitted to actuators.
Automatic combustion control ACC - The combustion control system 6) An automatic steam dump control system is provided to dispose steam
regulates the fuel and air to the boiler, in the correct ratio for the This system is classified as follows from its functional viewpoint. generated by excess boil-off gas.
conditions, to maintain the superheated steam pressure at the outlet 7) The gas compressor is controlled in accordance with the demands from
1) Master control system
within predetermined limits. ACC.
2) Combustion air control system
Dump steam control - Excess steam generated is automatically dumped 3) Fuel oil control system
to the main or atmospheric condensers to maintain the boiler steam 4) Fuel gas control system
pressure within the normal operating parameters. 5) Feed water control system Master Control
6) Superheater outlet temperature control system The master control consists of master controller and the steaming up controller.
Steam temperature control - The superheated steam outlet temperature is
7) Atomizing steam pressure control system
automatically controlled by recirculating steam through the water drum 1) Master controller
8) Steam dump control system
desuperheater. This is achieved by the control of an attemperation valve The fuel demand signal is controlled by the steam flow signal (feed forward
9) FO burning pump discharge press control system
130B fitted in between the fourth and fifth pass of the superheater. Some control) and by the steam pressure control signal (feed back control).
of the steam is diverted via this valve into the desuperheater within the Each boiler control cabinet has an independent control system which is
2) Steaming up controller
water drum. The steam passing through the desuperheater has the composed of duplicate CPUs. These CPUs have the same function and the same
The steaming up controller controls the hot re-start of the boiler to follow
temperature reduced before it passes out and into the superheater at the system design is such that both run all the time, with the designated "master"
the steaming up schedule after ignition of base FO burner within maximum
fifth pass. Regulating the quantity of steam passing through the CPU constantly updating the standby unit. This ensures that any failure of the
boiler load at steaming up. The hot start valve will open automatically,
desuperheater controls the final superheat temperature of the steam. master controller is immediately recovered by the standby unit, which will
provided that either the steam flow of the boiler is low at steaming up
instantaneously assume control without any interruption to the process. In the
Feed water control - The water level in the steam drum is automatically period or the steam pressure is high during boiler stop condition.
event of failure, the failed CPU will be inhibited from operation until inspection
maintained at the normal working level by the controlling the feed
and repair have been effected.
control valves 26B. The system primarily matches the feed water flow to
the steam flow and senses the boiler water level to ensure that it remains
at the correct level. In the event of control air failure the valve will lock
Operation panel on Boiler Gauge Board (BGB)
in the current position.
This panel is E/C installed on the BGB and has valve position gauges, manual
Fuel oil pump discharge pressure control - The fuel oil pressure is loaders and changeover switches. In the event of total failure of the boiler control
maintained by controlling the fuel oil recirculating valve 035VPL on the cabinet, it can be used for BGB operation. Selecting manual switch,
pump discharge line. manipulation of the associated control valve is carried out by use of relevant
Fuel oil temperature control - The fuel oil temperature is controlled by Increase / Decrease buttons.
the viscometer which adjusts the steam supply to the fuel oil heater.
Fuel Control System Feed Water Control System (FWR)

The fuel control block consists of the total fuel flow controller, overload (2) Air flow controller The boiler feed water controller is of the two elements type, sensing steam flow
controller, FO boost controller, preset FO flow controller and preset gas flow The air flow controller controls the air flow to match the total fuel flow and drum level. The level controller has the following two set points and these set
controller. from the fuel control block. In addition, the following functions are also points can be selected by manual operation from the operation panel on BGB.
carried out ;
1) Total fuel flow controller Automatic control of excess air ratio by boiler load. 1) Fixed set point.
The total fuel flow controller controls the combined fuel flow of FO and Automatic increase of air flow during soot blowing. 2) Variable set point which depends on the steam flow.
gas so as to match the Fuel Demand signal from the Master controller. Automatic air flow control during the operation of standby forced
The FO flow control valve and gas flow control valve are controlled with a draft fan. Sequence Control for Burner Management System
split range control according to the total fuel flow control signal. Air rich circuit to prevent black smoke generation.
The boiler ACC assists the BMS by providing the following control functions ;
2) Overload controller Purge air flow control when furnace purge.
The overload controller prevents boiler overload by limiting fuel flow to Air flow control at FO burner ignition. 1) Judgment of fuel condition to change the fuel mode.
the burners. The set point of this controller is automatically set by number 2) Control for burner ignition
of burners in use. 3) Ordering No.2 and No.3 burners On / Off.
Steam Dump Control System (SDC) 4) Control of FO boosting.
3) FO boost controller 5) Control of boiler hot re-start.
The steam dump system consists of the steam dump controller, excess BOG
The FO boost controller is provided to prevent loss of flame when burning
dump controller and gas compressor surge valve recirculating controller.
dual fuel, by increasing FO flow in the event of loss of gas flow due to
closure of Master gas valve. 1) Steam dump controller Control of FO Burning Pump Recirculating Valve
The steam dump controller will open the steam dump valve at high The position of the FO burning pump recirculating valve is controlled by "P"
4) Preset FO flow controller
superheated steam pressure. controller according to the FO flow control valve position and by "PID"
The preset FO flow controller has the following functions.
controller for FO burning pump discharge pressure.
Minimum FO flow to the FO burners when burning fuel oil only 2) Excess BOG dump controller
or dual fuel. The excess BOG dump controller will dump the steam generated by
Recirculating FO flow control when boiler is not burning FO. excess boil-off gas from LNG cargo tanks when Dump mode is selected Atomizing Steam Pressure Control
FO flow control at burner ignition. on IAS.
The atomizing steam pressure controller controls the steam pressure to match the
FO boosting when gas only burning. If gas is lost due to closure of
3) Minimum load dump controller burner FO pressure.
Master gas valve, thus ensuring that flameout does not occur.
The minimum load dump controller will keep minimum steam flow by the
5) Preset gas flow controller number of burners in use.
Operation
The preset gas flow controller has following functions.
4) Crash stop dump controller The following systems can be operated from either IAS or the operation panel of
Minimum gas flow to the gas burners.
The crash stop dump controller will open the steam dump valve to avoid BGB. The control mode of Manual (M) or Automatic (A) for each system is
Gas flow control at gas burner ignition.
boiler safety valve blowing when crash stop / astern / ahead operation is selected independently.
commenced.
Combustion air control system
Air Control System 5) Gas compressor surge valve recirculating controller Fuel oil control system
The air control system consists of the oxygen trim controller and air flow The gas compressor surge valve recirculating controller will open surge Fuel gas control system
controller. control valve of low duty gas compressor to prevent surging of compressor Feed water control system
and to keep preferable opening of gas flow control valve when the boiler is Superheater outlet steam temperature control system
1) Oxygen trim controller operated under excessively low load. Atomizing pressure control system
The oxygen trim controller controls the excess air ratio to optimize oxygen
Steam dump control system
content of the boiler exhaust gas and have automatic start / stop control
Fuel oil burning pump delivery pressure control system
function by the soot blower control signal, boiler load changing signal and Superheater Outlet Temperature Control System (STC)
so on.
The superheater steam temperature control system is comprised of the
superheater, a control desuperheater of submerged type located in the water drum
and pneumatically control attemperation valve.
The steam temperature is controlled by controlling the steam flow to the control
desuperheater.
And this controller is of the two elements type, sensing primary and secondary
superheated steam temperature.
Burner Management System (BMS) Operation Mode Fuel Mode

The BMS is composed of Boiler Control Cabinets (BCC), and Boiler Gauge 1) Manual operation mode
Board (BGB). Control Position
The fuel mode (FO / DUAL / GAS) is selected on IAS only when the
1) The control position of BGB or IAS can be selected by depressing control position is set to IAS. When the burner control is in AUTO
The boiler control cabinets are located in the Engine Control Room (ECR).The Control Position push button on the BGB. mode, the burner is operated automatically under selected fuel mode. On
panel contains the burner sequence controllers, various relay units and system the other hand, when the control mode is set to MANU, the burners can
power supply unit, required for the automatic operation of boiler burners. Each 2) Local operation can be done at BGB. When BGB is selected, the burner
be operated under any fuel mode regardless of the position of fuel mode
BCC is deviled into three (3) sections, one Power Panel for system power circuit, control mode is changed to Manual automatically.
switch provided that the operation conditions are established by the ACC.
another No.1 Boiler BMS and the other No.2 Boiler BMS. Control priority is afforded to the BGB position.
3) IAS operation can be done at the central control room or the engine 2) FO mode
Each boiler control cabinet has an independent control system which is control room where the IAS is provided. a) When the following events occur, the fuel mode is shifted
composed of duplicate CPUs. These CPUs have the same function and the same automatically to FO mode.
system design is such that both run all the time, with the designated "master"
CPU constantly updating the standby unit. This ensures that any failure of the Burner Control Mode All burners are extinguished.
master controller is immediately recovered by the standby unit, which will Master gas valve manual trip at Dual mode or Gas mode
instantaneously assume control without any interruption to the process. In the 1) Manual operation mode (for boost up order)
event of failure, the failed CPU will be inhibited from operation until inspection a) Manual operation mode is selected on IAS only when the control
and repair have been effected. position is set to IAS at BGB. b) The first ignition and automatic steaming up can be made only at
b) When the following events occur, the burner control mode is FO mode.
The exchanges of necessary information between the BMS and ACC systems automatically shifted to manual operation. The mode change from Dual to FO requires that "Gas Burner
are made by digital signals. Boiler trip at any fuel mode Extinguish" signal from ACC is established.
Burner trip
The boiler gauge board is located on the burner platform for local operation. The Selection of BGB 3) Dual mode
BGB contains the relays and displays the monitoring gauges, the Burner When the following events occur, the fuel mode is shifted automatically to
Operation Graphic panel and ACC Operation panel and the associated When FO Temp. Bypass mode or Emergency operation mode is carried Dual mode.
Emergency Burner Operation panels. out, the burner control can not be changed to AUTO, because of BGB FO back up order at Gas mode
operation only. The mode change from FO to Dual requires that "Gas Ignition Condition"
BGB can allow the following operations. signal from ACC is established with master gas valve and boiler gas valve
2) Automatic operation mode
Open and with "Gas Ignition Rate" lamp ON.
Manual burner operation Automatic operation mode can only be selected on IAS after the operating
The change from Gas to Dual requires that "HFO Ignition OK" signal
FO security valve Open / Close site has been set to IAS at BGB.
from ACC is established.
Master gas valve Open / Close
Boiler gas valves Open / Close
4) Gas mode
Master and header N2 purge Start
Gas mode can be selected only when all burners are in combustion at Dual
Changeover of operation site
mode.
Emergency manual trip
The mode change from Dual to Gas requires that "HFO Burner
ACC emergency operation
Extinguish" signal from ACC is established.
BMS emergency operation
Operation of Burner FO Boost up Control Emergency Trip

In Gas or Dual mode operation under "AUTO" mode, when the master gas valve Boiler Shut off
Ignition of Oil Burner
closes due to trip cause, the FO burner will start immediately and the fuel mode
1) Initial ignition at FO mode is carried out by lighting any burner at BGB During normal operation, the following events will shut off the fuels to the
is transferred to the FO mode automatically.
mode. boilers and initiate alarms at the BGB and IAS.
2) The restart of the burners can be carried out remotely on IAS after the Tag No. Description Set Point
Master N2 Purge
control position has been transferred to IAS. 466 Manual Trip
On initiation, the line from the master gas valve outlet to each of the boiler gas 467 Steam Drum Level High / High Nor +240 mm
3) By pressing the push button of FO ON for selected burner, the ignition valve inlets is purged with N2. There are following two modes available 468 Steam Drum Level Low / Low Nor -240 mm
of the burner progresses sequentially and automatically. (selected at the IAS). 469 Control Air Pressure Low / Low 0.4 MPa
Ignition of Gas Burner (1) Auto - in which an automatic N2 purge is carried out after the master gas 470 Forced Draft Fan Stop
1) The ignition of gas burner is made with a flame of own oil burner, thus at valve has closed, or 471 SH Steam Temp High / High 550
least, the ignition of one oil burner must have been completed before the 475 All Burners Flame Failure
(2) Manual - in which a manually initiated N2 purge is carried out by 476 Black-out
ignition of gas burner..
depressing the master N2 purge switch either on the IAS or on the BGB. 477 Both CPUs Failure
2) The master gas valve and respective boiler gas valve should be opened
from BGB or IAS. Boiler Fuel Oil Shut off
Gas Header N2 Purge
3) The ignition of gas burner at local is made by pressing the push button of On initiation, the line from each boiler gas valve outlet to each burner is purged During normal operation, the following events will shut off the fuel oil to the
GAS ON on the BGB. with N2. There are following two modes available. boilers and initiate alarms at the BGB and ECC.
4) The ignition from IAS can be performed by setting to DUAL in the (1) Auto - in which an automatic N2 purge is carried out after the boiler gas Tag No. Description Set Point
Fuel Mode provided that the burner control is in "AUTO" mode and the valve has closed, or 465 Boiler Shut Off Conditions
conditions from ACC have been established. 472 FO Pressure Low / Low 0.1 MPa
(2) Manual - in which a manually initiated N2 purge is carried out by 473 Atomizing Steam Pressure Low / Low 0.3 MPa
depressing the relevant header N2 purge switch either on the IAS or the 474 FO Temperature Low / Low 80
Burner Number Control BGB. 478 FO Burning Pump Stop
In the AUTO mode, BMS controls automatically the number of burner in
(NOTE : If the forced draft fan stopped when a header N2 purge is initiated,
accordance with the instruction from ACC. The burner number is changed Master Gas Valve Shut off
each burner gas valve is closed, the header vent valve is opened and
(increase or decrease) automatically in either FO or DUAL mode. In Gas mode,
only the gas header is purged with N2.) During normal operation, the following events will shut off the gas to the boilers
it is possible to reduce the burner number, but it isn't possible to increase
and initiate alarms at the BGB and ECC.
automatically. When ACC requires to increase the fuel quantity exceeding the
maximum gas flow of the burner being attended, the following FO Back up or Gas Burner N2 Purge Tag No. Description Set Point
FO boost up control will function. 480 L / O heater trip
(1) On initiation, the line from each burner gas valve outlet to each gas
482 Manual Trip
burner is purged with N2. This purge will be carried out automatically
The BMS remotely operates the three LNG / FO combination burners situated in 483 Both boilers trip
when the gas burner valve has closed.
the boiler roof. A dual programmable controller, used in the control section of the 484 Gas Leak Detection High / High 60 % LEL
BMS, enables a sequential operation of the LNG / FO combination burner and (2) It should be noted that the gas burner N2 purge will not be carried out 485 Gas Duct Exhaust Fan Stop
piston valves. These are interlocked with the boiler protection system and the when ; 486 Gas Temperature Low / Low 5
ACC. The IAS displays the flow of the sequence and the operation of the Boiler shutdown has occurred, or 487 Fire detect
interlock on a graphic operating panel. All burners have stopped.
In either case, only the Gas Header N2 purge will take place. Boiler Gas Valve Shut off
During normal operation, the following events will shut off the gas to the boilers
FO Back up Control and initiate alarms at the BGB and ECC.
In Gas mode operation under "AUTO" mode, when the following events occur,
the FO back up is carried out according to the demand from ACC and the fuel
491 Gas Pressure High / High 75 kPa
mode is transferred to Dual mode automatically.
492 Gas Pressure Low / Low 0.7 kPa
Operation in manoeuvring zone 493 Boiler Trip
FO back up order from ACC 494 Master Gas Valve Trip
FO back up order from IAS
4.3.4a Boiler Gauge Board
BOILER GAUGE BOARD
ATOMIZING F.O. PRESS. STEAM DRUM SUPERHEATED MAIN FEED N2 PRESS. SUPERHEATED STEAM DRUM F.O. PRESS. ATOMIZING
PRESS. PRESS. STEAM PRESS. WATER PRESS. STEAM PRESS. PRESS. PRESS.
NO.1 BOILER NO.2 BOILER
#1 POWER #1 DC24V COMMON EMERG. V. & REG. BLR MANU. CONT AIR F.O. FIRE DUCT GAS GAS T. BOTH MANU. NO.1 COMMON NO.2 2 LD 1 LD NO.2 NO.1 MANU. BLR V. & REG. EMERG. #1 DC24V #1 POWER
SUPPLY SUPPLY (SPARE) (SPARE) (SPARE) (SPARE) MODE ABNOR. TRIP TRIP PRESS. BACK-UP (SPARE) DETECT FAN LEAK L-L BLR TRIP F.D.F. DMPR F.D.F. COMP. COMP. DUCT DUCT TRIP TRIP ABNOR. MODE (SPARE) (SPARE) (SPARE) (SPARE) (SPARE) SUPPLY SUPPLY
NOR NOR NOR L-L STOP TRIP USE USE FAN FAN NOR NOR
FDF OUTLET WIND BOX FURNACE DEAERATOR BOG COMP FURNACE WIND BOX FDF OUTLET
LEVEL D.W.L. PRESS F.G. PRESS F.G. PRESS D.W.L.
HDR HDR
MASTER VENT
N2 N2
BLR GAS GAS BLR

GAS CONT V/V CONT V/V GAS
TRIP TRIP
GAS PRESS GAS PRESS

BLR BLR
HDR VENT V/V H/H L/L GAS V/V GAS V/V L/L H/H HDR VENT V/V
IGN IGN
RATE RATE
N2 N2
BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR BNR

N2 N2 N2 MASTER N2 V/V N2 N2 N2
MASTER
GAS V/V
AIR AIR AIR AIR AIR AIR

IGNIT IGNIT IGNIT IGNIT IGNIT IGNIT
REG REG REG REG REG REG
MASTER
GAS
TRIP
F.O.BNR F.O.BNR F.O.BNR F.O.BNR F.O.BNR F.O.BNR

NO.2 BNR V/V
BASE BNR V/V
NO.3 BNR V/V
GAS SUPPLY NO.3 BNR V/V
BASE BNR V/V
NO.2 BNR V/V
ATM BNR ATM BNR ATM BNR ATM BNR ATM BNR ATM BNR
BNR BNR BNR ATM BNR STM SUPPLY ATM BNR BNR BNR
STM PURGE STM PURGE STM PURGE STM PURGE STM PURGE STM PURGE
V/V FAIL V/V V/V FAIL V/V V/V FAIL V/V CONT V/V CONT V/V V/V FAIL V/V V/V FAIL V/V V/V FAIL V/V
FL1 FL2 FL1 FL2 FL1 FL2 FL1 FL2 FL1 FL2 FL1 FL2
FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL
L/L L/L
F.O. REC. V/V F.O. REC. V/V

F.O. CONT V/V F.O. CONT V/V
F.O.P. L/L F.O.P. L/L
BLR F.O. BLR F.O.
F.O.T. L/L SEC V/V SEC V/V F.O.T. L/L
NO.1 BOILER IGN IGN

NO.2 BOILER
BYPASS BYPASS
RATE RATE
BLR F.O. BLR F.O.
TRIP TRIP
TRIP RUN
SMOKE F.O. PUMP SMOKE
HIGH HIGH
F.O.SHUT V/V HDR N2 PURGE BLR GAS V/V MASTER GAS V/V MASTER N2 PURGE BLR GAS V/V HDR N2 PURGE F.O.SHUT V/V
NO.2 BNR BASE BNR NO.3 BNR OPEN CLOSE ON OFF OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE ON OFF OPEN CLOSE ON OFF OPEN CLOSE
NO.3 BNR BASE BNR NO.2 BNR
DRUM LEVEL DRUM LEVEL

E/H E/H
H H
L L
SP PV
NO.2 BNR BASE BNR NO.3 BNR NO.3 BNR BASE BNR NO.2 BNR
E/L E/L
SP PV PV SP
GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF

O2 IND SMOKE IND SH STM TEMP SH STM TEMP SMOKE IND O2 IND
FUEL /AIR RATIO FUEL /AIR RATIO
FD W. F.O. F.O. F.O. F.O. F.O. F.O. FD W.

M MTR V/V MTR V/V M
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
FUEL MODE FUEL MODE

FURNACE IGN IGN FURNACE
PURGE AIR F.O. DUAL GAS GAS DUAL F.O. AIR PURGE
FD W. FD W.
CONT. V/V CONT. V/V
BNR BNR BNR BNR
AUTO MANU MANU AUTO
STC CONT V/V STC CONT V/V

STEAM DUMP
CONT DSH FD FAN FD FAN CONT DSH

INLET VANE INLET VANE
CONT. DR. CONT. DR.
FD W.
M A FD W.
PUMP PUMP
BLR LOAD
FD FD
FAN BGB IAS IAS BGB FAN
EMERGENCY OPERATION HIGH 1FAN 2BLR 1FAN 2BLR HIGH
EMERGENCY OPERATION
RUN RUN TRIP MODE MODE TRIP RUN RUN
STM TEMP. HOT HOT STM TEMP.

H-H START V/V BIAS START V/V H-H
W. DRUM STM'G AUTO AUTO STM'G W. DRUM
UP RUN RUN UP
NO.2 BNR NO.1 BNR NO.3 BNR NO.3 BNR NO.1 BNR NO.2 BNR
BGB IAS IAS BGB
PURGE FINISH PURGE FINISH

ATOMIZ STC FWC AIR FLOW F.O. FLOW GAS FLOW F.O. REC. GAS FLOW F.O. FLOW AIR FLOW FWC STC ATOMIZ
COMMON IGNITER IGNITER IGNITER IGNITER IGNITER IGNITER
EMERG MODE OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
M A M A M A M A M A M A M A M A M A M A M A M A M A
BNR ATM P (MPa) STM TEMP ( C) STM FLOW (t/h) BNR DRAFT (kPa) BNR F.O. P (MPa) BNR GAS P (kPa) REC F.O. P (kPa) BNR GAS P (kPa) BNR F.O. P (MPa) BNR DRAFT (kPa) STM FLOW (t/h) STM TEMP ( C) BNR ATM P (MPa)
V/V (%) V/V (%) V/V (%) CONT DR (%) V/V (%) V/V (%) V/V (%) V/V (%) V/V (%) CONT DR (%) V/V (%) V/V (%) V/V (%)
EMERG MODE FO SHUT OFF FO SHUT V/V FO V/V FO V/V FO V/V FO V/V FO V/V FO V/V FO SHUT V/V FO SHUT OFF EMERG MODE
PURGE TEST TEST PURGE
NOR BURN NOR CLOSE CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN NOR CLOSE NOR BURN
PANEL TEST ACKNOW FO TEMP 1FAN 2BLR

LT - LEDGE MODE
NO.1 BLR MASTER GAS NO.2 BLR

EMERG. TRIP SW EMERG. TRIP SW EMERG. TRIP SW
MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD.

NAGASAKI SHIPYARD & MACHINERY WORKS
4.3.4b Automatic
4.3.4b Automatic Combustion
Combustion Control
Control (ACC)
(ACC)
FROM UPS1 FROM UPS2
UN(M)-LINE
UN(Q)-LINE
No.1 BOILER No.2 BOILER

COMMON
ACC PANEL AC100V PART
ACC PANEL AC100V
ACCP1 ACCP2
TO
(1) No.1 BOILER BMS
(2) No.2 BOILER BMS
SELECT
(3) OTHER SYSTEMS A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D EATR EATR No.1 No.2 A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D EATR EATR
TO RELAY CIRCUIT
SEPARATED PCS PCS
CABLE ROUTES TO LAMP CIRCUIT
ANALOG
BACK UP
UNIT
SIGNAL CONDITIONER SIGNAL 2 PIECES SIGNAL CONDITIONER
DISTRIBUTOR
SIGNAL
TO RELAY CIRCUIT 6 PIECES CONDITIONER TO RELAY CIRCUIT 6 PIECES
TO LAMP CIRCUIT ANALOG TO LAMP CIRCUIT ANALOG
BACK UP BACK UP
UNIT UNIT
DC24V AI AI AO AO DI DO DO AI AO DO DC24V AI AI AO AO DI DO DO
ECR ENGINE CONTROL ROOM CONSOLE
No.1 BOILER SENSOR STEAM DRUM CONDENSER SUPHTER STEAM FLOW F.O. FLOW
SUPHTER OUTLET GAS FLOW WIND BOX FURNACE

PRIM. SUPHTR SUPHTR
STEAM TEMP STEAM TEMP
(DUAL)
CONDENSER BGB ACC CONTROL PANEL
ATOMIZ. STEAM BURNER HDR F.O. BOILER EXH. GAS
STEAM PRESS TRANS. PRESS TRANS. PRESS TRANS. O2 CONTENT
CONDENSER
F.O. FLOW
TRANS.
GAS AIR DRUM LEVEL STEAM FLOW
FLOW TRANS. FLOW TRANS. TRANS. TRANS.
COMMON SENSOR
GAS GAS TEMP F.O. BURN. PUMP
PRESS TRANS. DIS. PRESS TRANS. 15 CONTROL LOOPS
No.2 BOILER SENSOR STEAM DRUM CONDENSER SUPHTER STEAM FLOW F.O. FLOW
SUPHTER OUTLET GAS FLOW WIND BOX FURNACE

PRIM. SUPHTR SUPHTR
STEAM TEMP STEAM TEMP
(DUAL)
CONDENSER
ATOMIZ. STEAM BURNER HDR F.O. BOILER EXH. GAS
STEAM PRESS TRANS. PRESS TRANS. PRESS TRANS. O2 CONTENT
CONDENSER
F.O. FLOW
TRANS.
GAS AIR DRUM LEVEL STEAM FLOW
FLOW TRANS. FLOW TRANS. TRANS. TRANS.
I/P CONVERTER I/P CONVERTER
1.4K 2K
FAS FAS
STEAM DUMP SPRAY W.

CONTROL VALVE
2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K
FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS FAS
FEED WATER STEAM TEMP ATOM. STEAM PRESS F.D. FAN GAS FLOW F.O. FLOW STEAM DUMP F.O. RECIRC. F.O. FLOW GAS FLOW F.D. FAN ATOM. STEAM PRESS STEAM TEMP FEED WATER
CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE VANE DRIVE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE 2K CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE VANE DRIVE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE
FAS
BOILER AUTOMATIC COMBUSTION CONTROL

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
STEAM DUMP SPRAY W.
CONTROL VALVE
No.1 BOILER CONTROL VALVES COMMON No.2 BOILER CONTROL VALVES

PART 5: ELECTRIC POWER GENERATING SYSTEM
5.1 Turbo Generator

5.2 Diesel Generator
5.3 Emergency Diesel Generator
5.4 Power Distribution System
5.4.1 Electrical Equipment
5.4.2 Main Switchboard and Generator Operation
5.4.3 Shore Power
5.4.4 Main Alternators
5.4.5 Emergency Alternator
5.4.6 Preferential Tripping and Sequential Restarting
5.4.7 24 Volt Battery and Uninterruptible Power Supply
Illustrations
5.1a Turbo Generator Overview
5.1b Turbo Generator Alternator
5.1c Turbo Generator Steam and Exhaust Systems
5.1d Turbo Generator Lubrication and Control Oil Systems
5.2a Diesel Generator Overview
5.2b Diesel Generator Alternator
5.2c Diesel Generator Piping Systems
5.2d Diesel Generator Starting Air System
5.3a Emergency Diesel Generator Alternator
5.3b Emergency Diesel Generator Piping Systems
5.4a Power Distribution System
5.4.7a 24 Volt Battery and Uninterruptible Power Supply
5.1 Turbo Generator
Specification Alarms and Trips

Steam is supplied to the glands from a gland steam receiver mounted adjacent to The trip valve protects the turbine in the event of a serious problem by closing
Turbine :
the turbine. Where the turbine internal steam pressure is higher than the pressure and immediately shutting off the steam to the turbine. The trip valve is held open
Maker : Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Ltd
in the gland housing, steam will enter the series of diaphragms from the turbine, mechanically by a tripping mechanism. The tripping mechanism is activated by
Type : AT42CT-B
as well as supplying the gland steam receiver and is effectively throttled across hydraulically operated tripping cylinder In the event of a trip condition occurring,
Single cylinder, impulse, multistage, condensing each stage causing its pressure to drop. the oil supply to the tripping cylinder is cut off, moving an internal piston which
Number of units : 2 sets
is directly connected via a mechanical linkage to the tripping mechanism on the
Rated output : 2.900kW The gland steam receiver is connected to the inner sections of the glands so that stop valve. This action trips the stop valve.
Main steam pressure : 5.68 MPaG the steam supplied will pass outwards and is led away from the outer glands to The following table details the protective alarm and trip and set points :
Main steam temperature : 520C the packing steam receiver and from there it is dumped to the main condenser by
Exhaust vacuum : 710mmHg the system controller. Tag No. Description Alarm Trip
Revolutions : 10,045 / 1,800 rpm 214 Overspeed 1,980 rpm
Governor : UG-8 Where the pressure in the gland housing is greater than the internal turbine 222 Sentinel valve 30 kPa
Direction of rotation : Clockwise viewed from generator end pressure at the shaft exit point, the steam available from the gland steam receiver 223 Gland steam pressure Low 3 kPa
Number of stages : 6 Ratio will be drawn through the gland, effectively sealing it and preventing the ingress 225 LO strainer differential High 50 kPa
Gearing : Single reduction, single helical of air. The need for the steam to make-up or spill changes with the turbine load, 231 LO inlet temperature High 55C
i.e. at high load the steam will generally be spilt out of the system and at low 248 LO sump level Low -150mm
Alternator :
loads the packing steam will need to be made up. Steam from the outer stages of 213/224 LO pressure Low 70 kPa 40 kPa
Maker : Taiyo Electric
the labyrinth is led to the main gland steam condenser. Due to the make-up and 215/222 Exhaust pressure High -55 kPa 50 kPa
Type : HPW 65B-4
spill operation of the controller on the inner glands, the pressure of the steam at 216/246 Rotor vibration High 50 m 80 m
Capacity : 6,600V, 3ph, 60Hz, 3,625 kVA, 0.8pf
the leak off point is always positive. 217/247 Rotor axial movement High 0.55 mm 0.7 mm
232-237 Bearings temperature High 75C
The reduction gear is of the single reduction, single helical type, the turbine
Descriptions
pinion is solid and its one end is connected to turbine shaft. One end of gear
The Mitsubishi AT42CT-B turbine generator consists of the steam turbine, wheel drives the main LO pump and governor gear, and the other end is
reduction gear, alternating current generator and auxiliaries mounted on a connected to the alternator with diaphragm coupling. The gearing is supported by
common bedplate. The bedplate incorporates the lubricating oil (LO) sump tank. four oil lubricated bearings.
The steam turbine is of the six stage impulse type with a hydraulic constant speed The LO system is supplied from a motor driven priming pump when the turbine
governor controlling steam flow. The steam passes through a trip valve, designed is stopped or starting up. The priming pump starts when the LO pressure falls to
to shut off the steam instantly should a trip condition occur and then through the 60kPa/cm2 and cuts out when the turbine reaches 85kPa/cm2. A gear-driven main
nozzle control valves. The turbines normally exhaust to the main condenser LO pump supplies the system when the turbine is running normally.
under vacuum conditions but can be set to exhaust to the auxiliary condenser. The pressure is regulated to the bearings and gears by a regulating valve, full
delivery oil pressure is supplied to the trip valve.
Labyrinth type seals are used at the end of the turbine rotors to prevent the steam
in these regions from leaking to atmosphere and, more importantly, to prevent air The governing system consists of a Woodward UG-8D governor, actuator,
from entering the turbine where its internal pressure is less than atmospheric. hydraulic servomotor and turbine nozzle valve. The governor has a very fast
The seals are formed by radially slotting sections of labyrinth into the packing response to load change and is designed to prevent the turbine over speeding
rings, which themselves are likewise slotted radially into the turbine upper and even in the event of the generator circuit breaker tripping. The governor reacts to
lower casings. The peak and trough edges of these labyrinths are located adjacent changes in speed by moving a linkage to the hydraulic servomotor which in turn
to corresponding square radial grooves machined into the rotor shaft. opens or closes the steam inlet to the turbine nozzles.
The clearances between the labyrinth edges and the rotor are minimized to Cooling of the LO and the generator windings is supplied from the central fresh
reduce steam leakage between the inner (high gland steam pressure) areas and water cooling system. In an emergency the generator windings can be cooled by
the outer (low gland steam pressure) areas. Adjacent axial clearance between the opening the covers and allowing air to pass through, drawn in by the fan
rotor and the labyrinths allow for the designed relative axial movement and mounted on the generator rotor shaft.
expansion between the rotor and the casing.
5.1 Turbo Generator
Operation Using No.1 Turbine Generator Procedure for Manual Generator Connection
h) Stop turning and Disengage the electrically operated turning gear. The generator can also be connected manually at the 6.6kV main switchboard
Preparation panel by using the following procedure :
i) Set the emergency trip device. The emergency trip device should be set by
a) Ensure that the lubricating oil level in the sump tank is correct, with no raising the reset lever for over speed emergency trip device. a) Turn the Remote / Manual switch to the Local Manual position.
water content. When water is detected, change the oil by shifting it to the
j) Open the governor valve with starting lever and Slightly Open the main b) Lower or raise the generator speed until the synchroniser light slowly
lubricating oil renovating tank for processing, using the lubricating oil
stop valve. Allow the turbine to start and bring the speed up to 100rpm revolves in the clockwise direction.
purifier feed pump. Replenish the turbine sump tank from the turbine
generator speed. Maintain this speed for approximately 5 minutes for
lubricating oil storage tank. c) Turn the breaker trip/close switch to the CLOSE position to connect the
warming. Check the running sound and Observe that the lubricating oil
b) Check that the circuit breaker is Open. pressures remain constant, with a flow passing through the turbine and generator to the 6.6kV main switchboard when the synchroniser light
generator bearing sight glasses. passes the top position.
c) Ensure that main steam stop valve, exhaust valve and packing steam valve
are Closed. k) Rise revolution to about 500rpm by gradually opening the main stop valve, d) Turn the Remote / Auto switch to RA (Remote / Auto) position to allow the
maintain this revolution for about 5min. Ascertain whether the governor IAS to control the generator and balance the load with the No.2 turbine
d) Check that the electrical supply is available to the priming LO pump motor. generator.
valve and the main stop valve would close momentarily by pushing the
e) Check that control air is being supplied to the gland sealing steam emergency button. Then Confirm that there is no rubbing noise or no
controller. abnormal sound inside the turbine as soon as turbine has tripped.
Stopping
f) Ensure that cooling fresh water is available for the coolers from the Main l) Provided that the conditions are satisfactory, Reset the trip lever and Open
Central Cooling System (CCS). the stop valve gradually and Increase the speed to the rated speed in 10 a) Transfer the electrical load and Confirm that the main air circuit breaker is
minutes. Since the critical speed of the turbine equates to approximately Open.
g) Check that the gland condenser is operating with cooling condensate
810rpm generator speed, Pass through this speed range as quickly as b) Close or Trip the main steam stop valve.
passing through it and that the gland exhaust fan is operating.
possible.
h) Ensure that the turbine is free to turn. c) Open all drain valves. (main stop valve casing and turbine casing)
m) Check that all temperatures and pressures are reaching to normal level and
Confirm that the priming LO pump stops automatically. (set 85 kPa) d) Engage the electrically operated turning gear immediately when the turbine
is shut down and Rotate the turbine rotor for 10 hours to ensure uniform
Starting n) Confirming that the Woodward governor takes control, Fully Open the cooling.
main stop valve and Return the main stop valve handle by a half turn
a) Start the priming LO pump at the local panel and Confirm that the bearing e) Ensure that the electric driven priming LO pump is started automatically
forwards the original position from full opening.
oil pressure is above 60kPa. when the lubricating oil pressure drops to 60kPa or the main steam stop
o) Electrically Load the generator and monitor on the IAS. valve is closed.
b) Ensure the power source is on for emergency trip device.
Keep the priming LO pump running during motor turning operation.
c) Warm up the main steam supply line. After confirming that the main stop Connect the generator to the main switchboard by clicking on the TG icon on the
valve for turbine is definitely closed, Open the drain valves fitted on main IAS screen to call up the menu. Click on the CONNECT icon on the menu and f) Close main steam supply valve 014VPA and open the drain valve fitted on
stop valve casing and Slightly Open the main steam supply valve 014VPA. the generator will automatically parallel with the main switchboard. main stop valve.
When sufficiently warmed, Close the drain valves, Open the main steam g) Close the turbine exhaust valve.
supply valve gradually.
h) Shut down the gland packing steam.
d) Engage the electrically operated turning gear and Start turning the turbine
and gearing, and Maintain for approximately ten minutes checking for i) Close drain valves, cooling water supply and return valves for LO cooler
abnormal sounds from the turbine. and generator air cooler.
e) Ensure that the gland steam leak-off valve 007VPC is Open.

f) Open the gland steam supply valve 062VPB from 0.27 MPa steam range
and Provide steam to gland steam regulating control valve. Regulate the
controller to maintain the sealing steam pressure between 10 and 20 kPa,
keeping spill and leakage to a minimum (set point 20 kPa).
g) When the turbine casing has warmed sufficiently, Open the turbine exhaust
valve bypass 009VPC to build up the vacuum gradually in the turbine.
When balanced, Open the exhaust valve 001VPC.
5.1a Turbo Generator Overview
SPILL VALVE
RECEIVER MAKE-UP VALVE
L.O HAND PUMP
PARTICULAR OF STEAM TURBINE

L.O.TEMP.CONT. VALVE
RATED OUTPUT : 2,900 kW PRIMING L.O.PUMP

LO COOLER
RATED SPEED (TURBINE) : 10,045 rpm COOL. W.
RATED SPEED (GENERATOR) : 1,800 rpm L.O FILTER
TURNING MOTOR
MAIN STEAM PRESSURE : 5.68 MPaG

MAIN STEAM TEMPERATURE : 520
EXHAUST PRESSURE : 6.7 kPaA (710mmHgV) GENERATOR
LEVEL SEITCH
L.O.PRESS.REG. VALVE
MAIN STEAM INLET
GOVERNOR GENERATOR
MAIN STOP VALVE

STEAM TURBINE REDUCTION GEAR
TURNING MOTOR
SPILL VALVE
TURBINE EXHAUST
5.1b Turbo Generator Alternator
8 9 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
7
10 19 31
6
11 18 32
Air Air
5
17 Air Air
33
4
12 16 34
13 35
r
3 14 36
2 15 38 37
1
1 INSULATION LINER 16 Ex. ARMATURE COIL 31 INSULATION LINER

2 OIL SIGHT 17 Ex. ARMATURE CORE 32 FAN
3 CT BOX 18 Ex. FIELD CORE 33 FAN BOSS
4 TACHOMETER 19 Ex. FIELD COIL 34 THERMO METER 3625kVA 6600V 60Hz
5 PEDESTAL 20 ROTATING RECTIFIER 35 SHAFT 4P 1800min-1 0.8PF
6 RESISTANCE BULB 21 ROTOR COIL 36 OIL INLET PIPE BRUSHLESS AC GENERATOR
7 Ex. FRAME 22 ROTOR CORE 37 FRAME
8 COVER 23 STATOR CORE 38 SPACE HEATER
9 STATIC EXCITER 24 DUCT PIECE
10 CABLE GLAND 25 COOLER
11 DAMPER BAR 26 AIR DUCT
12 BEARING CASE 27 STATOR CLAMPER
13 SLEEVE BEARING 28 DAMPER PLATE
14 TACHO GENERATOR 29 ROTOR CLAMPER
15 COVER 30 STATOR COIL
5.1c
5.1c TurboGenerator
Turbo GeneratorSteam
Steamand
and Exhaust
Exhaust Systems
Systems
STEAM SUPPLY, EXHAUST AND GLAND SEALING SYSTEM

NOTE :
Tag numbers for No.1 Turbo Generator are shown in this drawing.
Tag numbers for others are referred to Section 3 Piping System in this Manual.
PIC
PI PAH PAL P
SPILL V. 223 223 223 MAKE UP V.
062VPB
RECEIVER 0.27MPa STEAM
064VPB
TO GLAND CONDENSER
007VPC
MAIN STEAM
014VPA
GEAR BOX
TURBINE 1ST STAGE
EXHAUST
ESD PAH
215 222
PS PS P
P PM
221
1ST STAGE
OIO OIS RO
821 821 821
001VPC
021VPC
M
TO MAIN CONDENSER TO AUX. CONDENSER
009VPC
5.1d
5.1d TurboGenerator
Turbo Generator Lubrication
Lubrication andand Control
Control Oil Sytem
Oil Systems
MAIN STEAM
LUBRICATING AND CONTROL OIL SYSTEM

MAIN STOP VALVE P
TRIP SOLENOID
S
POWER CYLINDER
TRIP OIL CYLINDER
TM
232 TM TM TM
ESD XAH TAH 234 235 233
216 246 232 TAH TAH TAH
234 235 233
T
T T T
LS
TURNING MOTOR
TURBINE
M
XAH ESD
RED. GEAR 247 217
ESD
PS
213
TM TAH TAH TM TM TAH TAH TM

ASTP
PS 236 236 237 237 241 241 242 242
203
FOR PRIMING L.O. PUMP T T T T
P
GENERATOR
PAL
224
PI
224
ESD
214
OVERSPEED
TRIP DEVICE
TM
231
TAH
231 LS
T
DPAH
DP
225
TIC T.C.V.
P.R.V.
LAL L.O.PRIMING PUMP

248 MAIN L.O.PUMP
HAND M
FS PUMP
093VPG
COO. F.W. L.O.COOLER L.O.SUMP TK

Specification CAUTION Lubricating Oil System

This starting air valve solenoid pushbutton must not be operated whilst the All running gear of the engine is force lubricated by the engine driven gear type
Engine :
engine is running. pump. The pistons are also supplied by oil as a cooling medium. A prelubrication
Maker : STX Corporation
Type : STX-MAN-B&W 7L32/40 pump which is run continually whilst the engine is stopped supplies oil to the
In an emergency the air starter can be activated by means of the manually bearings and other running gear. This reduces wear on the engine in the period
Four cycle single acting, turbo-charged, trunk piston
operated valve. In this case the automatic speed detection and air start between the engine starting and the engine driven pump building up lubricating
Number of units : 1 set
deactivation system is inoperative and when the engine fires the valve must be oil pressure. The prelubricating pump is normally switched to automatic mode
Number of cylinders : 7 cylinders
manually closed in order to prevent engine overspeed. when the engine is selected for standby. The prelubricating pump stops
Cylinder bore : 320 mm
Piston stroke : 400 mm automatically when the engine is running and the main lubrication pump is
Engine speed : 720 rpm delivering oil.
Turbocharger System The engine driven pump and the electrically driven prelubrication pump both
Rated output : 3,080 kW
Alternator : The engine is fitted with an exhaust gas driven turbocharger. The turbocharger take suction from the engine sump and discharge through a cooler, a filter set to
Maker : Taiyo Electric draws air from the engine room via a suction filter and passes it through a charge the engine oil supply rail. The temperature is controlled by a three-way
Type : HPW 70D-10 air cooler, before supplying the individual cylinders via the air box. temperature control valve, which regulates how much of the oil passes through
Capacity : 6,600V, 3ph, 60Hz, 3,625 kVA(2,900kW),0.8pf the cooler.
Cooling Water System

Descriptions All cooling water requirements for the generator engine are provided by water
There is one diesel generator, operating in the medium speed range, which from the low temperature central fresh water cooling system.
supplies electrical power for the ship. The engine is cooled by a closed circuit fresh water cooling system, connected to
The engine is of the unidirectional trunk piston type, has seven in-line cylinders, the ships central fresh water cooling system. The generator engines cooling
is turbocharged, operates on the four stroke cycle and is normally powered by system is divided into high temperature (HT) and low temperature (LT) circuits.
marine diesel oil.
The diesel generator is used as required and is on automatic standby when The engine driven jacket (high temperature) cooling water pump, discharges
stopped. Under normal circumstances the turbine generators supply electrical through the HT charge air cooler, engine jacket and cylinder head cooling water
power and the diesel generator is set to cut in should the turbine generators fail to spaces. At the outlet from the engine the water flows to a thermostatically
meet the electrical demand, or is started if the turbine generators are shut down operated valve which maintains the HT cooling circuit at the correct temperature.
for any reason. If the cooling water temperature of the engine outlet is below the normal
operating temperature, the cooling water back to the pump suction. When the
cooling water outlet temperature reaches the operating temperature, the cooling
Starting Air System water will back to the CCS cooler, thus maintaining a constant temperature.
The engine is started by means of starting air valves located in the cylinder
The low temperature fresh water is supplied to the LT charge air cooler,
covers. A blocking valve prevents the air start system from operating when the
lubricating oil cooler. At the low load operation, the cooling water supply for LT
turning gear is engaged.
charge air cooler will be bypassed.
A starting air distributor directs pilot air to each of the cylinder starting valves in
order to actuate the valve and direct compressed air into the cylinder for starting.
The master starting air solenoid is activated when the start signal is sent by the
Fuel System
power management system for an automatic start or a manual start is initiated.
The master solenoid valve directs main air to the cylinder starting valve and pilot The engine fuel oil supply rail is supplied from the generator engine fuel oil
air to the starting air distributor. A flame arrester is located in the main air supply preparation and supply system. The generator engine is supplied with marine
line to the cylinder starting valves. diesel oil (MDO) from the generator engine DO service tank. The fuel oil feed
The main starting valve may be operated by the pushbutton at the local starting pump takes suction from the generator engine DO service tank via a set of filters,
position or pneumatically by a solenoid valve when starting the engine remotely flow meter. Each cylinder has an injection pump which delivers the fuel oil under
or automatically. The engine cannot be started whilst the turning gear is engaged. high pressure through the injection pipe to its associated injection valve. Cams on
the camshaft operate the injection pumps.
Procedure to Prepare the Diesel Generator Engine for Starting Procedure to Start the Diesel Generator Engine Locally Procedure to Manually Stop the Diesel Generator Engine
a) Set the engine to LOCAL control. a) Ensure that the engine is ready for starting by completing the procedure a) Before stopping, run the engine off load for a few minutes for cooling
above. down purposes.
b) Set up the fuel oil service system as described in Section 3.6.7.Diesel Oil
and Gas Oil Service System. b) At the local control panel turn the selector switch from REMOTE to b) Actuate the local stop device.
LOCAL and manually start the engine by pressing the pushbutton on the
c) Set up the central fresh water cooling system as in Section 3.4.1.Crntral
main starting valve. Allow it to run up to normal speed. Under normal circumstances the engines should be set to AUTO operation so
Fresh Water Cooling System.
that they may be started and stopped by the power management system (PMS) to
d) Check the level of oil in the sump and top up as necessary with the correct (Note : A pneumatically operated start fuel limiter optimises fuel injection allow for automatic operation of the electrical power supply.
grade of oil. during the acceleration period; the speed of the engine controls the start
fuel limiter.)
e) Switch the generator engine prelubricating oil pump to AUTOMATIC
Emergency Stops
operation and check that the lubricating oil pressure builds up. The engine
c) Make a thorough check of the engine to ensure that there are no leaks and
should be prelubricated at least 2 minutes prior to start. Tag No. Description Set Point
the engine is running smoothly and firing on all cylinders.
286 Overspeed 806 - 828 rpm
f) Check the pressure before and after the filters.
d) Check that the LO pressures and temperatures are normal. 287 Low lubricating oil pressure 250 kPa
g) Check the governor oil level. 288 Cooling water outlet high temperature 98C
e) Check that the pressure drop across the filters is normal.
289 Oil mist high level
h) Check the air pressure in the starting air reservoir.
f) Check that the FO pressure is normal.
i) Turn the engine at least one complete revolution using the turning gear The engine is fitted with a number of alarms for various systems such as
g) Connect the generator engine to the switchboard.
with the cylinder indicator cocks open. Remove the turning gear. lubricating oil pressure and temperature, cooling water pressure and temperature,
h) Ensure that the engine temperatures and pressures remain within normal charge air temperature, etc.
j) Vent the jacket cooling water space.
limits as the load is applied to the engine and the engine heats up.
If any part of the engine has been drained for overhaul or maintenance, check the i) Check the exhaust gas temperatures for deviation from normal.
Engine Control
level in the central fresh water cooling expansion tank and refill with fresh water if
j) Check the exhaust gas for smoke. The diesel generator starting and stopping is normally controlled by the power
necessary.
k) Keep the charge air temperature under control. management system (See 5.4.1 Electrical Equipment).
k) Open the vent on the cooling water outlet line on the generator air cooler,
and close it again when all air has been expelled.
If maintenance work has been carried out on the engine, start the engine locally as
below, prior to switching the engine to automatic operation.
l) Check that all fuel pump indexes are at index 0, when the regulating shaft
is in the STOP position.
m) Check that all fuel pump control linkages are free to move full distance and
return to their original stop positions when released.
n) Switch the engine to AUTOMATIC operation.
5.2a Diesel Generator Overview
PRINCIPAL DATA
Vertical, Single Action, 4-Cycle, Direct Injection
Type
Water Cooled with Turno-Charger and Air Cooler
Model STX-MAN-B&W 7L32/40
Output / Rev. 3,080 kW / 720 rpm
No.of Cylinder 7 (In-Line)
Bore / Stroke 320 mm / 400 mm
Mean Effec.Press. 2.37 MPa (24.2 kgf/cm2)
Mean Piston Speed 9.6 m/s
Max.Comb.Press. 18.0 MPa (183.6 kgf/cm2)
Direction of Rotation Clock-wise (as viewed from Flywheel side)
Firing Order 1-2-4-6-7-5-3
Fuel Oil System Marine Gas Oil (ISO DMA)

Required Viscosity : 1.56.0 cSt at Engine inlet
Lub. Oil System System Oil

-Oil Sump built in Common Bed of the set
-Forced Lubrication by Engine driven gear pump
-Kind of oil : API Service Grade CD
Viscosity : SAE No. 40
T.B.N. : 1215
-Turbo-Charger : Branched from System oil
TURBO-CHARGER -Rocker Arm : Branched from System oil
-Governor Hydraulic : Same oil as System oil
No.7 No.6 No.5 No.4 No.3 No.2 No.1 Cooling System Cylinder jacket High temp. fresh water
Cylinder head High temp. fresh water
T/C casing High temp. fresh water

GENERATOR
HT air cooler High temp. fresh water
LT air cooler Low temp. fresh water
L.O. cooler Low temp. fresh water
Piston Lubricating oil
Turning System Motor driven (0.75 kW)
Specific Lub. oil consumption 0.88 g/kWh at Engine full load
Operation conditions Ambient temperature : Max. 45

Relative humidity : 80%
LT F.W. temp. at cooler inlet : 37
HT F.W. temp. at jacket inlet : 90
HT F.W. press. at jacket inlet : 0.30.4 MPa
Exh. back press. at full load : below 2.5 kPa
Exh. gas temp. at T/C outlet : 360
Taiyo model HPW 70D - 10,

Alternator Type
Totally enclosed, brushless, air cooled
Output /
Revolition
2,900kW / 720 rpm
Power factor 0.8
Voltage 6600 V
Phase /
Frequency
3 phase / 60Hz
5.2b Diesel Generator Alternator
6 7 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
5
8 16 27
4
9 15 Air
28
3
10 14 29
13 Air
30
31
Air
ir
2 11 32
1 12 33
34
1
2
INSULATION LINER
OIL SIGHT
16
17
Ex. FIELD COIL
ROTATING RECTIFIER
31
32
RESISTANCE BULB
SHAFT
35
3 PEDESTAL 18 ROTOR COIL 33 OIL INLET PIPE
4 THERMO METER 19 ROTOR CORE 34 FRAME
3625kVA 6600V 60Hz
5 Ex. FRAME 20 STATOR CORE 35 SPACE HEATER -1
6 COVER 21 DUCT PIECE
10P 720min 0.8PF
7 STATIC EXCITER 22 COOLER
BRUSHLESS AC GENERATOR
8 CABLE GLAND 23 AIR DUCT
9 DAMPER BAR 24 STATOR CLAMPER
10 BEARING CASE 25 STATOR COIL
11 SLEEVE BEARING 26 DAMPER PLATE
12 COVER 27 FAN
13 Ex. ARMATURE COIL 28 ROTOR CLAMPER
14 Ex. ARMATURE CORE 29 END COVER
15 Ex. FIELD CORE 30 FAN BOSS
5.2c
5.2c DieselGenerator
Diesel GeneratorPiping
PipingSystems
Systems
LAL
PIPING SYSTEM H.T. COOL. F.W.
COOL. F.W. EXP. TK 741
L.T. COOL. F.W.

TO FUNNEL
GEN. ENG. D.O. SERVICE TK
LUB. OIL
50
600
EXH. GAS
15
FUEL OIL
P AIR
F.O.HIGH PRESS.PIPE LEAK
081VPL
AIR SEPARATOR
25 F.O.VALVE DRAIN
086VPL 097VPL
XC SA RM ES
BUFFER PISTON BUFFER PISTON
LAH
902 609 609 609 301
40
P P F.O.FEED PUMP
F.O.LEAK TK
083VPL (50) T
082VPL 40 085VPL 095VPL 40 G
FS P TO F.O.DRAIN TK
LO INLET / OUTLET
004JPL 40 40
(60 MESH)
EXH.GAS 084VPL 096VPL
AOP
600
156VPK
902 XAH CYL.L.O.PUMP
OIL MIST
289
SA
TM 278
297
RM
TAH XA 278
297
2.5 bar F.O.INJ.PUMP 304
ASS
LAL NO-FLOW
302
4 bar PM
CENT.FILTER 295 GENERATOR
L.O.SUMP TK G PAL TM
TM TAH
P 295 311 STATOR COIL 313315 313315
TM TM
T/C TAH TAH
299 311 312 312
XA
TAH ESD F.W. LEAK
T 309
299 288
AIR CLR
FROM START AIR SYSTEM
L.O.PUMP F.W.PUMP T
PAL
G
PRE.L.O.PUMP TM
292 P 317
TAH
317
M H.T.AIR CLR
SA RM 034VPG
ASS 3 1
277 277
L.T.AIR CLR
65
2
T TM
65
ROCKER ARM
ROCKER ARM
298
BEARING
BEARING
15
15
PISTON
PISTON
TAH
298
T
G ESD PAL PM
A DPAH
163VPK P 293 287 291 291
TO G/E L.O.RENOV. TK
B 031VPG
C 80 100
COOL. F.W.
TO SHORE CONN.
164VPK
037VPG 2 bar
FILTER
(60) (15)
PRE-HEAT PUMP
RM ASS
280
100
PRE HTR
T
T 033VPG
L.O. CLR
100 100
COOL. F.W.
5.2d
5.2d DieselGenerator
Diesel GeneratorStarting
StartingAir
Air System
System
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
Jet System On-Off Valve

5 TURBO CHARGER FLY WHEEL
Starting Valve
To Emergency Generator Eng.
PAL
294
PM
P 294
411VPE
Fuel Injection Pump Starting Slide Valve

414VPE
Main Starting Valve
415VPE
1
2 Starting Valve
3
1 2
50
30/8 bar PRV

Fuel Oil Limit Valve M
3/2 way valve Turning Gear
4
6 1
3
2 4 2
PM
753
1
D/G START AIR
ASS PAL P RECEIVER ZS
683 753
279
4
3 Normal Stop / Emergency Stop
NORMAL OPEN
410VPE
402VPE 25 401VPE
S ZX
SA RM ASS 305
683 683
To cooling water 3-way valve
Oil Mist Detector

To Lambda cylinder
D/G START AIR
COMPRESSOR
5.3 Emergency Diesel Generator
Specification Procedure to Manually Start the Emergency Diesel Engine

An emergency electric starter motor is also provided. The power is supplied by (Using the Air Starter)
Engine :
batteries which are on constant charge while the ship is in service.
Maker : Lindenberg-Anlagen GmbH a) Ensure that the engine OFF / AUTO / MAN switch is turned to the MAN
Type : MAN D2842 LE203 position at the control panel.
The emergency generator control panel provides monitoring information of the
Four cycle, direct injection
emergency generator. b) Check the LO, cooling water and fuel as in the procedure for automatic
start.
Number of cylinders : 12
The local panel has a number of LEDs which illuminate to indicate the status of
Cylinder bore : 128 mm c) Ensure that the air receiver is fully charged and that the air hose to the air
various operating parameters.
Piston stroke : 142mm starter is secure.
Engine speed : 1,800 rpm
The emergency generator control panel allows for selection of the operating d) Press the START/STOP button on the alarm control panel, the engine will
Rated output : 653kW
mode and for local starting of the emergency generator. Normally the emergency now run up to speed.
generator will be selected for automatic starting so that it operates automatically
Alternator : e) Check that the engine is running smoothly. Check the engine oil pressure,
in the event of the failure of the main electrical supply system.
Maker : Taiyo Electric cooling water pressure and rpm, investigate any abnormalities.
Type : FBT 45CL-4
The engine should be started once a week and run up to full load monthly. f) Close E /G ACB if required.
Capacity : 450V, 3ph, 60Hz, 700 kVA(560kW), 0.8pf
Whenever the engine has been started, the gas oil tank must be checked and
g) After the run period, press the START / STOP button on the alarm control
refilled if the level has dropped to or below the 18 hour operation level. The gas
panel, the engine will now shut down.
oil tank has a capacity to allow the generator to run for 18 hours on full load. The
Descriptions
tank has level monitoring which generates, Low level alarm. The tank is larger h) When the engine has stopped, turn the control switch to the AUTO position
The emergency diesel generator is a self-contained diesel engine located in the than the SOLAS requirement so that the generator can run for longer periods to restore the engine to automatic standby.
emergency generator engine room located on the starboard side of the engine before the tank requires replenishing.
room casing, upper deck.
The generator set will start automatically on power failure from the main Procedure to Manually Start the Emergency Diesel Engine
Procedure to Prepare the Emergency Diesel Engine for Automatic Starting
electrical supply system and couple to the emergency switchboard to maintain an (Using the Electric Starter)
electrical supply to essential services. a) Ensure that there is power at the emergency generator control panel by
a) Ensure that the OFF / AUTO / MAN engine selector switch is turned to the
checking that the POWER ON light is illuminated.
OFF position at the control panel.
The generator set will also be used to get the ship under power from dead ship b) The engine OFF/AUTO/MAN switch is turned to the MAN position to
condition. It will enable power to be supplied to essential services selectively b) Unbolt the air starter from its housing and replace it with the electric unit.
prevent starting of the engine whilst checking is taking place.
without the need for external services such as starting air, fuel oil supply and Ensure the electric starter is secure in the housing.
cooling water. c) Check the level of LO in the engine sump and top up as necessary with the
c) Observe all the checks as for automatic start.
correct grade of oil.
The engine is a 12 cylinder V-type turbocharged engine with a self-contained d) Turn on the battery switch for electric starter.
d) Check the level of water in the radiator and top up as necessary with clean
cooling water system. The cooling water is radiator cooled and circulated by an water. e) Turn the OFF / AUTO / MAN switch to the MAN position.
engine driven pump. A thermostat maintains the correct water outlet temperature
from the engine. Air is drawn across the radiator by an engine driven fan. e) Check the level of DO in the emergency generator gas oil service tank and f) Press the BLACK START button on the control panel, the engine will now
top up as required. run up to speed.
The cooling water is circulated by an engine driven pump, which also supplies f) Ensure the fuel oil supply valve to the diesel engine is open. This valve is g) Close E / G ACB if required.
cooling fresh water to the lubricating oil cooler. normally left open when the engine is stopped.
h) After the run period, press the START / STOP button on the alarm control
The engine running gear is force lubricated, an engine driven gear pump drawing g) Ensure that the starting battery is fully charged. panel, the engine will now shut down.
oil from the integral sump and pumping it through the cooler, then through a h) Turn the operation switch on the emergency generator local panel to the i) Restore the air starter and set the engine to AUTO operation with the air
filter before being supplied to the lubricating oil rail. AUTO position, this will allow for emergency starting should the main starter.
electrical power system fail. When normal electrical power is restored the
The engine is normally started by air. A starting air reservoir supplies air to the emergency generator will be stopped by ships staff.
starting air motor which drives the toothed rim of the flywheel by means of a
pinion. i) Check the alarm panel on the control panel to ensure that there are no
alarm conditions. Press the TEST and RESET buttons on the alarm control
panel.
5.3a Emergency Diesel Generator Alternator
10 11 12 13 14 27 15 16 17
1 9 Air
18
8 19
Air
24 7 20
2
3 6 21
Air
23
5 22
4
1 AIR COOLER 11 FRAME 21 FAN BOSS

2 TERMINAL BOX 12 STATOR CORE 22 SHAFT
3 DAMPER BAR 13 DUCT PIECE 23 END BRACKET (BEARING SHIELD)
4 ROTATING RECTIFIER 14 ROTOR CORE 24 SEARCH COIL
700kVA 450V 60Hz
-1
5 BALL BEARING 15 DAMPER PLATE 25
4P 1800min 0.8PF
6 Ex. ARMATURE COIL 16 STATOR CLAMPER 26
BRUSHLESS AC GENERATOR
7 Ex. FIELD COIL 17 STATOR COIL
8 Ex. ARMATURE CORE 18 ROTOR COIL 27
9 Ex. FRAME 19 ROTOR CLAMPER
10 Ex. FIELD CORE 20 FAN
5.3b
5.3b EmegencyDiesel
Emegency DieselGenerator
Generator Piping
Piping Systems
Systems
EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM
EMERG.GEN.
D.O.SERV.TK
SILENCER
153VPL
352VPG
LAL
FS
723
351VPG
314VPL
T/C 301VPL
313VPL
EMERG. GENE. ENG.

RADIATOR
AIR CLR
.
CT
PAL
F.O.LEAK T/C START AIR RESERVOIR P 754
DU
LAH
H.
363
EX
AIR MOTOR
INJECT. PUMP
F.O.PUMP 431VPE
432VPE
433VPE
421VPE
412VPE
413VPE 423VPE
(LOCKED CLOSE)
257VPG 302VPL
425VPE 424VPE
117VPE
START.AIR
COMPRESSOR
291VPL 292VPL
COFFERDUM
F.W. SERV. TO F.O.DRAIN TK TO OVERFLOW TK G.S. AIR D/G START AIR FROM D.O. TRANS. PUMP TO G/E D.O. SERV. TK
5.4a Power Distribution System
No.2 Turbo Generator Diesel Generator No.1 Turbo Generator

TG2 2900KW DG 2900KW TG1 2900KW
TG2 DG2 DG1 TG1

BT2 BT1
HVMSB2 6,6KV HVMSB1 6,6KV
TRM2 BT-MC2 BT-MC1 TRM1
WATER SPRAY BP2 BOW-THR BT-CM2 BT-CM1 BP3 BP1

PUMP 355KW 2200KW 355KW 355KW
400KW
BT-C2 BT-C1
HVCSB2 HVCSB1
TRC2 TRC1
Soft Starter Soft Starter

Panel Panel
HD2 HD1
TM2 TC2 TC1 TM1

No.2 ( CP4 CP3 CP2 CP1 ) No.1 ( CP4 CP3 CP2 CP1 )
LVMSB2 440V LVCSB2 440V LVCSB1 440V LVMSB1 440V
BT-LE2 BT-LE1
BT-LE2 BT-LE1
EM'CY SWBD 440V EM'CY SWBD 440V
TRE
EG SC
Emergency Shore Supply

EG Generator
560KW
Generating Plant 6.6 kV Main Switchboards 440V Main Switchboards

The electrical power generating plant consists of the following : The 6.6 kV main system consists of two switchboards, connected by two transfer The 440V main switchboard is arranged in two interconnected sections. To
breakers. enhance the security of supplies, each section is located separately from the 6.6
Main Steam Turbine Generator kV main switchboard partitioned with wire net wall in the switchboard room.
No. of units : 2 sets The 6.6 kV main switchboard is arranged in two interconnected sections. To
Rating : 6,600V, 3ph, 60Hz, 3,625 kVA, 0.8pf enhance the security of supplies, each section is located in a separate switchboard The port and starboard 440V main switchboards feed the emergency
room in the engine room. Each section consists of a bus-tie panel, diesel switchboard and also the accommodation and engine 230V feeder panel via 450
Main Diesel Generator generator panel, turbo generator panel, synchro panel, feeder panel and transf. / 240V transformers.
No. of units : 1 sets panel.
Rating : 6,600V, 3ph, 60Hz, 3,625 kVA, 0.8pf Each 440V and 230V distribution circuit is protected against over current and
The 6.6 kV main turbine generator panels and 6.6 kV aux.diesel generator panels short circuit by a molded case circuit breaker. These are fitted on the switchboard
Emergency Diesel Generator are equipped with an ammeter, voltmeter, active power meter (kW), reactive or panel board with inverse time over current and instantaneous short circuit trip
No. of units : 1 sets power meter (kVAR) and power factor meter. units enclosed within the casing.
Rating : 450V, 3ph, 60Hz, 700 kVA, 0.8pf
Each feeder panel can supply electrical power to the cargo and 440V Group starter and distribution boards are provided in suitable locations to supply
Only one steam turbine generator is used during normal sea going conditions. switchboards, and starters for motor drives of the ballast pumps, bow thruster and the various power, heating, lighting, communication and navigation equipment
Two generators are required when manoeuvring, using the HD compressors and water spray pump as shown on diagram. These feeder circuits are sized to accept throughout the vessel.
unloading cargo and bow thruster. the full load requirements of the respective switchboards, and so provide total
redundancy should any one feeder panel be unavailable due to a fault. Off-load It is possible to perform a cold start of the vessel, that is , from total blackout, by
Power Distribution System disconnecting switches are provided between each generator section. back feeding from the emergency switchboard to the main 440V switchboard.
This will provide sufficient power to start the necessary equipment to enable
The power distribution network consists of two 6.6 kV switchboards, two The load sharing of the both turbine generators is controlled from the running of the turbine generator. (See 5.4.2 Main Switchboard and Generator
6.6 kV / 450V cargo switchboards, two 440V switchboards, the 440V Integrated Automation System (IAS). The IAS is fed from its own Operation).
emergency switchboard, one engine room 230V feeder, one dedicated Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS), which are in turn fed
accommodation 230V feeder and one 230V emergency feeder. from the main and emergency 230V networks.
The normal operating condition of the network is as follows : Emergency Switchboard
The main control voltage for the operation of the 6.6kV main switchboards is The emergency switchboard is located in the emergency switchboard room. The
The port and starboard 6.6kV main switchboards will be linked, i.e., the 230V AC and 110V DC supplied from a separate freestanding 110V DC UPS switcboard is normally fed from one section of each 440V main switchboard and
bus-tie breakers will be closed effectively forming one 6.6kV main with battery banks. with facility to supply the power from emergency generator.
switchboard. One or both of the turbine generators and/or the diesel
generator can feed the network.
The port and starboard 6.6 kV cargo switchboards are fed from the Cargo Switchboards Large Motor Starters
breakers on the port and starboard 6.6 kV main switchboards. The 450V The 6.6 kV and 440V cargo switchboard is arranged in two interconnected In the port and starboard 6.6kV main switchboards, all incomers and feeder
feeder for cargo auxiliaries are fed via the port and starboard High Voltage sections. To enhance the security of supplies, each section is located in a separate breakers/vacuum contactors are equipped with an earthing switch on the field
(HV) 6,600 / 450V cargo service transformers. room on the upper deck in the accommodation. Each 6.6 kV cargo switchboard side for maintenance purposes. The earthing switch is mechanically and
section consists of a bus-tie panel, 6,600V feeder panel. Each 440V cargo electrically interlocked with the breaker, preventing the breaker from being
The port and starboard 440V main switchboards are fed via the port and
switchboard section consists of feeder panel. closed if the earthing switch is connected and vice versa. The 6.6kV bow thruster
starboard High Voltage (HV) 6,600 / 450V engine service transformers
respectively. motor is started and stopped using an auto-transformer starter. The 6.6kV cargo
Each 6,600V feeder panel supplies the power to starters for motor drives of the cargo pumps have starting and bypass contact systems as well as a soft starter group
The engine room and the accommodation 230V feeders can both be fed pumps and high duty gas compressors and 450V cargo switchboard for low duty gas start.
via Low Voltage (LV) 440 / 230V transformers from the port and compressors and cargo auxiliaries services via 6,600 / 450V transformers.
starboard 440V main switchboards.
Control of the safety interlocks is provided by the Power Management
System (PMS) to prevent an undesirable closed loop in the network on the
primary side of the main transformers. If in local control, the breakers are
interlocked to prevent this situation.
The tie lines provide both redundancy and supply continuity in the event of any
system failures.
Standard Motors Power Management System (PMS)

The 440V motors are generally of the squirrel cage induction type with a The PMS controls the load sharing of the turbine generators and the starting,
standard frame designed for AC 440V three phase 60Hz supply. The exceptions connecting and load sharing of the diesel generator. In the event of a blackout the
are the motors for domestic services and small capacity motors of 0.4kW or less. diesel generator will start automatically if set in standby operation, and feed the
Where continuously rated motors are used, the overload setting ensures the main switchboard. If the diesel generator fails, the emergency generator will start
motor trips at 110% of its full load current by an ambient-compensated over automatically and feed the emergency switchboard.
current relay of thermal type with three current elements. The motors in the
engine room are of the totally enclosed fan cooled type. The PMS can start and stop the main diesel generator to provide extra generating
capacity as required. The steam turbine generators cannot be started and stopped
automatically due to the nature of their local starting and stopping procedures.
440V Starters
The 440V starters are generally of across-the-line type. The PMS performs the following main control functions :
All the group starter panels are situated in the main switchboard rooms, with the 1) Generator control and monitoring
exception of the deck group starter panels. 2) Load dependent start
3) Blackout restart
4) Load sharing/net frequency control
Sequential Restarting 5) Start blocking of heavy consumers
Essential service motors, which were in service before a blackout, are started 6) Preferential trip
automatically on recovery of the main bus voltage or emergency bus bar voltage.
They will start according to the predetermined restarting sequence. Motors that The generator PMS has the following facilities :
were selected for duty before the blackout are automatically returned to duty after
1) Short circuit, over current, overload and reverse power tripping protection
the blackout.
for the generators and network via operation of the circuit breaker, circuit
Similarly, motors selected for standby are automatically returned to standby.
breaker under voltage trip or network preferential trips
(See 5.4.6 Preferential Tripping and Sequential Restarting)
2) Power, voltage, frequency and current measurement (local and remote) of
the generators and main bus / network
Preference Tripping
3) Earth monitoring
Non-essential loads are interrupted automatically in the case of an over current on any
one of the main generators. This provides continuity of supply to the essential
4) Control of the number of running generators in accordance with the ships
power demand
consumers. (See 5.4.6 Preferential Tripping and Sequential Restarting)
5) Automatic blackout restart and connection of generators
6) Adjustment and storage of operational values, settings and alarms via panel
display and keypads
7) The blocking of large motors until the number of running generators is
sufficient to supply the motor start current and ships power demand. In this
case, the standby diesel generator is started and synchronized automatically
and shut down once the low demand is re-established.
8) Frequency, automatic control ensures the supply frequency remains at
60Hz independent of the load.
The Electric Power Plant Interlock of a Generator Breaker Operation Start Blocking of Heavy Consumers
The electric power plant consists of two turbine generators and one diesel The generator breaker will be blocked from closing by the PMS if any of the When an electric motor start request is made from the IAS, the PMS will check
generator. The two turbine generators and the diesel generator are controlled following conditions apply : whether the available power is sufficient to allow a start of the electric motor.
from the Integrated Automation System (IAS). If not, a standby generator start request is given. When the capacity of the power
1) Generator speed control in manual mode
2) Busbar earth knife closed plant is sufficient and other start conditions are fulfilled, an electric start order is
The diesel generator can supply both the port and starboard 6.6kV main
3) Generator breaker not ready given. If sufficient capacity is not reached within the time-out specified time, the
switchboards via breakers to each side. The operator can select on the screen
4) Generator breaker tripped and blocked (start block must be manually reset) motor start order is timed-out and the start has failed.
which side the diesel generator shall connect to. It is possible to operate all the
breakers on the 6.6kV main switchboard from the IAS.
The system will prevent more than one heavy consumer starting at a time.
The two turbine generators cannot be set in standby mode and it is not possible to Transfer Circuit Breakers
To prevent overloading the power generation plant, the PMS will start block the
start them from the IAS. The transfer breakers can be operated from the switchboard (local control) and following consumers :
from the IAS (remote control). Local and remote selection is done via separate
6.6kV Cargo Switchboard, Starboard Side
buttons on the switchboard front panel.
Generator Breaker Control Description Blocking Limit No. of Generators Time-Out
When a turbine generator is started and the alternator voltage is established, the The bus-tie breakers will operate in pairs. Check synchronizers are provided for Cargo pump 1, tank 1 730kW 2 60 sec
alternator can be connected to the switchboard. When receiving a CONNECT synchronizing the breakers when voltage is present on both sides of the breakers. Cargo pump 1, tank 2 730kW 2 60 sec
command from the operator station, the PMS will activate the synchronizing unit Cargo pump 1, tank 3 730kW 2 60 sec
which will perform the turbine speed adjustment and volt/frequency/phase check Upon a close command from the operator station, the IAS will activate the Cargo pump 1, tank 4 730kW 2 60 sec
before closing the circuit breaker. synchronizing unit which will perform engine speed adjustment and carry out HD compressor No.1 960kW 2 60 sec
volt / frequency / phase check before closing the breaker.
When closing the circuit breaker onto a dead bus the synchronising unit is
6.6kV Main Switchboard Port Side
bypassed by internal HV switchboard logic. If one or both sides of the bus-tie breaker are without voltage when the close
A synchronising time-out alarm is given if the breaker is not closed within 30 Description Blocking Limit No. of Generators Time-Out
command is given, the check synchronizer is bypassed and the breaker is closed
seconds or 2 seconds during a blackout. Bow thruster 2500kW 2 60 sec
immediately.
The bus-tie breakers work as a pair, so if one breaker trips, the other one in the 6.6kV Cargo Switchboard, Port Side
Breaker Connection for the Diesel Generator
pair will be opened. In the event that both the 440V main switchboards are being Description Blocking Limit No. of Generators Time-Out
It is possible to connect the diesel generator to both the port and starboard 6.6kV fed from both the 6.6kV main switchboards, the 440V supply breakers are Cargo pump 2, tank 1 440kW 1 120 sec
main switchboards but it cannot be connected to both switchboards at the same allowed to close. Cargo pump 2, tank 2 440kW 1 120 sec
time. Cargo pump 2, tank 3 440kW 1 120 sec
Cargo pump 2, tank 4 440kW 1 120 sec
When the aux. diesel generator is started, the operator has to select which side
Load Dependent Start / Stop HD compressor No.2 730kW 1 120 sec
(port or starboard) of the switchboard to connect the diesel generator before
closing the breaker. Whichever side is selected the system will send out a digital The IAS power management system will always ensure that the correct number
of generators is connected, in accordance with the actual electrical power The heavy consumers start block function can be switched on or off from an
signal to switch on the AVR change-over box for the side selected.
consumption. To enable the load dependent start / stop system, the load operator station. This is done separately for each switchboard.
In the event of an automatic start request, from the PMS or the diesel engine dependent start and the load dependent stop functions must be switched on and
safety system, the synchronizing unit will be activated automatically and the the aux. diesel generator set to STANDBY. (Note : If the heavy consumers start block is switched off, the consumer will be
generator will connect without operator intervention. started without checking the power available.)
The load dependent start / stop function is based on the % load (kW) of the
connected generator(s). The table below shows the initial parameters for the load
Breaker Disconnection for the Diesel Generator dependent start/stop function for the aux. diesel generator.
A DISCONNECT command given by the operator will cause an automatic load No. of Generators Start Delay Start Delay Stop Delay
reduction of the generator, provided the load sharing mode is either Connected limit 1 time limit 2 time limit time
SYMMETRIC or ASYMMETRIC. When the generator load is less than 10% the 1 (turbine generator) 84% 30 sec 90% 10 sec
PMS will give a signal to the switchboard to trip the generator circuit breaker. If 2 (turbine generator) 86% 30 sec 91% 10 sec 65% 15 min
the generator stops due to an automatic stop request, such as a low load, the 3 (diesel generator) 60% 15 min
generator downloading and breaker trip will be performed automatically, without
operator intervention.
Blackout Restart Load Sharing

In the event of a blackout on the 6.6kV switchboard, the PMS will immediately e) Run the boiler until sufficient pressure is achieved. The load sharing mode can be selected individually for each generator and is
give a start order to the diesel generator, if set in the standby condition. It will be f) Start the turbine feed water pump : based on active power (kW) measurements. Speed increase/decrease signals are
connected to the dead busbar because the synchronizing unit is bypassed by the Start the auxiliary circulating pump sent to the speed governor during load sharing and net frequency control. The
DIRECT CLOSE signal from the PMS. If there is a blackout on the port and Start the main lubricating oil pump IAS Power Management System allows the following load sharing options :
starboard switchboards, the PMS will connect the diesel generator to the Start the main feed turbine pump panel
starboard switchboard. Start the drain pump 1 Symmetrical Load Sharing
Start the main condensate pump In this mode, the load of the generators running in parallel will be equal with a
All circuit breakers are equipped with undervoltage relays and the PMS will small (1%) dead band of rated power.
reconnect the breakers after the diesel generator has started. g) Start the turbine generator :
Start the UPS for 6.6kV main switchboard 2) Manual Load Sharing
Start the auxiliary lubricating oil pump When the diesel generator is selected for manual load sharing, the operator can
Cold Start of the Vessel from the Emergency Switchboard h) Couple the turbine generator with the emergency switchboard for load give speed increase/decrease signals to the speed governor directly from the
It is possible to perform a cold start of the vessel, that is from total blackout, by transfer, couple the secondary (440V) transformer : generator operation menu on an operator station. In this mode the PMS is not
back feeding from the emergency switchboard to the main 440V switchboard. performing active load sharing of the generators. Manual load sharing cannot
Switch the relay synchronizing switch to position 2 be selected when the generator is in standby mode.
This will provide sufficient power to start the necessary equipment to enable
Select the breaker control for the secondary transformer supply to
running of the turbine generator .
position 2 (local)
Adjust the turbine generator frequency to match the emergency Load Shedding
generator frequency
Procedure Load shedding is not part of the IAS and will be done by the switchboard logic.
When the green light in the synchronizing relay is lit, press the button
An alarm will be activated in the IAS when the load is increased to above 90%.
a) Start the emergency generator set. It should automatically start as a result to connect the transformer secondary supply in parallel with the
of a blackout. emergency generator supply
Disconnect the interconnection switch between the main switchboard
b) Connect the emergency generator to the emergency switchboard. It should
and the emergency switchboard Turbine Generator Power Management System
automatically connect.
Change the position of the key from position 2 to position 1 at the
Turbine Generator Control and Alarm Monitoring
c) Feed the main switchboard from the emergency switchboard : emergency switchboard
Connect the interconnection switch between the main switchboard Unlike the diesel engine, the turbines must be started locally.
Change the position of the key from position 1 (Normal) to position 2
and the emergency switchboard
(Feedback) at the emergency switchboard. The control from the IAS is similar for both turbine generators and consists of
Automatic loading of the spring on the breaker for interconnection with i) Disconnect the emergency generator :
the following main control functions :
the main switchboard in the emergency switchboard panel.
Change over of power at the emergency switchboard from the
Automatic connection of the interconnection breaker to the main 1) Boiler Interaction
emergency generator to the turbine generator will occur
switchboard located in the emergency switchboard panel When the boiler steam pressure drops to below 4.9 MPa, an alarm will be
automatically upon detection of normal ships supply. After 5 minutes
activated and the diesel generator standby start will be initiated.
cooling down time, the emergency generator will stop automatically.
WARNING
Before feeding the main switchboard from the emergency switchboard, all j) Normal operation with the turbine generator running: 2) Monitoring of the Turbine and Generator
consumer breakers from the main switchboard and emergency The monitoring includes :
Close all consumer breakers at the main and emergency switchboards.
switchboard must be open. LO temperatures and pressures of the turbine, gearing and generator
bearings
d) Start one boiler : Generator winding temperatures
Start the control air compressor
Start the cold start feed water pump 3) Turbine Stop
Start the forced draft fan at low speed A normal stop sequence of the turbine can be caused by :
Start the cold start FO burning pump
Start the boiler control panel A stop request from the IAS operator station after the generator has been
Start the seal air fan downloaded to 10% load and the breaker has been disconnected
Start the CCS fresh water pump The safety system of the generator is activated
Start the sea water cooling pump
Alarm Monitoring Disconnect by the IAS

The following alarms are generated : The breaker disconnect can be initiated when the following apply : Low steam pressure at turbine generator (will start and connect to the
busbar and share the load with the running turbine generator.)
A Disconnect Failure is given if the circuit breaker opened feedback is not Disconnect request from an operator station
confirmed within 5 seconds after the open command. Load dependent stop (if the generator is in standby mode.) Low voltage on main bus bar (will start and connect to the bus bar after the
Safety system of the connected generator activated (if the generator is in generator breaker in service has tripped..)
An RPM Failure alarm is given if the running indication disappears while
standby mode.) High voltage on main bus bar (will start and connect to the bus bar after the
the generator voltage is normal or the generator breaker is closed.
generator breaker in service has tripped.)
An Inconsistency alarm sounds if the circuit breaker is closed and the The breaker will be prevented from disconnecting when the following apply : Low-Low frequency on main bus bar (will start and connect to the bus bar
turbine generator is stopped. Breaker in local control after the generator breaker in service has tripped.)
An Error alarm sounds if the turbine generator is started / stopped in Internal blocking (e.g. not reset after downloading time-out.) Low frequency on main bus bar (will start and connect to the bus bar and
remote mode without the corresponding command, or the circuit breaker Disconnect interlocked shore the load with the running turbine generator.)
position is changed without command.
Circuit breaker abnormal on running generator (will start and connect to the
The opening of the generator breaker is possible when :
A Synchronizing Time-out alarm will be given if the synchronizing time bus bar and shore the load with the running turbine generator.)
Generator load <10% of generator nominal load
exceeds 30 seconds. Over current on running generator(will start and connect to the bus bar and
No interlock active
Upon successful start, the generator voltage would normally rise to the shore the load with the running turbine generator.)
rated voltage. If the rated voltage is not established within the Two types of load reduction can be defined for the turbine generators : In order to start the diesel engine, the IAS gives a start signal of 10 seconds. If the
Volt/Frequency OK time-out values (10 seconds) after engine start a engine does not start in this time, a waiting time of 60 seconds is activated before
1. Ramp down (%/second) and disconnect when the generator load is
Voltage Not Established alarm will be given. another start is attempted.
<10% of the nominal load. The ramp setting is set to 2%/second ( % of
nominal load).
If the engine fails to start, a START FAILURE alarm is sounded and the start
Turbine Generator Breaker Connect/Disconnect 2. Reduce the load as fast as possible and disconnect when the generator failure must be reset before a new start can be performed.
load is <10% of the nominal load.
Connect by the IAS The IAS will fail to start the engine due to start blocking if :
A disconnection failure alarm is given if the Circuit Breaker Opened feedback is
The generator breaker connect can be initiated when a connect request is sent The safety system has caused a shutdown (pre-lubrication oil pressure is
not confirmed within 5 seconds after open command.
from an operator station. The breaker must be ready before it can be closed. A low).
Circuit Breaker Ready signal is sent to the IAS. The turning gear is engaged.
Bus bar earth knife closed
The generator breaker can be closed when all the following conditions apply : Diesel Generator Power Management System
Safety system of the diesel generator activated
Turbine is running Diesel Engine Control and Monitoring Once the generator starts the voltage will normally rise to 6,600V before the
Circuit breaker in inserted position
The diesel generator PMS consists of four main control functions : generator is available to connect to the busbar.
Voltage established
Breaker not tripped or blocked from protection relay Diesel engine start/stop on request or automatically from the PMS
The generator will be downloaded either automatically or manually from an
Earth switch open Diesel engine safety system
operator station, to 10% of the nominal load before the breaker disconnects and
Breaker in remote control Control and auxiliary systems
the stop signal is given. If a load dependent stop is initiated, a cooling down
No synchronization block signal Alarm and monitoring of the diesel engine
period will be activated between the breaker disconnecting and the engine stop
Enable restart from protective devices
signal.
1) Engine start and stop, on request or automatically from the PMS. The engine
start sequence can be activated if it is in the standby mode and as a result of the
The IAS blocks the engine from stopping if the engine is in local control or not
following conditions :
reset from a previously corrected alarm.
Start request from operator station (will start and connect to the bus bar.)
Bus bar blackout (will start and connect to the Busbar.) A normal stop sequence of the engine can be caused by :
Load dependent start (will start and connect to the busbar and share the load Stop request from an operator station.
with the running turbine generator.) Load dependent stop from the PMS if the generator is in standby mode.
Start request from heavy consumers (will start and connect to the busbar
and share the load with the running turbine generator.)
Diesel Generator Breaker Connect/Disconnect Generator Breaker Disconnect by the IAS 4) Alarm and monitoring of the engine.
A generator breaker disconnect can be initiated as a result of the following The software generated alarms are as follows :
Connect by the IAS conditions : RPM FAILURE alarm is given if the Engine Run indication disappears
The generator breaker connect can be initiated if the generator is in the standby A disconnect request from the operator station while the generator voltage is normal and the generator breaker is closed.
mode and as a result of the following : A load dependent stop (if the generator is in standby mode.)
START FAILURE alarm is given when the Engine Run feedback signal is
When a connect request is sent from an operator station The safety system is activated (if the generator is in standby mode.)
not confirmed 10 seconds after the start command.
Load dependent start
Start request from heavy consumer The breaker will be prevented from disconnecting when the following apply : DISCONNECTION FAILURE alarm is given when the Circuit Breaker
Busbar blackout Open feedback signal is not confirmed within 5 seconds after the open
Breaker in local control
Safety system of a turbine generator is activated command.
Internal blocking (e.g. not reset after downloading time-out)
Alarm start of any connected generator Disconnect interlocked STOP FAILURE alarm is given when the Engine Run feedback signal is
Both boilers trip Generator load >10% of the nominal load not lost within 60 seconds after the open command.
The generator breaker will be prevented from closing, if a Connect Blocking INCONSISTENCY ALARM is sounded if the circuit breaker is closed and
The opening of the generator breaker is possible when :
signal has been activated. It can be caused by the following : the engine is stopped.
Generator load <10% of generator nominal load
Generator breaker not ready No interlock active ERROR alarm sounds when it is in remote mode and it is started or stopped
Generator breaker tripped and blocked without the corresponding command, or the circuit breaker position is
Busbar earth knife closed Two types of load reduction can be defined for the diesel generator : changed without the corresponding command.
Generator speed control in manual
Ramp down (%/second) and disconnect when the generator load <10% of VOLTAGE NOT ESTABLISHED alarm will sound if, after a successful
the nominal load. The ramp setting is set to 2% / second (% of nominal engine start, the voltage does not rise to 6,600V within 10 seconds.
(Note : Circuit breaker tripped and blocked must be manually reset on 6.6 kV
load).
main switchboard before close operation from the IAS if possible.) SYNCHRONIZED TIME-OUT alarm will sound if the synchronizing time
Reduce the load as fast as possible and disconnect when the generator load
exceeds 30 seconds.
<10% of the nominal load.
The breaker can be closed when :
Engine is running A disconnection failure alarm is given if the Circuit Breaker Opened feedback
Circuit breaker in inserted position is not confirmed within 5 seconds after the open command.
Voltage established
Breaker not tripped or blocked from protection relay
Earth switch open 2) The diesel engine safety system, which when activated will result in the
Breaker in remote control following immediate actions :
No synchronization block signal
A stop command signal to the engine
Enable restart from protective devices
Emergency stop command to the engine
Open command to the circuit breaker
Dead Bus Operation
In the event that a blackout on the 6.6 kV switchboard is detected, the PMS will When the shutdown system has been activated, a reset command from the
immediately give a start order to the diesel generator if set in standby mode, operator station keyboard is required before any new start of the engine can be
blackout detection units in the 6.6kV switchboard will bypass the synchronizing performed.
unit and it will be connected to the dead busbar. In the event of blackout on both
the port and starboard 6.6kV switchboards, the PMS will default connect the
diesel generator to the starboard side. 3) Control of auxiliary systems includes the starting and stopping of the
prelubrication oil pump in response to the Engine Run feedback signal.
A synchronizing time-out alarm will be given if the synchronizing time exceeds
30 seconds.
Procedure to Start the Diesel Generator Engine and Parallel with the Main Procedure to Disconnect the Diesel or Turbine Generator from the Main Transformer Feeder Functions
Switchboard from the IAS Switchboard and Stop the Diesel Engine from the IAS Transformer feeders in the engine room are feeding the port and starboard main
The following procedure describes how to put the diesel generator into 440V switchboards via two 2,500kVA, 6,600 / 450V transformers and
symmetric mode, manually start it and then connect it to the 6.6 kV main a) Click on the DG or TG icon to reveal a menu list. transformer feeder in the cargo switchboard room feeds the 440V section of the
switchboard. b) On the menu list click on the DISCONNECT button to disconnect the cargo switchboards via a 1,000 kVA 6,600 / 450V transformer.
a) Ensure that the engine is ready for starting. generator from the main switchboard.
Two interlocks are provided on the 450V side of the transformer. The 450V
b) At the local control panel, ensure that the selector switch is in the REMOTE (Note : The following procedure is for the diesel generator only.) incoming breaker cannot be closed before the transformer 6,600V feeder breaker
position. is closed and if the 6,600V feeder breaker opens, the 450V incoming breaker will
c) Before stopping, allow the engine to run for a few minutes for cooling open.
c) At the IAS in the ECR, select the Power Management screen and click on
the DG icon to reveal a menu list. down purposes, e.g. the exhaust gas temperatures.
Due to the limited short circuit rating of the 440V switchboards and to prevent
d) On the menu list click on SYMMETRIC. d) Finally, click on the DG icon to display the menu and click on STOP on the load transfer between the port and starboard 6,600V switchboards via the 440V
menu to stop the engine. switchboards there is an interlocking system between the two 6,600V
e) On the menu list click on START to start the diesel generator engine.
d) Ensure that the LO pump starts when the engine stops. transformer feeders and the 440V transfer breaker whereby only two of the three
f) Once the diesel generator engine has started, return to the diesel generator can be closed at the same time. If the two transformer feeders are closed, the
to ensure that the engine is running satisfactorily and without any leaks or transfer breaker will be open. The transfer breaker can be closed if only one
excessive noise. Procedure to Manually Connect the Diesel or Turbine Generator to the transformer feeder is closed. To change the set up of the breakers, short time
Main Switchboard parallelling is allowed. The breaker to close gets a close signal and closes. If this
g) Allow the engine to run for 10 minutes before deciding to parallel the
breaker does not receive a signal that one of the other two breakers has opened
generator with the main switchboard. a) At the main 6,600V switchboard power management panel, turn the within 40 seconds, it will trip.
h) To parallel the diesel or turbine generator, select the PMS screen and click Remote/Auto switch to the Local/Manual position. The synchroscope lights
on the DG or TG icon to reveal a menu list. will turn on to indicate if the generator is turning too fast + or too slow -. In addition to this, the 6,600V and the 440V transfer breakers are interlocked
b) Raise or lower the speed of the generator, using the Lower / Raise switch whereby, if the 6,600V transfer breakers are not closed, the 440V transfer
i) On the menu list click on the CONNECT button to parallel the generator
until the synchroscope light revolves slowly in a clockwise + direction. breakers cannot close except when only one transformer feeder is closed and one
with the main switchboard.
open.
c) Turn the CB Trip / Close switch to the CLOSE position and the generator
If on test, allow the diesel generator to be paralleled for at least 30 minutes. will connect to the main switchboard when the revolving light reaches the
top position on the synchroscope.
d) Turn the Remote / Auto switch to the Remote / Auto position. The
synchroscope lights will turn off and the power management system will
control the generator to remain in parallel with the main switchboard.
(Note : The selector switch Local / Auto position is similar to Remote / Auto
position. After putting the switch to the Local / Auto position, the close
switch must be operated to start the synchronizer. The synchronizing
function (lower / raise and comparison of voltage) is still carried out by
the synchronizer.)
5.4.3 Shore Power
A shore power connection boxes of 440V is included in the emergency Procedure for the Operation of Shore Power Reception Procedure for the Transfer from Shore Power to Diesel Generator
switchboard. It is used during dry docks and refits to provide the vessel with The vessel is being supplied by the diesel generator. a) Isolate the emergency generator to ensure that it does not start.
power from ashore when the vessels normal power generator facilities are
unavailable. The maximum current rating for each shore connection is 1,000A. a) Isolate all non-essential services, including the sequential start system. b) Isolate all non-essential services, including the sequential start system.
Reduce the load at the 440V main switchboards to the absolute minimum. Reduce the load at the main 440V switchboards to the absolute minimum.
When the bus tie breaks control switch is selected feed back mode on Set the PMS to MANUAL to ensure that the diesel generator does not start Set the PMS to MANUAL to ensure that the diesel generator does not start
emergency switchboard, power to shore connection box can supply both the when the vessel blacks out. when the vessel blacks out.
440V main switchboards. b) Isolate the emergency generator to ensure that it does not start. c) Run up the diesel generator on local control.
A phase sequence monitoring system is fitted on the shore supply connection box. c) At the shore connection box turn the shore power switch on. d) At the power management panel turn the Remote / Auto switch to the Local
The phase sequence should be checked before connecting shore power to the d) At the both 6,600V main switchboards open breaker. Stop the diesel / Manual position.
main switchboard. If the phase sequence is correct, the bright light will be lit. If generator. e) Lower or raise the generator speed until the synchronizer light slowly
the phase sequence is incorrect, the dark light will be lit. In this situation, the
e) At the 440V main switchboards close breaker to feed the port and starboard revolves in the + direction.
shore supply must be isolated and two supply phases changed over. The supply
should then be re-connected and the phase sequence checked once again. main switchboards. f) Turn the breaker Trip / Close switch to the CLOSE position to connect the
f) Proceed to supply essential services such as fire detection, lighting, etc. generator to the main switchboard when the synchronizer light passes the
When shore power is connected and operational, the 6.6kV / 450V transformer top position.
breakers will always be open. If a diesel generator starts and one of the g) The shore supply should be closely monitored to ensure the 1,000A current
is not exceeded. g) At the 440V main switchboards open the breaker to black out.
transformer breakers close, the secondary side of 6.6kV / 450V transformer
breaker cannot close. h) At the 440V main switchboards close breaker to feed the switchboards
from the main transformers.
i) At the 6,600V switchboards close breaker to feed the 440V switchboards
via the main transformers.
j) Supply consumers as required and return the switchboards and generators
to automatic operation, if conditions allow.
WARNING
Do not attempt to close the circuit breaker for the shore power source while
the main transformers or the diesel generator are supplying power to the
main switchboards. Do not attempt to close the circuit breaker for the main
transformers or the diesel generator while the shore power is supplying
power to the main switchboards.
5.4.4 Main Alternators
Steam Turbine Driven Alternators Bearings IAS Alarms

Maker : Taiyo Electric The main bearings are of the self-lubricating sleeve type using oil ISO
Type : HPW 65B-4 VG68 for turbine generator and SAE #40for diesel generator. The Turbine Driven Alternator
Capacity/rating : 6,600V, 3ph, 60Hz, 2,900kW, 317A, 3,625kVA bearings also have PT100 temperature sensors which can be monitored Tag No. Description High
0.8pf, IP44 from the IAS screen mimic and will raise alarms when the temperature 241 Bearing turbine side 90C
Speed : 1,800 rpm set points are exceeded. 242 Bearing free end 90C
Weight : 13,900kg One bearing is of insulated type to prevent harmful circulating current. 243 Winding U 150C
Heating : 230V, 794W 244 Winding V 150C
245 Winding W 150C
Electrical 249 Air cooler FW leak
Diesel Driven Alternator 259 Load current 332.85A
Maker : Taiyo Electric The alternator output voltage is kept constant by a microprocessor based
Type : HPW 70D-10 automatic voltage regulator (AVR). Diesel Driven Alternator
Capacity/rating : 6,600V, 3ph, 60Hz, 2,900kW, 317A, 3,625kVA Tag No. Description High
0.8pf, IP44 The alternators employ the Automatic Voltage Regulator which precisely 311 Bearing turbine side 90C
Speed : 720 rpm controls the output voltage of the alternators by controlling the amount of 312 Bearing free end 90C
Weight : 15,800kg current supplied to the exciter field. 313 Winding U 150C
Heating : 230V, 794W 314 Winding V 150C
One turbine alternator will provide electrical power under normal 315 Winding W 150C
conditions at sea and in port, with the diesel alternator on standby. During 316 Air cooler outlet air 47C
Description
standbys, manoeuvring or cargo operations, two turbine alternators will 317 Air cooler outlet FW 47C
be on load supplemented by the diesel alternator if necessary. 309 Air cooler FW leak
Two main steam turbine generators and one aux. diesel generator are
fitted. They are all of the totally enclosed, cylindrical rotor, self-excited, 329 Load current 332.85A
brushless type fitted with an integral air to fresh water cooler. Emergency Cooling
Generator cooling is provided by passing air over the integral fresh water If the cooling system fails, the alternator may still be run on reduced load
cooler, using a closed circuit air supply. The cooler is constructed of the emergency ventilation in place, as follows ;
double tubes, the outer tube has internal grooves. The grooves drain any
leakage water from the primary tubes, which is drained out via a a) Open all side cover plates on both sides of the alternator
clearance between the primary and secondary tube plate to the leakage b) Remove the plates but do not remove the nets behind them.
detector, which will raise an alarm via the IAS alarm system.
c) Close the emergency cooling plate on the top of the generator to
Space heaters are fitted which are energised when the generator vacuum block the top module air flow.
circuit breakers are open. These protect against internal condensation
during shutdown periods. Six PT100 sensors are embedded in the stator During emergency cooling the alternator protection is lowered to IP 21,
to monitor the temperature in each phase winding, three are active and therefore the ingress of dirt must be kept to a minimum. The winding
three are spare. These temperatures can be monitored from the Integrated temperatures must be closely monitored when operating in this condition.
Automation System (IAS) screen mimics and will raise alarms when the
temperature set points are exceeded.
5.4.5 Emergency Alternator
Maker : Taiyo Electric Manual Operation: Generator Start and Connection onto Dead Bus Manual Stop of the Emergency Diesel Engine
Type : FBT 45CL-4 a) The emergency generator interlocks are normal, the engine is ready to start. a) Normal ships power has been restored and the emergency switchboard is
Capacity/rating : 450V, 3 phase, 60Hz, 560kW, 898A, 700kVA being supplied from either the port or starboard 440V main switchboard.
b) The emergency generator operation switch is set to MAN at the generator
0.8pf, 4 pole, IP44 The operator selector switch is in the MAN position.
engine control panel.
Speed : 1,800 rpm
c) At the Selco M2000 control panel (or the remote start pushbutton), press b) At the Selco M2000 control panel (or the remote stop pushbutton), press
Weight : 4,150kg
the START / STOP pushbutton for 3 to 10 seconds. The generator starts via the START / STOP pushbutton until 'INOPERATION' starts flashing
Heating : 230V, 705W
its electric starter and 'INOPERATION' on the Selco panel will flash. slowly.
d) When the emergency generator speed reaches approximately 400 rpm, the c) When 'INOPERATION' starts to flash slowly, the stop solenoid will remain
Description energized for approximately a further 50 seconds. The diesel engine cannot
electric starter will disengage automatically and 'INOPERATION' will be lit
A self-contained emergency diesel generator, rated at 560kW, is installed in the constantly. The engine controller will stop further start attempts. be restarted while the stop solenoid is energized.
emergency generator room for use in an emergency or during refit. The generator e) Select CLOSE of ACB control switch on emergency switchboard. d) When the stop solenoid is de-energized after approximately 50 seconds,
is of the self-excited, brushless type and can be set for manual or automatic
f) The emergency generator will now supply the emergency switchboard 'INOPERATION' will stop flashing and the engine is available for restart.
operation. Automatic mode will be normally selected, with the manual setting
440V busbar.
being used for testing the generator and emergency operation of the generator in
the event of automatic start failure. Automatic Stop of the Emergency Diesel Engine
Emergency Generator Automatic Start and Automatic Breaker Closure
a) Normal ships power has been restored and the emergency switchboard is
The emergency switchboard is normally supplied from either of the 440V onto Dead Bus
being supplied from either the port or starboard 440V main switchboard.
main switchboards. When automatic mode is selected, the emergency generator a) The emergency generator interlocks are normal, the engine is ready to start. The operator selector switch is in the AUTO position.
is started automatically by detecting zero volts on the emergency switchboard b) The emergency generator operation switch is set to AUTO at the generator b) As soon as a stop signal is received, 'IN OPERATION' on the Selco panel
bus bars. The emergency generator circuit breaker will connect automatically to engine control panel. will start to flash slowly to indicate acceptance of the stop signal but the
the emergency switchboard after confirming the continuation of no-voltage.
c) The Emergency switchboard bus-tie breaker opens due to a zero volt engine will continue to run for approximately 2 minutes to cool down.
situation (440V switchboard blackout).
The bus tie breakers on the emergency switchboard, which connect to the 440V c) After cooling down, the engine speed will be decreased to approximately
d) The emergency switchboard bus voltage drops to zero, the emergency 450rpm and the stop solenoid will be energized for approximately 50
main switchboards, are opened automatically when zero volts is detected on the
generator receives a start command. seconds.
emergency switchboard. The emergency generator will supply the emergency
switchboard 30 seconds from zero volts being detected at the emergency e) The generator starts via its electric starter and 'INOPERATION' on the d) At the end of 50 seconds, the stop solenoid will be de-energised and 'IN
switchboard. Selco panel will flash. OPERATION' will stop flashing and the engine will be available for restart.
f) When the emergency generator speed reaches approximately 550 rpm, the
The alternators automatic voltage regulator is located within the emergency electric starter will disengage automatically and 'INOPERATION' will be lit
Emergency Generator Testing
switchboard. There is a potentiometer at the generator cubicle to enable the constantly.
voltage to be manually adjusted. g) If the emergency switchboard bus voltage is still zero, the emergency Emergency generator sequence test button is provided in the emergency
generator breaker closes. switchboard.
The generator is fitted with a space heater to prevent condensation when the Following emergency generator start sequence can be confirmed by pushing of
The emergency generator now feeds the emergency switchboard.
generator is stationary or idling. The heater is interlocked with the generator the test button.
circuit breaker. a) Trip bus tie breaker for LV main switchboard, and initiate black out.
Emergency Generator Failure to Start in AUTO
The generator has sufficient capacity to enable the starting of the required Should the diesel engine fail to reach 400 rpm within 7 seconds from the b) Start emergency generator.
machinery to power up the vessel from a dead condition. time of the first start, a second automatic start attempt will be made.
c) Close E / G ACB after 30sec. from bus tie breaker trip.
Should the engine not start, a third attempt is made. At the third failed
start, 'START FAIL' on the Selco panel will be lit and any further attempt d) Emergency generator is unload running, in case the bus tie breaker is
to start the engine is blocked. To restart again with 3 start attempts press recovered within 30 sec. by ships staff.
the RESET pushbutton twice.
Back-Feeding from the Emergency Switchboard to the 440V Main
Main Switchboard Power Restoration Switchboard
Upon restoration of normal power, changeover from emergency power to It is possible to perform a cold start of the vessel from total blackout by back
normal power will occur automatically. The emergency generator will then feeding from the emergency switchboard to the 440V main switchboard. This
continue to run unloaded for a cooling down period of approximately 2 minutes will provide sufficient power to start the necessary equipment to enable running
before stopping automatically. of the turbine generator.
Preferential Tripping POS.OF STOP Case-1 Case-2 Interlock POS.OF STOP Case-1
The power management system matches the generator capacity to the power HVMSB1 NO.1 BALLAST PUMP GSP1 NO.1 HOT WATER CIRC.PUMP
requirements of the vessel. However, should main generators be overloaded to HVMSB1 NO.3 BALLAST PUMP GSP2 NO.2 HOT WATER CIRC.PUMP
105% of rated current or the bus of 6.6 kV main switchboard be detected low HVMSB2 NO.2 BALLAST PUMP GSP3 NO.1 SANITARY SPACE EXH.FAN
frequency for a set period of time, certain service groups will be disconnected. HVMSB2 BOW THRUSTER GSP3 NO.2 SANITARY SPACE EXH FAN
HVCSB1 NO.1 C.TANK NO.1 CARGO PUMP GSP3 GALLAY EXH.FAN
If the overload or low frequency occurs in the 440V services (main transformers), HVCSB1 NO.2 C.TANK NO.1 CARGO PUMP GSP3 DECK7 EXH.FAN
the disconnection is detected by an overload relay in the following sequence : HVCSB1 NO.3 C.TANK NO.1 CARGO PUMP GSP3 PUBLIC SPACE EXH.FAN
HVCSB1 NO.4 C.TANK NO.1 CARGO PUMP GSP3 MAIN AIR COND F/A SUPPLY FAN
1) If the main transformers experience a 105% overload for a period of 30
seconds, TRIP No.1 will be initiated. HVCSB1 NO.1 H/D GAS COMP GSP3 UPP.& 2-DECK S-SIDE EXH.FAN
2) If the 105% overload is maintained on the main transformers for a further 5 HVCSB2 NO.1 C.TANK NO.2 CARGO PUMP GSP3 UPP.DECK P-SIDE EXH.FAN
seconds, TRIP No.2 will be initiated. HVCBS2 NO.2 C.TANK NO.2 CARGO PUMP GSP3 DK1 COMM.MESS RM EXH.FAN
HVCSB2 NO.3 C.TANK NO.2 CARGO PUMP GSP3 DK1 PUBLIC SP EXH.FAN
If the overload occurs in the 6.6 kV services, the disconnection is detected by the HVCSB2 NO.4 C.TANK NO.2 CARGO PUMP GSP3 A/C UNIT & REF.PROV.MACH.RM EXH.FAN
power management system with the following sequence : HVCSB2 NO.2 H/D GAS COMP GSP4 LATHE
LVMSB1 AC440V GALLEY SERVICE TRANS. GSP4 PEDESTAL GRINDER
3) If the main generator experiences a 105% overload for a period of 15 LVMSB1 NO.1 MAIN AIR COND.REF.COMP. GSP4 PEDESTAL DRILL MACHINE
seconds, TRIP No.3 will be initiated by the IAS system. LVMSB1 NO.3 MAIN AIR COND.REF.COMP. GSP4 BENCH DRILL MACHINE
LVMSB1 NO.1 HEAT EXCHANGER GSP4 HACK-SWING MACHINE
LVMSB1 LIFE BOAT PASS.HEAT TRACE TRANS. GSP4 HYD.PRESS & PIPE BENDER
LVMSB1 FAN COIL UNIT FOR ENG.CONT.RM GSP4 MILLING MACHINE
LVMSB1 PACK AIR COND.FOR NO.1 SWBD RM GSP4 W/S WELDING SPACE EXH.FAN
LVMSB1 PACK AIR COND.FOR ECR GSP4 TOOL GRINDER
LVMSB1 NO.1 HYD. P/U FOR AFT MOORING WINCH GSP4 VACUUM CLEANER
LVMSB1 NO.3 HYD. P/U FOR AFT MOORING WINCH GSP4 ELECTRIC HOIST
LVMSB1 ROOM HEATER FOR STEER.ENG.RM GSP4 P/A COND.FOR ENG.WORK SHOP
LVMSB2 AC230V GALLEY SERVICE TRANS. GSP4 P/A COND.FOR LABORATORY
LVMSB2 NO.2 MAIN AIR COND.REF.COMP. FWDDB FWD STORE RM HEATER
LVMSB2 NO.4 MAIN AIR COND.REF.COMP. FWDDB FWD STORE RM HEATER
LVMSB2 NO.2 HEAT EXCHANGER FWDDB B/T RM HEATER
LVMSB2 PACK.AIR COND.FOR NO.2 SWBD RM FWDDB FWD.HEAT TRACE TRANS.
LVMSB2 MIDSHIP HEAT TRACE TRANS. PP43 P/A COND.FOR W/H
LVMSB2 FLY.PASS.HEAT TRACE TRANS. PP43 P/A COND.FOR CCR
LVMSB2 R/H FOR STEER.ENG.RM PP43 P/A COND.FOR NO.1 ELECT EQ. RM
PP43 NO.1 P/A COND.FOR CSB RM
CASE-1 : Over current detection or One generator trip under the generator PP43 NO.2 P/A COND.FOR CSB RM
parallel running. PP43 FAN COIL UNIT FOR ECR
CASE-2 : Over current detection continuously after Preference trip CASE-1 PP43 FAN COIL UNIT FOR W/H
activation. L08 PROV.SPACE EXH.FAN
INT : Generator single running after generator trip during parallel running. L08 HOSPITAL & DISP.EXH FAN
L08 FIRE STATION EXH.FAN
L08 HYD.PUMP UNIT RM EXH.FAN
L08 PAINT & SOL.STR EXH.FAN
L08 CO2 B&F RM EXH.FAN
L08 BATT. RM EXH. FAN
Sequential Restarting Blackout Restart (UVR Auxiliaries)

Blackout reconnection of breakers will only be necessary for the transformer When the voltage of ships power source recovers after black out, the following
supply breakers and the 440V switchboard incoming breakers. The transformer auxiliaries shall be started automatically. These auxiliaries are arranged for step
breakers will be reconnected immediately after voltage is restored to the 6.6 kV wise sequential start in order to avoid disconnection of generator breaker due to
switchboard, the 440V incoming breakers will be delayed. starting in rush current.
(Note : The reconnection will be timed out if voltage is not established on the (UVR : when the switch of auto start / stop is set at Auto position)
main bus within 120 seconds.)
Restart Time Delay A. 0 Sec. Restart Time Delay D. 15 Sec. Restart Time Delay F. 110 Sec.
kW kW kW
1 Lighting 140 1 Fresh water pump 7.5 1 No.1 Main air compressor 65
2 Radio. Navigation & I.C. equipment 2 No.1 E/R supply fan 30 2 No.2 Main air compressor 65
3 Instrumentation 3 No.2 E/R supply fan 30 3 Main air cond. sys. chill. water pump 15
4 Miscellaneous 4 No.3 E/R supply fan 30
5 Lift 7.5 5 No.4 E/R supply fan 30
6 No.1 Steer.gear 85 6 Main cond.vacuum pump 30 Restart Time Delay F. 120 Sec.
7 No.2 Steer.gear 85 7 Vent duct exh.fan 3.7 kW
8 Gland exh.fan 3.7 8 Emerg.gen.rm exh.fan 0.75 1 No.3 Main air compressor 65
9 Stern tube L.O.pump 0.75 9 Cargo mach.rm exh.fan 15 2 Dist.plant cool s.w.pump 21
10 Cargo & ballast V.cont.hyd.oil pump (S) 3.7
11 No.1 T/G L.O.prim.pump 3.7 Restart Time Delay D. 20 Sec. Restart Time Delay H. 130 Sec.
12 No.2 T/G L.O.prim.pump 3.7 kW kW
13 Aux.L.O.pump 55 1 No.1 Forced draft fan 140 1 No.1 Double bottom pipe pass. supply fan 22
14 Comp. motor room supply fan 5.5 2 No.2 Double bottom pipe pass. supply fan 22
15 Main feed water pump t.aux.L.O.pump 1 3 D/G start air compressor 6.4
16 G/E L.O.prim.pump 8.6 4 Steer.E/R supply fan 5.5
17 Cargo & ballast V.cont.hyd.oil pump (L) 5.5 Restart Time Delay D. 55 Sec. 5 Fire fight F.W.pump 7.5
18 Cargo & ballast V.cont.hyd.oil pump (L) 5.5 kW 6 Fire line press.pump 4.6
19 Servo pump 6.5 1 No.2 Forced draft fan 140
20 D/G F.O. feed pump 3.7
Restart Time Delay B. 5 Sec. Restart Time Delay E. 90 Sec. Restart Time Delay L. 150 Sec.
kW kW kW
1 Main cond.pump 45 1 F.O. burning pump 7.5 1 B/T Rm & FWD. pump Rm exh. fan 5.5
2 Cool sea water pump 85 2 LPSG feed water pump 9 2 FWD store exh. fan 3.7
3 Drain pump 22 3 Hot water circulation pump 1.5 3 No.1 Under deck pass. supply fan 5.5
4 Main circulation pump or 4 No.2 Under deck pass. supply fan 5.5
132
Aux.circulation pump 5 Purifer rm exh.fan 1.5
6 Cargo mach. C.F.W. boost. pump 8.6
Restart Time Delay C. 10 Sec. Restart Time Delay E. 100 Sec.
kW kW
1 Boiler flame eye seal air fan 4.6 1 Aux.feed water pump 320
2 Cent.cool F.W.pump 90
3 H/D gas comp.prim.pump 2.6
4 L/D gas comp.prim.pump 2.6
5 W/H & CCR unit cooler s.w.boost.pump 4.6
5.4.7 24 Volt Battery and Uninterruptible Power Supply
The ships battery / ninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems are as follows : IAS UPS Units
Maker : Powerware The UPS has an audible alarm feature to warn of potential power problems.
1) General 24V DC power is supplied from 24V DC Battery Charging &
Type : Powerware 9305 - 20I - N When the alarm is activated, the UPS beeps in different intervals according to a
Discharging Panel.
Rating : 230V, 20kVA, 87A, 14kW particular condition. Refer to the Powerware 9305 operational manual for a full
2) The IAS is fed from two UPS units. No.1 is fed from the low voltage main No. of sets : 2sets No.1, 2,) list of the fault conditions. To silence the alarm press, one of the front panel
switchboard 440V section and No.2 is fed from the emergency switchboard Output : 230V AC buttons. The alarm cannot be silenced for a low battery alarm.
440V section. Batteries : Ultima SLM Ni-Cd battery
Nominal voltage : 2 x 288V By use of the LCD panel, the UPS settings and current state of the batteries can
3) The emergency generator starter has its own 24V battery back-up system
Nominal capacity : 2 x 24 x 24Ah be viewed.
for the emergency generator starting arrangements.
4) The radio / GMDSS equipment has its own 24V battery back-up system. The output from the UPS is fed to Power Distribution Units (PDU). The power Use the UP / DOWN SCROLL button to scroll through the settings :
distribution units in turn supply the process control stations and the operator
5) The raders and IBS have its own UPS. stations of the IAS. O/P VOLT = xxx.xV : Output voltage
A manual bypass switch in the UPS allows the user the opportunity to isolate the O/P Cur = x.xA : Output current
UPS from the load. This is achieved by first putting the UPS in static bypass by O/P Power = xkW : Output power
24V DC Battery Charging & Discharging Panel entering the configuration mode using the front panel and scrolling down to the O/P FREQ = xx.xHz : Output frequency
Maker : Sanko Electric Co., Ltd. Manual Bypass option. Refer to the Powerware UPS operational manual for BYPASS VOLT = xxx.xV : Bypass voltage
further information. I/P VOLT = xxx.xV : Input voltage
Input Data BAT VOLT = xx.xV : Battery voltage
Voltage : 440V AC, 3ph, 60Hz BAT Cur = x.xA : Battery current
To operate the manual bypass switch : INT TEMP = xx.x Interbal temperature
Output Data a) Make sure that the load is being fed by the mains input of the UPS and not Back Up Time = xxxxM : Battery backup time
Nominal voltage : 24V DC the batteries.
Floating voltage : 28.8V DC The Powerware 9305 UPS uses an Advanced Battery Management (ABM)
b) Verify that there is now no AC input into the cabinet.
Nominal current : 120A technology which doubles the life of the batteries compared with normal trickle
c) Turn the manual switch to the Bypass position. This will cause a short charge systems. ABM uses a three stage charging technique which not only
Output cut-out : < 20V DC
break in the output feed. doubles battery life but also optimises battery recharge time. Batteries can be
Batteries replaced without powering down the UPS.
To reinstate the UPS :
Model : AM 500P
a) If maintenance has been carried out on the UPS or batteries, ensure that all Emergency Generator Batteries
System : Nickel-Cadmium Pocket Plate Alkaline Type
connections have been carried out correctly. Two battery units, one for electric starter, the other for black start control, are
Nominal capacity : 500Ah x 2
Nominal voltage : 24V DC b) Turn the manual bypass switch to the UPS position. This will once again charged from each bulkhead-mounted battery charger located in the emergency
No. of cells : 20pc x 2 result in a short break in the output feed. generator room. The charging power is supplied from AC 230V emergency
c) Confirm that output voltage is present on the load circuit breakers. feeder panel (EP230). The charger is fitted with an ammeter and voltmeter to
The batteries are normally on a floating charge with the rectifier supplying the monitor the charging supply.
WARNING
load. The batteries are maintained by the charger in a fully charged state.
The manual bypass switch should only be operated by qualified and trained The boards and chargers are designed for continuous operation and are
personnel. Incorrect procedure may result in a breakdown of the load feed. practically maintenance free. However, the units should be kept clean and dry
The charging panel contains three meters, one voltmeter measuring output
voltage, one output ammeter which measures the current that the load is and a visual inspection of connection integrity, cable condition etc, made once a
The front of the UPS unit contains an LCD panel, three buttons and four LEDs.
consuming and one insulation level meter. year. At this time the charging voltages should be checked using a high quality
digital voltmeter. All batteries should be kept clean and dry. The battery poles
The three buttons are :
There is also a DC insulation measuring relay mounted on the front of the and connections must be kept covered with acid free vase line. The cell voltages
UP / DOWN SCROLL button
rectifier. This measures the insulation with respect to ground of both the positive should be checked and logged once a month and the connection terminals
ON / OFF button
and negative legs. When one of these legs falls below the limit set by controls on ENTER button checked for tightness once a year.
the front of the unit an alarm is activated. Activation of any of these alarms will
The four LEDs are :
generate an alarm in the control room.
UPS ON (green)
ON BATTERY (yellow)
ON BYPASS (yellow)
ALARM (red)
5.4.7a 24 Volt Battery and Uninterruptible Power Supply
ESB EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

ACB
EMERGENCY
EG GENERATOR (560KW) CHE BATT. CH & DISCH.
PANEL FOR GENERAL USE
COS
WHEEL HOUSE GROUP PANEL

AC440V 3 60Hz
INTERNAL COMMUNICATION etc.

BATTERY FOR
DC24V
GENERAL USE
AUTOMATION INSTRUMENT.
LVMSB1 NO.1 LOW VOLTAGE

AC440V 3 60Hz
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
UPS FOR IAS SYSTEM
UPS-1 PS
PSU

6.6kV / 450V ACB
DC24V
IAS
BUS-A
AC230V EQUIPMENT
2500kVA
UPS BATTERY FOR
IAS
IAS
EQUIPMENT
(PRINTER etc.)
PSU (REMOTE COMNT.etc.)
LVMSB2 NO.2 LOW VOLTAGE

AC440V 3 60Hz
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
UPS-2
AC230V
6.6kV / 450V ACB UPS BATTERY FOR
IAS
IAS
EQUIPMENT
BUS-B
(PRINTER etc.)
2500kVA
HVMSB1 NO.1 HIGH VOLTAGE GMDSS1

AC6600V 3 60Hz
HVMSB1
MAIN SWITCHBOARD WHGP
SF6
SF6
SF6
TG
NO.1 TURBO GENERATOR
2900KW AC230V NORMAL
ACCOMM. FEEDER
BATTERY FOR
RADIO USE

AC230V &
DC24V
VHF, GPS &
INMARSAT-C
PANEL (200AH / 5HR)

SF6
DC24V
AC230V EMERG.
FEEDER PANEL
DG DIESEL GENERATOR GMDSS2
NO.2 HIGH VOLTAGE 2900KW
HVMSB2
HVMSB1
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
SF6
AC6600V 3 60Hz
SF6
SF6
NO.2 TURBO GENERATOR
TG 2900KW
SF6
PART 6: AUXILIARY MACHINERY
6.1 Main Feed Water Pump

6.2 Distilling Plant
6.3 Incinerator
6.4 Nitrogen Generator System
6.5 Inert Gas Generator System
Illustrations
6.1a Main Feed Water Pump Sectional View
6.1b Main Feed Water Pump Turbine Sectional View
6.1c Main Feed Water Pump Trip System
6.2a No.1 Distilling Plant
6.2b No.2 Distilling Plant
6.2c Distilling Plant Systems
6.3a Incinerator
6.4a Nitrogen Generator System
6.5a Inert Gas Generator System
Specifications
Maker : Shinko Industries Ltd. There are two shafts, one for the turbine end and one for the pump end, joined The governor unit acts to keep the speed of the pump constant against changes in
Pump model : DMG100-3 together with a gear coupling which is spray lubricated from the turbine LO load and steam condition. The governor unit is rated to a speed fluctuation of
Pump type : 3-stage horizontal, centrifugal system. The turbine shaft has two split white metal force lubricated bearings, one 9% from full to no load, with the speed settling within 1% of the original speed.
Turbine model : Single stage velocity compound impulse at each end with the governor end bearing incorporating a thrust bearing which It can also be used to set the pump speed at any desired setting, from the local or
Turbine type : DE allows the turbine to expand freely towards the pump end. The pump shaft is remote positions.
Power : 480kW supported in a similar fashion with the thrust bearing provided in the non-drive
Number of units : 2 sets bearing and white metal bearings which are also force lubricated from the turbine The governor valve also operates as the emergency stop valve though use of a
Steam conditions : 5.68 MPa at 520C LO system. The turbine shaft is fitted with a bearing casing at both ends. In hydraulic servomotor. This hydraulic servomotor holds the governor valve open
Exhaust pressure : 0.27 MPa addition to the bearing support duty, the governor end bearing housing has the through the same mechanical lever as the governor, by hydraulic pressure from
Capacity : 150 m3/h at 7.84 MPa D.P. governor/trip casing fitted on top of it with the main oil pump fitted below the the LO system against a closing spring. Should the hydraulic pressure be lost for
Operating speed : 6,500 rpm bearing casing. The bearing casing additionally serves as an oil reservoir. any reason, the spring will act on the servomotor piston, closing the governor valve.
Overspeed trip, mech : 7,2517475 rpm
Overspeed trip, elec : 7,1987345 rpm The oil temperature throughout the LO system is controlled by a shell and tube The oil pressure in the servomotor can be released through either the action of the
Sentinel valve : 0.37 MPa type oil cooler, installed independently of the feed pump. mechanical trip lever or by an electrically operated solenoid valve which vents
Back pressure alarm : 0.37 MPa the oil pressure back to the sump. There are several ways to activate both of these
Back pressure trip : 0.42 MPa The main turbine shaft serves the additional purpose of providing power to the mechanisms, which include the following :
Operating oil pressure : 0.100.15MPa governor drive shaft through a worm gear. This vertical shaft is connected to a
Low oil pressure alarm : 0.06 MPa further vertical shaft through a spline coupling to drive the gear type main oil The Mechanical Overspeed Trip
Low oil pressure trip : 0.05 MPa pump mounted below the turbine. The main turbine shaft further drives the Should turbine revolutions exceed 115% of the rated speed (at approximately
High oil temp. alarm : 53C eccentric ring mechanical overspeed trip at the free end of the governor side of 7,475 rpm), the mechanical overspeed device will operate and close the governor
Vibration alarm : 80m the shaft. valve, bringing the turbine to a standstill. The mechanism comprises a spring
Vibration trip : 140m loaded eccentric weight which is thrown outwards under centrifugal force as the
Axial disp. Alarm : 0.5mm The turbine shaft is sealed using labyrinth packing and a gland leak-off turbine speed rises. The weight eventually comes into contact with a spring
Axial disp. Trip : 0.7mm arrangement which prevents steam leakage to atmosphere under the normal loaded trip lever which loses support and moves under the compression of a
Governor : Woodward UG-10DM backpressure conditions experienced whilst the pump is running. The pump shaft spring. The trip lever drops, activating a limit switch which, in turn, operates the
is sealed using a floating sealing ring inside a stuffing box. This arrangement uses tripping solenoid valve, venting the servomotor. This trips the puMPand avoids
injected condensate to effect a seal at both ends of the pump shaft. excessive rotor stresses.
Description
The turbine feed pump consists of two main sections : The sealing ring arrangement allows a portion of the feed water to pass out of the
pump where it mixes with the condensate sealing water before being led to the The Electrical Overspeed Trip
Turbine assembly
Pump assembly atmospheric drains tank. Small clearances reduce the amount of leakage. An electrical overspeed trip is fitted which detects the turbine speed from the
The sealing water also serves to cool the sealing arrangement. Sealing water turbine tachometer and activates the tripping solenoid when the turbine
The turbine is a single stage velocity compound impulse type mounted on a passes through a water jacket prior to injection into the seal ring unit to further revolutions exceed 113% of the rated value (at approximately 7,345 rpm). The
single shaft which is directly coupled to the single pump shaft through a gear cool the stuffing box. solenoid vents the closing servomotor, the governor valve and brings the turbine
coupling.
to a standstill.
Control of the feed pump is provided by a Woodward UG-10DM hydraulic
Speed control and hence differential pressure control is effected by a Woodward governor mounted on top of the turbine drive end bearing casing. It is driven by a
UG-10DM governor in combination with an integral pressure control unit. The High Exhaust Back Pressure Trip
vertical shaft through a worm gear at about 1,000 rpm.
If the exhaust pressure should rise, the sentinel valve will initially activate a
The driving steam enters the axial flow turbine through the top of the unit by way The governor unit consists of two parts, a lower and an upper part which forms whistle giving advance warning of the pressure rise. Should the pressure rise
of the combined governor valve/emergency stop valve. It then passes through the the speed detection / constant speed and speed setting mechanisms respectively. further, a pressure switch will activate the tripping solenoid and thus stop the
steam chest and is guided to the nozzle block by way of the steam chest manifold. For full operating description of the governor, refer to the manufacturers manual. turbine. The trip is set at 0.42 MPa.
After expanding through the turbine wheel, the steam exhausts from the lower The output shaft of the governor is connected to the governor valve through a
portion of the turbine casing directly adjacent to the nozzle block. mechanical linkage lever which in turn regulates the steam flow to the turbine.
Loss of Lubricating Oil Pressure
Loss of LO oil pressure causes the same action as the high exhaust back pressure
mechanical trip. This trip is set at 0.05MPa.
Manual Trip Turbine Extra Nozzle

The manual trip mechanism is located adjacent to the mechanical overspeed trip One turbine extra nozzle is provided to permit more efficient operation of the The feed pumps supply feed water to the boilers. One feed pump is sufficient to
and uses the same tripping lever. The tripping lever is moved by the action of a turbine at loads other than the normal design rated load. This nozzle is operated supply both boilers and the pumps are arranged as duty and standby units.
separate hand tripping lever mounted adjacent to the overspeed tripping lever. by a hand wheel positioned at the bottom of the unit. As mechanical wear takes
This hand tripping lever is fitted with a spring operated stopper unit which place in the feed pump between rebuilds, its efficiency drops. The extra nozzle is At IAS control, the feed pumps are controlled on the basis of the differential
prevents inadvertent operation. To activate the manual trip, the stopper provided to allow additional steam to be supplied to bring the pump up to rated pressure between the feed pump discharge pressure and the steam pressure in the
mechanism is first disengaged by pulling the hand tripping lever upwards. output. boiler steam drum. The feed pump discharge pressure is controlled to higher
The spring loaded stopper unit will disengage and move out of the way, allowing pressure of boiler steam drum + 1.0MPa, but the control pressure is kept
the hand tripping lever to be fully pushed down. This action moves the tripping It is also used when the steam inlet pressure drops or the exhaust pressure rises, minimum 7.2MPa.
lever in a similar fashion to the overspeed weight, producing the same results. bringing the pump back to its rated capacity. It is important that this valve is
closed when normal operating conditions have been re-established to prevent Failure of the feed pump recognized by low pump discharge pressure or low
overstressing of components. differential pressure case, providing the transfer conditions are met, the standby
Pump assembly pump will automatically start. Inhibition of automatic starting is provided in the
event of deaerator low-low level and by the occurrence of a blackout.
The pump assembly is of the three stage double volute centrifugal type, with a
horizontally split casing for easy handling/maintenance. The first stage impeller Lubricating Oil System
Once steam is available and one of the pumps is running, it is then possible to
is of the double suction type with the remaining two stages being only single The main LO pump for each unit is a double helical gear arrangement, driven
start and stop automatically the feed pumps from IAS.
suction. The double suction first stage allows the pump to operate with a small from the main shaft through the same worm gear arrangement which drives the
NSPH at very high revolutions. The double volute arrangement reduces any governor drive shaft. The oil delivered from the main LO pump has its pressure
radial thrust load to a minimum and the whole unit is fixed at the suction end to adjusted by the regulating valve before being filtered and then cooled by the
Manual Operation of the Main Feed Water Pumps
allow expansion towards the discharge end. external oil cooler. The oil is then delivered to each bearing and gear meshing
section where it is sprayed onto the mesh. The feed pumps can also be operated from an independent control system panel,
The mouth rings at the inlets to the impellers have double step labyrinth seals, which is installed locally by the machines. This panel automatically performs the
improving volumetric efficiency. A balance piston is fitted after the final stage During the start-up and standby periods, LO is supplied to the LO system by an correct start-up and stop sequences for both main feed pumps and also provide
impeller to provide hydrodynamic balance. Any leakage water passing the electrically driven priming pump. This centrifugal pump is submerged in the the facilities for the automatic changeover of the pumps in the event of trouble
lengthened seal on the balance piston is returned to the suction side via the sump and is operated by pressure switches from the priming pump starter which with the duty pump and control of recirculation valve.
balance pipes. This arrangement has the added benefit of reducing the pressure normally operate the pump automatically. The priming pump cuts-in at 45 kPa as
on the discharge side stuffing box to the suction pressure. the feed pump slows down, then stops at 95 kPa as the feed pump speeds up. These panels will be used when the pumps are at the warmed through stage.
Therefore any cold start of the pumps must be operated locally.
The emergency stop hydraulic servomotor operates on main LO pressure. This
Turbine Assembly has the added benefit of preventing the start of the feed pump without LO To prepare for automatic starting, a number of manual steps must first be taken.
pressure. These are as follows :
The turbine casing is also split horizontally with the sentinel valve mounted on
the upper casing. The rotor disc has two rows of moving blades attached to the a) Ensure that the instrument and gauge valves are open and that instrument
periphery and has four balance holes to reduce axial thrust. The nozzle plates and Operation of the Main Feed Water System from the Integrated Automation air is supplied to the control units.
stationary blades are attached to the inside face of the casing. Baffle plates are System (IAS) b) Set the valves / components as per the following table.
provided around the ends of the moving blades to reduce agitation losses.
The FEED WATER SUPPLY graphic screen is used by the IAS to control the
Valve Description Position
main feed water system.
The blades themselves are made from stainless steel and are buffed smooth to 002/003VPF Pump suction valve Open
reduce friction losses. Moving blades have an I-shaped root fixing for maximum 012/014VPF Pump discharge valve Open
Four feed water pumps are fitted, two steam driven main feed pump, one electric
strength and are fitted with a caulked stainless steel shroud to provide strength 038/039VPF Pump warming through valve Open
motor driven auxiliary feed pump and one electric motor driven cold start feed
and iMPart anti-vibration characteristics. Pump sealing water supply Operational
pump for initial priming of the boiler during the warming through period. The
Pump air vent Closed
electric feed pumps can be started and stopped from the IAS but does not have
The governor valve itself is a double seated valve to eliminate any unbalanced Turbine line drains Open
any form of output control from the IAS.
steam forces produced by the steam flow. The wearing components are stellite 041/042VPF Turbine exhaust valve Open
coated to increase service life. Turbine warming through valve Open
Each of the two main feed pumps is fitted with a governor device which receives
Trip cause Reset
a 4-20mA signal from the IAS which operates to increase or decrease the
A strainer is fitted at the inlet to the governor valve to protect the unit from small Governor Set to minimum
discharge pressure as required. This is achieved by regulating the steam supply to
solid particles which become entrapped in the steam flow. LO cooler Operational
the feed pump though a governor valve fitted in the main steam supply lines, as
previously described.
c) Check the LO levels in the governor and the sump. The recirculation valve 035VPF is automatically opened by the following It is assumed the one boiler is now producing sufficient steam to operate the feed
condition at AUTO mode. pump.
d) Set the selector switch for the LO priming pump to AUTO.
(1) Plant mode is maneuvering.
e) Set the selector switch for the recirculating valve to AUTO. c) Prepare the pump side of the feed pump for use as follows and refer to the
(2) Boiler feed water flow is below 25 ton/h.
valve table on the previous page as necessary :
f) Check that power is available at the local control panel and press the TRIP (3) Both main feed pumps are run.
RESET button. All trip lights should extinguish. (4) Both main feed pumps are stopped. 1) Ensure that the instrument and gauge valves are open and that
instrument air is supplied to the control units.
g) Place the local control panel position selector switch in the desired position.
2) Check the LO levels in the pump bearings by viewing the level
Procedure to Prepare the Feed Water System for Use and to Start a Turbine
The control position selector switch has three positions. These are : through the oil sight glass at the bottom of the bearing housing.
Feed Water Pump
(1) MANUAL : This position is selected if it is intended to start the machine 3) Open the sealing water inlet valve so that condensate can be
a) Start to warm through the main superheater lines to the main feed pumps.
manually from the machine side. supplied to the pump stuffing box and check the differential
Prepare the main and auxiliary feed systems for operation including the
pressure is more than 0.05MPa.
(2) LOCAL : When this position is selected, it is possible to start and stop the electrical and cold start feed pumps.
feed pump using the START and STOP pushbuttons on the local panel. Line up the valves as follows : 4) Close the pump casing drain valve.
(3) REMOTE : When this position is selected, control is passed to the IAS Valve Description Position 5) Open fully the pump suction valve and ensure that there is
screen. 001VPF Deaerator feed outlet valve Open sufficient suction pressure on the pressure gauge.
002/003VPF Feed pump suction valves Open
6) Open the pump casing vent valve and close it when water begins
The IAS screen has a selector switch which provides two starting options. 031/032/033/034VPF Feed pump recirculating valves Open
to come out.
These are : 035VPF Feed pump recirculating control valve Auto
036VPF Feed pump recirculating line to deaerator Open 7) Ensure that the automatic recirculation valve is fully open.
(1) MANUAL : This position provides manual start and stop of the feed
038/039VPF Feed pump warming through valves Open
pumps using START and STOP icons on the screen. 8) Open the pump discharge valve approximately 25% to avoid a
027VPF Cold start feed pump line discharge valve Open
sudden load on the pump and turbine during starting.
(2) AUTO : In this position, the feed pump is placed on standby and will start 012/014VPF Feed pump main feed discharge valves Open
automatically should there be an abnormal drop off in the discharge 051VPF Main feed spray water to desuperheater Open 9) Open the pump warming through valve 038 and 039VPF.
pressure of the running pump. 052VPF Auxiliary feed spray water to desuperheater Open
053/055VPF Desuperheater spray water control valve Open d) Prepare the turbine side of the feed pump for use as follows and refer to the
There are several start interlocks provided for the feed pumps. If these conditions inlet and outlet valves valve table on the previous page as necessary :
are not met, the controller will prevent the start-up sequence for the feed pump. 054VPF Desuperheater spray water control valve Operational
1) Check the feed pump lubricating oil (LO) sump for water and
These are as follows : 056VPF Desuperheater spray water control valve Close
drain as necessary through the sump drain valve.
bypass
057/058VPF Desuperheater spray water recirculating Open 2) Check the LO level on the dipstick and in the governor and top up
002/003VPF Pump suction valve Open
valves as necessary.
035VPF Pump recirculation valve Auto
041/042VPF Turbine exhaust valve Open b) Arrange the boiler feed inlet valves as required (See 4.3.2 Main Boiler 3) Open the cooling water inlet and outlet valves to the LO cooler.
Trip Cause Reset Operation).
4) Start the LO priming pump in AUTO mode and confirm that the
Priming LO pump Auto
LO pressure is above 0.03 MPa.
For initial filling and firing, the cold start feed pump can be used. This low duty
When all of the above conditions are met, the STANDBY indication lamp on the pump is only designed to provide feed water at low pressures. It has an extra 5) Turn the LO strainer handle several times to clean the screen.
local control panel will light and READY and STANDBY indicators on the IAS suction valve 008VPF which draws water from the distilled water tanks. This
6) Open the drain valves on the main steam line.
screen will show that the pump is available for automatic start. Automatic start allows water to be supplied to the boilers when the condensate system is
is only available when the REMOTE position is selected at the local panel. unavailable. 7) Open main line valves 025, 026 and 027VPA.
8) Open the turbine casing drain valves.
The automatic sequence is controlled by the governor and involves slowly As the steam pressure starts to rise, the electric auxiliary feed pump may be used
ramping up or down the speed setting. Once running, all start interlocks are and the cold start feed pump shut down. It is important to start operation of both 9) Open the turbine exhaust valve very slowly and carefully monitor
disabled except trips. Once stopped, the governor speed setting is set to minimum the deaerator and condensate systems as soon as possible to provide as much the turbine casing pressure. When open, allow the turbine and
and the STANDBY lamp ignites. feed heating as possible to the cold system. For operating procedures for the casing temperature to rise to that of the exhaust steam temperature
deaerator and the condensate system, See 3.2.1Condensate Water System. over a period of 30 minutes.
Procedure to Place the Feed Water Pump Ready for Use

10) Reset the turbine trip lever and ensure that the governor steam With the system now operating normally it is important to make regular checks For the pump to be in standby the following conditions need to apply :
valve is in the CLOSED position. of the feed pumps paying particular attention to the following :
a) All trips are reset
11) Check that the local control panel is on MANUAL control and (1) LO level and drainage of water from the sump
b) The pump suction and discharge valves are open
reset any TRIP alarms. (2) Leakage from the mechanical seals
(3) Correct flow of cooling water to the mechanical seals c) The recirculating line valves are open and the control valve switch is in the
12) Crack open the bypass valve on the main steam supply valve.
(4) Offline feed pump is warmed-up. AUTO position
13) Once the warming through steam has been applied for a minimum d) The sealing water valves are open and sealing water is flowing
period of 15 minutes, the feed pump may now be started.
e) All vent valves are closed
Stopping a Feed Pump
14) Open the manual steam valve gradually and run the pump up at f) All drain trap inlet and outlet valves are open and bypasses are closed
approximately 500 rpm, ensure that water is being delivered Stopping of a feed pump is normally carried out from the IAS panel by selecting
MANUAL and then pressing STOP. It is good practice to stop a running pump by g) Fresh water cooling valves are open to the LO cooler
through the recirculating line. Check for any abnormal noise or
vibration in the turbine and pump. using or simulating one of the trip devices, which has the advantage of testing the h) The LO pump is on AUTO and running
trip and testing the automatic start of the standby pump. i) Turbine warming through valve is open and turbine is turning at 700 rpm
15) Close the turbine and steam line drain valves.
After the pump has stopped, check for water leakage from the mechanical seals, j) The local panel selection switch is in the REMOTE position
16) After sufficient warming through open the manual steam valve,
bringing the speed up to 70% over a period of 10 minutes, using this commonly occurs when the pump is stopped and takes up with the pump k) The 24V DC supply on the control panel is set to the ON position
feed water discharge pressure controller on the local panel in running.
MANUAL mode. Press the INCREASE pushbutton to raise PV At the IAS screen in the ECR :
reading to equal the SV set point. Reset the trip device and place the pump in AUTO mode as previously described.
(1) Move the cursor to the Change Over Mode area and click on the
17) Ensure that the priming LO pump stops automatically. MANUAL / AUTO icon and ensure it is showing AUTO.
A trip of the feed pump may be caused by :
(2) The standby pump icon indicates READY To START.
18) Ensure that the governor has control of the turbine speed. (1) Local trip i.e. high back pressure, overspeed, manual trip
19) If the pump is performing satisfactorily, open the main steam inlet (2) Excessive vibration
valve slowly until it is fully open. (3) Excessive axial displacement Procedure for Starting a Feed Pump via the IAS
(4) Low-low lubricating oil pressure
20) Increase the set point on the controller to bring the discharge When all the above conditions are met, the operator may request to start of
pressure up to the preset value (7.8 MPa). standby pump from graphic screen FEED WATER PUMPS.
In the event that a trip condition has existed, the operator must reset the system
21) Place the running pump on REMOTE control. before a start may be attempted. Reset is not possible if the condition still exists.
Once one feed pump is running, the other feed pump can be set to standby once
the feed pressure is above the automatic cut-in pressure. The procedure for
placing the stopped pump on standby is described earlier in this section. It should
be noted that the level in the deaerator must be maintained as both feed pumps
will trip if the level reaches the low-low alarm level.
The standby pump must be run at about 500rpm for warming. The driving steam
is supplied through the bypass valve on main steam supply valve.
Once the feed system is running, the feed water treatment system should be
started at the earliest opportunity. For the procedure to operate this system, See
3.2.3 Boiler Water Sampling and Treatment System.
If the running pump trips for any reason, or if the differential between the feed
pump discharge pressure and the boiler drum pressure becomes too low and
providing that there is no deaerator low-low level, then a standby start command
is issued. The same start sequence occurs as for the operator initiated start.
6.1a Main Feed Water Pump Sectional View
FROM PART NO. NAME OF PART
CONDENSATE PUMP
1 VOLUTE CASING
DIRECT TYPE 2 VOLUTE COVER
3A PEDESTAL
PRESS. CONTROL VALVE
TO SUC. PRESS. 3B PEDESTAL
7-1 BEARING HOUSING
7-2 BEARING HOUSING
8-1 BEARING CAP
8-2 BEARING CAP
70 20 8-1 42 77 78 47 49 22 16 2 24 112-1 79 21-1 27-2 19-2 17-1 112-2 38-3 17-2 21-3 27-3 21-2 46-6 46-4 46-3 49 47 102 78 8-2 77 110 21-4 9 BEARING COVER
10 BEARING COVER PLUG
16 IMPELLER
17-1 IMPELLER
17-2 IMPELLER
18 IMPELLER SHAFT
19-1 IMPELLER KEY
19-2 IMPELLER KEY
20 COUPLING KEY
21-1 STAGEE SLEEVE KEY
21-2 SLEEVE KEY
21-3 BALANCE PISTON KEY
21-4 THRUST COLLAR KEY
10 22 SLEEVE
24 STAGE SLEEVE
27-1 SPLIT RING
27-2 SPLIT RING
27-3 SPLIT RING
38-1 MOUTH RING
38-2 MOUTH RING
38-3 MOUTH RING
39 BALANCE PISTON
42 BEARING METAL
46-1 HOLDER
46-2 HOLDER COVER
46-3 SEAL RING
46-4 SPRING
46-5 LANTERN RING
46-6 SEAL RING RETAINER
47A GLAND BUSH
48 FLINGER
49 VENT CAP
70 COUPLING SLEEVE
73 GEAR HUB
9 74 COUPLING BOLT
74
77 THERMOMETER
78 VENT PLUG
79 VENT VALVE
102 OIL GUARD
73 103 CARRIER RING
104 THRUST PAD
110 ADJUSTING RING
111 THRUST COLLAR
112-1 STAGE PIECE
112-2 STAGE PIECE
7-1 102 48 3B 1 46-2 372 121 46-1 46-3 46-4 46-5 46-6 21-2 38-1 19-1 38-2 27-1 18 38-3 113 39 22 46-5 46-1 372 46-2 48 7-2 42 3A 114 103 111 104 120 113 BALANCE BUSH
114 OIL SEAL RING
DRAIN TANK
TO ATMOS.
120 THRUST NUT

121 PIN
372 O-RING
6.1b Main Feed Water Pump, Tuebine Sectinal Vie
6.1c Main Feed Water Pump Trip System
Running Condition Trip Condition

Speed Setting Motor Speed Setting Motor
- + Manual Adjust Turbine Starter Manual Adjust Turbine Starter
DC24V Source DC24V Source

Reset Button Reset Button
(Push Before Starting) (Push Before Starting)
AC440V Source AC440V Source
From Main Steam Line From Main Steam Line
Governor and Governor and

Emergency Emergency
Stop Valve Stop Valve
+ - Press Switch
Close
Press Switch
To Turbine For High Back For High Back
Nozzle Pressure Trip Pressure Trip
Governor Lever Governor Lever

Press Switch Press Switch
For Low For Low
Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil
Trip Servomotor Trip Servomotor
Pressure Trip Pressure Trip
Lubricating Oil Pressure Lubricating Oil Pressure

Above 0.3kg/cm2 Below 0.3kg/cm2
Hand Trip Knob Reset Knob

(Pull Before Starting) (Pull Before Starting)
(Pull and Push at Tripping)
Limit Switch Limit Switch
Plug Plug
Solenoid Valve Solenoid Valve
15% Of Rated Speed

To Lubricating Oil Tank
Overspeed Trip Orifice Overspeed Trip Orifice
Pressure Oil From Transmitter For Tachometer Pressure Oil From Transmitter For Tachometer
Main Lubricating Oil Line (1.0 - 1.5kg/cm2) Main Lubricating Oil Line (1.0 - 1.5kg/cm2)
Specifications Distillate Pump

Maker : Alfa Laval Desalt A/S Distillate from the plant is discharged to the domestic fresh water and distilled The distillate pump is a single-stage centrifugal pump that extracts the fresh
Type : Plate type water tanks. Water from the distilling plant flows directly to the distilled water water produced from the condenser and discharges it to the distikked and fresh
Model : VSP-36-C125CC (condensate cooled) tanks and flows to the domestic fresh water tanks connecting to the deck filling water tanks.
VSP-36-C125SWC (sea water cooled) pipe rail.
Capacity : 60 tons / day
Number of units : Each 1 set Salinometer
Main Components
The salinometer continuously checks the salinity of the produced water.
A distilling plant consists of the following components :
Description If the salinity of the fresh water produced is found to be outside the set limits, the
There are two fresh water distillation plants installed and these operate at low Evaporator Section controller will dump the out of tolerance fresh water back to the evaporating
pressure using LP bleed steam at sea and 0.09MPaA steam at port as the heat The evaporator section consists of a plate heat exchanger that is enclosed in the section of the generator by changeover of two solenoid valves VA-FR-05 and
source (See 3.1.3Auxiliary Steam System). bottom section of the distilling plant. It is in this section that the sea water is fed. VA-FR-02.
No.1 distillation plant is condensate cooled and No.2 distillation plant is sea It passes through the heat exchanger where it is heated by steam such that the sea
water cooled. water separates into water vapour and brine. The water vapour leaves the
evaporator and rises towards the demister while the concentrated brine falls to the Control Panel
Each plant is self-contained with its own combined brine/air ejector and distillate bottom of the chamber. A control panel contains motor starters, running lights and contacts for remote
pump. The combined brine / air ejector is driven by the distillation plant cooling alarm. A salinity panel is located at the side of the distillation plant with LCD
SW pump (See 3.5.2Cooling Sea Water Service System) which creates a vacuum indicators ranging from 0.5 - 20 ppm. The panel also contains a 10 ppm test
in the system in order to lower the evaporation temperature of the feed water. Separator Vessel function and control buttons to set the alarm point.
The separator incorporates a filter type demister that separates any residual brine
The feed water is introduced into the evaporator section through a spring from the water vapour as it rises to pass to the condensing section.
operated regulating valve and is distributed into every second plate channel via Alarms
the evaporation channels.
Tag No. Description Set point
Condenser Section
Desuperheated steam is distributed into the remaining channels, thus transferring 922 Distilled water salinity high 4.0 ppm
As with the evaporator section, the condenser section consists of a plate heat 923 Common Trouble alarm
its heat to the feed water in the evaporation channels.
exchanger enclosed in the condensing vessel. In this section the fresh water condensate pump trip
vapour is condensed so that it can be pumped by the distillate pump to the fresh distilled pump trip
Having reached boiling temperature, which is lower than at atmospheric pressure,
water tanks or distilled water tanks. cool. S.W. pump trip 95KPaA
the feed water undergoes a partial evaporation and the mixture of generated
vapour and brine enters the separator vessel. Here the brine is separated from the Steam press high
vapour and extracted by the combined brine/air ejector. *Repose during 10 min. after start
Combined Brine/Air Ejector Steam temp. high 110C
After passing through a demister the vapour enters every second plate channel in The ejector extracts brine and incondensable gases from the separator vessel and Shell vacuum low 35KPaA
the condenser section. the condensing chamber. The ejector is supplied with driving water from the S.W. press low 0.35MPa
distilling plant cooling S.W. pumps that take their suction from the sea chests.
The sea water supplied by the distilling plant cooling SW pump distributes itself
into the remaining channels, thus absorbing the heat being transferred from the
condensing vapour in the No.2 SW cooled distilling plant. Distilling Plant Cooling Sea Water Pumps
The distilling plant cooling sea water pumps are single-stage centrifugal pumps
This heat transfer is between the generated vapour and main condensate for No.1 that take their suction from the sea chest. These pumps supply the sea water
condensate cooled distilling plant. cooled distilling plant with cooling water for its condenser, drive water for the
brine ejector system and feed water for evaporation.
The produced fresh water is extracted by the distillate pump and discharged
through a salinometer which monitors the salinity of the water. Should the The No.1 distilling plant produces condensate from the main steam system in its
salinity rise above a preset value an alarm is sounded and the condensate is condenser, the sea water pump only supplies the drive water for the brine ejector
discharged back to the evaporator. and feed water for evaporation.
Operating Procedure
o) Once the quality of heating steam drain condensate is confirmed as good,
Condensate Cooled Distilling Plant shut the drain valves 095 and 097VPB and open drain trap valve 092ZPD to
the main condenser.
Starting Procedures
The following procedure is for the operation of the condensate cooled distilling The boiling temperature will now rise while the obtained vacuum drops to
plant. approximately 85%, this indicates that evaporation has started. Open the distilled
water discharge valve VA-FR-04 from the pump and open the recirculating valve
a) Ensure that all pressure and temperature gauge root valves are open. VA-FR-06 to the evaporator and set the salinometer to dump.
b) Set the condensate cooled distilling plant cooling S.W. pump valves as
described in section 3.5.2Cooling Sea Water Service System ensuring that When evaporation has commenced :
the overboard discharge valve 067VPH is open. p) Open the supply valves to the distilled water tanks or fresh water tanks as
c) Close the air screw (vacuum release valve) on the separator. required.
d) Open the evaporator and condenser eductor air suction valves. q) Reset on the salinometer and check its operation.
e) Start the cooling S.W. ejector pump for the distilling plant locally to create a r) Start the distillate pump.
vacuum of a minimum of 90%.
The pressure at the combined brine/air ejector inlet should be a minimum of 0.35
MPa. The back pressure at the combined brine/air ejector outlet should be no
more than 0.06 MPa.
Evaporation
When there is a minimum of 90 % vacuum (after a maximum of 10 minutes).
f) Open valve VA-FT-02 for the feed water treatment. Ensure that the
chemical dosing tank is full.
g) Open the condensate cooling valves to the evaporator, 115VPF and 116VPF
and close the bypass valve 117VPF, it is assumed that the gland condenser
is already in operation with valves 118VPF and 119VPF open.
h) Open the heater condensate outlet drain valve 091VPD to the atmos. drain
tank.
i) Open the control air supply to the steam pressure regulating valve and flow
regulating valve.
j) Open the main condensate inlet isolating valve 174VPF for the
desuperheater unit for plant.
k) Open the inlet steam drain valves 095VPB and 097VPB.
l) Open the steam supply valve 091VPB from the LP bleed steam system.
m) Start the heating steam condensate extraction pump.
n) Open the steam pressure / temperature regulating valve by adjusting the
temperature controller in the control panel until the desired steam
temperature is reached (maximum 88C).
6.2a No.1 Distilling Plant
COND.W. IN COND.W. IN
COND.W. OUT COND.W. OUT
COPENHAGEN DENMARK
STEAM IN S.W. IN
DRAIN OUT
DIST. W. OUT
DIST. PUMP
BRINE OUT
COND. PUMP
BRINE / AIR EJECTOR
NO.1 DIST. PLANT
COND.W. IN
Sallnometer SL3000
No.1 FRESH WATER DISTILLER CONDENSER

COND.W. OUT
Motor of Ejector Pump Motor of Fresh Water Pump
Ejector Pump Fresh Water Pump
DEMISTER
Source ON Ejector Pump Condensate Pump Fresh Water Pump Alarm Steam Valve Open
High Steam Pressure
STEAM IN
Ejector Pump Condensate Pump Fresh Water Pump Alarm Steam Valve Closed
ON ON ON Reset
Maln Switch
EVAPORATOR
Ejector Pump Condensate Pump Fresh Water Pump Alarm
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF
BRINESUMP
CONTROL PANEL
6.2b No.2 Distilling Plant
S.W. IN S.W. IN
COPENHAGEN DENMARK
STEAM IN
DRAIN OUT
DIST. W. OUT
DIST. PUMP
BRINE OUT
COND. PUMP
BRINE / AIR EJECTOR
NO.2 DIST. PLANT
S.W. IN
Sallnometer SL3000
No.2 FRESH WATER DISTILLER CONDENSER
Motor of Ejector Pump Motor of Fresh Water Pump
Ejector Pump Fresh Water Pump
DEMISTER
Source ON Ejector Pump Condensate Pump Fresh Water Pump Alarm Steam Valve Open
High Steam Pressure
STEAM IN
Ejector Pump Condensate Pump Fresh Water Pump Alarm Steam Valve Closed
ON ON ON Reset
Maln Switch
EVAPORATOR
Ejector Pump Condensate Pump Fresh Water Pump Alarm
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF
BRINESUMP
CONTROL PANEL
6.2c
6.2c DistillingPlant
Distilling PlantSystems
Systems
FROM 3RD BLEED & 0.09 MPAA AUX.STM
NO.2 DIST W.TK NO.1 DIST W.TK
200
093VPB 150 150 091VPB
204VPG 203VPG
096VPB 095VPB
PT-CO-01 FROM DRAIN PUMP PT-CO-01
P P
25
VA-SS-02 VA-SS-02
VA-CO-02 S S VA-CO-02
ST-CO-01 25 25 ST-CO-01
S VA-SS-01 S VA-SS-01
VA-CO-01 175VPF 174VPF VA-CO-01
PC-1A-01
DESUPERHEAT UNIT DESUPERHEAT UNIT PC-1A-01
CONTROL CONTROL
PANEL PANEL
40
40
XA XA
923 PT-SS-01
P 923 PT-SS-01
P
098VPB 097VPB
T T
TS TI-SS-02 TO CONDENSATE LINE TS
094VPB 092VPB
150 150
FROM CONDENSATE LINE
FROM DIST.PLANT
25
25
COOL.S.W.PUMP 092VPD 091VPD
125
095VPD 094VPD
VA-SS-03 T VA-SS-03 T
PI-FR-01 PI-FR-01
P P
P VA-SS-04 P VA-SS-04
VA-FR-02 VA-FR-05
CONDS.PUMP 094ZPD VA-FR-02 VA-FR-05
T CONDS.PUMP 092ZPD
125
PU-SS-01 PU-SS-01
S S S S 116VPF
125
FI-FR-01 FI-FR-01
RI RI
FI 651
FI 651
VA-FR-03 VA-FR-03
VA-FR-01 VA-FR-01
PT-E1-01 PI-E1-01 TI-E1-01 PT-E1-01 PI-E1-01 TI-E1-01
FG-FR-01 FG-FR-01
C T C T
125
VA-E1-01 VA-E1-01
202VPG SET AT 0.1MPa 201VPG SET AT 0.1MPa
VA-E1-02 VA-E1-02
VA-FR-04 VA-FR-06
061VPH NO.2 DIST.PLANT VA-FR-04 VA-FR-06
NO.1 DIST.PLANT
117VPF
XAH XAH T
115VPF
922 922
QT-FR-01 QT-FR-01
CONDR CONDR
50
25
PU-FR-01 PU-FR-01
40
F.W.SERV. F.W.SERV.
DIST.PUMP DIST.PUMP
RI RI
10
10
652 652
25
EVAPORATOR EVAPORATOR
OC-FE-01 OC-FE-01
VA-FE-02 234VPG VA-FE-02 233VPG
PT-ES-01 S VA-ES-04 S VA-ES-04
PS PI-ES-01
PT-ES-01
FG-ES-01 FG-ES-02 FG-ES-02
PI-ES-01
P VA-FT-03
VA-FT-02
P PS VA-FT-03
VA-FT-02
P
FG-ES-01
P VA-FT-01 VA-FT-01
FI-FT-01 FI-FT-01
VA-ES-02 VA-ES-03 VA-ES-01 VA-ES-02 VA-ES-03 VA-ES-01
T FD.W.TREAT. FD.W.TREAT.
TI-ES-01
DOSAGE UNIT FROM DIST.PLANT 125 DOSAGE UNIT
COOL.S.W.PUMP
EW-ES-01 064VPH 060VPH EW-ES-01 063VPH
25 T TI-ES-01
40 25
TO F.W. TANKS
125
50
150 125
TO OVERBOARD
40
65
TO ATMOS DRAIN TK TO MAIN CONDR
6.3 Incinerator
Specifications Operation
Maker : Volcano Co., Ltd The combustion system is designed so that the incinerator can be operated for the
Preparation
Type : VIM - 50 following conditions :
Capacity : 581 kW a) Ensure that the temperature of waste oil settling tank is controlled about
Maximum furnace temperature 1,200
Disposal quantity : 58 kg/h at 8,600 kcal/kg calorific value 90 through a steam control valve.
Minimum furnace temperature 850
Solid disposal quantity : 30 kg/h Maximum exhaust temperature 350 b) Drain the water in the waste oil settling tank.
Number of units : 1 set Normal exhaust temperature 200
Combustion system : Waste oil atomizing burning c) Ensure that the compressed air is available for burner atomizing.
The furnace internal pressure is maintained in the negative with the induced fan
Draft system : Induced draft and the exhaust temperature from the furnace is maintained less than 1000 d) Solid wastes may be charged through the single door before running of
Ignition system : Diesel oil pressure jet direct ignition with the combustion air damper and diluting air damper. incinerator. After charging, Close the door securely.
Exhaust gas cooling system : Diluting air cooling type
Waste oil sprayer : JHM-SM-215SN High press. air jet The incinerator can be started and stopped automatically and sequentially by
Warming up
Pilot burner : PBL-VIM-2 Electric ignition 'Auto start / Auto stop' of the switch.
Waste oil pump : Trochoid type, 230 kg/h x 0.19 MPa D.P. a) Set the following switches on the control panel.
Pilot burner pump : Solenoid type, 12 kg/h x 0.69 MPa D.P. "FUEL FO MAIN BNR" to "DO SUBSTITUTION"
Induced fan : Centrifugal type, 265 m3/min x 0.88 kPa Incineration "PILOT BNR ASSIST" to NOR
Flame eye : Photo-condutive cell type When the incinerator receives a start signal, the waste oil pump and induced fan "ALL MANUAL OPERATION SWITCH" to "AUTO"
Waste oil settling tank capacity : 2 m3 will start for waste oil circulation and furnace purge respectively. b) Close furnace air damper to reduce the air into combustion chamber.
Diesel oil service tank capacity : 1 m3
Prepurge takes place for a period of 10 seconds, followed by start-up of cam c) Ensure that the waste oil settling tank suction valve 261VPL Closes.
timer, and 20 seconds after the start-up, pilot burner will start. When the flame d) Open the diesel oil tank suction valve 262VPL, diesel oil supply non-return
Description eye detects the flame of pilot burner, combustion indicator lamp will light up and, valve to the main burner 263VPL.
An incinerator and associated tanks are situated in the incinerator room at the 7 seconds after the ignition of pilot burner, waste oil shut-off valve will open to
start on continuous combustion by waste oil burner. e) Set the three-way valve for changeover of burner return oil to waste oil
upper deck starboard side in the engine casing. A garbage store is located next
The pilot burner is automatically extinguished 60 seconds after ignition. pump suction side. The return oil should not be returned to the waste oil
door to this room in accommodation area.
Subsequently, cooling valve will open 30 seconds after extinction, so that cooling settling tank.
Contain in the separated bilge oil tank is discharged to the waste oil settling tank air is supplied to the atomizer of pilot burner. f) Select Auto start. The incinerator will warmed up automatically with DO
or shore connections as required through the waste oil transfer pump which will by sequential control of the ignition burner and the main burner.
stop automatically by a high level of the waste oil settling tank. When the furnace temperature has increased up to the OFF set point (1,000) of
waste oil burner ON / OFF temperature controller, the waste oil shut-off valve
will close, so that waste oil burner goes out automatically. Waste oil burning
Contain in the waste oil tank is settled and heated up with steam and discharged
to the incinerator through the waste oil pump. When the furnace temperature has decreased to the ON set point (900) of a) Provided that the temperature in combustion chamber is higher than preset
waste oil burner, the waste oil burner will start on combustion automatically in lower limit (850), the waste may be burned in the incinerator.
A dedicated diesel oil tank is provided. The diesel oil is supplied to the pilot the same way as in the foregoing (2).
b) Close diesel oil supply non-return valve 263VPL and Open waste oil
burner through the solenoid pump and for warming up and pipe cleaning of the
Unless the flame eye detects combustion during the period of 10 seconds after settling tank suction valve 261VPL.
main burner.
the ignition of pilot burner, the pilot burner and waste oil burner are shut off c) Change over the three-way for valve burner return oil to waste oil settling
The incinerator has a cylindrical steel frame with air cooled jacket between the forthwith, and ignition failure indicator lamp comes on to give an alarm. tank.
inner and the outer plating and the furnace is lined internally with castable Subsequently, the furnace after-purge takes place for a period of 90 seconds and
induced fan comes to a stop in the case of the furnace temperature below 50 d) Set "FUEL FOR MAIN BNR" switch to "NOR".
heat-resistant material.
or, alternatively, the induced fan keeps running in the case of the furnace e) Set PILOT BNR ASIST to ASSIST RUN in case high water content
A solid waste inlet port of bucket type double door and an ash removal port are temperature above 50 and then comes to a stop when the furnace temperature waste oil is burned.
fitted at the side of incinerator. has dropped to 50 and less. Since restarting is prevented as long as the ignition
failure indicator lamp is lighting up, investigate into the cause and reset the f) Adjust the burner air damper depending on the burning rate of waste oil
trouble, followed by restarting the operation. after the chamber has warmed, and when solid wastes will be burned,
The atomizing of waste oil combustion is performed by a high pressure air jet
Adjust the furnace air damper depending upon the conditions of solids.
burner. the pilot burner of diesel oil burning can assist the combustion when the
high water content (more than 40%) in the waste oil. (Note : In the case of burner cut effected by interlock, the incinerator will
automatically restart simultaneously with resetting after the cause has
been removed to restore the normal state.)
6.3 Incinerator
Waste oil pipe cleaning

2. Other
a) Set "FUEL FOR MAIN BNR" switch to "DO SUBSTITUTION".
1) In the event of followings, the fuels will be shut off and indication lamp
b) Close the waste oil settling tank suction valve 261VPL. will illuminate.
c) Open the diesel oil tank suction valve 262VPL, diesel oil supply non-return Flame fault
valve to the main burner 263VPL. Exh. gas temp. high : 350
d) The three-way valve for burner return oil is kept as it is (to waste oil settling W.O. press low : 0.019 MPa
tank). Long time cleaning causes loss of diesel oil. It is recommended to IDF / WO pump trip :
complete the cleaning as short time as possible. W.O. temp. low : 60
Ignition press. Low : 390 kPa
e) Select Auto start . Furnace press. high : - 49 kPa
Atomize air press. low : 200 kPa
Control 2) In the event of W.O. temperature rising above 95. W.O. TEMP.
HIGH lamp will illuminate.
1. A thermocouple is provided to control the temperature in the furnace.
1) Upper set point : 1,000
3. The level of waste oil settling tank will stop automatically.
In the event of temperature rising to the upper set point, the fuels : OPERATION SW
will be shut off. 1) the waste oil transfer pump by high level
: INTERLOCK CONDITION
2) Lower set point : 900 2) the incinerator by low level
When the temperature lowers into the lower set point, the ignition : EQUIPMENTS ACTION
will restart.
3) Low limit point : 850 Igniting
When the temperature lowers into the low limit point after the
chamber has once been heated up, "COMBUSTION CHAMBER Main Switch Emergency Auto. Start SW. Not
Flame Fault
Not Furnace
Temp. High
Not
W.O. Level Low
Not
W.O. Temp. Low
Not Exh. Gas
Temp. High
Not
W.O. Press. Low
ON Stop ON
TEMP LOW" lamp will illuminates. This informs completion of
warming up. Not Flame Ash Outler Port Solid Inlet Port Not Atomize. Not Furnace Not Ignition Not I.D. Fan &
Detecting Shut Shut Air Press. Low Press. High Press. Low W.O. Pump Trip
4) Overheat point : 1,200 Strating Condition
In the event of temperature reaching the overheat point, the fuels I.D. Fan Not
Flame Detecting
Ignition Sparking
Running Stop
will be shut off and "COMBUSTION CHAMBER TEMP HIGH" 900
ON
Furnace
Temp. Controller
Pilot Burner
Firing Flame Detecting
Ignition Sparking
Stop
W.O. Pump
lamp will illuminate. Running
Pilot Burner
Pump ON
Not Flame Fault
5) Finish point : 50 T Flame Detecting Alarm
10 sec
When the chamber is cooled down to the finish point in the shutting
W.O. Solenoid Nozzle Cooling
down process, the induced fan will stop. T T Flame Detecting
Valve Open W.O. Firing Valve Open
30 sec 7 sec
Temp. Controller OB/OFF Cycle Pilot Burner SW. D.O. Pump Pilot Burner
NOR
T Stop Stop T
80 sec 30 sec
Extinguishing 1000 Furnace

ON Temp. Controller
W.O. Solenoid Furnace I.D. Fan - W.O. Temp. Low W.O. Solenoid Furnace I.D. Fan
Valve Close Temp. Low Stop - Flame Fault Valve Close Temp. Low Stop
- Exh. Gas Temp. High
50 50
Auto.Stop SW. W.O. Pump - I.D. Fan Trip W.O. Pump W.O. Solenoid
ON Stop - W.O. Pump Trip Stop Valve Close
- W.O. Press. Low Low Voltage
- Furnace Temp. High 85V
Nozzle Cooling - Furnace Press. High
Nozzle Cooling Nozzle Cooling
Valve Close Valve Close Valve Close
- Atomiz. Air Press. High
6.3a Incinerator
INCINERATOR CONTROL PANEL
FLAME FLAME EXH. GAS W. OIL

SOURCE PRESENT FAULT TEMP HIGH PRESS LOW
TO SHORE CONNECTION IDF/W.O.PUMP

TRIP
W. OIL
TEMP LOW
W. OIL
TEMP HIGH
COMB. CHAMB.
TEMP HIGH
COMB. CHAMB.
TEMP LOW
IGNITION FURNACE ATOMIZ AIR

PRESS LOW PRESS HIGH PRESS LOW
EXH. GAS COMB. CHAMB. COMB. CHAMB.

TEMP TEMP HIGH TEMP LOW I.D. FAN
A
~
FROM E/R BILGE PUMP

128VPJ AUTO BUZZER D.O. TEST
START STOP NOR CHANGE BUZZER - NOR - LAMP
WASTE OIL FS
LAH
185VPB SETT. TK 727 INCINERATOR AUTO
STOP RESET
PILOT BURNER
NOR ASSIST RUN
DIESEL OIL TK P
TAH TM FS
AS WASTE OIL TRANS. PUMP
646
727 727 142VPJ
0.6MPa STM 182VPB 184VPB PUMP
SOURCE
STOP
W.O. PUMP I.D. FAN PILOT BNR W.O. BNR
MANU. ON MANU. ON MANU. ON MANU. ON
183VPB 282VPL
C
LI T INCINE. STOP STOP STOP STOP
STOP
TO DRAIN CLR TO F.O. TRANS. SYSTEM AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO
AS
198ZPD FS
915
262VPL
65
65
261VPL
65
141VPJ 281VPL
SEP. BILGE OIL TK F.O. DRAIN TK

263VPL
EXH. GAS
TAH
915
COMP. AIR EXH. GAS
W.O. INLET D.O. INLET
XA
915 INDUCE FAN
S DILUTION
M INDUCE FAN DAMPER
P PS AIR
DILUTION
S S TS CHAMBER
D.O. PUMP S
P PS
PILOT
TS TS T BURNER
S S
DILUTION CHARGING DOOR
DAMPER
W.O. PUMP MAIN BURNER FURNACE
RETURN M
ASH DOOR
P FLAME EYE
FE
LS
BURNER
ASH DOOR
LS
FURNACE WALL COOLING
AIR DAMPER AIR DAMPER
AIR
WALL COOLING FURNACE AIR DAMPER

AIR DAMPER
6.4 Nitrogen Generator System
Specifications Process description

Compressed air is directed to a water separator and a small heater to generate RH In case of a problem with one of both units, it is possible to run in cross-operation.
Maker : Smit Gas Systems BV
lower than 90%. The compressed air is filtered by a prefilter and microfilter. For this purpose manual ball valves are installed at the inlet of each unit. Both
Type : Hollow-fiber membranes permeation
Contaminations and water are now separated. Further, oil vapour is reduced by units will be started / stopped from the local panel. Except local start-up / stop the
type
means of a carbon bed filter and dust is separated by an after filter. To prevent a units also can be started / stopped by using pressure signals from the buffer tank.
Model :
pressure shock in the filter line and membrane at start-up, valve should be At automatic operation on external start / stop contacts the units will operate in
Capacity : 60 Nm3/h 2
opened slowly. lead and follow principle. Leader will be selected on the local panel.
Discharge pressure : 800 kPa
Typical gas composition (on dry basis)
Oxygen : less than 3 vol.% Each membrane unit consists of one module. Separation of nitrogen and
oxygen occurs in the membrane module, where the compressed air flows into the Electrical Equipment
Carbon dioxide : less than 30 ppm
Nitrogen : balance hollow fibers. The compressed, cooled, cleaned and heated air (oxygen, water,
carbon-dioxide) permeate through the fiber walls. Nitrogen is separated from Local control panels
Temperature : max. 60
Dew point : N2 -65 at atmospheric pressure the air and leaves the membrane at essentially the same pressure as the entering Each skid has its own control panel, which contains the equipment like relays,
air. fuses, lamps, terminal strips etc. for :
Automatic starting
Description The oxygen-enriched flow is directed to permeate discharge and is to be vented Operation
to a safe area (open-air). The capacity of the module is adjusted by the oxygen Autonomous safeguarding
Two nitrogen generators, installed in the engine room 1st flat port, produce
control valve, membrane inlet pressure and inlet temperature. Adjustment is done
gaseous nitrogen which is used fro the pressurization of the barrier insulation
in such a way that the total nitrogen outlet capacity and oxygen content of the A fixed O2 content analyzer and a fixed dew point analyzer are installed on the
spaces, as shaft seal gas for the HD and LD gas compressors, fire extinguishing
membrane system complies with the requirements. By means of the O2 analyzer package unit and they are connected before the remotely operated outlet and vent
in the vent mast risers and for purging various parts of the cargo piping and BOG
it is possible to deliver nitrogen with pre-adjusted constant oxygen content. The valve.
system.
control valve is led up to regulate the pressure in the membranes. Signals for remote reading will be available (4-20 mA) for O2 content, dew point
The two high capacity units (60 m3/h each), are able to produce almost pure and flow.
If, on account of malfunctioning of the nitrogen generator, the oxygen level in the In case of failure, a sound signal will be given and a blinking lamp at the local
nitrogen, which is mainly required for the topping up of the barrier insulation
nitrogen outlet exceeds the alarm setting of the oxygen analyzer, the 3-way control panel indicates the direct cause of the failure.
space during loading, cooling down and other services, such as compressor
delivery / purge valve will switch in blow-off position. The delivery / purge valve
sealing, BOG line and system sealing etc.
shall automatically switch to delivery when both, the maximum admissible The system conditions are also monitored by the IAS.
O2-quality and the maximum dew point temperature are measured. The sample
Both generators will be operated in parallel to supply maximum demand during
line to the O2 analyzer goes via a pressure-reducing valve to a ventilated area. For
cooling down such as post docking.
calibration of the analyzer, a calibration line can be connected. It is also possible
to connect a test gas to the analyzer. If, due to malfunctioning of the compressor,
This double unit nitrogen system uses hollow-fiber membranes to separate air
dryer or heater, the compressed air temperature fed to the membranes exceeds
into nitrogen and oxygen.
the set point, the nitrogen generator will be switched-off giving an alarm.
The principle of separation is based on the selective permeation of nitrogen and
oxygen.
For visual indication of temperature and pressure, some pressure indicators and
Each gas has a characteristic permeation rate. Nitrogen permeates slowly, oxygen,
temperature indicators are installed. Both generators are provided with a dew
CO2 and water rapidly, through the membrane. This allows nitrogen to be
point meter.
separated from oxygen.
Membrane modules consist of a bundle of numerous hollow fibers.
Compressed air for the nitrogen generator is supplied from two dedicated electric
Compressed air connected to a bundle of membranes will leave this bundle as
motor driven screw type compressors of 229 m3/h1.0 MPa D.P.
pure nitrogen, while oxygen enriched air will be vented.
Continuous monitoring of the gas ensures that it is always of the correct purity.
The nitrogen produced is stored in a 10 m3 buffer tank, where high and low
service pressure set points actuate the start and stopping of the generators as
demand from the system is activated.
6.4a
6.4a NitrogenGenerator
Nitrogen GeneratorSystem
System
TO E/R BOG LINE TO GAS COMPR TO CARGO PART

N2 PURGE SYSTEM SEAL SYSTEM N2 SYSTEM
UPP. DK.
100
25
25
25
40
PAL PM PAL PM PAH PAL PM

G903 G903 G904 G904 G902 G902 G902
100
CONTROL AIR P P P
231VUN
233VUN 232VUN
FM
229VUN 226VUN 223VUN
DEW POINT S FM
S S S
XAH XM G921
NO.2 N2 GENE. G923 G923
0.4 MPA 228VUN 225VUN 222VUN
TS PRESS. RED. V.
AIR COMP. PAH TAH TAH
P G924 G928 G925 P P 227VUN 224VUN 221VUN
T T DPI DPI DPI T T

40 25
202VUN
LAH ELECT. HTR.
FM
G927 G905
M LI O2 CONTENT
25
25
40
XAH XM
S MENBRANE G922 G922
NO.2 N2 GENE.
FM
P
25
FM
DEW POINT S FM
S S S
XAH XM G921
NO.1 N2 GENE. G923 G923 UPP. DK.
TS
AIR COMP. PAH TAH TAH PAL
40
P G924 G928 G925 P P G901
50
T T DPI DPI DPI T T PM AST AST AS
40 P G901 G911 G911 G911
201VUN PS PS PS
LAH ELECT. HTR.
G927
M LI O2 CONTENT
XAH XM SET AT
S MENBRANE G922 G922 1.0 MPA
NO.1 N2 GENE.
FM
N2 BUFF.
211VUN TANK 220VUN
N2 GENERATOR UNIT 248VUN

249VUN
Specifications Description for Generator

Maker : Smit Gas Systems BV The inert gas generator contains an O2 analyzer for the indication of oxygen The generator consists of the following items ;
Type : Gin 11000-0.25BUFD content in the inert gas. The analyzer is fitted with maximum and minimum
setting alarms. Oil burner
Pilot burner
Capacity : 11,000 Nm3/h
The gas is led to the deck main via pressure control valve and delivery valve Furnace
Discharge pressure : 25 kPa
Absorption dryers : Regenerative active alumina depending on the gas analysis. The valve is normally controlled by the O2 and Washing / cooling tower
Regeneration plant : R-404A, 152kW at 1,800 rpm dew point analyzers and the gas is led to the deck line only when the gas analysis Fuel oil system
IGG air blower : 152kW at 1,800 rpm meets with the set requirements. High O2 levels result in the delivery valve Combustion air system
Fuel oil pump : 2 m3/h, 2.5 kW x 1,800 rpm closing and purge valve opening to vent the IG to atmosphere at the funnel. Cooling water system
Dryer fan : 42kW at 3,600 rpm Drain system
Control , monitoring and instrumentation systems
Working Principle Refrigeration dehumidifier
Inert Gas Composition Inert gas produced by the combustion of gas oil supplied by the fuel oil pump Regenerative desiccant dryer
Oxygen : 1.0 vol % maximum with air. provided by the blowers, in the combustion chambers of the inert gas
Carbon dioxide : 14 vol % maximum generator. Good combustion is essential for the production of a good quality, soot
Carbon monoxide : 100 ppm maximum free, low oxygen inert gas. Main Fuel Oil Burner
Sulphur oxides : 10 ppm maximum The fuel oil burner is of the mechanical high pressure atomizing type. The gas oil
Nitrogen oxides : 100 ppm maximum The products of the combustion are mainly CO2, water and small quantities of is directed to the burner tip. The oil spray is subjected to tangential impulse flow
Nitrogen : Remainder oxygen carbon monoxide, sulphur oxides and hydrogen. The nitrogen content is of combustion air, which added to the mainly axially orientated impulse flow of
generally unchanged during the combustion process and the inert gas produced the oil spray itself. The main flame is monitored by a photoelectric cell connected
consists mainly of 85% nitrogen and 15% CO2. to an electric flame relay. This relay will shut down the main burner, via the
Description main programming unit, if the flame is too weak or has failed to ignite. The
Initially, the hot combustion gases produced are cooled indirectly in the burner can operate at either 50% or 100% load, with no other settings available.
The inert gas system is used for the inerting, and freeing of cargo tanks, cargo
combustion chamber by a sea water jacket. Thereafter cooling of the gases
pipes and void spaces when required. The inert gas is produced by a combustion
mainly occurs at the scrubber section in the cooing tower where the sulphur
process, which takes place in a combustion chamber where gas oil is used as the
oxides are washed out. Pilot Burner
fuel.
The inert gas contains approximately 85% N2, 15% CO2 and about 0.5% O2 The fuel oil burner is ignited by a 10 - 1 5cm long flame from the pilot burner
A pressure control valve located at the dryer outlet maintains a constant pressure
and is at a temperature approximately 3 above the sea water temperature. which is fitted alongside. The unit consists of an oil atomizing nozzle and
throughout the system, thus ensuring a stable flame at the combustion chamber.
electrical glow plug which operates from a 230V AC. which is activated
After combustion, the inert gas has a level of corrosive sulphur oxides from the approximately 40 seconds before the pilot burner fuel oil valve is opened to
combustion process which have to be removed. The inert gas enters a sea water admit gas oil to the burner. Atomization is achieved using instrument atomizing
Dry-Air Production
cooling tower and water separator where the gas is scrubbed and cooled with a air.
sea water spray. The generator can produce dry-air at the same rate. For the production of dry air
there is no combustion, no oxygen content measurement and the oxygen signal is
The inert gas is then dehumidified to a dew point of about +5 in the inert gas overridden when the mode selector is get to dry-air (compressor only) production. Cooling Tower
refrigeration cooler where an R-404A refrigerant is used as the cooling medium. As long as the dew point is correct after the processes of cooling and drying, the
dry-air is supplied to the cargo system. The cooling tower is where the inert gas is cooled and cleaned. The gas is
pre-cooled by sea water circulating in the central combustion chamber which
The gas is further dried in one of two regenerative desiccant drying chambers, directs the combustion gases to the lower part of the cooling tower. The gas then
using steam and electrically heated air in the regeneration process, before passing flows upwards through a wet fitter and a water mist generated by cone nozzles.
into the discharge line. The wet filter and mist clean the inert gas before it passes through a stainless steel
demister at the top of the tower, which prevents any water droplets being carried
The generator is manually started from the control panels mounted locally and away from the tower.
the operation can be, monitored from the IAS graphic display.
Fuel Oil System Monitoring Alarms and Trips

The fuel oil system consists of two screw type oil pumps and duplex filters. The The IAS monitors the IG system with facility to start and stop the IG generator The system has alarm outputs to the IAS system which will cause the
pump is controlled from the IGG system with failure indication via the IAS on a via soft keys. No.3 ballast pump will start automatically when the IAS receives atmospheric valve to open and the delivery valve closes.
general IG generator trip alarm. The connections to the burners are via flexible an Auto Start signal from the IG control panel. The pump automatically stops
hoses and the oil supply line is fitted with remotely operated valves. The returns when it receives an Auto Stop signal. An oxygen analyzer is installed and
from the oil supply line all pass through a pressure relief / overflow valve on the monitors the gas after the water separator. Control Panel
pump back to the IGG gas oil tank. The control panel contains the programmable controller which takes care of the
Local thermometers are installed to enable the following items to be measured : starting, stopping Alarm / trip functions and the running mode of the plant. On
There are two sets of remotely operated supply solenoid valves on the burner the front of the panel the- IG plant is in the form of a mimic diagram with motor
Sea water inlet temperature
supply line. one set for 50% load, the other for 100% load. running lights and automatic valve open / closed indicating lights. All alarm
Inert gas after cooling tower temperature
Inert gas outlet dryer temperature initiators are displayed on the mimic diagram with normal operation as follows :
Combustion Air System At normal running all alarm LEDs are unlit.
Local pressure gauges are installed to enable the following items to be measured: An alarm is indicated by an audible signal from a horn and a flashing light
Two electrical motor driven blowers, of the roots type, supply the combustion air
Sea water pressure in the burner chamber cooling jacket on the mimic diagram.
via flexible bellows connections and regulating valves. Excess supply air is
Instrument air inlet pressure Upon accepting an alarm by pressing the ACKNOWLEDGE pushbutton,
vented to atmosphere.
the audible alarm will stop.
Combustion air pressure inlet to burner
When resetting an alarm by pressing the RESET pushbutton, the light will
Fuel oil pressure after the FO pump
stop flashing and remain lit until the cause of the alarms corrected, then the
Cooling Water System Fuel oil nozzle pressure
light will go out.
The sea water is supplied by No.3 ballast pump and is mainly used for cleaning Inert gas pressure at the cooling tower outlet
LAMP TEST function is provided.
the inert gas in the scrubbing tower. It is also used to cool the central combustion Inert gas pressure at the dryer outlet
tube. The cooling F.W. from CCS is supplied to refrigerant condenser and dryer Inert gas delivery pressure
Below the mimic display are the generator control switches which include the
air cooler and pre-cool the combustion gas. Atomizing steam pressure following :
R-404A compressor suction /discharge
Dryer vessel dry air inlet IG generator start /normal operation / stop
Drain System Mode select - IG or air production or purge mode
Capacity select - 50% capacity blower No.1
The sea water effluent from the scrubber is controlled by a regulating valve so as
Plant Safety Interlocks 50% capacity blower No.2
not to allow any inert gas to flow overboard. This is achieved by a differential
100% capacity blower No.1 & 2
pressure control system which controls a water column level in the effluent The following circumstances with cause an alarm and subsequent shutdown of
Control selection - local / remote
pipeline, by measuring the pressures in the effluent pipeline and the inert gas the inert gas generator :
outlet pipeline. The discharge valve 090VPH is controlled to maintain the water Delivery valve
High temperature at the cooling jacket outlet Emergency stop pushbutton
column level.
Cooling water inlet pressure low
The overboard valve 091VPH is operated by hand and has a limit switch that Combustion chamber cooling water high pressure O2% indicator is provided on the control panel.
prevents operation of the plant while the valve is closed. During flame failure, the High inert gas temperature at the cooling tower outlet
discharge valve 090VPH will close and the discharge to bilge valve 092VPH will High sea water level in the cooling tower
open to prevent the discharge overboard of un-burnt fuel. Burner flame failure
High / low combustion air pressure
Low instrument air pressure
Low atomizing steam pressure
Low fuel oil pressure to the burner
High inert gas pressure at the cooling tower outlet
High / low temperature at refrigerant cooler outlet
R404A Refrigeration Plant Starting procedure for the plant

Maker : Grasso The gas sample continuously flows through the analyzer sensor because of the This start procedure is to be used when testing the plant after inspection or
Type : RC 61 2 E higher pressure in the inert gas system. This ensures that the oxygen content is maintenance work and if the automatic controls are not functioning. It is assumed
Motor : 152 kW at 1,800 rpm continuously measured. The analyzer has a 4-20mA output signal which is that the sea water crossover is fully operational.
proportional to the oxygen content and this signal is the input signal to the O2
indicator on the control panel. Adjustment of the alarm set points can be made a) Ensure that all pressure gauge and instrumentation valves / cocks are open
The inert gas is cooled by being passed through a finned gas cooler. The cooler is
via the membrane keys on the unit front. and that the instruments are reading correctly.
cooled by R404A refrigerant from a 6 cylinder motor driven reciprocating
compressor. The cooler tubes contain cooling R404A and this causes the b) Set the water valves as shown in the following table :
moisture in the IG to condense so that the water can be removed. When the instrument is first switched on, the display is illuminated for
approximately three seconds and the sensor cell then warms up and stabilizes. Valve Description Position
The unit then gives the O2 reading. 013VPJ No.3 ballast pump suction valve Open
The compressor is fitted with high and low pressure cut-outs and a lubricating oil
037/038VPJ No.3 ballast pump discharge valves to IGG Close
pressure cut-out. There is also a lubricating oil pressure differential cut-out to stop
029 /031VPJ No.3 ballast pump discharge valves for ballast Close
the compressor in the event of the lubricating oil pressure dropping below that of
Operation 111VPG R404A condenser cooling FW inlet valve Open
the crankcase.
113VPG R404A condenser cooling FW outlet valve Open
Pressing the SET membrane key will display the current status on line 2 of the
112VPG Drying air cooler cooling FW inlet valve Open
The compressor is fitted with automatic capacity control. A regulator will be display. Further operating instructions including calibration are displayed on the
114VPG Drying air cooler cooling FW outlet valve Open
unloaded cylinders one at a time in accordance with the load demand. The front of the unit.
5437 Drying air cooler drain valve Closed
minimum operating level is two cylinders. There is also an automatic crankcase
092VPH Tower outlet drain to bilge valve Operational
oil heater which is switched on when the compressor stops and vice versa. A
090VPH Tower level control valve Operational
dryer / filter is also fitted. The dryer part must be changed regularly while the Checks before starting at local control panel
091VPH Overboard valve Open
filter part may be cleaned.
Ensure that there at least two main generators connected to the main 030/036VPJ No.3 ballast pump discharge valve to overboard Open
switchboard.
c) Start No.3 ballast pump either locally at the pump starter using the START /
Absorption Dryer Ensure that the control panel is energized at all time, because alarms STOP pushbuttons or remotely from IAS. If started locally, the pump
Maker : Smit Gas Systems BV and trace heating need to be operative even if the plant is shut down. should be changed to remote control once satisfied that it is operating
Capacity : 11,000 m3/h correctly.
Ensure that the control air supply is on and that the R404A compressor
Type : Regenerative active alumina crankcase heater is operational. d) Open the No.3 ballast pump discharge valve bypass 038VPJ for air venting.
After that, open the S.W. supply valve 037VPJ and close the bypass valve
The main desiccant dryers are regenerated and change over automatically on a Check that there is no alarm condition and reset any alarms by pressing
038VPJ. The S.W. pressure should be adjusted by opening of overboard
time cycle. The outgoing chamber regenerates using steam heated dry air from the ALARM RESET pushbutton on the generator panel.
valve 030VPJ.
the regeneration fan. The automatic regeneration cycle occurs every eight Check the oxygen analyzer for correct calibration and ensure that the
hours. e) Set up the steam system as per the following table. It is assumed that the 0.6
tower rinsing valves L19 and L31 are closed.
MPa steam system is fully operational :
Open the scrubber tower overboard discharge valve 091VPH. The valve
O2 Analyzer 091VPH is interlocked with No.3 ballast pump starter.
1601 Atomizing steam master valve Open
Maker : Smit Gas Systems BV 1624 Atomizing steam pressure control valve Operational
In the event of a flame failure in port, the system rinses the furnace with water
Type : OPSlS 02000 1631 Atomizing steam shut-off valve Operational
and changes over the scrubber tower discharge to drain to bilge. The bilge drain
Range : 0 - 25% oxygen 1625 Atomizing steam drain valve Close
valve switch, situated inside the IG generator cabinet, must be turned to the
1603 / 1605 Drain trap inlet / outlet valves Open
AUTOMATIC position before stating the plant in port.
Set Point Setting 1606 Drain trap bypass valve Close
Tag No. 0.25% 5102 Dryer steam heater inlet valve Open
U14 SP1-L 0.60% 5107/5115 Dryer steam heater shut-off valve Operational
7002-H 1.00% 5110 / 5111 Drain trap inlet / outlet valves Open
U14 SP-HH -40 5109 Drain trap bypass valve Close
The analyzer is a microprocessor-based electronic unit for the continuous The atomizing steam shut - off valve 1631 will open when fuel oil is to the burner
monitoring of the oxygen levels in the inert gas generator outlet. supplied
f) Set up the dryer system for operation by setting the valves as per the Valve Description Position Once the acceptable O2 content dew point and IG outlet temperature has been
following table : 4118 Expansion valve bypass solenoid valve Operational achieved, the inert gas supply main valve 6041 will be opened, the vent valve
4128 R404A charging valve Close 6021 will close and gas will be supplied to the deck.
4120/4318 R404A drain valve Close
5007 / 5008 Desiccant vessel drain valves Close (Note : The main IG supply valve 6041 is controlled by the O2 content and dew
4005 R404A compressor LO charging valve Close
5457 Purge line drain valve Close point. If the O2 content is too high or too low and the dew point is too
4320 Condenser vent valve Close
high, the valve will not open. If either the O2 content, the dryer or the
g) Start the dryer by moving the selector switch to the START position then 4108 / 4119 Evaporator manual drain valves Close
refrigeration plant should reach alarm limits during normal operation the
returning it to Running position. 4113 Demister manual drain valve Close
vent valve 6021 will open and the supply valve 6041 will close.)
h) Set up the fuel oil system by opening the following valves : k) At the compressor local start panel, turn the motor start switch to the
START position and release to position 1. The compressor will start.
Procedure for Stopping of the Plant
121VPL IGG gas oil tank quick-closing valve Open l) Check if the oil return flow from the separator is functioning, if so the pipe
1001 Duty gas oil filter inlet / outlet 3 way valves Open should be hot. Check the oil level. a) The system can be stopped at the control panel, switch OFF the IG / Air
1001 Standby gas oil filter inlet / outlet 3 way valves Closed Charge selector switch. The delivery valve will close and the purge valve
m) At the IG generator starter panel turn the following switches :
1051 Fuel oil pump delivery valve Open will open.
The Mode Select switch to the IG PRODUCTION
1059 100% capacity solenoid valve Operational
The IG Gas / Air To Tanks switch to the NORMAL b) Put the START / STOP selector switch in position 1 (normal stop). The
2032 100% capacity isolating valve Open
Turn the Capacity Select switch to the position 1 50% CAPACITY burner will extinguish and the fuel pump will stop, but the blowers will
1060 50% capacity solenoid valve Operational
BLOWER 1. keep running.
2033 50% capacity isolating valve Open
2042 Fuel shut-off valve Operational n) Turn the Start switch to the START position and release to the NORMAL c) After approximately three minutes, the furnace purge will be complete and
2103 / 2105 Pilot burner solenoid valves Operational OPERATION 2 position. The inert gas generator will now start. the blowers will stop automatically. Once they have stopped, move the
START / STOP selector switch to the OFF.
i) At the fuel oil pump starter panel, turn the main switch on the pump panel The start-up sequence is as follows :
to the position 1 to ensure that the pump will start when the IG generator is The fuel oil pump and one blower will start d) Close the freon main shut-off valve 4122.
started. After 20 seconds the other blower will start
e) Two minutes after closing this valve, stop the compressor at the cooler local
The system is purged with air for 60 seconds
j) After checking the oil level in the freon compressor crankcase, set the control panel.
The fuel oil solenoid valves 2103 and 2105 , air solenid 2114 open to allow
refrigeration system for operation by setting the valves as per the following
fuel oil and control air to the pilot burner f) Shut the freon compressor suction and discharge valves 4021and 4012
table :
The ignition transformer (2131) and thus the spark plug is energized
g) Stop the dryer by moving the selector switch to the OFF at the dryer local
Valve Description Position After 70 seconds the pilot burner is ignited. detected by the UV flame
control panel.
4012 R404A compressor outlet valve Open detector (2121)and the ignition transformer is de-energized, otherwise
4021 R404A compressor suction valve Open the generator shuts down and an alarm is given
The dryer unit will continue to operate automatically until the current
4314 / 4315 R404A line filter inlet / outlet valves Open After 85 seconds the solenoid valves 1056, 1062 and 2040 open to
regeneration cycle is complete. At this point the unit will switch off.
4316 / 4318 R404A line filter bypass / drain valves Close allow fuel oil to the main burner. The pilot burner ignites the main
4030 Hot gas line manual isolating valves Open burner and the atomizing steam is supplied to the burner
h) Stop No.3 ballast pump.
4211 Hot gas line control valve Operational After 90 seconds the solenoid valves 2103, 2105 and air solenoid 2114
4138 Hot gas line isolating line valve Open close and shut off fuel oil and control air to the pilot burner. The pilot i) Drain the sea water pipe by use of the DRAIN switch inside the panel. Once
4106 Evaporator chill line isolating valve Open burner is extinguished . drained, close this valve 092VPH and shut the overboard 091VPH.
4126 Evaporator chill line solenoid valve Operational The pressure control system takes control
j) Shut the fuel and instrument air supply valves to the unit. Instrument air
4132 Evaporator chill line manual isolating valve Open
o) Check that the plant temperatures and pressures are normal. should be left until the dryer regeneration cycle is complete.
4213 Compressor bypass inlet valve Open
4217 Compressor bypass solenoid valve Operational p) Ensure that the O2 analyzer is operational and drawing sample gas, as k) Drain the burner housing by opening the valve 2003. This valve must be
4133 Compressor bypass outlet valve Open shown on line 2 on the display. closed when the drain is complete. The electric supplies to the panels must
4204 Liquid separator outlet valve Open be left on for heating purposes.
q) Check that there is a flow through the O2 bubbler unit for cleaning the
4207 Compressor suction pressure control valve Operational
sample gas.
4011 Oil separator outlet valve Open
4007 Oil separator return solenoid valve Operational
4031 Condenser inlet valve Open
4121 Expansion valve Operational
6.5a
6.5a Inert Gas
Inert GasGenerator
GeneratorSystem
System
TO CARGO PART
FUNNEL
PAH
F.O. PUMP UNIT 6041
400
G887
25
PM
XAHH XAH XAL G885
P G882 G882 G882
UPP. DK UPP. DK P
400
P
121VPL 400
40 25
1 6021
1001 TM
P
50
O2 ANALYZER G884
10
I.G.G. GAS OIL TK 6001 VP
25
250
TO D.O. TRANS. PUMP 4204
PAH
50
G818-11 P 4106
TAH LIQUID SEPA. 4122
FM
FROM F.W.SERV.LINE G818-9
P
G883
200 T
400 009VUJ
1051 LS
EVAPORATOR 400 400
40
4128
PAL
25 25 007VUJ
G818-10
400
LI 5453
P DEMISTER TS
300
NO.2 1060 1059 4120 TAH
T G818-15 5450
2033 2032 2105 S 4138 5457
15
IGG BLOWER 2042 2103 S 4207 TAL
P G841-2
4113
25
400
4108 4119 T T
25
300 TAH
250
NO.1 G818-6
INERT GAS
PAH PAL T GENERATOR
G818-12 G818-13 P P
IGG BLOWER 4211
400
T
4118 1 I.G. DRYER 2
S
LAH
G818-14 4121
4030
2003 XA
G818-2
PAL 324VPG
4134
G818-16 PAL PAH 4315
P P G841-3 G841-4 4133
P P
PAH 4217 S S 4126 4318
G818-8 4021
65 1601 4213 4132 4314
5007
200
AUX. STM 4316 5008

1624 1631 COMP.
4012 P P XAH
25
25
25
1625
T TAH T G881
DEW
1603 1606 G841-6 POINT
P 4005 OIL FI
SEPARATOR TAH TAL TAH P
1605 T DPAL
G864-7 G864-2 T G864-5
G841-5 4007 TC
600
S
15 PAL
TO ATMOS. G818-7 1 4309 4011
DRAIN TK P
PC
200
200
5107
250
4320 4031 STM HTR 5102 40

013VPJ 003VPJ FROM AUX.
25
STM LINE
S.W. SUC.
R 404 15
T CONDR LI
C
325VPG 326VPG
T 5110 5111 15
NO.3 BALLAST PUMP TO ATMOS.
PILOT DRAIN TK
LC RECEIVER STM HTR
P 088VPH 5109
028VPJ T
DRYER AIR CLR
P
80
PAL TO & FROM CCS FAN

029VPJ G841-7
092VPH
TAH
113VPG 111VPG G864-4 5437
65
030VPJ
112VPG 114VPG
FRESH AIR INTAKE
150
RO OIO OIS 125 65

031VPJ 880 880 880
037VPJ
400 400 125 65
TO BILGE WELL
090VPH 091VPH
038VPJ
PART 7: ENGINE ROOM BALLAST SYSTEM
7.1 Engine Room Ballast System

7.2 Ballast and Fuel Oil Valves Control System
Illustrations
7.1a Engine Room Ballast System
7.2a Ballast and Fuel Oil Valves Control System
7.1 Engine Room Ballast System
Specifications
Water ballast pump
Discharge of ballast can be accomplished in three steps.
Maker : SHINKO IND.LTD.
Capacity : 3 3,000 m3/h 30 mTH 355 kW 1,200 rpm 1) Discharge by gravity
2) Deballasting by use of the ballast pump
Water spray pump 3) Stripping by use of the ballast stripping eductor

The sea suction of each pump is made from the sea water crossover which is
Capacity : 1 925 m3/h 100 mTH 400 kW 1,800 rpm
provided between starboard and port sea chests dedicated for ballast system. The
ballast water is discharged through the dedicated overboard discharge valve.
Ballast stripping eductor
Maker : Niikura No.3 ballast pump is used also for inert gas generator cooling water supply.
Type : Low pressure type
Capacity : 1 400 m3/h A draft gauge sensor for aft of the ship is provided at 2nd flat in the engine room.
Following gauges are monitored on the IAS.

Description
Ballast main pressure
The purpose of the Ballast System is to provide the distribution of sea water
Ballast pump suction and discharge pressures
ballast throughout the ship under varying load conditions. The load varying of
Ballast stripping eductor driving water inlet pressure
the hull and trim of the ship are affected by cargo loading and unloading,
Ballast stripping eductor suction pressure
bunkering, fuel oil transfer and fuel consumption. The ballast system is used to
Aft water ballast tanks level
compensate for all of these operating conditions.
Three vertical centrifugal ballast pumps are provided in engine room for
operating the ballast water. The pumps can be operated either in parallel or in
single as required.
A ballast stripping eductor is provided to strip the ballast tanks. The driving water
for eductor is supplied from either No.1 or No.3 ballast pump.
A vertical centrifugal pump is provided to supply sea water to water spray

system.
The valves in the ballast system are hydraulically operated with open / close or
valve position indications from the ballast control console in cargo control room.
The valves marked with R can be controlled remotely at voluntary opening

position and the valves marked with "R" are operated at either full open or full
close position.
6.1
7.1a
7.1a Main
Engine
Feed
Engine Room
Water
Room Ballast
Pump
Ballast System
System
UPP.DK OIS OIO RO

879 879 879
SEA CHEST PORT 048VPJ
TO W.SPRAY SYSTEM R
40
40
650
036VPJ
052VPJ LAH
BWV52
OIS OIO RO 015VPJ G1331
879 879 879 R BWV51
250
250
LAL
054VPJ G1331
SA RM RO RO RO
550
R R LM D.B.PIPE
G1350 G1350 G1350 FIRE W/H 003JPJ G1331 PASSAGE
550 550 125
WATER SPRAY PUMP
BWV41 BWV40 AFT W.B.TK (P) 010VPJ
P C R
BWV24
550
R R C R
042VPJ 004JPJ
350 350 PM 400
G1302
250
HYV03 HYV02 BWV44 FOR PORTABLE
NO.3 BALLAST PUMP VENT.FAN
R
SA RO RM (300A)
G1301 G1301 G1301 500 550
550
PM 550
G1303
029VPJ
25 038VPJ 028VPJ BWV42
P 007VPJ
R
R BWV49
400 400 500 500 400

TO INERT GAS GEN. SYSTEM
030VPJ PM
037VPJ
G1305
BWV43
005VPJ
R
R R BWV46 P
002JPJ 032VPJ
300
550 550
012VPJ 002VPJ PM
BWV37 BWV36 C G1304
550
C
MOORING DK PM
LM BALLAST STRIP. 035VPJ
550
650
G1302
G1337
EDUCTOR 300
TO CCR
NO.2 BALLAST PUMP 008VPJ
R
SA RO RM
G1301 G1301 G1301 500
PM
G1303
550
026VPJ
25 025VPJ BWV38 033VPJ
300
P R
BWV47
R
500 500 450

DRAFT GAUGE 027VPJ
2ND FLAT BWV39
004VPJ 006VPJ
R R
R R BWV45 BWV48
001JPJ
550 550 550 550
011VPJ 001VPJ
BWV32 BWV31 (300A)
550
FOR PORTABLE
C VENT.FAN
250
65
PM
G1302
NO.1 BALLAST PUMP

061VPJ R
SA RO RM R 009VPJ
150 G1301 G1301 G1301 500 AFT W.B.TK (S) BWV23
550
PM
G1303
022VPJ
021VPJ BWV33 LAH
P
UPP.DK G1331
R
LAL
500 500
250
250
G1331
40
REMOTE CONTROL VALVE WITH POSI.IND. LM

R 023VPJ
053VPJ BWV34 G1331
R REMOTE CONTROL VALVE WITH OPEN/SHUT IND.
OIS OIO RO 014VPJ R
R 051VPJ
879 879 879 BWV50
400
40
024VPJ
BWV35
SEA CHEST STBD

6.1
7.2 Ballast
Main Feed
and Water
Fuel Oil
Pump
Valves Control System
Specifications Hydraulic Power Packs Emergency Shutdown System

Maker : Nakakita Seisakusho Co., Ltd The units consist of a 950 litre oil tank, with the two main pumps and a sea going The ESD system is supplied by four accumulators, each fitted with a rupture disc,
Type : NS pump situated on top of the tank. The lead pump has a delivery rate of 25.0 litres safety sequence valve, power supply, non-return valve and isolating valve. The
Main pump capacity : 2 x 25.0 litres/min x 5.5 kW x 1,200 rpm / min at the working pressure of between 8.0 MPa and 9.0 MPa. Suction is accumulators operate the manifold ESD valves in an emergency situation and are
Sea going pump capacity : 1 x 14.3 litres/min x 3.7 kW x 1,200 rpm through 150 mesh filters, before passing onto the main rail through individual capable of two closing operations within 30 seconds.
Accumulator : 4 x 60 litres preloaded to 7.0 MPa non-return valves.
Working pressure : 130 bar normal, 160 bar maximum
Pressure switches : Main pump loading - 8.0 MPa, unloading - 9.0 There is a bank of four accumulators of 60 litre capacity, capable of restoring 20 Procedure for Operating the Remote Valve Operating System
MPa litres of oil between the working pressures, under low pressure demand
a) Ensure that the oil system is fully charged and that there are no leaks
Leading up pump start - 7.7 MPa, stop - 9.0 MPa conditions. The system is protected by a safety relief valve set at 9.8 MPa, which
evident.
Standby up pump start - 7.4 MPa, stop - 9.0 MPa returns to the tank via the main return line.
b) Turn the AUTOMATIC / HAND select switch to the control required.
Relief valve setting : 9.8 MPa
Oil tank capacity : 950 litres The starter panel consists of the following : c) Turn the pump select switch to either PUMP 1 or to PUMP 2 position.
Changeover switch to select either automatic or emergency use d) Turn the power switch to the 1 (ON) position and ensure that the power
Pump Shutdown Changeover switch to select either duty or standby pump light illuminates.
Level-low low : 412mm from top of tank Pushbuttons for:
e) Press the start button on the selected operating pump and ensure that the
Temperature high-high : 90C Pump start and stop
RUNNING light illuminates when the pump is running.
Acknowledging and canceling audible alarms
Emergency Hand Pump Lamp test f) Check the pressure rise on the pressure gauge and check that the pump cuts
For deck part (3sets) Indicator lamps for: out at the pressure of 9.0 MPa.
Stroke : 33.0 cc / cycle Electrical power available
g) Check that the second pump unit is operational.
Pressure : 9.8 MPa Pump running
Oil tank volume : 6.5 litre Pump stopped h) The system is now ready for operation.
Pump failure due to high temperature
i) Press the OPEN or CLOSE buttons for the selected valves on the mimic
For engine room (2sets) Alarms due to high oil temperature, low oil level and high and low oil pressures panels in order to open or close the selected valves when setting the
Stroke : 2.0 cc / cycle pipeline system.
Pressure : 9.8 MPa The system has the following alarms
j) When the pipeline is set, start the selected pump and check that the system
Oil tank volume : 0.7 litre
Capacity tank low level at 270mm from bottom of tank is pumping as intended.
Capacity tank high temperature of 70C
k) Each day press the LAMP TEST button in order to check that the lamps are
Oil pressure low at 115 bar
General Description illuminating.
Oil pressure high at 150 bar
All the valves necessary for the operation of the cargo and emergency shutdown
system are hydraulically operated by a hydraulic power pack, which can be The main pumps are each capable of:
cross-connected to the cargo hydraulic power pack in an emergency. The power
Operate three of the 700mm valves in 60 seconds
pack is situated in the hydraulic pump unit room on the port side of upper deck
Operate two 300mm - 400mm globe valves in 98 seconds
and the solenoid valve boards and boxes are distributed and arranged in several
Operate all the manifold valves in 30 seconds
places. The power pack is started locally and valve operation is from the IAS
Operate three 1000mm - 1,400mm butterfly valves in 30 seconds
graphic screens in the cargo control room, situated on Deck 6.
Emergency operation is carried out by using one of the three for deck and cargo
part and two for engine room portable manually operated pumps and by
manually operating the solenoid valves. The solenoid valves operate at 230V.
7.2a
7.2a Ballastand
Ballast andFuel
FuelOil
OilValves
Valves Control
Control System
System
SYMBOLS:
STOP VALVE VALVE POSITION SIGNAL TRANSMITTER

FLOW METER
CARGO CONTROL ROOM CHECK VALVE VALVE OPEN/SHUT SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
SELF-SEAL COUPLING HYD.OIL PIPE

IAS
SOLENOID VALVE ELECTRIC CABLE
MANUAL CHANGEOVER SELF SEAL COUPLING WITH
VALVE STOP VALVE FUNCTION
FILTER AIR PURGE VALVE

I.S. BARRIER
PANEL FROM/TO
CARGO VALVE NOTE:
STAND
1) START/STOP SWITCH OF HYD.POWER UNIT : FROM IAS & LOCAL.
2) ALARM DISPLY ON IAS : BY HIGH & LOW PRESS.FOR HYDRAULIC OIL
FLYING PASSAGE AND RESERVE OIL TANK LOW LEVEL.
HYD.PUMP
3) 5 SETS OF PORTABLE HAND PUMP FOR EMERGENCY USE TO BE PROVIDED.
UNIT ROOM
1SET..... IN ENGINE ROOM
2SETS.... IN D.B.PIPE PASSAGE
ACCUMLATOR UNIT HYD.PUMP UNIT 1SET..... FIRE EQUIP.RM IN DECK 6(ACCOMM.)
CLEANING 1SET..... COMPRESSER ROOM
CONNECTION
CLEANING
4) SELECTION OF POWER UNIT IS AS FOLLOW.
STARTER
CONNECTION S S
BOX
AT SEA GOING CONDITION........................ SMALL PUMP ONLY
M M M LAL AT LOADING/UNLOADING CONDITION..... ONE LARGE PUMP
FS
(ONE BACK UP PUMP)
UPP.DECK
ACCESS UNDER DECK PASSAGE WAY COFFERDAM BOSUN'S STORE

TRUNK
NO.B1 VALVE STAND
R R
FOV3~5 FOV2
D.B.PIPE PASSAGE
NO.B9 VALVE STAND NO.B8 VALVE STAND NO.B2~B7 VALVE STAND FOR'D W.B.TK
R
FOV1 DRF01
HYV01
FOR'D VOID BOW THRUSTER & FORE PEAK VOID

FOR'D PUMP RM
ENGINE ROOM
PORTABLE HAND PUMP PORTABLE HAND PUMP
R R R R R R R
001~005VPH BWV50~52 BWV24~25 BWV31,36,40 BWV21~22 BWV01,02,04,05 BWV07,08

091VPH BWV32~35 BWV45~49 BWV03
BWV37~39 HYV02,03 BWV06,09,10
BWV41~44 BWV11~13
BWV14.15,16,19
SEA VALVES BALLAST VALVES BALLAST VALVES
BWV17,18,20
PART 8: INTEGRATED AUTOMATION SYSTEM
IAS Screen Display

8.1 IAS Overview
8.2 IAS Operator Station Operations 8.3a Machinery Screen Display 8.3b Power Management System Screen Display 8.3c Gas Handling Screen Display
8.3 Screen Displays 1. Aux. Steam 1. Power Management 1. BOG Main
8.4 Watch Call System 2. Steam Exhaust 2. Engine Main 2. BOG LD1 Process
Illustrations 3. Boiler Press Steam 3. DG Main 3. BOG LD1 Status
8.1a Integrated Automation System Overview 4. Condensate Water 4. Turbine Generator 1 4. BOG LD2 Process
8.2a IAS Operator Station Panel 5. Feed Water Piping 5. Turbine Generator 2 5. BOG LD2 Status
8.2b Operation: Symbols and Views 6. Feed Water Status 6. Emergency Generator Main 6. BOG HD1 Prpcess
8.3a Machinery Screen Display 7. Fire Fighting SW 7. Power HV Bus Status 7. BOG HD1 Status
8.3b Power Management System Screen Display 8. Fresh Water Service 8. Power LV Status 8. BOG HD2 Process
8.3c Gas Handling Screen Display 9. Fresh Water Cooling 9. Power BO Trip 9. BOG HD2 Status
8.4a Watch Call Panels 10. Sea Water Cooling 10. Power Blackout Reconnection 10. BOG Heaters
11. Sea Water Cooling Modes 11. Power HV CB Status 11. BOG Forcing Vapourizer
12. FO Fill &Transfer 12. Power HVM_Motor CB 12. BOG LNG Vapourizer
13. FO Serv Pipe 13. Power HVC_Motor CB
14. LO Purifier
15. LO Service Pipe
16. LO Stern Tube
17. Bilge
18. L.P.S.G. Feed Drain Piping
19. Fans
20. Start Air
21. Compressed Air
22. Misc Alarms
23. Drain
24. KYMA
25. Main Turbine
26. Main Turbine Alarms
27. Main Turbine Bearings Shaft
28. Steering Bow Thruster
8.1 IAS Overview
Maker : Kongsberg Maritime AS Process Stations System Peripheral Equipment

Model : Kongsberg Maritime Vessel Control (SVC) The process stations are interface and processing units. They are related to
particular pieces of equipment, or plant, and provide the interface between the Printers
The IAS system is a machinery monitoring and control system which covers all IAS system and the actual plant or equipment. Process stations also contain the Certain operator stations are connected directly to a dedicated printer for printing
the important plant on board the vessel, such as propulsion, power generation, operating software for the associated equipment. out events and may be interfaced to one or more network printers for event and
boilers, auxiliary machinery and cargo/ballast systems etc. report printing.
The IAS system on board is called a distributed processing system, because the An operator station may also have the facility to print to the network colour
The basic functions include : process control functions are defined locally in the process stations and not in the printer, providing colour screen dumps.
Process and system monitoring operator stations. The operator stations function independently, so they can be
Event logging and monitoring located at the ship control centres. This also means that each station is capable of
Control functions (motor control, valve control and PIDs) controlling any process, provided it has control of the appropriate command Monitoring and Control
group and the user is logged on with the correct access code. Monitoring and control is performed by software modules. The basic modules
The main applications to which these functions are applied are : are :
Power management Each station computer has a hard disk containing the software files for the fitted Buttons
Propulsion plant / Thruster control equipment. Process values to be displayed at the operator stations are generated Analogue measurement modules
Gas handling in the process stations and transferred to each station as required. Digital measurement modules
Cargo and ballast control Pulse measurement modules
Watch call system
Motor / pump control modules
The Operator Interface Valve control modules
Main Components
The graphic displays are shown on the monitor of the operator stations. These PID controller modules
The IAS system is made up of operator and history stations connected by a dual
displays show all or part of a system or process using standard symbols to
bus to the Network Distribution Units (NDUs) and the process stations. The
represent the actual plant / equipment (valves, motors etc). Events (alarms and All display views are made up from a set of standard modules. The symbols on
process stations contain the input / output cards to and from the equipment
messages) are also shown on the displays. the screen are the symbols associated with these modules, valves, motors,
controlled and / or monitored.
measurements etc.
The operator panel is used to interact with the display and control the process.
This is achieved by the use of the trackball and buttons to point and click on
Operator Stations
symbols and menus. Symbols
The operator stations are the main interface between the operator and the
processes under the operators control. The operator station has a colour monitor, The symbols indicate the operational mode and status of the represented
an operator panel with buttons and trackball and a controller computer. These are equipment (motor / pump etc) by means of tag mark characters and changes in
Displays and Views colour and appearance. Illustration 8.1.2bOperation: Symbols and Vies shows
installed in the cargo control room, the bridge and the engine control room.
The system is made up of the following types of views : the common module symbols used within the system.
Process
History Station Flow
Keyboard, Alarm Panel Layout
A history station is a specific computer on the network which runs the operator Event
station software. It also contains the historical database, storing an historical (time Trends Views
iews Alarms
50MC708c1 X
/ date) series of process (samples). These series are used to produce trends and Equipment
reports at the operator and history stations.
HOME MACHINERY
MACHINER BOILER BOILER-1 BOILER-2 COMPUTER POWER ALARM
PAGE
PA COMMON
ALARM
RESET
The Display and Control of System Processes
STEAM MAIN POWER BILGE PATROL ACK.
SYSTEM TURBINE MAN VIEW
Communication Network The number of views in a system depends upon the equipment under system Command AUTO
The network used is a dual Local Area Network (LAN) connecting the operator, control. The operator can select views with varying levels of detail. When a view CARGO GAS
HANDLING
NGP IGS BALLAST TAKE
TA GIVE STATUS
ST US MANUAL
history and process stations. All the communication between the operator and the is selected showing an overall process, there may not be enough room to display View
iew Section
controlled / monitored equipment takes place on this network. all the detail on a single view. To account for this, the system will therefore have FIRE ESD BLACK OUT MISC SYSTEM NAVI -
NAVI
AND GAS
AS
RECON. ALARMS
GATOR
GA OR Acknowledge
number of views, accessed from the main view, that show these details.
Network Distribution Units

The network distribution units are network hubs for LAN A or LAN B. Each
NDU is in its own cabinet housing multiport repeaters and patch panels.
8.1a Integrated Automation System Overview
UPS 1 UPS 2
F1 F18 F1 F18
SVC-OS 01 FS-12 SVC-OS 02 FS-14
F2 F19 F2 F19
SVC-OS 05 FS-13 SVC-OS 06 SVC-OS 11
20.1 20.1 F3
SVC-OS 03 F20
FS-14 F3
SVC-OS 08 F20
COMP. SVC-OS 12
Monitor Monitor Wheelhouse Fire Control Station
F4
SVC-OS 07 F21 F4
SVC-OS 04 F21
Printer 4 (Alarm)
F5 F22 F5 F22
SVC-OS 09 COMP. SVC-OS 11 440VAC FS-01 Printer 5(Hard Copy)
VC-OS-09 SVC-OS-10 440VAC Ship Supply F6 F23
Printer 1 (Alarm) F6
FS-02 F23
Printer 6 (Laser)
Emergency Supply
Alarm to PS-08
F7
FS-01 F24
Printer 2 (Hard Copy) Alarm to PS-08
F7
FS-03 F24
NDU B1
DisPow F8
FS-02 F25
Printer 3 (Laser) DisPow F8
FS-04 F25 NDU B2
tr er tr er
Ca ibuti Caibuti HISTORY STATION
F9 F26 F9 F26
FS-03 NDU A1 / C1 FS-05
bin on F10
FS-04 F27
NDU A2 / C2 bin on F10
FS-06
Battery Pack et Battery Pack et
Fir
eC ReFire F11
FS-05 F11
FS-07 F30 BGB
pe BGB FS-08 FS-15
Pa entr
F12 F30 F12
Pa ate UP UP F31
FS-06
BS nel al BU nel r 20 S 1
KV
F13
FS-07 F31 FS-15 20 S 2
KV
F13 FS-09 F32 FS-16
-10 -10 A Alarm to F14
FS-08 F32 FS-16 A Alarm to F14
FS-10 F33 FS-17
0 1
230VAC PS-02 F15
FS-09 F33 FS-17 PS-06 F15
FS-11 F34 LD COMPR. 2
230V Mounting Plate Mounting Plate (UPS2) UPS No.1 F16
FS-10 F34 LD COMPR. 1 UPS No.2
F16
FS-12 F35 HD COMPR. 2
(UPS1) F17
FS-11 F35 HD COMPR. 1 F17
FS-13 F36 HV / HT 2
F36
HV / HT 1
Electric Cargo Control Room Electric Equipment

Equipment
Room
230VAC (UPS1,2)
Hard Copy Printer
20.1" 20.1" 20.1" 20.1" 230VAC (UPS1,2)
Monitor Monitor Monitor Monitor 230VAC
(UPS1)
230VAC SVC-OS-02 SVC-OS-01 SVC-OS-04 SVC-OS-03
(UPS1) 230VAC (UPS1,2)
FS 230VAC (UPS1,2)
Alarm Printer FS - 02
230VAC -01 FS 230VAC
(UPS1) -03 (UPS2)
ND FS FS
U - 04 - 05
A1 Laser Printer
230VAC
230VAC 230VAC 230VAC 230VAC (UPS1,2) ND
Mounting Plate (UPS2) Mounting Plate (UPS1) Mounting Plate (UPS2) Mounting Plate (UPS1) U
B1
230VAC
(UPS1)
230VAC Engine Control %Room Main Switchboard Room

Hard Copy Printer 230VAC
(UPS1,2) 230VAC 230VAC
20.1" 230VAC 230VAC (UPS1,2) 230VAC (UPS2)
230VAC Monitors 20.1" (UPS1,2)
(UPS1) Monitors (UPS2) 230VAC (UPS1,2) (UPS1,2)
SVC-OS-05 SVC-OS-07 SVC-OS-06 SVC-OS-08 FS (UPS1,2)
-11
230VAC
FS (UPS1,2) FS FS
Alarm Printer - 10 - 14 - 17
FS FS FS FS
230VAC - 09 230VAC - 07
(UPS1,2) -13 -16 230VAC
ND (UPS2) FS FS
U -08 FS FS (UPS1,2) -06
A2 230VAC - 12 - 15
(UPS1,2) 230VAC
Laser Printer (UPS1,2)
230VAC ND
U
230VAC 230VAC (UPS1,2) B2
Mounting Plate Mounting Plate (UPS1) Mounting Plate Mounting Plate (UPS2)
230VAC
(UPS2)
Electric Equipment Room Compressor Explosive Zone
230VAC
(UPS2) LN For
G cin
230VAC HD LD g
SVC-OS-12 (UPS1) Va Va
Hp Hp
LD HD LD HD
SVC-OS-11 1 1 2 2
8.2 IAS Operator Station Operations
Operator Panel Command Group Displays and Views

The systems operator / user interface is the monitor screen, control panel and This group contains the TAKE, GIVE and STATUS buttons. These buttons allow The system is made up of the following types of views :
alphanumeric keyboard. The screen displays the system views and the operator the operator to transfer control of the process from one operator station to another. Process : Showing the process equipment under system control
panel is used to interact with those views. The alphanumeric keyboard is used for The TAKE and GIVE buttons allow the operator to transfer command control Flow : Showing the process equipment under system control
set-up and configuration purposes. The operator panel is used to interact with the between the operator stations. Above each of these buttons there is a green status for software configuration
views on the screen, display a new view or to act upon an element within a view. LED that indicates control transfer status. The STATUS button allows the Event : Showing process events and events generated by the
operator to view the current status of the command control. system
The layout of the pushbuttons, lamps and controls on the operator panel are Trends : Showing historic trend curves for process variables
divided into functional groups, as shown in Illustration 8. 2a IAS Operator Sation Equipment : Showing the status of the process and operator control
Panel. View Selection Group units
This group contains three buttons that are used to display a map of the existing
views and select previous views or related views. The NAVIGATOR button Both process and flow types of view can display the same information. Normally,
Views Group displays the navigator dialogue box. The LEFT ARROW button returns the process views are used by the system. The system can also present detailed
The buttons of the views group select and display the views representing the operator to the view displayed before the current one. The RIGHT ARROW information regarding a single component, e.g., a motor, valve or pump.
various process areas. The most important and commonly used views are button displays the next view listed in the history navigator dialogue box.
assigned to these buttons so that they are instantly accessible from the operator This information is then displayed via the following dialogue boxes :
panel. Each button is labeled with the name of the view. To display the views Single Point View : Shows the current operational status of
assigned to these buttons, the operator should press the appropriate button. Keypad Group the module together with a trend (if
This group contains FUNCTION, NUMERIC and CURSOR CONTROL arrow configured) and selected adjustable
Above each button is a red status LED, which will flash when any buttons. The function buttons (F1 to F8) are user-definable. The numerical and parameters.
unacknowledged alarms are active in the view assigned to that button. When all keypad buttons (ESC, SPACE etc) are used to enter values into dialogue boxes,
the active alarms in the view are acknowledged, the LED illuminates steadily. If Module Parameters : Shows all the adjustable parameters of the
when setting parameters or required levels. The cursor control buttons (HOME,
there are no active alarms in the view, the LED will be off. module
END, ARROWS etc) can be used to move between fields in dialogue boxes and
There are several different ways to navigate through the views of the IAS to scroll through lists. Module Terminals : Shows the connection terminals of the
system : module together with their signal values
Using the views buttons on the operator panel
Using the previous view and next view buttons on the tool bar Show Connection : Shows the connections to and from the
Trackball Group
Using the history navigator which records the last 10 screens viewed module terminals
This group consists of three unannotated buttons and a trackball. The trackball is
Using the navigator Alarm Configuration : Shows the alarm limits set for the module
used to position the cursor on the screen. The left button is used to select symbols,
Using hot spots
open and operate menus and click buttons in the views and dialogue boxes I/O Card : Shows the input/output configuration and
Using the context menu of a module
displayed on the screen. The right button is used to open pop-up context menus. connections of the module terminals
The middle button is not used. These buttons are similar in action to those in a
standard mouse button configuration. Module Status : Shows the operational configuration of
Alarms Group the module
This group contains three indicator lamps and three buttons that are used to
AIM Time Series Explorer : Allows the management of module
indicate, acknowledge and handle alarms and events. (COMPUTER and Alphanumeric Keyboard terminal series and parameter time series
POWER lamps are not used). The ALARM lamp flashes when unacknowledged
The alphanumeric keyboard is a standard, QWERTY keyboard that is located in
alarms are active in the system. When all the active alarms in the system are
a compartment under the operator panel. A keyboard selection switch is fitted to
acknowledged, the lamp becomes steadily illuminated. If there are no active
select the keyboard. When the keyboard is selected, the buttons of the keypad
alarms in the system, the lamp will be off. The ACK button is used to
group are disabled. For a desktop operator station, the keyboard selection switch
acknowledge alarms.
is a toggle switch located on the back of the operator panel.
The SILENCE button is used to stop the audible alarm that sounds when alarms
are raised. The ALARM VIEW button is used to display the alarms event
window.
Mode Indication Configuration Options

Process elements can be operated in various modes. To reflect the mode that a The following operating buttons are available on the menu for a single speed During system configuration one or more of the following functions may have
process element is in, a tag mark character is displayed next to its module symbol. electrical motor driven pump : been configured for the motor/pump control modules :
The characters used and their colours are : STOP :
LOCAL/REMOTE MODE :
Manual mode: Blank space or a white m This stops the motor and is only available in the MANUAL mode.
All the motor/pump control modes have a local/remote function which
Automatic mode: Green a
START : allows the motor to be started either from the local panel or from the IAS.
Disabled mode: Cyan d
This starts the motor and is only available in the MANUAL mode. Transfer between local and remote control is performed at the local panel.
External mode: Green e
Follow or freeze mode: Cyan f RESET : CONTROL LOGIC INTERLOCKS :
Interlocked: Cyan i This command resets the appropriate time-out counters and can be used to These functions prevent the motor/pump from being damaged. For the
Local mode: Cyan 1 or L recover from a failed start or stop operation. electrical motors the interlock functions inhibit the starting and stopping
Overridden: Cyan o commands or execute the starting and stopping commands of the motors.
AUTO :
Tripped: Magenta t For hydraulic pumps the interlock functions inhibit all commands.
This command selects the automatic mode and cancels the MANUAL
mode. When in automatic mode the motor / pump is controlled by an POWER DEMAND :
The dynamics of a process are shown by changes in the colour of the symbols in
output signal from another module and not via the operation menu. In this The motor/pump control modules for the heavy consumers have a power
a view. For example, the colour of a motor symbol will be white when it is
case the STOP and START buttons will become blank. interlock function that prevents the motor/pump from being started if there
stopped, yellow when it is starting up or shutting down (transient state) and green
is insufficient power available.
when running and fully operational. The standard symbol and pipe colours used MANUAL :
to indicate status and fluids carried is listed as follows : This command cancels the automatic mode and allows the motor / pump to STANDBY START :
be controlled via the operation menu. Selection of the manual mode is not The motor / pump control modules have a standby start function that allows
Symbol White Yellow Green Blue Red possible if the LOCK in AUTO Mode parameter is set to 1 during the a maximum of three electrical motors to be defined as part of a duty /
Motor Stopped Transient Running Standby Alarm system configuration. standby sequence. They include :
Pump Stopped Transient Running Standby Alarm
ACKNOWLEDGE : 1. A motor continuing to run when put into the automatic mode, after
Valve Closed Transient Open Standby Alarm
This will only become available (with black button text) when an initially starting in the manual mode.
Generator Stopped Transient Running Standby Alarm
unacknowledged alarm is active for the module concerned. All the alarms 2. A motor automatically starting if another in the sequence stops due to a
Breaker Open Transient Closed Standby Alarm
are acknowledged when this button is pressed. failure.
3. A motor automatically starting if, for example, a pressure switch is used
Pipe Colour Fluid
For a dual speed electrical motor, such as those fitted to the forced draft fans, the to start an additional LO pump if the LO pressure is too low in a
Blue Fresh water, condensate, LNG liquid
start buttons are repeated to allow starting on high or low speed as follows : generator.
Light blue Low pressure steam
Brown Heavy fuel oil START-LOW : BLACKOUT RESTART :
Light brown High pressure steam, diesel oil This command causes the motor / pump to start and run at low speed and is This function causes a motor to restart automatically when power is
Black Bilge water only available in MANUAL mode. If this command is selected when the re-established after a blackout, provided that the motor was running before
Green Sea water, ballast water, nitrogen, glycol motor / pump is running at high speed the motor / pump will run at low speed. the blackout occurred. A start delay is provided on each motor to prevent
Yellow Lubricating oil, hydraulic oil, cold vapour The command can be used to cancel a high speed start operation, but has no too many motors starting at the same time.
Purple Compressed air effect during low speed running. If the low speed start fails, use the RESET
command to recover from the alarm situation. SHUTDOWN :
The control modules have a shutdown function that overrides all other
START-HIGH : control inputs to the module and provides an emergency stop facility.
Basic Operation Procedure for Pumps This causes the motor / pump to start and run at high speed and is only
To operate a pump from the IAS screen, the local switch has to be turned to the available in MANUAL mode. If this command is selected when the
NOR position and the main switchboard panel switch has to be turned to the IAS motor/pump is running at low speed the motor/pump will run at high speed.
position. The command can be used to cancel a low speed start operation, but has no
a) Move the cursor over the module symbol to be operated. effect during high speed running. If the high speed start fails, use the RESET
b) Press the left trackball button to open the symbol operation menu. command to recover from the alarm situation.
The name of the item of equipment that the module controls is displayed in the
title bar of the module operation menu. This menu is used to operate the module
and the commands on the menu reflect the actions that can be performed.
DUTY/STANDBY : Throttle Valve Menu Control Valve Menu

The control modules may be connected in two different duty / standby The commands on the operation menu of a throttle valve are as follows : The close, open, reset, automatic, manual and acknowledge commands on the
configurations : CLOSE : operation menu of a control valve are similar to those on the throttle valve. The
1. The duty motor/pump is in manual mode and the standby motor / pump This command causes the valve to close until it reaches a position that is exception is the set point command which allows the operator to specify the
is in automatic mode. Under these circumstances the standby motor / below the predefined close limit. This command can be used to cancel an position set point for the valve. When the command is selected, it displays the
pump will start if, for example, the system pressure falls below a set open position but has no effect on a closed valve. If a valve close operation numerical input dialogue box, See llustration 8.2b Operation : Symbols and Views.
limit. fails, the RESET command recovers the alarm situation. The command is The displayed numeric value is the current valve set point in % terms. A new
2. With both motor / pump operating in the automatic mode the duty / only available in manual mode. value is entered either using the INC (increase) or DEC (decrease) buttons, or
standby selection is controlled by interlock toggle buttons. The typing directly into the NUMERIC INPUT field using the operator panel
STOP :
presentation of the buttons changes to indicate the current selection for keyboard and clicking the OK button. The position of the valve opening changes
The stop command causes a moving valve to stop operating and remain at
the associated motor / pump. Under normal circumstances only the to the new set point. This command is only available in manual mode.
the current position. This command can be used to cancel an open or close
motor/pump selected as duty will be running with the other motor /pump
position but has no effect on a stationary valve. The command is only
ready to start should conditions arise where additional capacity is
available in manual mode.
required. See the illustration below showing two single speed electrical Digital Valve Menu
motor / pump in a duty / standby configuration with duty selection buttons. OPEN : The close, open, reset, automatic, manual and acknowledge commands on the
The open command causes the valve to operate until it reaches the fully operation menu of a digital valve are similar to those on the throttle valve.
open position. This command can be used to cancel a close position but has
no effect on an open valve. If a valve open operation fails, the RESET
command recovers the alarm situation. The command is only available in
manual mode.
STEP DOWN :
This command closes the valve by a predefined amount, as defined by the
configuration pulse length. This command has no effect on a fully closed
valve and is only available in manual mode.
STEP UP :
This command opens the valve by a predefined amount, as defined by the
configuration pulse length. This command has no effect on a fully opened
Basic Operation Procedure for Valves valve and is only available in manual mode.
There are three types of valves used :
RESET :
Throttle valve : This command resets the appropriate time-out counters and can be used to
Hydraulically operated, multi-position with feedback and stops at each recover from a failed start or stop operation.
position.
AUTO :
Control valve : This command selects the automatic mode and cancels the manual mode.
Pneumatically operated, with a PID control connection and may or may not In this mode the valve is controlled by an output signal from another
have a position feedback. module and not from the module operation menu.
Digital valve : MANUAL :
May be pneumatically or hydraulically operated, but only opens or closes as This command selects the manual mod and cancels the automatic mode. If
commanded. the 'Lock in Auto Mode' parameter is set to 1 during system configuration,
selection of the manual mode is not possible. The valve is controlled via the
All the valves on the IAS screen mimics are supported by operation modules.
module operation menu when in the manual mode.
a) Move the cursor over the module symbol to be operated.
b) Press the left trackball button to open the symbol operation menu. ACKNOWLEDGE :
This will only become available (with black button text) when an
The menu is used to operate the module and the commands on the menu reflect unacknowledged alarm is active for the module concerned. All the alarms
the actions that can be performed. The basic module menu functions cover are acknowledged when this button is pressed.
automatic / manual control, local / remote control, control logic interlocking and
shutdown.
8.2a IAS Operator Station Panel
Views Alarms Keypad Trackball
HOME MACHINERY BOILER BOILER-1 BOILER-2

PAGE COMMON COMPUTER POWER ALARM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
STEAM MAIN POWER BILGE DEAD MAN ALARM

SYSTEM TURBINE ACK.
VIEW 1 2 3 ESC
Command
4 5 6 BKSP HOME END PGUP
CARGO GAS NGP IGS BALLAST
HANDLING TAKE GIVE STATUS
7 8 9 SPACE TAB PGDN

ViewSection
FIRE ESD - - SYSTEM NAVI-
AND GAS - 0 .
GATOR
8.2b Operation: Symbols and Views
50MC708c1 X 50MC708c1 X 50MC708c1 X
STOP STOP
Common Module Symbols
START START
RESET RESET RESET Filter Text Small Indicator
AUTO AUTO AUTO
MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL
Heat Exchanger Text Background Indicator
97MC70901 X
Acknowledge Acknowledge Acknowledge STOP Purifier Single Speed Pump

a a
Module Operation Menu with Module Operation Menu Single Speed Electrical
START_LOW (Stopped) Running
Unavailable Commands Removed Motor/Pump Operation Menu
START_HIGH Non-Return Valve H L Dual Speed Pump
RESET (Stopped) Running

21XV0180 X 21XV1540 X 21XV1570 X
AUTO Hand Operated Valve Single Speed Motor
(Not Under IAS Control)
M
CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE MANUAL
STOP OPEN OPEN
Three W ay Hand Operated Valve M M Dual Speed Motor
L H
OPEN SETPOINT RESET Acknowledge (Stopped) Running
PULS DOWN RESET AUTO Digital (Open/Close) Valve Fan

Dual Speed Electrical
PULS UP STOP MANUAL Motor/Pump Operation Menu
RESET AUTO Control/Throttle Valve Circuit Breaker (Closed)

Acknowledge
AUTO MANUAL
MANUAL Digital Valve Operation Menu Manually Operated Valve Circuit Breaker (Open)
(Not Under IAS Control)
Acknowledge
Acknowledge PID Controller (Manual) Generator
Control Valve Operation Menu Numeric input G
OK
Throttle Valve Operation Menu Inc
66.4 Cancel
PID Controller (Auto) Transformers
Dec
Numeric Input Dialog Box

8.3 Screen Displays
Menu Bar Operation Menu

The menu bar displays the names of nine menus, of which seven (file, edit, view, The commands on this menu are : The following flow view menus have identical commands and contents as the
module, operation, tools and system) have context sensitive commands and two Acknowledge Command control PCU operation process menus :
(panel and help) have fixed commands. HS operation Module Operation Tools
System Panel Help
The commands available on the seven menus with context sensitive commands Tools Menu
depend on : The commands on this menu are : Tool Bar
Browse modules Module status list Module editor The tool bar at the top of the display contains short cut buttons to many
The type of system view being displayed Message monitor Report system Alarm groups commonly used functions. The type and function of the buttons displayed will
Which user group the logged on user name is a member of vary according to the display selected, blanked buttons are unavailable.
System Menu
The selected system mode, ie, monitoring, operation, OS/PCU The commands on this menu are : Last Alarm Line
configuration Palette Select time zone Set system time This line is located just below the tool bar on the display and will always show
Some of the menu commands are global, ie, available for all views, all users and Set time zone OS configuration OS config. mode the most recent alarm.
all modes (eg, the log off command on the file menu), whilst others are specific. PCU configuration mode
If the menu commands are blanked it means that they are unavailable in the Image Area
current context. Panel Menu The area of the display showing the selected process, event, trend, flow and
The commands on this menu are : equipment view images.
Lamp test
Process View Menus Message Line
The commands on these menus are as follows : Help Menu This line displays system and operator event messages. There is a status box
The commands on this menu are : which appears at the right hand end when the left trackball button is pressed as
File Menu About AIM/OS long as the cursor is within the image area.
The commands on this menu are : This option displays details about the AIM operating system installed at that
New image Save image Save image as System Views
operating station.
Image properties Print image Event printer The system has the following types of views :
Print screen Exit Process views Flow views Event views
Trend views Equipment view Input/Output view
Flow View Menus
Edit Menu
The commands on this menu are : Process Views
Flow Menu
Undo Redo Cut These views are graphic representations of an actual equipment/plant process
The commands on this menu are :
Copy Paste Add hot spot area. They are designed to provide the operator with all the relevant information
File menu
about that process. Dedicated views are provided for monitoring the major
With the exception of Add hot spot, these are standard Windows NT editing This menu has the same commands as the process views file menu listed equipment such as generators and boilers, etc.
commands that are not used with process views. previously.
Flow Views
View Menu The commands on this menu are specifically for changing the appearance of the These views are similar to the process views, the main difference is the
The commands on this menu are : flow view image. These commands are only available when the operator is techniques used to create them. The flow views have zoom functions and
Navigator History Preferences logged on as an authorized user in the OS or PCU configuration mode. information level displays not included in the process views.
Redraw
View Menu (Note : Flow views are for software configuration only and should not be used
Module Menu The commands on this menu are : as the user interface.)
The commands on this menu are : Navigator History Zoom centre
Find tag Operate Single point view Zoom point Zoom percent Zoom rectangle
Parameter view Terminal view Alarm limits Inc. display level Dec. display level Preferences Event Views
I/O card Module status Time series Redraw These views are defined for displaying system and process events and form no
part of the view hierarchy.
8.3 Screen Displays
Trend Views View Hierarchy IAS System Modes

Trend views can be displayed as independent views, associated with process All the views in the system (except for the event and equipment views) are The system has four operational modes :
areas. They either form part of the view hierarchy or part of other views, e.g., arranged in a configurable hierarchical system. The view hierarchy is shown in
single point views. the navigator dialogue box, accessible from the navigator button. 1. Monitoring
This mode is for personnel who require access to the system but are not
The trend system controls the displaying, creating and appearance of trends. It The view hierarchy comprises several levels, where the first (top) level represents qualified to operate it. To enter this mode the users name must be a member
can create and present several trends in a view and allows splitting of these trend a process system such as ballast or cargo. This top level view often provides an of the guests user group.
windows on several levels. overview of the process, whereas process details or components will be found in
the second (lower) level views. Trend views are located on the second (lower) 2. Operational
A trend is the presentation of single or multiple trend curves in a scaled axis level. This mode is for normal system operation. To enter this mode the users name
system. There are two different types of trend presentation : must be a member of the users, power users or administrators user group.
If all the available information for a process is included in a single process or
1. Trend view : Has a fixed size, filling the screen. 3. OS Configuration
flow view, there is no lower level view for that system other than trend views.
2. Trend pop-up : Small, resizable, remains displayed irrespective of the The first (top) level views are connected to the views buttons on the operator The users name must be a member of the administrators user group.
view selected and can be positioned anywhere on the screen. panel.
4. PCU Configuration
Both of these displays have a context menu for controlling their appearance. The users name must be a member of the administrators user group.
Context Menus
All system process variables can be monitored as trend curves. A trend curve is a All views have a pop-up context menu that is opened by pressing the right
Command Control
graphical presentation of the values for a single process variable with the trackball button, as long as the cursor is on the background of a view. The
commands on these menus depend upon the type of view currently being The operation of the IAS system is divided into command groups which
progress of time or the correlation of the values for two process variables over a
displayed and the operation or configuration mode selected. The commands reflect the system operation. Each of these groups represents a specific process
selected time span.
available on this menu are : area, e.g., ballast, cargo, etc. As all operator stations can view all process areas,
operational control of these areas must be restricted. This is achieved by using
These two presentations are : Find tag : Allows module search by tag names. the command groups to limit the control access of the operator stations. A
Time trend curve :
Browse module : Allows module search by attributes. command group has the following functions :
A plot of the values for a single process variable with the progress of
time. Restricting the control of process areas to specific operator stations.
Hot Spots
XY trend curve : Restricting the acknowledgement of alarms.
In process views, hot spots are sometimes available providing hyperlinks or
A plot of time correlated values from two different process variables (X
shortcuts to a related view. They provide links across the view hierarchy and they Restricting the reporting of events to specific stations.
and Y) for a defined time span.
can also be used to display flow and trend views. A hot spot is represented by a
It is possible to transfer control of process area related modules from one
There is a multiple curve facility, where it is possible to have several trend curves button containing text. Hot spots can be located anywhere in a view, but are
operator station group to another by command transfer, using buttons in the
in the same trend, provided that they are all the same type. A mixture of time and usually located at the right side of the view.
command group on the operator panel.
XY trend curves is not possible. There is also a time trend facility which can
contain a maximum of 10 curves. Separate scales are overlaid on the Y axis and a Logging On and Off
Each operator station group will have one of the following states for each
common time that shows the same time resolution for all curves on the X axis.
Before using the system, the operator must first log on with the correct IAS user command group :
name and log-on password combination. When the operator has completed
Equipment View In control :
operation of the system, they should log off.
This view shows information on all the operator and process stations within the The modules in the command group can be monitored and controlled,
system. It is displayed by clicking the equipment view button on the tool bar. parameter adjustment and configuration operations executed.
Not in control :
Input / Output View The modules in the command group may be monitored, but control,
The input / output view shows information on the input / output cards in a parameter adjustment and configuration operations cannot be executed.
selected process station. It can be displayed by clicking the input / output view
The status of command control can be monitored using the status or command
button on the toolbar.
status buttons. Command control can be transferred using the GIVE and TAKE
buttons or via the respective commands from the command control menu.
8.3 Screen Displays
Events
The event system handles reporting, presentation and storing of events within the The system uses colours to illustrate alarm priority levels as follows : This information is then displayed via the following dialogue boxes :
IAS system. The system provides the following : Green : Normal
Single Point View
Presentation of events Yellow : 1. Low priority
Shows the current operational status of the module together with a trend (if
Event view Red : 2. High priority
configured) and selected adjustable parameters.
Magenta : 3. Critical priority
Last alarm line
Cyan : Alarm disabled
Alarm indications in process views Module Parameters
Brown : Module not active or I/O disabled
Alarm and message printing Shows all the adjustable parameters of the module.
Audible alarm
Context Menu
Alarm acknowledgement Module Terminals
Alarm suppression If the operator presses the right trackball button when the cursor is over a module Shows the connection terminals of the module together with their signal values.
symbol, the pop-up context menu opens. This menu gives access to the settings
Event filtering
for that module and any other views in which the module is configured. The Show Connection
context menu contains the following commands : Shows the connections to and from the module terminals.
An event is designated as any change in the way a part of the process or the IAS
system functions. Events can also provide information concerning the history of
Single point view Parameter view Terminal view Alarm Configuration
events over a specified period of time. All events are time stamped and logged
Show connection Alarm limits I/O card Shows the alarm limits set for the module.
when they occur and are divided into alarm or message categories. The alarms
Module status Time series Flow view
are then divided into system or process alarms. The messages are divided into
Trend Process view I/O Card
system, message or process messages.
Shows the input/output configuration and connections of the module terminals.
The menu always contains the same commands, but those that are available will
The information structure for an event is similar to a database record. These event
depend upon the module symbol selected and the user group that the operator Module Status
records are stored and presented in chronological order as lists.
belongs to. Shows the operational configuration of the module.
There are two different ways of presenting events, the event view or the event
Displays and Views AIM Time Series Explorer
(alarms) window. Both presentations contain the same information. The
The system is made up of the following types of views : Allows the management of module terminal series and parameter time series.
difference is that the event view fills the whole screen whereas the event (alarms)
window has a reduced size and overlays the currently displayed view. Process :
Showing the process equipment under system control.
Clicking on the event view button on the tool bar displays the event view. Flow :
Showing the process equipment under system control for software
Alarm Indication configuration.
All the alarms from the various systems are pooled via the redundant network to Event :
form a uniform alarm system for the vessel. The alarms are indicated on the Showing process events and events generated by the system.
screens of the operator stations and will activate the buzzer in the IAS keyboard. Trends :
Alarms and events are logged by the system and printed out. Showing historic trend curves for process variables.
Equipment :
Alarms can be displayed within a view in the following ways : Showing the status of the process and operator control units.
A square indicator next to a symbol. Both process and flow types of view can display the same information. Normally,
A background colour of a numeric or text field. process views are used by the system. The system can also present detailed
A square status indicator preceding a text field. information regarding a single component, eg, a motor, valve or pump.
A bar graph indicator colour and the background colour of its numeric
value field.
Alarms can be suppressed individually or in groups (engines etc). The system
also uses a system of alarm, event and horn filters to select which events are
displayed and annunciated at operator stations. Filters can be modified or created
from the select filter dialogue box.
8.3 Screen Displays
Equipment Views Available

The following equipment status views are available :
8.3a Machinery Screen Display 8.3b Power Management System Screen Display 8.3c Gas Handling Screen Display
1. Aux. Steam 1. Power Management 1. BOG Main
2. Steam Exhaust 2. Engine Main 2. BOG LD1 Process
3. Boiler Press Steam 3. DG Main 3. BOG LD1 Status
4. Condensate Water 4. Turbine Generator 1 4. BOG LD2 Process
5. Feed Water Piping 5. Turbine Generator 2 5. BOG LD2 Status
6. Feed Water Status 6. Emergency Generator Main 6. BOG HD1 Prpcess
7. Fire Fighting SW 7. Power HV Bus Status 7. BOG HD1 Status
8. Fresh Water Service 8. Power LV Status 8. BOG HD2 Process
9. Fresh Water Cooling 9. Power BO Trip 9. BOG HD2 Status
10. Sea Water Cooling 10. Power Blackout Reconnection 10. BOG Heaters
11. Sea Water Cooling Modes 11. Power HV CB Status 11. BOG Forcing Vapourizer
12. FO Fill &Transfer 12. Power HVM_Motor CB 12. BOG LNG Vapourizer
13. FO Serv Pipe 13. Power HVC_Motor CB
14. LO Purifier
15. LO Service Pipe
16. LO Stern Tube
17. Bilge
18. L.P.S.G. Feed Drain Piping
19. Fans
20. Start Air
21. Compressed Air
22. Misc Alarms
23. Drain
24. KYMA
25. Main Turbine
26. Main Turbine Alarms
27. Main Turbine Bearings Shaft
28. Steering Bow Thruster
8.3a Machinery Screen Display
Navigator Message Event Process Bus Command

House Page History (All Systems Manager Pop Up I/O Image Controls
Navigator Available)
Report Event System Trend Mimic Name
Parent Page Manager List Station Graph
AIM-OS - IZAR ENGAS LNG - OS7 - Chief Ballast 07 September 2004 07:30:00 Date and Time
File Edit View Module Operation Tools System Panel Help
Previous Page
T G S R
Most Recent Alarm * 07:30:00 09/07/04 PCU012 Low ProcAI STEAM TO CARGO MACH TEMP 6520TT_5258 Meas1 Low 170 Cargo
Overboard
Serial Comm. with Level Gauging System Ok
Serial Comm.with L&S Computer Ok Vol.% Vol.% Vol.% Vol.% Vol.% Ballast
High Level Alarm System Ok m Heeling Tank W.B.4 Port W. B.3 Port W.B.2 Port W. B.1 Port
16.55m 13.94m 24.83m 24.93m 19.74m Pumps
To Main Cond. 1981m 3 3321m 3 6384m 3 5943m 3 1712m 3
Back Flushing To Atm. Cond. To Inert Gas
-0 % Pump Seq
2.7 k
1.7 k m
1.7 k
Upper m m m m m
-1 % 0% -0 % -0 % -1 %
Sea Chest
E
Vol.% -0 % 1A m m m m
Aft Peak -0.0 k -0.1 k POR T
SP
0.00m Vol.%
0m 3 m m
m 1 m m m m Deep Tank
m
m -1 % -0 A 19.74m
m
1712m 3
0.5 k 0.5 k Em'cy Bilge
SP
Stripping Line
m m
m 2
m -0 % 1A m m -1 % m
m
5.4 k 0.0 k m m m
SP
m m m
m 3
m m m STBD
m
Valve Open 24.6 C m m -2 % m -0 % m -1 % m -1 % m -2 % m
Lower
Fm. Main Cond. Sea Chest
Back Flushing m Vol.% Vol.% Vol.% Vol.% Vol.%
2.7 k
Ballast Reset Heeling Tank W. B.4 Stbd W.B.3 Stbd W.B.2 Stbd W.B.1 Stbd
2.9 k 1.1 k
16.33m 13.95m 25.14m 25.1 1m 21.33m
1940m 3 3321m 3 6463m 3 5989m 3 3626m 3
BALLAST OPERA TION MODE From Fire
m Fight. Syst
System Operation Auto Manual Manual
in Manual Mode
AUT O MODE OPERA TION Overboard
Terminate Term Port Term Stbd PUMP DUTY SELECT Port Stbd
No.1 Duty NA
MANUAL MODE OPERA TION
BALLAST GRAVITY MODE No. 2 P No. 2 S Ballast Trim Deviation Limit Alarm Ballast Heel Deviation Limit Alarm
No.2 Pump Selected
Valve Interlock override
Select Pumps are interlocked when active. No.3 NA Duty Trim 0.00m Limit 0.00m Heel 0.00 deg Limit 1.00 deg
BALLAST EXCHANGE MODE
Select Exchange Interlocks On Duty Pump not in Auto Mode Aft 9.99m Fwd 9.41m Port 9.25m Stbd 9.57m
Global No missing varibles

8.4 Watch Call System
Introduction
The watch call system is an IAS application that monitors the cargo and engine The system can be manually activated from the start panel at the entrance to the
An LCD screen with a 40 character by 4 line display, which is used to
room during Unmanned Machinery Space (UMS) operations. The system engine room or automatically by the watch call system. The reset interval period
show the date and time or an alarm summary.
comprises a number of self-contained, wall mounted watch call panels that are is 20 minutes and a prewarning alarm will be activated 5 minutes before the dead
A LAMP TEST button which is used to check the serviceability of the man alarm sounds.
installed at selected locations. The panels are controlled from operator stations
indicator, button LEDs and the buzzer. It is also used, in conjunction with
and are used to warn the bridge and on-duty officers of alarm conditions. The
the up and down and SELECT buttons, to adjust the light intensity of the The count down timer is reset by pressing the RESET button on one of the reset
system has two main functions :
LCD screen, indicator and button LEDs and the background lighting. panels in the engine room or on the Alarm Extension mimic.
1. Alarm extension. This is a group alarm status and on-duty officer
When an alarm summary is displayed, the up and down buttons are used
indication facility with a built-in on-duty acceptance, fault indication and The system is switched off by pressing the OFF button on the start panel.
to scroll the list shown on lines two to four on the LCD screen.
test facilities.
The SELECT button is used to choose the type of information shown on
2. Officer call. This is an individual and general calling facility for officers
the LCD screen. Pressing the button for the first time displays the Alarm
that can be activated from selected vessel control locations.
Summary. Repeated pressing of the button cyclically displays the Alarm
Summary and the date and time.
Watch Call Panels When the Alarm Summary is displayed on the LCD screen, the TAG
There are two types of watch call panels : DETAILS button is pressed to show (on lines three and four) the details
of the alarm shown on line two.
Watch bridge unit (WBU) - for use on the bridge
The SOUND OFF button is pressed to stop the buzzer from sounding and
Watch cabin unit (WCU) - for use in cabins and public places acknowledging group alarms and officer calls.
Operation control and configuration of the watch call system can be performed When an engine room alarm is activated, it is annunciated in the duty engineers
using the WATCH CALL command on the OPERATION menu on the operator cabin, on the bridge and the public rooms. The buzzer can be acknowledged at
station. any panel. The alarm lamp will stop flickering when acknowledged from the
duty engineers cabin and the lamps are extinguished when acknowledged at the
Clicking on this command displays the WATCH CALL dialogue box which has IAS operator station. If the duty engineer fails to acknowledge the alarm from the
three pages, OPERATION, CONFIGURATION and CAN NETWORK. ECR within 3 minutes, the alarm will be repeated on the bridge and public room
panels.
The operation page mimic contains the following :
ON DUTY indicators with buttons that show and select on-duty officers. Dead Man System
When the green LED in the top right-hand corner is lit it indicates that
This system is part of the alarm system and consists of two types of panels:
the officer on the label is on duty When the LED flashes it indicates that
Three start panels - one situated at the bottom of accommodation stairs at the
a call has been made and when the call is accepted the flashing LED
entrance to the engine control room and two in the control room.
changes to a steady light. These also act as watch buttons that transfer
watch responsibility between the bridge and the engine control room.
Reset panels at the following locations in the engine room :
They have a yellow LED located next to the top right corner of the
button label that flashes to indicate a responsibility transfer request has Port and starboard doors leading into the ECR
been made. When the transfer request is accepted, by pressing the Electrical workshop
BRIDGE WATCH or ECR WATCH button, the transfer is made and the Second flat aft - near steering gear room door
flashing LED changes to a steady light. Steering gear room
Second flat port side near IG cooler unit
ALARM indicators that show in which process area there are active
Engine workshop
alarms.
Port and starboard main switchboard rooms
A REPEATER ALARM indicator that shows if there is a repeat of a Forward of port boiler burner platform
previous alarm. Aft of port main feed water pump
Forward of turbine generators
An indicator that shows if the Dead Man System is active. It has a green
Purifier room
LED in the top right corner that lights when the system is active.
Starboard aft on tank top level near main LO filters
Port forward on tank top level near atmospheric drains tank
8.4a Watch Call Panels
ON DUTY WATCH BRIDGE UNIT ALARMS ON DUTY WATCH CABIN UNIT ALARMS
CHIEF CHIEF
ENG. MACHINE ENG. MACHINE
1ST 1ST
ENG. CARGO ENG. CARGO
FIRE FIRE
2ND AND 2ND AND
ENG. SCREEN MENU GAS ENG. SCREEN MENU GAS
Dead Man
System Bridge Bridge
3RD SELECT 3RD SELECT
Is Active Watch ESD Call ESD
ENG. ENG.
CRYOG Call Duty SYSTEM CRYOG SYSTEM

ENG. TAG ENG. CCR TAG
Officers
CARGO DETAILS Call DETAILS
CRYOG DEAD MAN CRYOG DEAD MAN

OFF. ALARM OFF. ALARM
Call Duty ECR ECR
Officers Watch
ENGINE Call
REPEAT
ALARM
LAMP SOUND LAMP SOUND

UNIT UNIT
TEST OFF FAIL TEST OFF FAIL
KONGSBERG KONGSBERG
Bridge Watch Call Panel Cabin Watch Call Panel

PART 9: EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
9.1 Flooding in the Engine Room

9.2 Steaming on One Boiler
9.3 Solo Running of the Main Turbine
9.4 Steaming with One Forced Draft Fan
9.5 Emergency Steering
9.6 Fire in the Engine Room
Illustrations
9.3a Emergency Operation of Main Turbines
9.1 Flooding in the Engine Room
Flooding in the engine room may occur due to a defect in the hull structure, Pumps Available for Bilge Pumping Duties
possibly due to grounding, berthing or collision damage, or, more likely, due to a
defect in the sea water pipeline system. Engine Room Bilge Pump (Reciprocating)
Can take suction from :
Bilge main
Measures to Prevent or Alleviate Flooding
Maintain pipelines externally, tighten slack supports and replace broken U bolts
on pipe brackets to minimize fretting in way of supports. Fire, Bilge & General Service Pump (Centrifugal)
Can take suction from :
Operate all ships side valves regularly, so that they can be operated easily when Bilge main
required. Valves such as fire pump suction valves, which are normally open, Bilge wells
should be closed and reopened regularly to prevent a build up of marine growth. Main condenser
Before opening sea water filters for cleaning, make sure the shut off valves are
tight by opening the vent in the cover. In any case, break the cover joint before No.2 Cooling Sea Water Pump (Centrifugal)
removing all cover bolts. The same applies when opening coolers and pipelines
No.2 Cooling SW pump is provided with a direct bilge suction via valve 099VPH
anywhere in the system.
with the operating handwheel 450mm above the lower platform.
Care must always be taken when removing covers or opening any part of the sea
water pipe system as valves which are indicated as being closed may not be fully
Bilge Suction Strainers
closed.
Bilge suction strainers should be checked and cleaned whenever the opportunity
Personnel should be familiar with the position of bilge suctions and the pumps arises. Frequent checking and cleaning will reduce the risk of a strainer becoming
that can be utilized for bilge pumping duties. They should also be familiar with blocked and difficult to clear due to subsequent flooding.
the position of main sea suction and overboard valves and know which main
suction is currently in use.
The emergency bilge suction valve should be operated on a regular basis. Double
bottom sounding pipe cocks and caps should be secured after use.
9.2 Steaming on One Boiler
Description Operating Procedures

If a boiler is shut down due to a failure in any of its systems, then the main
turbines can still be operated but at a much reduced power. It may not be possible Boiler Trips
to use all the cargo normal boil-off gas (BOG) in the remaining boiler and a) Inform the bridge of the problem and reduce the engine speed to a rate
facilities for incineration will be limited by the maximum steaming rate of the which maintains steerage way but does not overload the remaining boiler.
online boiler. After a period of time under these conditions it might be necessary This should be done swiftly, but not so swiftly that the boiler pressure rises
to vent the excess BOG gas to maintain tank pressures within the designated in an uncontrolled manner and lifts the safety valves.
limits.
b) Isolate the faulty boiler completely including the air heater.
Normal evaporation for each boiler is approximately 53,500 kg/h for 100% c) Keep a check on the gas boil-off situation as well as the condition of the
MCR. Individual circumstances will dictate where the steam produced is used, remaining boiler.
and selected non-essential services should be shut down as required, depending
upon prevailing circumstances. It may be necessary to shut down the turbine d) Shut down as much steam using equipment or systems as possible. Reduce
generator and use the diesel generator. the electrical loading.
e) Reduce the cargo compressor load and open the mast vents if necessary.
Shut down non-essential heating and evaporators if conditions permit and reduce
the electrical loading where possible. (Note : This will not be possible in port due to local restrictions.)
f) Keep the forced draft fan running on the faulty boiler to cool it down, or
The steam consumption of the main turbines at MCR includes bleed steam allow it to cool down naturally. Bear in mind the possibility of economizer
which may well have to be isolated due to reduced steaming conditions. fires. Either fill the boiler to the top of the gauge glass or empty it out when
Basically, the circumstances encountered in each particular case will dictate the cool.
steam usage with priority being given to essential services such as gland steam,
feed pump, turbine generator and boil-off/warm-up heaters. g) When conditions have stabilized, increase the engine speed as required up
to the maximum firing rate on the remaining boiler.
In the event of a boiler shut down, planned or otherwise, the bridge must be
informed immediately.
When a Boiler has to be Shut Down
The main turbine must be slowed down sufficiently to enable the remaining
boiler to be maintained within its operating parameters. Control of the boiler a) Inform the bridge of the problem and reduce the engine speed to a rate
coming out of service will be generally under manual operation and particular which maintains steerage way but does not overload the remaining boiler.
care must be taken to ensure the remaining boiler controls and associated systems b) Change over the control system to manual on the boiler to be shut down
function to compensate accordingly. The steaming rate of the remaining boiler and decrease its steaming rate, ensuring that the remaining boiler is on
must be maintained below the design maximum. automatic and takes up the load.
During transition periods vigilance is necessary to ensure the safe operation of c) When the conditions have stabilized and the faulty boiler is on its minimum
the plant, particularly with reference to water level control and firing rate. When firing rate, shut it down and isolate it completely, including the air heater.
conditions have settled down, the faulty boiler can be shut down and isolated. d) Closely monitor the supply of the boil-off gas and the condition of the
Depending on the type of fault and when the correct temperature is reached, the remaining boiler.
boiler should then be either filled with water or emptied and dried.
e) Shut down as much steam using equipment or systems as operationally
As conditions stabilize, if required, a progressive increase of steam supply to the possible. Reduce the electrical loading.
main turbine may be possible until the maximum steaming rate is achieved. f) Keep the forced draft fan running on the faulty boiler to cool it down or
allow it to cool down naturally. Bear in mind the possibility of economiser
fires. Either fill the boiler to the top of the gauge glass or empty it out when
cool.
g) When conditions have stabilized increase the main turbine steam supply as
required, loading the boiler up to but not exceeding the maximum firing
rate.
9.3 Solo Running of the Main Turbine
If failure occurs in the HP or LP turbines or associated gearing, the pipelines can Operating with the Low Pressure Turbine Only
be altered to allow either turbine to be operated singly at reduced power.
a) To avoid turning the HP turbine, disconnect the coupling between the HP
turbine and the first pinion by removing the reamer bolts from the flange of
Some additional piping will have to be added in and some will have to be
the claw coupling.
blanked off. When the damage has been to the LP turbine and the ship is to be
operated on the HP turbine only, then no astern power will be available. b) Remove the ring flange A from the crossover pipe and insert a blank flange
E.
c) Rotate the spectacle flanges I and J in the emergency piping from the blank
Failure of Bridge/Remote Control
area to the orifice area in the pipe.
If a failure occurs with the bridge control, engine control room control or the
hydraulic servomotor system for the manoeuvring valves, then these can be put d) Close the superheated steam stop valve 003VPA and only use
into manual operation and controlled locally. desuperheated steam under emergency conditions.
e) Ahead running can be carried out by opening the emergency steaming
desuperheated steam stop valve 034VPA on the 3rd flat level and
Operating with the High Pressure Turbine Only controlling the turbine speed directly from this valve. Astern running will
See 9.3aEmergency Operation of Main Turbine be carried out by opening the astern manoeuvring valve at the engine side.
a) To avoid turning the LP turbine, disconnect the coupling between the LP
turbine and the first pinion by removing the reamer bolts from the flange of CAUTION
the claw coupling. The steam chest pressure of the LP turbine must not exceed 0.32MPa.
b) Remove the ring flange B from the crossover pipe and insert blank flange E Maximum output is limited due to the following :
instead.
To protect the reduction gearing teeth from overload
c) Remove the blank flange C from the crossover pipe and the blank flange D Turbine capacity
from the lower exhaust casing. Heat balance flow
d) Connect the HP turbine exhaust directly to the LP turbine exhaust casing
using the emergency piping G. The following conditions will apply during emergency running.
e) Insert an orifice F between the crossover pipe and the emergency piping. HP Turbine in Use LP Turbine in Use
Steam conditions : 3.8 MPa at 510C 0.30 MPa at 265C
f) Manually close the astern guard valve. Output : 8,140kW 8,680kW
CAUTION Rpm : 54 55
The LP astern turbine cannot be used so an astern movement is not Should a failure occur, it would be most likely that the ship would be at sea. The
possible. turbines will therefore be hot and will need to be cooled for some time before any
g) Manually open the ahead manoeuvring valve to operate the turbine. work can be carried out. Unless internal mechanical damage prevents it, the main
turbine should be cooled down with the turning gear in use prior to opening up
(Note : Turn the LP turbine rotor 180 once every 6 hours to prevent any for internal inspection work.
deflection. Use the water spray in the astern turbine exhaust chamber to
prevent any overheating of the exhaust casing.) If it is impossible to cool the engine using the turning gear, care must be taken
when starting the usable turbine. It should be run at low revolutions for several
hours in order to straighten out any bowing of the rotor which may have occurred
during cooldown whilst stationary. If vibrations occur when increasing speed,
decrease the speed until the vibrations stop and allow the temperature of the rotor
to stabilize. Speed can then be increased slowly to the maximum permitted value.
9.3a Emegency Operation of Main Turbines
OrificeF
Diameter240mm Emergency
Pipe G
BlankFlange C
HP Turbine LP Turbine HP Turbine LP Turbine HP Turbine LP Turbine
Emergency
DesuperheatedSteam
Line
SpectacleFlange J
SpectacleFlange J SpectacleFlange I SpectacleFlange I SpectacleFlange I
SpectacleFlange J Open Side
BlankSide (Blank Side) Ring Flange A (Blank Side) (OrificeSide)
Ring Flange A BlankSide
H H BlankFlange E H
Stop
Valve
034VPA
HP Turbine Ring Flange B HP Turbine Blank HP Turbine Ring Flange B

Flange E
LP Turbine LP Turbine LP Turbine
Man. BlankFlange D Man. Man.

Valve Valve Valve
Main Steam
Pipe
Normal Operation Operation With HP Turbine Only Operation W ith LP Turbine Only
9.4 Steaming With One Forced Draft Fan
Forced Draft Fans Procedure for One Fan - Two Boilers Operation
Maker : Osaka Blower Mfg. Co., Ltd. Assuming the failure of the starboard (No.1) FD fan. The starboard boiler trips.
Type : Horizontal Centrifugal See 4.3.2d Combustion Air, Seal Air and Fuel Gas System.
Air flow : 1,000 / 1,250 / 2,000 m3/min
a) Close the damper A on the starboard (No.1) FD fan outlet.
Pressure : 500 / 750 / 500 mmAq
Speed : 900 / 1,200 / 1,200 rpm b) Open the crossover duct damper C leading from the port FD fan to the
Power : 140 / 330 / 330 kW starboard boiler.
Two fans are situated on the upper deck level and are controlled by adjustable c) Put (No.2) F.D. fan to high speed mode. The fuel oil emergency shut-off
vanes, automatically positioned by the combustion control system. Each fan is valve 222B for the shutting down boiler is now ready to open.
arranged to supply their respective boilers.
d) Switch ACC from Auto to Manual mode. Fuel oil and F.D .fan Auto /
Manual switches are to be put in Manual mode for both boilers.
If either the port or starboard FD fans fail, the boiler on the same ship side is shut
down by the fuel oil emergency shut-off equipment. On the other hand, the boiler e) Open the air slide of the base burner of the shut-down boiler, and purge for
in normal receives ACC signals so to take over the load of the shutting down at least 5 minutes with the burner wind box air pressure at about 20 mm Aq.
boiler. Therefore, whenever the fan failure alarm occurs, the main turbine load Pay attention to air flow adjustment so that the boiler in normal is not short
should be lowered immediately. If the steaming by two boilers with one FD fan of air.
is necessary as the result of investigation of the cause, the operation will be
f) Fully open the superheater starting valve 74B of shutting boiler.
performed in accordance with the following procedure.
g) Open the fuel oil emergency shut-off valve 222B.
h) Relight off the shutting boiler. After lighting off, adjust oil pressure to about
0.4 MPa and raise steam pressure at the same combustion rate until the
pressure reaches the same pressure as the other boiler.
i) When the boiler pressure has reached the same pressure as the other boiler,
start two-boiler operation and close the superheater starting valve.
j) Balance the load between the two boilers. Make the number of burners and
burner oil pressure the same for both boilers and adjust the air damper to
make air distribution to both boilers the same.
k) Put the fuel Auto / Manual switch to Auto position for both boilers.
Switching must be made after boiler load has become steady.
l) Keep the F.D. fan Auto / Manual switch in Manual position. After boiler
load has been steady and air distribution to both boilers has been stabilized,
adjust air flow manually to match the boiler load by manual loader for the
F.D. fan.
m) Increase the main turbine load gradually.
9.5 Emergency Steering
If failure occurs in the remote operating system from the wheelhouse, the Procedure for the Steering Gear Emergency Operation on Loss of Remote
steering can be operated from the steering gear room. Bridge Control
Should there be a failure of the bridge steering system, the steering gear can be a) On loss of steering gear control from the bridge, establish communication
operated locally from within the steering gear compartment. Both the steering with the bridge via the telephone system. A telephone is located on the
gear pumps must be switched to the LOCAL control position on the starter steering gear compartment platform.
panels.
Indication of the rudder angle and a compass repeater are provided for manual
control of the steering gear.
(Note : Only one hydraulic pump should be operated when on local emergency
control.)
b) Stop the faulty pump.
Steering instructions will be sent to the steering gear compartment through the c) At the control panel for the other steering gear turn the Remote / Local
sound powered telephone and the steering gear controlled locally using the switch to the LOCAL CONTROL position. When operating the steering
manual controls on the manoeuvring solenoid valves. The emergency controls gear from the local position
are actuated by pressing the pushbutton at the end of the solenoid valves, so
d) Follow the instructions from the bridge.
directing oil from the pump to the rudder actuator. Pressing the solenoid on the
other side of the valve will reverse the direction of the rudder. A read out of the e) Operate the steering gear in response to requests from the bridge by
rudder angle can be obtained by viewing the mechanical rudder angle indicator operating the solenoid valves of the running pump using the Port /
bolted to the top of the actuator. Starboard pushbuttons.
Description
The steering gear, in accordance with IMO regulations the pumps, hydraulic
power circuits and rams can operate as two isolated systems.
The steering gear is fitted with an automatic isolation system. This system is used
to divide the hydraulic power circuits in the event of a hydraulic oil loss from the
oil tanks.
In accordance with IMO regulations the hydraulic pumps used in the steering
gear are supplied with power from two independent sources. In the event of
power failure from the main switchboard, one pump can be supplied from the
emergency switchboard.
9.6 Fire in the Engine Room
The risk of a fire outbreak can be minimized by ensuring that all personnel General In Port
understand the risks and by ensuring that the engine room is maintained in a
1) Sound the fire alarm and inform the Chief Engineer and the bridge. Do not 1) Activate the emergency shutdown system in agreement with the gas
clean condition and that any oil leaks are dealt with immediately. Oily rags and
attempt to tackle the fire alone without informing others of the situation. terminal duty personnel and prepare to vacate the berth if required.
waste must be disposed of in a safe manner using metal containers. Empty plastic
containers must never be left around the engine room spaces, and they should 2) If personnel are missing, consider the possibility of searching in the fire 2) Conduct a crew check and organise crew for fighting the fire.
never be used as waste bins for oily rags and similar combustible material. area.
3) Inform the local fire brigade even though the fire appears to be under
3) Determine the location of the fire, what is burning, the direction of spread control.
There must always be an awareness of potential fire ignition sources such as
and the possibility of controlling the fire. Determine if oil or other materials
leaking oil pipes or insecure electrical contacts. High temperature points such as 4) If personnel are missing, consider the possibility of searching in the fire
are feeding the fire and take steps to cut off the supply of combustible
exhaust manifolds or boiler furnace casings should always be lagged effectively area.
material, e.g. operate quick-closing or other accessible valves to shut off oil
and lagging must always be repaired or replaced when damaged or after overhaul.
supply to the fire. 5) Close all accessible openings and hatches to prevent the fire spreading.
Combustible materials such as rags, oily waste and plastic containers must never
be placed close to exhaust manifolds whether lagged or not. 4) If the fire is in an isolated compartment close the doors to the compartment 6) If there is a danger of the release of poisonous gases or of explosion
and shut off ventilation. consider part or total ship abandonment. Ship drawings, cargo plans etc.
All personnel having anything to do with the engine room spaces must know the should be taken ashore. A crew check is to be carried out.
5) If necessary, start the emergency generator in order to ensure continuity of
locations of the different types of fire extinguisher available in the engine room
electrical supply. 7) Consider using the fixed extinguishing systems, depending on extent of
and must know which type is suitable for the different types of fire which can
fire.
occur. The location of fire hoses and hydrants must also be known. A fire in a 6) Have the fire team organised to tackle the outbreak with maximum speed.
particular location may prevent the use of the hose and hydrant at that location so The situation must be thoroughly assessed before any personnel are 8) On arrival of the fire brigade inform the Chief Fire Officer of:
it is essential that the location of alternative fire fighting equipment is known and directed to the fire. The means of tackling the fire and the means by which Any personnel missing
the best route for running hoses is understood. the fire party can retreat from the outbreak area if necessary must be Assumed location of fire
understood by all involved. What is assumed to be burning
Any conditions that may constitute a hazard
7) If there is the least doubt whether the fire can be controlled by ships crew,
the safety team must inform the Master so that other ships can be informed 9) Assist the Chief Fire Officer with information and orientation, by means of
on the distress frequencies. drawings and plans.
8) Depending upon the fire and the availability of fire fighting capacity, give
priority to fire limitation until the situation is clarified.
Battening Down of the Engine Room
9) Where appropriate, use portable fire extinguishers on small fires when safe
a) Stop the main engine and shut down the boilers.
to do so.
b) Sound the evacuation alarm.
10) If substances which are on fire, or close to a fire, may emit poisonous gases
or explode, direct the crew to a safe position before actions are organised. c) Stop all the ventilation fans.
11) Effective communication must always exist between the fire fighters and d) Start the emergency generator and put on load.
the ships control centre. The control centre must maintain an open
e) Trip the quick-closing valves and the engine room auxiliary machinery and
communication with the bridge.
close all fire flaps and funnel doors.
12) If any person is seriously injured, request assistance from the nearest rescue
f) Count all personnel and ensure that none are in the engine room.
centre.
g) Start the emergency fire pump and pressurise the fire main.
13) Prepare to operate the Hot Foam fire fighting system if necessary,
depending on the extent of the fire. The procedure for this is described in h) Prepare to operate the Hot Foam fire fighting system if necessary,
Section 10.3.3Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System. If the depending on the extent of the fire. The procedure for this is described in
High Expansion Foam system does not extinguish the fire, operate the CO2 Section 10.3.3Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System.
system. See 10.3.2 Engine Room CO2 Fire Extinguishing System.
Part 10: FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEMS
10.1 Fire Fighting Systems

10.2 Fire Detection System
10.3 Engine Room Fire Fighting Systems
10.3.1 Engine Room Fire Main System
10.3.2 Engine Room CO2 Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.3 Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.4 Engine Room Water Fog Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.5 Quick-Closing Valves and Fire Dampers System
Illustrations
10.3.1a Engine Room Fire Main System
10.3.2a Engine Room CO2 Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.3a Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.4a Engine Room Water Fog Fire Extinguishing System
10.3.5a Quick-Closing Valves and Fire Dampers System
Description Dangers in Use Fire Fighting Systems

The vessels fire fighting capacity is enhanced by the inclusion of systems that Do not use on fires where there is live electricity in the vicinity.
can detect and fight the types of fires which might occur due to the ignition of Fire Main System (See 10.3.1Engine Room Fire Main System)
fuel oil, lubricating oil and cargo. The choice of fire fighting system to use will The fire pump together with the fire, bilge and general service pumps are
depend on the location and nature of the fire. Initially any fire is attacked using Operating Procedure normally kept ready for use on the fire main. In addition to these pumps the
portable extinguishers and if that method fails the following systems are emergency fire pump can all be lined up and used on the fire main system.
considered. a) Remove the safety pin.
b) Press the operating handle. The fire line pressurizing pump is used to maintain a constant pressure in the fire
main when the vessel is in port, but because of its low capacity it needs to be
Portable Fire Extinguishers c) Squeeze the trigger. supplemented by an additional pump if the fire hydrant is opened. At the cold
There are three types on board : d) Point the spray at the base of the fire. weather condition, the bleed off pump will be operated and the sea water will be
dumped from the end of the fire main to prevent freezing in the fire main line. In
1. Carbon Dioxide - CO2 this case, the pressurizing pump will be stopped.
Suitable for class A and B fires and for class C fires when in a liquid state, 3. Dry Powder
The accommodation is covered by first aid hoses located on each deck. The
such as liquid gas leak. Suitable for use on fires involving liquids and liquefied solids. hose reels are supplied via freshwater pressure tank and pump installed in engine
Safe for use in fighting electrical fires. Suitable for use, with the correct technique, on extinguishing a high room, taking suction from the fresh water tanks.
May not be effective when used outside, especially in a breeze. pressure gas flame (Class C Fires).
The pumps can be started from the following locations :
Suitable for use against carbonaceous fires (Class A fires).
Fire, bilge and GS pumps - locally, fire control station, bridge emergency
Dangers in Use Dry powder gives a fast flame knock-down and may be used on fires panel, cargo control room console and the IAS Firefighting screen
involving live electrical equipment.
Hold only the insulated parts of the discharge hose and horn. Fire pump - locally, fire control station, bridge emergency panel, cargo
control room console and the IAS Firefighting screen
With the expansion and evaporation of the CO2 there are cooling processes
and a danger of frost burn if the discharge horn comes into contact with the Dangers in Use Emergency fire pump - locally, fire control station, bridge emergency
skin. May not be effective against a deep seated fire. panel, cargo control room console and the IAS Firefighting screen
Do not use without a discharge horn as the discharge will then entrain air Avoid inhalation of the powder. Pressurizing pump - locally and fire control station
and cause an increase in the intensity of the fire.
Bleed off pump - locally and fire control station
Do not remain in the area after the discharge as CO2 is asphyxiating.
Operating Procedure Fire fighting FW pump - locally and from the IAS Firefighting screen
Operating Procedure a) Remove the safety pin. The pump suction valves from the sea suction main and the discharge valves to
the fire main outlet are normally left open. The fire pump and the fire, bilge and
a) Remove the safety pin. b) Press the operating handle. GS pumps can take its suction from the sea or the engine room bilge system but
b) Direct the horn at the base of the fire. c) Squeeze the trigger. is normally left set up for sea suction.
c) Press the lever down fully. d) Point the spray at the base of the fire. The sea suction is from the main sea water crossover line in the engine room.
d) Direct the CO2 at the base of the fire. This crossover line has connections to the high sea chest and low sea chest.
The emergency fire pump is installed in the bow thruster and forward pump
room. The pump draws water from a sea chest positioned in the compartment.
2. Foam
The pump is independent of the engine room pumps and can be used to supply
Suitable for use on liquid spills and contained liquid fire of oils, paints, water to the fire and wash deck main in situations when the engine room pumps
cleaning fluids and fires involving liquefied solids such as fats and waxes are not available because of an engine room fire or collision damage etc. The
(Class B fires). pump is driven by an electric motor and is fed from the emergency switchboard
440V feeder panel located in the emergency generator room.
CO2 Flooding System

(See 10.3.2Engine Room CO2 Fire Extinguishing System) The system supplies high expansion foam making chemical and salt water to the It is important to note that to ensure correct operation of this system only the
The CO2 system installed in the CO2 room protects the following spaces ; spaces listed above through dedicated lines that are each controlled by electric manufacturers approved foam making chemicals should be used.
motor operated butterfly valves. The system is manually operated and can be
Cargo machinery room 20 cylinders released from the main control cabinet in the fire control room or locally from the Electrical power for the pumps and control panels is supplied from the main
Cargo compressor motor room 8 cylinders remote control panels outside each of the protected spaces. The foam chemical switchboard distribution system, however back-up power from the emergency
Switchboard rooms 16 cylinders tank is fitted inside the CO2 bottle and foam tank room which is located on the switchboard has been provided for.
Engine control room 4 cylinders starboard side of the Deck 1. The tank is a standard 6,000 litre unit made from
Paint & solvent store 1 cylinder glass fibre reinforced polyester to safeguard against corrosion and has a full
Emergency generator room 4 cylinders charge when it has 4,852 litres of foam making chemical inside. The capacity of Water Fog System for the Engine Room
the system is designed to be able to supply foam to all of the protected spaces (See 10.3.4Engine Room Water Fog Fire Extinguishing System)
The number of cylinders required to afford complete protection of any protected
compartment depends upon the volume of that compartment. The cargo simultaneously. High pressure water forced through atomizer heads will break down into very
compressor room has the largest volume and requires 20 gas cylinders, thus 20 fine droplets. These droplets have a very effective extinguishing effect on fires,
cylinders are carried. The foam is generated by mixing the foam making chemical with sea water at a even oil fires. The fine droplets remain suspended in the air and so they do not
rate of 2% chemical solution to 98% sea water. The foam chemical mixes with disturb the oil surface nor do they settle to form a water layer on which burning
The central bank CO2 system consists of 20 x 46 kg CO2 cylinders located in the sea water in the proportioner and the combined liquid is pumped to the protected oil could float. Fine water droplets present a large surface area to the fire and so
CO2 bottle and foam tank room, which is situated on the starboard side of the spaces through supply line. they exert a cooling effect as the droplets rapidly evaporate. The large droplet
Deck1. concentration and the evaporation have the effect of reducing the local oxygen
Each protected space is provided with High Expansion foam generators designed level. The cooling effect and the reduced local oxygen concentration result in the
Cylinders are grouped together according to the space they protect, apart from to produce the required quantity and concentration of foam to meet SOLAS fire being extinguished.
the cargo compressor room which requires the release of all cylinders. These requirements.
The fresh water fog fire extinguishing system relies upon the delivery of high
cylinders are connected to discharge nozzles within the protected spaces via
The generators utilized are designated as HG-25 and HG-15, and these have a pressure water to SE69 nozzle heads located at sites of fire risk. Six areas are
cylinder manifolds and distribution pipe work.
foam production capability of 60m3/min and 18m3/min respectively. A total of protected by the water fog system, these are :
A pressure gauge and relief are fitted to the main CO2 manifold. 154 generators are used with the numbers in each location being as follows :
Diesel generator engine top 3 heads
Engine room 69 generators Purifier room 3 heads
Engine room casing 13 generators Port boiler burners platform 2 heads
Foam System for the Engine Room Engine room store 8 generators Starboard boiler burners platform 2 heads
(See 10.3.3Engine Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System) Engine room workshop 6 generators Incinerator burner zone 1 head
The Unitor Hot Foam fire fighting system is a high expansion foam system that BOG pipe hood 3 generators I.G.G. burner zone 1 head
provides a local fire extinguishing capability to each of the following areas : Laboratory 2 generators
Each protected space can be released locally either by pushbutton located near
Chemical locker 2 generators
Engine room each protected area inside engine room or remotely on the control panel in fire
Inert gas room 27 generators
Engine room casing control station.
Purifier room 6 generators
Engine room store Incinerator room 5 generators The protected areas also are monitored by the fire detection system which will
Engine room workshop Steering gear room 13 generators operate the water fog system if a detector head is activated. The protected areas
BOG pipe hood
are provided with a number of nozzle heads fitted in the supply pipe for that area.
Laboratory The generators are designed as an integral part of the High Expansion foam The main supply line to the area has a solenoid operated isolating valve. The
Chemical locker system in which air from the protected space is used to aid foam production even solenoid valve is activated by the fire control system when a fire detector senses a
Inert gas room when smoke and combustion gases are present. The generators are constructed fire in the protected area.
Purifier room from stainless steel and are built as one unit with no moving parts. They each
Incinerator room have three discharge nozzles for HG-25 and one for HG-15. The water / foam When the system is released, fresh water from the hydrophore tank of 4 m3
Steering gear room mix enters the generator housing at a pressure of between 0.55 and 0.7 MPa and which is pressurized up to 0.79 MPa with N2 gas bottle is sprayed from the
with the speed at which it passes through the housing it creates a negative nozzle. The hydrosphere tank can also be backed up by compressed air from
pressure. This pressure reduction causes air and smoke to be drawn into the the ship service system when N2 bottle is not available until refilled.
housing so mixing with the foam / water solution to create a high expansion
foam. The system can be operated with fresh water stored in the hydrophore tank for 20
minutes. The fresh water will be refilled from the ship's fresh water service
system.
Fire Detection System (See 10.2Fire Detection System) Emergency Escape Breathing Devices (EEBD)
The Autronica BS-320 Fire Detection system is a computerized, fully Emergency breathing devices are provided so that, in the event of a fire or other
addressable analogue fire alarm system with analogue detectors. The operating emergency, they are readily available, near the escape routes, to aid escape.
panel, control unit and power supply are contained in a central cabinet in the
wheelhouse. There are also a full fire alarm panels located in the engine control There are 18 sets on board :
room and a repeater panel in the fire control station in the accommodation cross 16 sets for the engine room
alleyway on the main deck. Two sets for accommodation space
The operating / control panel provides for control of the entire fire alarm system
and consists of a text display, indicator lamps, operating buttons and an element
keypad.
The system comprises a wide range of detectors and sensors to suit different
needs and conditions. It includes detectors for different alarm parameters, such as
smoke, heat and flames. Manual call points, short circuit isolators and timers are
connected to the detector loops where required. A fault in the system or a false
alarm is detected immediately since the function of the detectors and other
installed loop units are automatically and continuously tested. The system will
also provide a prewarning when a hazard exists but is not yet serious enough to
initiate a full alarm.
Quick-Closing Valve System

(See 10.3.5Quick-Closing Valves and Fire Dampers System)
All the outlet valves from the fuel oil and lubricating oil tanks, from which oil
could flow to feed a fire, are equipped with air operated quick-closing valves,
which are controlled from the fire control station. They are supplied from an air
receiver situated in the quick-closing valve bottle cabinet, also located in the fire
control station. The reservoir is supplied, at a pressure of 0.9 MPa, directly from
the service air main system. The inlet valve 161VPE to the quick-closing valve air
receiver is locked open.
The quick-closing valve air receiver is fitted with a low pressure alarm
transmitter. The tanks are grouped into four systems, with one three-way cock
operating each system. In normal operation the supply line to each group of tank
valves is vented to atmosphere, but when the cock is turned, air is supplied to
pistons, which collapse the bridge of each valve in that group, thus causing the
valve to close.
The valves are reset by venting the air supply and operating the valve hand wheel
in a closed direction to reset the bridge mechanism and then opening the valve in
the normal way. The quick closing valve fitted on the emergency generator gas
oil tank and the generator engine diesel oil service tank is operated by a directly
so as to enable to feed the fuel to emergency diesel generator or main diesel
generator in the event of a fire.
Maker : Autronica AS Function Disabled Procedure in the Event of a Prewarning

Model : BS-320 This yellow indicator is illuminated when any part of the system is disabled.
CAUTION
Description Mains Always treat a prewarning condition as if it is a fire alarm.
The BS-320 Fire Detection system is a computerized, fully addressable analogue This green indicator lamp is illuminated when the power supply is on. a) Determine the location of the activated prewarning detector and check this
fire alarm system with analogue detectors. The main operating panel, control unit location for fire conditions, observing all safety precautions. Deal with the
and power supply are contained in a central cabinet in the wheelhouse. There are Text Display situation as necessary in order to remove the danger of fire.
also a repeater panels located in the engine control room, the fire control station
The two line text display provides information about the alarms and the system.
and the cargo control room. b) Open the control panel door and press the SOUNDER SILENCE pushbutton.
It also displays the operating menu.
The prewarning indicator lamp will now change to a steady condition.
The system comprises a wide range of detectors and sensors to suit different
needs and conditions. It includes detectors for different alarm parameters, such as c) Press the RESET pushbutton. The following text will appear on the display
smoke, heat and flames. Manual call points, short circuit isolators and timers are Operating Buttons
RESET PROCEDURE IN PROGRESS WAIT..... The text will remain for
connected to the detector loops where required. A fault in the system or a false 60 seconds and the reset procedure will be executed in that period.
More Alarms
alarm is detected immediately since the function of the detectors and other
installed loop units are automatically and continuously tested. The system will This black pushbutton allows the second line of the text display to be scrolled d) If everything is in a normal condition the text display will indicate RESET
also provide a prewarning when a hazard exists but is not yet serious enough to enabling additional alarms to be revealed. OK NORMAL CONDITION.
initiate a full alarm.
SOUNDER SILENCE e) Close the panel door. After the door is closed only the mains power indicator
This red pushbutton is pressed and mutes all alarm devices and the control panel lamp should be illuminated.
The Operating / Control Panel internal buzzer. It is located behind the panel door.
The operating / control panel provides for indication of alarm conditions and
allows the operator to communicate with the system. Reset Fire Alarm
This green pushbutton is pressed in order to reset all system events. In the event of one or more detectors detecting a fire, the fire alarm will be
Indication Devices activated. The red Fire indicator will flash and the internal buzzer is activated
and all audible horns connected to the fire alarm system are activated. If the
Fire System Operation address of the fire alarm had previously issued a prewarning the prewarning
The red Fire indicator is illuminated when there is a fire alarm condition. The lamp will flash. The text display indicates the address of the detector which
indicator flashes upon activation of an alarm and will emit a steady light when Prewarning registered an alarm condition first. Possible disablements are indicated in the
the SOUNDER SILENCE pushbutton is pressed. A prewarning will occur when a detector is activated in the event that a fire is lower line of the display. The printer will operate to register the alarm
likely. A prewarning should always be treated as if there is an actual fire alarm. information.
More Alarms The yellow Prewarning lamp flashes and the internal buzzer is activated. The
text display indicates the location of the detector(s) in the prewarning condition. In the event of an alarm condition the following functions are activated :
The red More Alarms indicator will be illuminated when there is more than
If more than one prewarning is present the text display will indicate this. Alarm message to the fire fighters. (BMA)
one fire alarm active.
General control output. (AUX)
The active prewarnings may be seen by calling up the menu function Show Control output for fire door holders. (Door Hold Magnets)
Device Still in Alarm Condition
Status, Prewarnings. The menu is accessed by pressing the ENTER key and
This yellow indicator is illuminated when a detector is automatically disabled.
the arrow keys are used until the desired menu function is displayed and pointed
to by the cursor; the ENTER key is pressed in order to display the prewarnings.
Prewarning
This yellow indicator flashes when a prewarning is activated. Press the
SOUNDER SILENCE pushbutton to mute the alarm and the yellow light
becomes steady.
Fault
This yellow indicator flashes when a fault has occurred. Press the SOUNDER
SILENCE pushbutton to mute the alarm and the yellow light becomes steady.
Procedure in the Event of a Fire Alarm Fault Indication Disabling an Address

a) Carry out fire checks and corrective action as necessary for extinguishing the The FAULT indicator is flashing and the internal buzzer is activated; the An address is a detector, manual call point or interface unit. When an address is
fire, observing all safety precautions. When the scene of the fire has been common fault warning output is activated. The text display indicates the nature disabled it is isolated and will not generate an alarm, prewarning or fault.
investigated and the necessary actions taken the audible horns may be of the fault: FA means a loop / detector fault and SF means a system fault. If
switched off. there is more than one fault the text display indicates how many FA and SF 1) In the menu select OUT / IN CONTROL, then DISABLE, then
b) Open the control panel door and press the SOUNDER SILENCE faults are present. The nature of each fault may be determined via the menu ADDRESS. The text display will show SELECT ADDRESS 0000 and the
pushbutton; all alarm devices including the internal buzzer will be muted. which is accessed by pressing the ENTER key. up and down arrow keys are used to scroll through the 0000 part in order to
The red FIRE indicator lamp will change to a steady light. All alarm select the number of the address to be disabled.
outputs from the control panel are turned off when the SOUNDER
SILENCE pushbutton is pressed but the alarm message to the fire fighters Action to be Taken in the Event of a Fault 2) When the desired address number has been selected press the ENTER key.
remains. If further addresses are to be disabled at the same time the up and down
1) Press the SOUNDER SILENCE pushbutton to mute the internal buzzer : the
arrow keys are used to select further addresses, each one being selected by
c) Press the RESET pushbutton. The following text will appear on the display yellow FAULT indicator lamp becomes a steady light.
pressing the ENTER key.
RESET PROCEDURE IN PROGRESS WAIT.....The text will remain for
60 seconds and the reset procedure will be executed in that period. 2) Note the fault information indicated on the text display and obtain a printout
3) When the ENTER key is pressed the text display will change showing the
d) If everything is in normal condition the text display will indicate RESET address and time. When all addresses to be disabled have been selected the
3) Contact the technical service department in order to have the fault rectified.
OK NORMAL CONDITION. This text will remain for 15 seconds and then cursor is moved to TIME and the ENTER key pressed. The display
the menu selection will appear. changes indicating a disablement duration of 02 hours which is the initial
default. The time may be increased or reduced using the up and down arrow
(Note : After resetting an address may still be in alarm condition. This may be Disabling or Disconnecting
keys then the ENTER key is pressed to select the time.
due to mechanical damage, water damage, an electrical fault or the Different parts of the fire alarm system can be disabled. For instance, sections,
presence of smoke within the compartment. The address still in alarm detectors, manual call points, section units, alarm devices, external control
condition will automatically be disabled and the yellow DEVICES devices and loops. This can be useful when there is welding in a particular Disabling a Zone
STILL IN ALARM CONDITION indicator lamp will be illuminated. section or removal of detectors is required due to structural shipboard work etc.
Text indicating the alarm address disabled will be shown in the text It is only possible to disable a zone if the zones have been programmed in
The disabling and restoring are carried out from the Out / In Control part of the
display. Technical personnel must be contacted in order to have the custom data. The menu will not allow access to the zone area unless this is the
main menu.
damage rectified.) case. When a zone is disabled the address is isolated and this will not generate an
alarm, a prewarning or a fault. The total number of possible zones is 240 and
5) Close the panel door. After the door is closed only the mains power indicator When disabling parts of the system the yellow FUNCTION DISABLED lamp
these have addresses 1-240.
lamp should be illuminated unless there is an address still in alarm on the front of the control panel will be illuminated for the period the disablement
condition. lasts. All disablements must be allocated a time period. By selecting the manually
1) In the menu select OUT / IN CONTROL, then DISABLE, then ZONE.
disable time of 99 hours the function will be disabled until restored. The
The text display will show DISABLE ZONE 001 and the up and down
maximum automatic disablement time is 24 hours. When the disable time
arrow keys are used to scroll through the zone number in order to select the
More Alarms expires the function will be automatically restored.
number of the zone to be disabled. It is also possible to select Next or
If more than one fire alarm is active the MORE ALARMS indicator lamp will Previous in the display to select a zone.
be illuminated. The system will operate as for the fire alarm above but the text
display will indicate the addresses of all devices in alarm. The printer will operate Procedure for Disabling a Function
2) When the desired zone number has been selected press the ENTER key. The
to register all of the alarm information. a) At the main menu select OUT / IN CONTROL and then DISABLE. The text display changes and duration time may be changed by means of the up
text display will indicate options for address, zone, controls, sounders and and down arrow keys. When the duration time has been changed the
Action to be taken in the event of activation of the MORE ALARMS indicator fire brigade. ENTER key is pressed to disable the zone.
lamp is similar to the procedure for a single alarm. Upon opening the panel door
the MORE ALARMS pushbutton must be pressed and the second alarm will be b) Use of the left and right arrow keys (and the down arrow key for the fire 3) The text changes giving the option of selecting more zones. If more zones
indicated on the second line of the display. Subsequent pressing of the MORE brigade option) allows the operator to select the function to be disabled. are required for disabling the YES item is selected and ENTER pressed to
ALARMS pushbutton will bring up each alarm in the queue. repeat the disabling procedure. If NO is selected the disabling zone
procedure is closed.
Operation of the SOUNDER SILENCE and RESET pushbuttons is the same as
for the single alarm; the silent alarm situation applies to each alarm in the queue.
With multiple alarms some may remain in the alarm condition for the reasons
mentioned above and the DEVICES STILL IN ALARM CONDITION lamp
may remain illuminated.
Disabling Controls Restoring a Zone

Disabling control is password protected at operator level. The procedure is 1) In the menu select OUT / IN CONTROL, then RESTORE, then ZONE.
similar to disabling addresses and zones as above except that Controls is The zone to be restored is selected using the arrow keys and the ENTER
selected after Disable from the main menu. If BT-outputs are disabled the Door key pressed. The display changes and YYY is selected and ENTER pressed
Hold Magnet and AUX (control-/alarm outputs) will not function at alarm. to restore the zone.
2) If more zones are to be restored YES is selected and ENTER pressed and
Disabling Sounders the procedure repeated for other zones. If no more zones are to be restored
The disable sounders procedure is similar to disabling addresses and zones as NO is selected and the ENTER key is pressed to exit the restore zones
above except that Sounders is selected after Disable from the main menu. menu.
Restore Controls, Restore Sounders and Restore Fire Brigade operate in the
Disabling the Fire Brigade Function same way as the Restore Address and Restore Zone functions.
The disable fire brigade (BMA) procedure is similar to disabling addresses and
zones as above except that Fire Brigade is selected after Disable from the
main menu. The fire brigade output, prewarning and fault outputs are disabled.
ALARM 19:23
Restoring AUTROSAFE
SelfVerify
Any address, zone or function which has been disabled may be restored. The
restoration procedure is similar to the disabling procedure. The FUNCTION Fault
Function Disabled
DISABLED lamp will be extinguished when all functions have been restored. Function Delayed
Mute Panel
More Events Silence Alarms

Fire Brig. Signalled
Power Reset
Procedure for Restoring a Function Testing

1 2 3
Fire Brig. Disabled
Fire Brig. Fault 4 5 6
a) At the main menu select OUT / IN CONTROL and then RESTORE. The System Fault
7 8 9
text display will indicate options for address, zone, controls, sounders and Alarms Disabled
Alarms Fault C 0
fire brigade.
i
b) Use of the left and right arrow keys (and the down arrow key for the fire !
brigade option) allows the operator to select the function to be restored.
Main Panel
Restoring an Address
1) In the menu selected OUT / IN CONTROL, then RESTORE, then
ALARM INFORMASJONSPANEL
ADDRESS. The text display will show SELECT ADDRESS 0000 and the
AUTROSAFE
up and down arrow keys are used to scroll through the 0000 part in order to SelfVerify
select the address number to be restored.

Fault
2) When the desired address number has been selected press the ENTER key to Function Disabled
Mute Panel
Function Delayed
restore the address. The next address will appear automatically, select that or Test
More Events Next Window
another address and press ENTER, Selecting MM returns the operator to Power Lamp Test
the main menu.

Sub Panel
10.3.1 Engin Room Fire Main System
Fire, Bilge and General Service Pump Description

Maker : Hamworthy KSE The fire main and deck wash system supplies sea water to the following The fire line pressurizing pump is used to maintain a constant pressure in the fire
Type : Vertical centrifugal pump, self-priming locations : main when the vessel is in port, but because of its low capacity it needs to be
No. of sets : 2 Fire hydrants in the engine room supplemented by an additional pump if the fire hydrant is opened. At the cold
Capacity : 170/265 m3/h at 100/65 mTH Fire hydrants on deck weather condition, the bleed off pump will be operated and the sea water will be
Motor : 100 kW x 1,800 rpm Fire hydrants in the accommodation block dumped from the end of the fire main to prevent freezing in the fire main line. In
Fire hydrants in forward stores this case, the pressurizing pump will be stopped.
Fire Pump Sewage unit
Maker : Hamworthy KSE Bosuns store and chain locker bilge eductor: hawser pipes The spraying water pump is normally set for the water spray system but it can be
Type : Vertical centrifugal pump Deck water spray system used to direct water to the fire main if required by opening the crossover valve in
No. of sets : 1 fire station. Ordinarily this valve would be used to allow the fire pump or the fire
Capacity : 170 m3/h at 100 mTH All of the pumps listed in the equipment specifications at the beginning of this and bilge pump to supply water to the water spray system should the spraying
Motor : 88 kW x 1,800 rpm section can have their suction and discharge valves configured to supply the water pump be unable to perform that function.
engine room fire main although the primary pump for this purpose is the
Fire Line Pressurizing Pump dedicated fire pump.
Type : Horizontal centrifugal pump The fire pump together with the fire, bilge and general service pump are
No. of sets : 1 normally kept ready for use on the fire main. In addition to these pumps the
Capacity : 2 m3/h at 100 mTH emergency fire pump, the water spray pump and the fire line pressurizing pump
Motor : 4.6 kW x 1,800 rpm can all be lined up and used on the fire main system.
Fire Line Bleed Off Pump The pumps can be started from the following locations :
Fire, bilge and GS pumps - locally, fire control station and the IAS
Type : Horizontal centrifugal pump
Firefighting screen
No. of sets : 1
Capacity : 35 m3/h at 100 mTH Fire pump - locally, fire control station, bridge emergency panel and the
Motor : 35 kW x 3,600 rpm IAS Firefighting screen
Emergency fire pump - locally, fire control station, bridge emergency
Fire Fighting Fresh Water Pump
panel and the IAS Firefighting screen
Type : Vertical centrifugal pump Pressurizing pump - locally and fire control station
No. of sets : 1
Bleed off pump - locally and fire control station
Capacity : 5 m3/h at 110 mTH
Motor : 7.5 kW x 3,600 rpm Fire fighting FW pump locally, fire station and the IAS Firefighting
screen
Water Spray Pump
Water spray pump - locally, fire control station, bridge emergency panel
and the IAS Firefighting screen
Type : Vertical centrifugal pump
No. of sets : 1
The pump suction valves from the sea suction main and the discharge valves to
the fire main outlet are normally left open. The fire pump and the fire, bilge and
Motor : 400 kW x 1,800 rpm
GS pumps can take its suction from the sea or the engine room bilge system but
is normally left set up for sea suction.
Emergency Fire Pump
The sea suction is from the main sea water crossover line in the engine room.
Type : Vertical centrifugal pump
This crossover line has connections to the high sea chests and low sea chest.
No. of sets : 1
10.3.1 Engin Room Fire Main System
Preparation for the Operation of the Fire Hydrant System Emergency Fire Pump
To prepare the system for use in the engine room or on the fire and deck wash An emergency fire pump has been installed in the bow thruster and forward
system, the following procedure needs to be followed : pump room. The pump draws water from a sea chest positioned in the
compartment. The pump is independent of the engine room pumps and can be
a) All intermediate isolating valves along the fire main on the main deck must
used to supply water to the fire and deck wash main in situations when the
be open.
engine room pumps are not available because of an engine room fire or collision
b) All hydrant outlet valves must be closed. damage etc. The pump is driven by an electric motor and is fed from the
emergency switchboard 440V feeder panel located in the emergency generator
It is assumed that the sea water main suction valves at the sea chests are open to room.
provide suction.
Starting and stopping of the pump can take place from locations :
Valve Description Position Locally at the pump starter panel in the bow thruster room
104VPH Pressurizing pump suction valve Open Remotely from the fire control station
114VPH Pressurizing pump discharge valve Open Remotely from the bridge at the emergency control console
115VPH Pressurizing pump overboard valve Open
103VPH Fire pump suction valve Open The emergency fire pump together with its suction and discharge valves should
113VPH Fire pump discharge valve Open be tested weekly to ensure correct operation and that full system pressure can be
102/105VPH Fire, bilge and GS pump SW suction valve Open achieved. The suction and discharge valves should always be left open so that the
111/110VPH Fire, bilge and GS pump fire main discharge valve Open pump is available for immediate operation.
041VPJ Water spray pump suction valve Closed
043VPJ Water spray pump discharge valve Closed
111/112VPJ Fire, bilge and GS pump bilge main suction valve Closed Fire Hydrants
102VPJ Fire, bilge and GS pump direct bilge suction valve Closed The fire main has outlets in the engine room, the accommodation block and on
121/122VPJ Fire, bilge and GS pump discharge valve Closed the forward and aft decks. Located adjacent to each hydrant is a hose box
123VPJ Fire, bilge and GS pump overboard valve Closed containing a fire hose and nozzle. All of the hydrant valves should be operated at
Cross connection valve fire main/water spray system Closed frequent intervals to ensure satisfactory operation in the event of an emergency.
107VPH Bleed off pump suction valve Closed
117VPH Bleed off pump discharge valve Closed Intermediate valves in the fire main along the deck should be kept open at all
times to ensure that water will be available to all of the deck hydrants whenever
c) Start Pressurizing pump at local or fire control station. required.
d) If additional water is required at the fire main, start either the fire pump or
the fire and bilge pump depending upon circumstances. (Note : After use, the hose and nozzle unit must be properly stowed back in the
hose box. Any defects in the hose, nozzle, valve or system must be
e) Open the desired hydrant valve on the fire main after connecting the fire
reported immediately and rectified as soon as possible. Hose boxes must
hose to the hydrant.
never be left with components which are defective.)
(Note : Whenever the fire pump is operating, at least one fire hydrant valve, in
the engine room or on deck, must be open to ensure a flow of water
through the pump to prevent overheating.)
10.3.1aEngine
10.3.1a Engin Room
Room Fire
Fire Main
Main System
System
TO FIRE MAIN
TO FIRE HOSE REEL SYSTEM
192VPH
ENG.CASING (DECK 3)
200
80
ENG.CASING (DECK 1)
NO.2 F.W. TK NO.1 F.W. TK
183VPH 181VPH
40
100
FIRE FIGHT
F.W.PRESS.TK 1ST FLAT
65
212VPG 211VPG
COMP. AIR
FIRE FIGHT.F.W.PUMP
SA RO RM
TO F.W. RECIRC.PUMP ASS
PS
626 FIRE 626 P
50
174VPH 172VPH
50
C P
217VPG
215VPG 271VPG
40
215JPG
TO SEWAGE SYSTEM
TO FRESH W. PUMP
173VPH 171VPH
2ND FLAT
TO OVERBOARD
50 150 200 200
80
80
RO RO RM SA
150
150
150
164VPH 162VPH
25
50
W/H FIRE 637 637
FIRE,BILGE & G.S. PUMP

115VPH 114VPH 117VPH 113VPH 111VPH 122VPJ 110VPH
121VPJ
P P 130VPH P
100
P P
FIRE PUMP 163VPH 161VPH
AST
RO RO RM SA RO NO.2 NO.1
W/H FIRE 635 635 635
C C
C C C
100
FIRE LINE 3RD FLAT
BLEED OFF PUMP 112VPJ 111VPJ
PRESSURISING RO RM SA
100
104VPH 107VPH BILGE SUC. BILGE SUC.
PUMP FIRE 639 639
150
RO RM SA 200
FIRE 638 638 FROM MAIN CONDR BILGE SUC.
013VPH 102VPJ
103VPH 102VPH 105VPH 153VPH 152VPH
123VPJ
150
150
150
25
65
TO D.B. PIPE PASSAGE 151VPH

BILGE EDUCTOR
65 150 200
S.W. SUC.
BOTTOM FLAT
Maker : Unitor Central Bank CO2 System

Type : High pressure The central bank CO2 system consists of 20 x 46 kg CO2 cylinders located in the The pilot CO2 line to the main cylinder actuation system passes through a time
Capacity : 20 cylinders each containing 46 kg CO2 bottle and foam tank room, which is situated on the starboard side of the delay device which delays the passage of the CO2 for a preset period of time
Deck1. before the main CO2 charge is released into the compartment. A pressure gauge
Description is fitted to the pilot CO2 pipeline to indicate pilot CO2 pressure.
Dependent upon the application, CO2 is normally employed at levels of between Cylinders are grouped together according to the space they protect, apart from
35% and 50% by volume to produce an oxygen deficiency and thus extinguish a the cargo compressor room which requires the release of all cylinders. These
fire. This level of oxygen reduction is also capable of causing asphyxiation. cylinders are connected to discharge nozzles within the protected spaces via Operating Instructions
cylinder manifolds and distribution pipe work. a) On discovering a fire, shutdown machinery, fuel supplies and ventilation
Fixed systems are therefore designed to include safeguards which prevent the systems as appropriate. Close all door ventilators and other openings, having
automatic release of the CO2 whilst the protected area is occupied. The use of A pressure gauge and relief are fitted to the main CO2 manifold. first ensured that all personnel have been evacuated.
portable extinguishers should ensure that there is sufficient air to breathe
normally. CO2 is not generally regarded as having a high intrinsic toxicity and is The system is designed to discharge the required number of cylinders into each b) Check that all personnel have been evacuated from the protected space.
not normally considered to produce decomposition products in a fire situation. space protected as follows : c) Go to the release cabinet for the protected space in which the fire has
occurred.
The CO2 cylinders are fitted with safety devices to relieve excess pressure CO2 Requirements
caused by high temperatures. To avoid these operating, it is recommended that d) Open the release cabinet door. This will cause the alarms to sound in the
'The amount of CO2 required to be carried on board the vessel depends upon the
cylinders are located in areas where the ambient temperature will not exceed protected space and stop the ventilation fans if not already done so.
volume of the largest protected compartment. This is the cargo compressor room
60C. Cylinders must not be stored in direct sunlight. which requires 20 cylinders each containing 46kg. e) Open both isolation valves by pulling valve handles downwards.
Certain gaseous extinguishing agents may cause low temperature burns when in f) Release pilot CO2 by opening the screw down valve on one of the pilot
The vessel carries 20 cylinders of CO2 (each containing 46kg) to provide
contact with the skin. In such cases the affected area should be thoroughly cylinders only.
protection for the spaces indicated above. If the release of CO2 is authorized, all
irrigated with clean water and afterwards dressed by a trained person. 20 cylinders are released into the cargo compressor room; the other protected g) Extinguishing CO2 gas will be released from the main cylinder bank for the
spaces have fewer cylinders released as indicated above. It should be realized that protected space after the time delay period. The main valve will be opened
WARNING if any cylinders are released into the smaller spaces then there will be insufficient and CO2 will be discharged from the nozzles into the protected space.
DANGER OF ASPHYXIATION cylinders for the cargo compressor room. It is essential that, in the event of any
Re-entry to a CO2 flooded area should not be made until the area has been h) After 10 minutes close the pilot cylinder hand wheel valve.
CO2 release, used cylinders are replenished at the next port of call.
thoroughly ventilated. i) When the pilot pressure gauge within the control box is zero close both pilot
isolation valves.
Release Cabinets
System Description
The system is operated by a supply of CO2 separate from the main fire
extinguishing CO2. Pilot CO2 cylinders are used for activating the release of the
Areas Protected
main CO2 cylinders. Two pilot cylinders are located in the supply cabinet
The CO2 system installed in the ship protects the following spaces ;
installed in the fire station space, one cylinder acts as a standby cylinder. Only
Cargo machinery room 20 cylinders one pilot CO2 cylinder would be opened at any time to release the CO2. The
Cargo compressor motor room 8 cylinders release cabinets are all situated in the fire station space.
Switchboard room 16 cylinders
Engine control room 4 cylinders The pilot cylinders connect to the main pilot system pipe work via two isolation
Paint & solvent store 1 cylinder valves installed within the release cabinet.
Emergency generator room 4 cylinders
One isolation valve is connected via small bore pilot gas pipework to the cylinder
The number of cylinders required to afford complete protection of any protected bank to open the required number of cylinders, the other is connected via a
compartment depends upon the volume of that compartment. The cargo separate pilot gas line to actuate the power cylinder to open the main valve which
compressor room has the largest volume and requires 20 gas cylinders, thus 20 directs the released CO2 to the protected space. The isolation valves are
cylinders are carried. positioned so that the control box door cannot be closed with the valves in the
open position. It is also arranged that the control box door will operate a switch,
when it is in the open position, to initiate audible and visual alarms.
After Release of CO2 Cargo Compressor Room

Following the release of CO2 the following procedure must be undertaken. a) Open the main line valve (E) leading to the cargo compressor room. The
a) Allow enough time for the CO2 to extinguish the fire. CO2 alarm will sound and the ventilation fans will stop.
b) Do not open the compartment until it is evident that the fire is completely b) Remove the manual release handle from its mounting position near the
extinguished. The protected compartment must be completely ventilated cylinders.
before the door to the space is opened. c) Insert the end of the handle into the hole in the release lever and open one or
c) Entry into the protected compartment must only be made by personnel two of the CO2 cylinders (G) in the CO2 bank.
wearing breathing apparatus and with fire extinguishing equipment. Entry by d) The remaining necessary CO2 cylinders will automatically and the CO2 will
personnel not wearing breathing apparatus must be prohibited until a test be discharged into the space.
confirms that the atmosphere in the compartment contains at least 21%
oxygen.
(Note : Allow time for structural cooling before opening the purifier room and
ventilating the CO2 gas.)
WARNING
Do not enter CO2 flooded space without using breathing apparatus. In
the unlikely event of pilot gas release failure the second pilot cylinder valve
must be opened in order to release CO2 from that cylinder.
Manual Operation
Should the pilot CO2 cylinders fail to open the main CO2 cylinders for the
protected compartment then these must be opened manually. The main line valve
to the protected compartment must also be operated manually. The CO2
cylinders for each protected compartment are grouped together and so it is easy
to recognize which cylinders must be manually opened for any protected
compartment. The procedure for opening the main cylinders is as below; these
should be opened by operation of the manual release lever on top of each CO2
cylinder as follows :
a) Open the main line valve (E) leading to the protected space. The CO2 alarm
will sound and the ventilation fans will stop.
b) Remove the manual release handle from its mounting position near the
cylinders.
c) Insert the end of the handle into the hole in the release lever. Pull the handle
as far as possible in order to operate the release mechanism for the cylinder.
d) Repeat this procedure for each cylinder until the specified number have been
discharged.
All cylinders can be individually manually discharged into any of the protected
cargo compartments as and when they are required.
10.3.2aEngine
10.3.2a Engine Room
Room CO2CO2
Fire Fire Extinguishing
Extinguishing System
System
FIRE STATION
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
FIRE STATION
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM SUPPLY CABINET
P
CO2 ALARM
RELAY BOX
POWER CO2 ALARM

SUPPLY CABINET
ECR & ELEC. NO.1 & NO.2 PAINT &
SUPPLY
WORK SHOP MAIN SWBD RMS SOLVENT STORE EM'CY GEN. RM CARGO MOTOR RM CARGO MACH.RM
NORMAL
ALARM
TEST
A AIR TYPHOON
RELAY BOX
TEST
CARGO MACHINERY RM
ALARM RELAY BOX
VALVE RWELEASE CABINET
POWER
P
S S
SUPPLY
A AIR TYPHOON
ECR & ELEC. NO.1 & NO.2 PAINT &

COMP. AIR
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM CARGO COMPR MOTOR RM

VENT / SLOW LEAK V.
TIME DELAY
TO ATMOS. YODALIGHT
EM'CY GEN. RM
WORK SHOP MAIN SWBD RMS SOLVENT STORE EM'CY GEN. RM CARGO MOTOR RM CARGO MACH.RM
EXPLOSION-PROOF
CEILING LIGHT
M MOTOR SIREN
LS LS LS LS LS LS
PAINT & SOLVENT STORE
C01 C02 C04 C05 C06 C09 C16 C17 C20

HANDLES FOR CYLINDER VALVES
CO2 & FOAM TANK RM YODALIGHT
YODALIGHT
GENERAL DESCRIOTION OF THE SYSTEM

NORMAL TEST
NO. OF CO2 CYLS
PROTECTED SPACES TO BE DISCHARGED NO.2 MAIN SWBD RM
A CO2 FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMIS INSTALLED IN THIS NO.1 & NO.2 MAIN SWITCHBOARD ROOM (2ND FLOOR) 16
SHIP TO COVER THE ROOMS AND STORES. CO2 CYLINDERS IN
ECR & ELECT. WORKSHOP (2ND FLOOR) 4
CO2 GAS IS STORED IN 20 CO2 CYLINDERS. CO2 & FOAM TANK ROOM
20 CO2 CYLINDERS ARE IN THE CO2 & FORM TANK ROOM (DECK 1). CARGO MSCHINERY ROOM 20
(DECK 1)
CARGO COMPRESSOR MOTOR ROOM 8 YODALIGHT
THE CO2 CYLINDERS ARE ARRANAGED FOR QUICK (PNEUMATIC) RELEASE.
EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM (UPPER DECK) 4
FOR THIS PURPOSE, THE REMOTE RELEASE CABINETS ARE LOCATED IN YODALIGHT
THE FIRE STATION. PAINT & SOLVEBT STORE (UPPER DECK) 1
TOTAL : 20 CYLS
ALARMS ARE PROVIDED IN ALL THESE ROOMS TO GIVE ADVANCE WARNING NO1 MAIN SWBD RM
WARNING OF DISCHARGE OF CO2. OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM
A
3 YODALIGHTS (YL8) ARE PROVIDED IN NO.1 & NO.2 MAIN SWITCHBOARD IF A FIRE OCCURS IN ONE OF THE CO2-PROTECTED ROOMS, WHICH CANNOT GO TO THE CO2 BOTTLE ROOM, CHECK THAT CONTROL (SELECTOR) VALVE
AIR TYPHOON
ROOM, ENGINE CONTROL ROOM, 2 CEILING LAMPS & 2 MOTOR SIRENS BE PUT OUT BY PORTABLE FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT. FOR THE ROOM ON FIRE HAS OPENED AND THAT THE CORRECT NUMBER OF
ARE PROVIDED IN EMERG. GENE. RM AND ELECT. WORKSHOP. 1. GO TO THE FIRE STATION AND OPEN THE DOOR OF THE VALVE RELEASE CO2 CYLINDERS HAVE BEEN DISCHARGED. IF NOT, OPEN BY HAND.
TOTAL 1 PCS AIR WHISTLE IS PROVIDED IN PAINT & SOLVENT STORE. CABINET FOR THE ROOM ON FIRE. THIS WILL CAUSE THE DISCHARGE SEE SKETCH SHOWING MANUAL RELEASE METHOD FOR PRESSURE OPERATED YODALIGHT
2 CEILING LAMPS AND 2 AIR TIPHOON ARE PROVIDED IN CARGO MACHINERY ALARMS TO OPERATE.. AND THE VENTILATION TO STOP FOR THE ROOM CYLINDER VALVES. THE NECESSARY HANDLES ARE LOCATED ON THE RED YODALIGHT
ROON AND MOTOR ROOM. ON FIRE. PLATE MARKED "HANDLES FOR CO2 CYLINDER VALVES"
WHEN THESE ALARMS ARE ACTIVATED, 2. SHUT DOWN ALL MACHINERY IN THE ROOM ON FIRE.
ENG. CONT. RM ELECT. W /S
ALL PERSONNEL MUST LEAVE THE ROOM 3. CLOSE ALL DOORS, VENTILATORS, AND OTHER OPENINGS TO THE ROOM MANUAL RELEASE FOR THE ROOM ON FIRE
IMMEDIATELY. ON FIRE. 1. OPEN CONTROL VALVE FOR THE ROOM ON FIRE
ALARM
2. TAKE MANUAL HANDLE(S) FROM THE RED PLATE SO MARKED AND OPEN
4. MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL ARE EVACUATED FROM THE ROOM ON FIRE.
REQUIRED NUMBER OF CO2 CYLINDERS BY HAND. (SEE SKETCH) AFTER A FIRE
NOTE 5. IN THE VALVE RELEASE CABINET, OPEN THE BALL VALVES (PUT DOWN 1. TAKE ALL REASONABLE PRECAUTIONS TO ASCERTAIN THAT THE FIRE IS
TEST
CO2 WILL NOW BE RELEASED INTO THE ROOM ON FIRE.
CO2 FIREFIGHTING SYSTEM TO BE USED ONLY THE HANDLE). EXTINGUISHED BEFORE OPENING THE ROOM WHICH WAS ON FIRE.
FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHING AND NOT INERTING PURPOSE. 6. TAKE THE KEY FROM THE INSIDE OF THE VALVE RELEASE CABINET DOOR. 2. BEFORE RE-OPENING ANY ROOM INTO WHICH CO2 HAS BEEN DISCHARGED,
1. INSERT HANDLE (FROM RED PLATE) 2. PULL BACK
OPEN THE DOOR OF SUPPLY CABINET AND OPEN ONE OF TOP VALVE INTO TOP OF VALVE
IT MUST BE THOROUGHLY VENTILATED.
ON THE PILOT CYLINDER.
3. PERSONS ENTERING ANY ROOM INTO WHICH CO2 HAS BEEN DISCHARGED
7. AFTER A TIME LAPSE OF APPROXIMATE 30 SECONDS FROM OPENING THE MIST WEAR BREATHING APPARATUS UNTIL IT HAS BEEN VERIFIED
PILOT CYLINDER TOP VALVE, THAT THE OXYGEN CONTENT IS BACK TO NORMAL.
CO2 GAS WILL BE DISCHARGED INTO THE ROOM ON FIRE.
CARGO MACHINERY RM
ALARM RELAY BOX
S S
A AIR TYPHOON
COMP. AIR
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM SUPPLY CABINET
P ECR & ELEC.

WORK SHOP
FIRE STATION
NO.1 & NO.2

MAIN SWBD RMS
PAINT &
SOLVENT STORE EM'CY GEN. RM CARGO MOTOR RM CARGO MACH.RM
NORMAL
CO2 ALARM
RELAY BOX
POWER
SUPPLY
ALARM
TEST
TEST
A AIR TYPHOON
CARGO COMPR MOTOR RM
CARGO MACHINERY RM
ALARM RELAY BOX
VENT / SLOW LEAK V.

S S
A AIR TYPHOON
COMP. AIR
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM CARGO COMPR MOTOR RM

VENT / SLOW LEAK V.
TIME DELAY
TO ATMOS. YODALIGHT
EM'CY GEN. RM
EXPLOSION-PROOF
CEILING LIGHT
M MOTOR SIREN
LS LS LS LS LS LS
PAINT & SOLVENT STORE TIME DELAY

C01 C02 C04 C05 C06 C09 C16 C17 C20
YODALIGHT
GENERAL DESCRIOTION OF THE SYSTEM PROTECTED SPACES

NO. OF CO2 CYLS
TO BE DISCHARGED NO.2 MAIN SWBD RM
(DECK 1)
TOTAL : 20 CYLS
YODALIGHT
CYLINDER VALVES. THE NECESSARY HANDLES ARE LOCATED ON THE RED
TO ATMOS.
2 CEILING LAMPS AND 2 AIR TIPHOON ARE PROVIDED IN CARGO MACHINERY ALARMS TO OPERATE.. AND THE VENTILATION TO STOP FOR THE ROOM YODALIGHT
EM'CY GEN. RM
EXPLOSION-PROOF
CEILING LIGHT
M MOTOR SIREN
LS LS LS LS LS LS
PAINT & SOLVENT STORE
C01 C02 C04 C05 C06 C09 C16 C17 C20

YODALIGHT
GENERAL DESCRIOTION OF THE SYSTEM PROTECTED SPACES

NO. OF CO2 CYLS
TO BE DISCHARGED NO.2 MAIN SWBD RM
(DECK 1)
TOTAL : 20 CYLS
2 CEILING LAMPS AND 2 AIR TIPHOON ARE PROVIDED IN CARGO MACHINERY ALARMS TO OPERATE.. AND THE VENTILATION TO STOP FOR THE ROOM CYLINDER VALVES. THE NECESSARY HANDLES ARE LOCATED ON THE RED YODALIGHT
10.3.3
10.3.3 Engine Room
Engine Room Hot
HotFoam
FoamFire
FireExtinguishing
ExtinguishingSystem
System
Foam System Each protected space is provided with High Expansion foam generators designed System Operation
Maker : Unitor to produce the required quantity and concentration of foam to meet SOLAS The hot foam system may be operated in OP MODE or TEST MODE. Normal
No. of sets : 1 requirements. operation is in OP MODE and the system operation is controlled automatically
Tank capacity : 6,000 litres by the programme logic circuit (PLC) in the control cabinet. In the event of
The generators utilized are designated as HG-25 and HG-15, and these have a
Generator inlet pressure : 0.55 - 0.7 MPa failure of the control system the hot foam system may be controlled manually in
foam production capability of 60 m3 / min and 18 m3 / min respectively. A total of
Emergency Fire Pump 154 generators are used with the numbers in each location being as follows : TEST MODE as described later. The test mode is normally used for testing the
No. of sets : 1 system by utilising switches located at the front of the control cabinet.
Engine room 69 generators
Type : Vertical centrifugal The hot foam system may be operated from the control panel in the foam tank
Engine room casing 13 generators
Capacity : 400 m3/h at 115 mTH room or from individual remote panel situated in the fire station.
Engine room store 8 generators
Engine room workshop 6 generators
Form liquid Pump BOG pipe hood 3 generators Procedure for Making the Foam System Operational
No. of sets : 1 Laboratory 2 generators
a) Check the foam chemical tank visually for any damage or leakage.
Type : vertical centrifugal Chemical locker 2 generators
Capacity : 6.88 m3/h x 130 mTH Inert gas room 27 generators b) Ensure there is sufficient foam chemical in the foam tank.
Motor: 5.5 kW x 3,600 rpm Purifier room 6 generators
c) Check that the emergency fire pump sea water supply valves are all open.
Incinerator room 5 generators
These valves should remain open during normal service.
Steering gear room 13 generators
Description
d) If the weather is cold, the pump and system heaters must be left on.
The Unitor Hot Foam fire fighting system is a high expansion foam system that The generators are designed as an integral part of the High Expansion foam
provides a local fire extinguishing capability to each of the following areas : system in which air from the protected space is used to aid foam production even WARNING
when smoke and combustion gases are present. The generators are constructed Before activating the hot foam system in any protected compartment, it is
Engine room
from stainless steel and are built as one unit with no moving parts. They each essential to ensure that all personnel have been evacuated.
Engine room casing have three discharge nozzles for HG-25 and one for HG-15. The water / foam
Engine room store mix enters the generator housing at a pressure of between 0.55 and 0.7 MPa and
Engine room workshop Total Flooding Procedure for Operating the System from the Foam Tank Room
with the speed at which it passes through the housing it creates a negative
BOG pipe hood pressure. This pressure reduction causes air and smoke to be drawn into the The following description and valve numbers refer to Illustration 10.3.3aEngine
Laboratory housing so mixing with the foam/ water solution to create a high expansion Room Hot Foam Fire Extinguishing System. When the system is not in use
Chemical locker foam. valves B, D, F and V1~V12 must all be closed and valve I on the return line left
Inert gas room Separate Zone Protection open. If it is necessary to operate the system in the case of a fire then the
It is important to note that to ensure correct operation of this system only the following procedure needs to be followed :
Purifier room Separate Zone Protection
manufacturers approved foam making chemicals should be used.
Incinerator room Separate Zone Protection a) Ensure that power is available to the control panel and pumps.
Steering gear room Separate Zone Protection Electrical power for the pumps and control panels is supplied from the main
b) Press the engine room "ALARM" button on the control panel then confirm
switchboard distribution system, however back-up power from the emergency
The system supplies high expansion foam making chemical and salt water to the the ventilation shuts down and alarm sounds
switchboard has been provided for.
spaces listed above through dedicated lines that are each controlled by electric c) Ensure that all personnel are evacuated from the space into which the
motor operated butterfly valves. The system is manually operated and can be Alarms are provided in the protected areas to give warning of discharge of the
foam is to be injected and close all doors and openings to that space.
released from the main control cabinet in the fire control room or locally from the system.
remote control panels outside each of the protected spaces. The foam chemical Engine control room 1 Yodalight d) Confirm that he emergency fire pump is running.
tank is fitted inside the CO2 bottle and foam tank room which is located on the Engine room 10 Yodalights e) Press ON push button of the area to be flooded. For the first 120 sec,
starboard side of the Deck 1. The tank is a standard 6,000 litre unit made from Engine room casing 2 Yodalights
only sea water will be distributed to each foam generators, after then high
glass fibre reinforced polyester to safeguard against corrosion and has a full Engine room store 1 Yodalight
expansion foam will be generated.
charge when it has 4,852 litres of foam making chemical inside. The capacity of Engine room workshop 1 Yodalight
the system is designed to be able to supply foam to all of the protected spaces BOG pipe hood 1 Yodalight f) When the fire is extinguished the system must be manually switched off
simultaneously. Laboratory 1 Yodalight by pressing the OFF pushbutton.
Chemical locker 1 Yodalight g) When the fire has been extinguished and the space has cooled down the
The foam is generated by mixing the foam making chemical with sea water at a Inert gas room 2 Yodalights foam must be cleared from the room before personnel may enter.
rate of 2% chemical solution to 98% sea water. The foam chemical mixes with Purifier room 2 Yodalights Precautions must be observed regarding breathable atmosphere and the
sea water in the proportioner and the combined liquid is pumped to the protected Incinerator room 1 Yodalight risk of a further fire outbreak if the seat of the fire has not cooled down
spaces through a 200mm supply line. Steering gear room 2 Yodalights completely.
10.3.3aEngine
10.3.3a Engine Room
Room Hot Hot
FoamFoam Fire Extinguishing
Fire Extinguishing System
System
DECK 4
FIRE STATION
P
TOTAL FLOODING
ENGINE ROOM
ALARM
SEPARATE ZONE
PROTECTION
I.G.G. ROOM
ALARM
SEPARATE ZONE
PROTECTION
PURIFIER. ROOM
ALARM
DECK 3
ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
SEPARATE ZONE SEPARATE ZONE

PROTECTION STEERING GEAR ROOM SOURCE
INCINERATOR ROOM
ALARM ALARM
ON ON
OFF OFF
POWER
PLC FAILURE
WATER SUPPLY
WATER / FORM SUPPLY
RUN FOAM LIQUID PUMP
UnITOR
CONTROL SYSTEMS
DECK 2
FAIL FOAM LIQUID PUMP
RUN EM. FIRE PUMP
FAIL EM. FIRE PUMP
POWER SUPPLY
MAIN & EMC'Y DECK 1
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL I.G.G.RM

HOT FOAM SYSTEM
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM
ALARM RELAY BOX

1. THE ENGINE ROOM / STEER ROOM / I.G.G. ROOM / PURIFIER ROOM AND INCINERATOR ROOM ON THIS VESSEL ARE
COVERED BY A UNITOR HOTFOAM SYSTEM.
2. WHEN THE SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED, THE HOTFOAM IS RELIESED INTO THE RESPECTIVE AREAS.
3. FOAM LIQUID FOR THE HOTFOAM SYSTEM IS STORED IN A 6.0 m3 G.R.P. TANK L IN
THE FOAM TANK ROOM ON DECK 1. AN ELECTRIC-DRIVEN PUMP E DELIVERS THE LIQUID TO
A PROPORTIONER M .
AT THIS PROPORTIONER, THE FOAM LIQUID IS MIXED AT THE REQUIRED RATION (2%) WITH THE SEAWATER.
4. FROM THE PROPORTIONER, THE RESULTING "HOTFOAM CONCENTRATE 2% SOKUSION IS DELIVERED TO THE
HOTFOAM GENERATORS N IN THE PROTECTED SPACES.
THE "HOTFOAM CONCENTRATE 2% SOLUTION AND EXPAND 1:666 (MAX EXPANSION RATIO 1:10000).
5. A MAIN CONTROL PANEL A IS LOCATED IN THE FORM TANK ROOM FOR RELEASE OF THE SYSTEM
INTO THE ENGINE ROOM.
N N
6. ALARMS ARE PROVIDED IN THE PROTECTED SPACES TO GIVE WARNING OF DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM. DECK 4
THESE COMPLIES ;
ENGINE ROOM :
STEER ROOM :
19 YODALIGHT P
2 YODALIGHT P
FIRE STATION
PURIFIER ROOM : 2 YODALIGHT P P
INCINER ROOM : 1 YODALIGHT P DECK 3
I.G.G. ROOM : 1 YODALIGHT P
WHEN THESE ALARMS ARE ACTIVATED, UnITOR
DECK 2
ALL PERSONEL MUST LEAVE THE ROOM IMMEDIATELY
POWER SUPPLY
MAIN & EMC'Y DECK 1
SEQUENCE RELEASE INTO THE ENGINE ROOM OR THE OTHER ROOM I.G.G.RM
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
1. OPEN THE DOOR OF THE MAIN CONTROL PANEL (MCC) A IN FORM TANK ROOM.
HOT FOAM SYSTEM
CONFIRM THAT THE MODE SWITCH IS IN "ON" ON MAIN CONTROL PANEL (MCC) A . ALARM RELAY BOX
2. PUSH THE ENGINE ROOM "ALARM" BUTTON ON MCC A . N N
CONFIRM THAT VENTILATION SHUTS DOWN AND ALARM SOUNDS. V1
V1
3. MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNAL EVACUATED FROM THE PROTECTED SOACE. M
(WHEN ENGINE ROOM TOTAL FLOODING, MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL EVACUATED
FROM I.G.G. ROOM AND PURIFIER ROOM)
4. MAKE SURE THE WATER SUPPLY INDICATION LAMP (GREEN) ON MCC LITS. V2
UPPER DECK INCINERATOR RM
5. THEN PUSH THE "ON" BUTTON ON MCC A , THE SYSTEM IS NOW OPERATION. M
A TIME DELAY WILL POSTPONE THE PRODUCTION OF THE HIGH EXPANSION FOAM, E.C.R.
ONLY SPRAYING WATER THE FIRST 120 SECONDS BEFORE START FORM PRODUCTION.
V3
6. THE FIRST SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V2 V5 V6 V7 V8 WILL OPEN
AFTER 5 MINUTES 15 SECONDS THE SECOND SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V4 V9 V10 V11 CLOSED M
THE VALVE 6 7 8 CLOSED. TEST CONNECTION
AFTER 8 MINUTES 40 SECONDS THE THIRD SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V3 OPEN V5 CLOSED.
FILLING PIPE G
UnITOR
V4
AFTER 10 MINUTES THE FOURTH SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V1 OPEN V3 V4 V9 V10 V11 CLOSED.
AFTER 15 MINUTES THE FIFTH SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V2 CLOSED. M
MAIN CONTROL PANEL A
AFTER 17 MINUTES 35 SECONDS THE SIXTH SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V1 CLOSED.
7. WHEN FIRE IS EXTINGUISHED THE SYSTEM MUST BE MANUALLY SWITCH OFF BY PRESS THE OFF BUTTON. V5
LI
M
BOG P. HOOD 1ST FLAT ENG. W / S LABO.

TOTAL FLOODING INTO THE SEPARATE ROOM OR STEER GEAR ROOM V6
D FOAM TANK M
CONFIRM THAT THE MODE SWITCH IS IN "ON" ON MAIN CONTROL PANEL (MCC) A .
M L
2. PUSH THE STEER GEAR ROOM "ALARM" BUTTON ON MCC A . V7
M
CONFIRM THAT VENTILATION SHUTS DOWN AND ALARM SOUNDS. H PS
M
3. MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNAL EVACUATED FROM THE PROTECTED SOACE. P
E J
I PS
M
A TIME DELAY WILL POSTPONE THE PRODUCTION OF THE HIGH EXPANSION FOAM, CHEM. LOCKER 2ND FLAT ENG.STORE I.G.G.RM
ONLY SPRAYING WATER THE FIRST 120 SECONDS BEFORE START FORM PRODUCTION. K P
STARTER V9
"HOTFOAM" IS NOW DISCHARGED INTO THE PROTECTED SPACE TO FIGHT A FIRE.
F F M
6. WHEN FIRE IS EXTINGUISHED THE SYSTEM MUST BE MANUALLY SWITCH OFF BY PRESS THE OFF BUTTON FLUSH LINE
ON MCC A .
V10
7. REST THE SYSTEM
PUSH THE "OFF" BUTTON ON MCC A . CO2 BOTTLE ROOM & HOT FOAM SYSTEM M
COBFIRM THAT THE VALVES CLOSE, FOAM LIQUID PUMP STOP AND ALARMS STOP SOUND.
FOAM TANK ROOM 3RD FLAT PURIFIER ROOM
7.1 VALVE POSITION V11
CLOSED : FORM TANK OUTLET D , FLUSH LINE F , FILLING LINE G , DISTRIBUTION V1 ~ V12 M
AND TEST VALVE H
OPEN : RETURN LINE I , FORM LINE J , PRESSURE GAUGE VALVE K
EMERGENCY
FIRE PUMP B V12
7.2 RE-FILL FOAM TANK L TO CORRECT LEVEL
M M
FOAM LIQUID : TYPE - HOTFOAM 2% (SYNTHETIC)
QUANTITY - 5000 L (RULE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT)
STEERING GEAR ROOM BOTTOM FLAT
V2
TOTAL FLOODING SEPARATE ZONE SEPARATE ZONE
ENGINE ROOM PROTECTION PROTECTION
I.G.G. ROOM PURIFIER. ROOM
ALARM ALARM ALARM

ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
SEPARATE ZONE
PROTECTION
SEPARATE ZONE
STEERING GEAR ROOM
M
INCINERATOR ROOM
ALARM
ON
OFF
ALARM
ON
OFF
E.C.R.
MODE
TEST
ALARM
ON
LAMP TEST
ON
EM. FIRE PUMP & WATER VALVE

INTERLOCK VENTILATION
WATER LINE VALVE
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
V3
FOAM TANK OUTLET VALVE ON OFF
POWER FOAM LIQUID PUMP ON OFF
PLC FAILURE VALVE-1 OPEN MACH. SPACE DECK 3 ON OFF

VALVE-2 OPEN MACH. SPACE DECK 2 ON OFF
WATER SUPPLY VALVE-3 OPEN MACH. SPACE 1ST PL. ON OFF
M
VALVE-4 OPEN MACH. SPACE 1ST PL. ON OFF
WATER / FORM SUPPLY VALVE-5 OPEN MACH. 2ND PL. ON OFF
VALVE-6 OPEN MACH. SPACE 3RD PL. ON OFF
RUN FOAM LIQUID PUMP VALVE-11 OPEN MACH. SPACE 2ND PL. ON OFF
FAIL FOAM LIQUID PUMP VALVE-8 I.G.G. ROOM 2ND FLAT ON OFF
VALVE-9 I.G.G. ROOM UPPER DECK ON OFF
RUN EM. FIRE PUMP VALVE-7 PURIFIER ROOM ON OFF
TEST CONNECTION
VALVE-10 INCINERATOR ROOM ON OFF
FAIL EM. FIRE PUMP
VALVE-12 STEERING GEAR ROOM ON OFF
V4
UnITOR
G
CONTROL SYSTEMS
FILLING PIPE
M
MAIN CONTROL PANEL
V5
LI
M

V6
B FOAM TANK M
M L
V7
H PS
M
P
E J
I PS
V8
M
M CHEM. LOCKER 2ND FLAT ENG.STORE I.G.G.RM
K P
STARTER V9
D F M
FLUSH LINE
V10
CO2 BOTTLE ROOM &

HOT FOAM SYSTEM
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM
1. THE ENGINE ROOM / STEER ROOM / I.G.G. ROOM / PURIFIER ROOM AND INCINERATOR ROOM ON THIS VESSEL ARE
COVERED BY A UNITOR HOTFOAM SYSTEM.
2. WHEN THE SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED, THE HOTFOAM IS RELIESED INTO THE RESPECTIVE AREAS.
3. FOAM LIQUID FOR THE HOTFOAM SYSTEM IS STORED IN A 6.0 m3 G.R.P. TANK L IN
THE FOAM TANK ROOM ON DECK 1. AN ELECTRIC-DRIVEN PUMP E DELIVERS THE LIQUID TO
A PROPORTIONER M .
M
AT THIS PROPORTIONER, THE FOAM LIQUID IS MIXED AT THE REQUIRED RATION (2%) WITH THE SEAWATER.
4. FROM THE PROPORTIONER, THE RESULTING "HOTFOAM CONCENTRATE 2% SOKUSION IS DELIVERED TO THE
HOTFOAM GENERATORS N IN THE PROTECTED SPACES.
THE "HOTFOAM CONCENTRATE 2% SOLUTION AND EXPAND 1:666 (MAX EXPANSION RATIO 1:10000).
5. A MAIN CONTROL PANEL A IS LOCATED IN THE FORM TANK ROOM FOR RELEASE OF THE SYSTEM
INTO THE ENGINE ROOM.
6. ALARMS ARE PROVIDED IN THE PROTECTED SPACES TO GIVE WARNING OF DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM. DECK 4
FOAM TANK ROOM

THESE COMPLIES ;
ENGINE ROOM :
STEER ROOM :
19 YODALIGHT P
2 YODALIGHT P
FIRE STATION
PURIFIER ROOM : 2 YODALIGHT P P
INCINER ROOM : 1 YODALIGHT P DECK 3
3RD FLAT PURIFIER ROOM

I.G.G. ROOM : 1 YODALIGHT P
WHEN THESE ALARMS ARE ACTIVATED, UnITOR
DECK 2
ALL PERSONEL MUST LEAVE THE ROOM IMMEDIATELY
POWER SUPPLY
MAIN & EMC'Y DECK 1
SEQUENCE RELEASE INTO THE ENGINE ROOM OR THE OTHER ROOM I.G.G.RM
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
HOT FOAM SYSTEM
CONFIRM THAT THE MODE SWITCH IS IN "ON" ON MAIN CONTROL PANEL (MCC) A . ALARM RELAY BOX
V11
2. PUSH THE ENGINE ROOM "ALARM" BUTTON ON MCC A . N N
CONFIRM THAT VENTILATION SHUTS DOWN AND ALARM SOUNDS. V1
3. MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNAL EVACUATED FROM THE PROTECTED SOACE. M
(WHEN ENGINE ROOM TOTAL FLOODING, MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL EVACUATED
FROM I.G.G. ROOM AND PURIFIER ROOM)
A TIME DELAY WILL POSTPONE THE PRODUCTION OF THE HIGH EXPANSION FOAM, E.C.R.
ONLY SPRAYING WATER THE FIRST 120 SECONDS BEFORE START FORM PRODUCTION.
V3
6. THE FIRST SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V2 V5 V6 V7 V8 WILL OPEN
AFTER 5 MINUTES 15 SECONDS THE SECOND SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V4 V9 V10 V11 CLOSED M
THE VALVE 6 7 8 CLOSED. TEST CONNECTION
AFTER 8 MINUTES 40 SECONDS THE THIRD SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V3 OPEN V5 CLOSED.
FILLING PIPE G
UnITOR
V4
AFTER 10 MINUTES THE FOURTH SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V1 OPEN V3 V4 V9 V10 V11 CLOSED.
AFTER 15 MINUTES THE FIFTH SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V2 CLOSED. M
MAIN CONTROL PANEL A
AFTER 17 MINUTES 35 SECONDS THE SIXTH SEQUENCE DISCHARGE VALVE V1 CLOSED.
7. WHEN FIRE IS EXTINGUISHED THE SYSTEM MUST BE MANUALLY SWITCH OFF BY PRESS THE OFF BUTTON. V5
LI
M

TOTAL FLOODING INTO THE SEPARATE ROOM OR STEER GEAR ROOM V6
D FOAM TANK M
M
CONFIRM THAT THE MODE SWITCH IS IN "ON" ON MAIN CONTROL PANEL (MCC) A .
M L
2. PUSH THE STEER GEAR ROOM "ALARM" BUTTON ON MCC A . V7
CONFIRM THAT VENTILATION SHUTS DOWN AND ALARM SOUNDS. H PS
M
3. MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNAL EVACUATED FROM THE PROTECTED SOACE. P
E J
I PS
M
A TIME DELAY WILL POSTPONE THE PRODUCTION OF THE HIGH EXPANSION FOAM, CHEM. LOCKER 2ND FLAT ENG.STORE I.G.G.RM
ONLY SPRAYING WATER THE FIRST 120 SECONDS BEFORE START FORM PRODUCTION. K P
STARTER V9
"HOTFOAM" IS NOW DISCHARGED INTO THE PROTECTED SPACE TO FIGHT A FIRE.
EMERGENCY
F F M
6. WHEN FIRE IS EXTINGUISHED THE SYSTEM MUST BE MANUALLY SWITCH OFF BY PRESS THE OFF BUTTON FLUSH LINE
ON MCC A .
V10
7. REST THE SYSTEM
PUSH THE "OFF" BUTTON ON MCC A . CO2 BOTTLE ROOM & HOT FOAM SYSTEM M
COBFIRM THAT THE VALVES CLOSE, FOAM LIQUID PUMP STOP AND ALARMS STOP SOUND.
FOAM TANK ROOM 3RD FLAT PURIFIER ROOM
7.1 VALVE POSITION V11
CLOSED : FORM TANK OUTLET D , FLUSH LINE F , FILLING LINE G , DISTRIBUTION V1 ~ V12 M
AND TEST VALVE H
OPEN : RETURN LINE I , FORM LINE J , PRESSURE GAUGE VALVE K
EMERGENCY
FIRE PUMP B V12
7.2 RE-FILL FOAM TANK L TO CORRECT LEVEL
M M
FOAM LIQUID : TYPE - HOTFOAM 2% (SYNTHETIC)
QUANTITY - 5000 L (RULE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT)
FIRE PUMP
A V12 C
M M

10.3.4 Engine Room Water Fog Fire Extinguishing System
Foam System
Maker : Softonex Oy Ltd. The protected spaces have locally activated pushbuttons situated near each f) Ensure that the engine room fire alarm monitoring system switch is set to
Hydrophore tank : protected area in the engine room. automatic mode.
No. of sets : 1
g) At the water fog main control panel ensure that the panel power lamp is
Capacity : 4.0 m3 at 0.79 MPa There are remote activation pushbuttons situated on the control panel in the fire
illuminated.
control station. The alarm indicator panel is located in the bridge and alarm
Description panel is situated on the engine control room outside wall. h) The water fog system is now operational.
Pressurized water forced through atomizer heads will break down into very fine
droplets. These droplets have a very effective extinguishing effect on fires, even The system uses fresh water in order to reduce the risk of corrosion but the lines The nozzle heads and valves should be checked at intervals in order to detect any
oil fires. The fine droplets remain suspended in the air and so they do not disturb are dry between the solenoid valves and the spray heads unless the system is leakage.
the oil surface nor do they settle to form a water layer on which burning oil could actually operating. The fresh water is supplied from the general service fresh
float. Fine water droplets present a large surface area to the fire and so they exert water system via supply valve 230VPG, which must always be open. The water The system is stopped by pressing the STOP pushbutton on the control panel in
a cooling effect as the droplets rapidly evaporate. The large droplet concentration fog unit is located at starboard on 2nd flat near the engine store. the fire control room.
and the evaporation have the effect of reducing the local oxygen level. The
cooling effect and the reduced local oxygen concentration result in the fire being The fresh water fog system releases water fog into a space automatically when a
extinguished. fire is detected by the protected area fire detection head(s). It can also be activated
by pressing the appropriate local area pushbutton.
The fresh water fog fire extinguishing system relies upon the delivery of
pressurized water to SE69W nozzle heads located at sites of fire risk. Six areas
are protected by the water fog system, these are : Procedure for Setting the Water Fog System for Operation
Protected Space No. of Nozzles a) Check that the fresh water tank to be used has sufficient water.
Diesel generator engine top 3 heads b) Ensure that the supply from the general service fresh water system is
Purifier room 3 heads established. they are normally locked open.
Port boiler burners platform 2 heads (Note : There should always be sufficient fresh water available to cover
Starboard boiler burners platform 2 heads the largest section for a minimum of 20 minutes.)
Incinerator burner zone 1 head
I.G.G. burner zone 1 head c) Check the pressure N2 gas bottle is more than 1.0 MPa. If the pressure is
lower than 1.0 MPa, recharge the N2 gas.
The protected areas also are monitored by the fire detection system. Each
protected area is equipped with one optical smoke detector and one flame d) Check the pressure in the hydrophore tank is 0.79 MPa.
detector. The protected areas are provided with a number of nozzle heads fitted in e) Set the valves as in the following table :
the supply pipe for that area. The main supply line to the area has a solenoid
operated isolating valve. The solenoid valve is activated by the fire control Valve Description Position
system when two fire detectors sense a fire in the protected area. 230VPG FW supply valve Normally open
Test and air supply valve Closed
When the system is released, fresh water from the hydrophore tank of 4 m3 Drain valves Closed
which is pressurized up to 0.79 MPa with N2 gas bottle is sprayed from the Hydrophore tank bottom valve Normally open
nozzle. The hydrophore tank can also be backed up by compressed air from the Hydrant valve Normally open
ship service system when N2 bottle is not available until refilled. Supply solenoid valve to diesel generator engine Operational
Supply solenoid valve to port boiler Operational
The system can be operated with fresh water stored in the hydrophore tank for 20 Supply solenoid valve to starboard boiler Operational
minutes. The fresh water will be refilled from the ship's fresh water service Supply solenoid valve to purifier room Operational
system. Supply solenoid valve to incinerator Operational
Supply solenoid valve to I.G.G. Operational
Operation of the system is activated by the control panel when protected area fire
detector heads indicate a fire in a particular area or a manual call point is
activated for a particular area. Water fog is only released into the protected space
in which there is a fire. in which there is a fire.
10.3.4aEngine
10.3.4a Engine Room
Room Water
Water Fog Fog
Fire Fire Extinguishing
Extinguishing System
System
WHEEL HOUSE
ALARM INDICATOR PANEL SMOKE DETECTOR
FLAME DETECTOR
SOFTEX LOCAL FIRE
TEST
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
SOURCE
S
<ZONE 1> <ZONE 2> <ZONE 3> <ZONE 4>
ALARM ACTIVATED ALARM ACTIVATED ALARM ACTIVATED ALARM ACTIVATED
<ZONE 5> <ZONE 6>

SYSTEM FAULT
ALARM ACTIVATED ALARM ACTIVATED
LAMP TEST BUZZER STOP
RELEASE BUTTON
INCINERATOR BURNER ZONE
SOFTEX LOCAL FIRE

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTOR
BOILER TOP (S) BOILER TOP (P) DIESEL I.G.G.
GENERATOR TOP BURNER ZONE
FLAME DETECTOR
INCINERATOR
PURIFIER ROOM
BURNER ZONE
DC 24V
DC 24V S
VDR
REMOTE INDICATOR PANEL
FIRE STATION
RELEASE BUTTON
PURIFIER ROOM
SOFTEX LOCAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Salwico NSAC-1

SMOKE DETECTOR
ZONE DETECTOR
FIRE FAULT
FLAME DETECTOR
SYSTEM RUN POWER
MUTE DISCONNECT
MULTIPLE ALARMS ALARM DEVICE
ALARM ROUTING
EXT. FIRE
ZONE / DETECTOR
S
SYSTEM ON RESET SYSTEM FAULT
TEST
SYSTEM STOP
ZONE IN ALARM : 1 OF 2
ALARM 1 OF 2 IN ZONE 137 SMOKE DET. 218
1 2 3
MFZ 5 CAPTAIN'S SUITE
4 5 6
LAST ZONE IN ALARM
ALARM 1 OF 1 IN ZONE 234: HEAT DET. 95
MFZ 4 NAUTILUS RESTRANT
ENTER FOR PRINTOUT, "1" FOR RESOUND 7 8 9
ON SYSTEM STOP
# 0
OFF
Co
nsili
um NITTAN
RELEASE BUTTON
BOILER TOP (S) BOILER TOP (P) DIESEL I.G.G. BURNER PURIFIER ROOM INCINERATOR
GENERATOR BURNER
I.G.G. BURNER ZONE
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SMOKE DETECTOR
FLAME DETECTOR
SYSTEM READY / LOW PRESS. ALARM S

MAIN POWER 230VAC
WATER SPRAY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
EM'CY POWER 230VAC
LOW LEVEL ALARM (3500 Lit)
COMP. AIR
RELEASE BUTTON
P P N2 GAS BOTTLE DIESEL GENERATOR TOP
14.7 MPa
48.7 Lit.
SMOKE DETECTOR
FS FLAME DETECTOR
LI
S
0.79 MPa
4000 Lit.
P
HYDROPHORE TK
RELEASE BUTTON
N2 CHARGE BOILER TOP (P)
PRESSURE BOTTLE UNIT PS P
230VPG SMOKE DETECTOR
40 40
FRESH W. FS FLAME DETECTOR
FLOW SW.
DRAIN S
DRAIN
RELEASE BUTTON
BOILER TOP (S)
Description Oil Tank Quick-Closing Valves Ventilation Fire Dampers and Emergency Stops
All the outlet valves from the fuel oil and lubricating oil tanks, from which oil Ventilation dampers are installed at various locations in order to shut off the flow
could flow to feed a fire, are equipped with air operated quick-closing valves, CAUTION of air which would feed a fire in a particular compartment. The dampers are to be
which are controlled from the fire control station. They are supplied from an air Some tanks such as lubricating oil daily use tanks do not have quick closing closed in the event of a fire and ventilation fans shut off.
receiver situated in the quick-closing valve bottle cabinet, also located in the fire apparatus fitted. This is because they are normally closed and only opened
control station. The reservoir is supplied, at a pressure of 0.85 MPa, directly for short periods when required. It is important to ensure that these are Ventilation systems in the engine room and cargo machinery and motor rooms
from the service air main system. The inlet valve 161VPE to the quick-closing always closed when not in use. are provided with fan stops and fire dampers. Fans and ventilation dampers may
valve air receiver is locked open. be stopped locally or remotely as required depending upon the nature of the
Tank Valve incident.
The quick-closing valve air receiver is fitted with a low pressure alarm switch. Group A
The tanks are grouped into four systems, with one three-way cock operating each Diesel generator DO service tank to diesel generator 081VPL The fire dampers for those compartments are equipped with air operated
system. In normal operation the supply line to each group of tank valves is cylinders, which are controlled from the fire control station. They are supplied
vented to atmosphere, but when the cock is turned, air is supplied to pistons, Group B from an air receiver which is commonly used with the quick-closing valve
which collapse the bridge of each valve in that group, thus causing the valve to Diesel generator DO service tank to boiler burner 071VPL operation.
close. Starboard DO storage tank suction 131VPL
Low sulphur FO tank suction 091VPL The dampers are grouped into six systems, with one three-way cock operating
The valves are reset by venting the air supply and operating the valve hand wheel No.1 and 2 FO settling tanks suction 001, 002, 003, 004VPL each system. In normal operation, except Group G, the supply line to each
in a closed direction to reset the bridge mechanism and then opening the valve in Starboard FO side tank suction 101VPL group of tank valves is fed to the cylinders, but when the cock is turned, air is
the normal way. The quick closing valve fitted on the emergency generator gas Generator engine LO renovating tank suction 152VPK vented to atmosphere from cylinders, then dampers are closed by the counter
oil tank and the generator engine diesel oil service tank is operated by a directly Generator engine LO storage tank suction 151VPK weight fitted to the lever for damper operation. The dampers are reset by
so as to enable to feed the fuel to emergency diesel generator or main diesel LO renovating tank 123VPK supplying the air from the fire station. For the Group G, the dampers are closed
generator in the event of a fire. LO storage tank suction 122VPK by supplying the air.
LO gravity tank for main turbine 023VPK
Group C
Incinerator DO service tank suction 262VPL
Waste oil settling tank suction 261VPL
IGG gas oil tank 121VPL
Port DO storage tank suction 132VPL
Port FO side tank suction 102VPL
Group D
Emergency generator gas oil service tank suction 101VPL
Fan damper
Group E
Engine room supply vent fans dampers
Engine room exhaust fans dampers
Workshop welding space exhaust fan damper
Funnel exhaust damper
Purifier room exhaust fan damper
These dampers except for purifier room exhaust fan are closed simaultaneously
by venting the operating air, but the damper for purifier room exhaust fan is
closed as required depending upon the nature of the incident after closing of other
dampers.
Group F
Steering gear room supply vent fan damper
Group G
Emergency generator room air suction damper
Emergency generator room exhaust fan damper
Emergency generator exhaust duct damper
Group H
Paint store exhaust fan damper
Group I
Cargo machinery room exhaust fan damper
Group J
Cargo compressor motor room vent fan damper
The fire control station emergency panel have pushbuttons to stop the following :
Boiler forced draft fans
Supply and exhaust fans
Lubricating oil pumps
Fuel oil pumps
Cargo machinery and motor rooms supply and exhaust fans
In the fire control station there are emergency stop panels which contain stops for
fans in the engine room and cargo machinery rooms, together with stops for
machinery which might aggravate a fire situation.
Within the accommodation fire doors provide protection and these must be
closed in the event of a fire. The doors are of the self-closing type and are kept
open by means of magnetic catches which are released locally or remotely from
the bridge panel in the event of a fire.
10.3.5aQUICK
10.3.5a Quick-Closing Valves
CLOSING VALVES & and
FIREFire Dampers
DAMPERS System
SYSTEM
FIRE CONTROL CENTER
COMP.MOTOR RM SUPPLY FAN 'J'
CARGO MACH.RM EXH.FAN 'I'
PAINT STORE EXH..FAN 'H' AIR RESERV.

PAL
P 755
EMERG.GEN.RM E/G RM AIR SUC.DAMPER 161VPE
E/G EXH.DAMPER
162VPE
E/G RM EXH. FAN DAMPER
'D' 'G'
E/G GAS OIL
SERV. TK
101VPL
STEER.GEAR RM SUPPLY.FAN
'F'
PURIF.RM EXH.FAN
NO.4 SUPPLY VENT FAN ENGINE RM
NO.3 SUPPLY VENT FAN
'E'
NO.2 EXH.VENT FAN
IGG GAS OIL TK D.O. STORAGE TK (P) F.O. SIDE TK (P)

INCINERATOR W.O.SETT.TK NO.1 EXH.VENT FAN
D.O. SERV. TK
W/S WELD.SP EXH.FAN
262VPL 261VPL 121VPL 132VPL 102VPL

FUNNEL EXH.DAMPER
'C'
'A'
'B'
003VPL 001VPL
081VPL 071VPL 131VPL 091VPL 004VPL 002VPL 101VPL
152VPK 151VPK 123VPK 122VPK 023VPK
GEN. ENG. D.O. STOR. TK LOW SULPHER

D.O. SERV. TK (S) F.O. TK NO.2 F.O. SETT. TK NO.1 F.O. SETT. TK F.O. SIDE TK (S)
GEN. ENG. L.O. GEN. ENG. L.O.
L.O. RENOV. TK L.O. STOR. TK L.O. GRAV. TK
RENOV. TK STOR. TK

ARTIC LADY Machinery Operation

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ARTIC LADY Machinery Operation

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ARCTIC PRINCESS AND ARCTIC LADY

Machinery System Operation Manual

Issued Dec. 29. 2005

General Safe Operation Illustrations

3.5 Sea Water Systems 3.10 Accommodation Systems

1.1 General Arrangement

RADAR MAST (FOLDING TYPE)

AIR DRAUGHT LINE 53.0 m

CARGO MACHINERY ROOM

BOTTOM FLAT (3.800m)

B.W. TK ECHO SOUND. COMP.

E.C.FL. E.C.FL. E.C.FL. E.C.FL. S.L. E.C.FL.

PAINT & HYD.PUMP

NO. 4 TANK NO. 3 TANK NO. 2 TANK NO. 1 TANK

TUG TUG TUG TUG LOOKING AFT'D.

AFT MOORING DECK 1ST FLAT

L. E.C E.T COMP.BRI.DECK (CENT.)

UPPER DECK (CENT.)

STRAIGHT CAMBER 45/1000

UPPER DECK (SIDE)

C.F ENG. & ELECT.

VIEW OF BRIDGE FRONT & TANK SECTION

Principal Particulars of Machinry

Abbreviation List 1. MAIN TURBINE

3. LOW PRESSURE STEAM GENERATOR

4. SHAFTING 6. ELECTRIC GENERATING SET

MAKER STX CORPORATION

7. PUMP (FRESH WATER HANDLING) 8. PUMP (SEA WATER HANDLING)

12. MISCELLANEOUS MACHINERY 13. WORKSHOP MACHINERY

14. HEAT EXCHANGER 15. TANK (LUB. OIL HANDLING)

LOW SULFUR 1 (abt. 400) Fitted Hull construction LPSG ATMOSPHERIC 1 2

BLEED OFF PUMP

45 FIRE PUMP DIST. PLANT

W. BALLAST STRIP. EDUCTOR

45 AUTO BACK-WASH FILTER E/R BILGE PUMP DN

TANK TOP PLAN

LPSG FEED W. HTR

MAIN DUMP VALVE UNIT

CONT. PANEL SPARE MOTOR FOR CIRC. PUMP

SHIP SERV.AIR DRYER

NO.3 AIR COMP. NO.1 AIR COMP.

AUX. FEED W. PUMP

CONT. AIR DRYER

COLD START FD W. PUMP

GENE.SERV.AIR RECEIVER CONT. AIR RECEIVER

MAIN FD W.PUMP MAIN FD W.PUMP

NO.2 AIR COMP.

MAIN TURBO GENERATOR

BLR COMP. INJ. UNIT UP

MAIN TURBO GENERATOR

CHROLINE / MINERAL INJECT. UNIT UP

D/G START.AIR RECEIV.

LOCAL WATER FOG SYS.

STEAM AIR HTR No.2 LV SWBD

No.1 H/V SWBD

PACKAGE AIR COND.

PACKAGE AIR COND.

24 HATCH BENCH DRILL.MACH. DRILLING MACH.

GAS WELDER VACUUM CLEANER HACK-SAWING MACHINE

ELECT WELDER TIG WELDER

L.O. & HYD.OIL STORE

PAINT & SOLVENT STORE HYD.PUMP UNIT RM

V.T. EXH. DAMPER V.T. V.T